358
TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS YOUR PARTNER FOR SEALING TECHNOLOGY PRODUCT CATALOG & ENGINEERING GUIDE Food, Beverage & Pharmaceutical Sealing Systems

Food, Beverage & Pharmaceutical Sealing Systems

  • Upload
    lymien

  • View
    478

  • Download
    27

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS

YOUR PARTNER FOR SEALING TECHNOLOGY

PRODUCT CATALOG & ENGINEERING GUIDE

Food, Beverage & Pharmaceutical

Sealing Systems

3023_TTS_FBPCatalog_CMYK_A4_v1.2.indd 1 14.04.2014 15:30:43

Food, Beverage &

Pharm

aceutical Sealing S

ystems

© 2

01

5 T

relle

borg

Gro

up.

At t

ime

of p

ublic

atio

n th

e in

form

atio

n co

ntai

ned

in t

his

liter

atur

e is

bel

ieve

d to

be

corr

ect

and

accu

rate

.99G

BK

2B

RO

EE1216

www.Tss.Trelleborg.com

facebook.com/TrelleborgSealingSolutions

twitter.com/TrelleborgSeals

youtube.com/TrelleborgSeals

flickr.com/TrelleborgSealingSolutions

Trelleborg is a world leader in engineered polymer solutions that seal, damp and protect critical applications in demanding environments. Its innovative engineered solutions accelerate performance for customers in a sustainable way. The Trelleborg Group has local presence in over 40 countries around the world.

ISO 9001:2008 ISO/TS 16949:2009

Your Partner for Sealing Technology

Trelleborg Sealing Solutions is a major international developer, manufacturer and supplier of seals, bearings and molded components in polymers. We are uniquely placed to offer dedicated design and development from our market-leading product and material portfolio: a one-stop-shop providing the best in elastomer, silicone, thermoplastic, PTFE and composite technologies for applications in aerospace, industrial and automotive industries.

With 50 years of experience, Trelleborg Sealing Solutions engineers support customers with design, prototyping, production, test and installation using state-of-the-art design tools. An international network of over 70 facilities worldwide includes over 20 manu- facturing sites, strategically-positioned research and development centers, including materials and development laboratories and locations specializing in design and applications.

Developing and formulating materials in-house, we utilize the resource of our material database, including over 2,000

proprietary compounds and a range of unique products.Trelleborg Sealing Solutions ful�lls challenging service requirements, supplying standard parts in volume or a single custom-manufactured component, through our integrated logistical support, which effectively delivers over 40,000 sealing products to customers worldwide.

Facilities are certi�ed to ISO 9001:2008 and ISO/TS 16949:2009. Trelleborg Sealing Solutions is backed by the experience and resources of Trelleborg Group, one of the world’s foremost experts in polymer technology.

The information in this brochure is intended to be for general reference purposes only and is not intended to be a speci�c recommendation for any individual application.

The application limits for pressure, temperature, speed and media given are maximum values determined in laboratory conditions. In application, due to the interaction of operating

parameters, maximum values may not be achieved. It is vital therefore, that customers satisfy themselves as to the suitability of product and material for each of their individual

applications. Any reliance on information is therefore at the user‘s own risk. In no event will Trelleborg Sealing Solutions be liable for any loss, damage, claim or expense directly

or indirectly arising or resulting from the use of any information provided in this brochure. While every effort is made to ensure the accuracy of information contained herewith,

Trelleborg Sealing Solutions cannot warrant the accuracy or completeness of information.

To obtain the best recommendation for a specific application, contact your local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions marketing company.

This edition supersedes all previous brochures. This brochure or any part of it may not be reproduced without permission.

® All trademarks are the property of Trelleborg Group. The turquoise color is a registered trademark of Trelleborg Group. © 2015, Trelleborg Group. All rights reserved.

Lastest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com ˙ Edition June 20152 ˙ TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS

3023_TTS_FBPCatalog_CMYK_A4_v1.2.indd 2 14.04.2014 15:30:49

www.Tss.Trelleborg.com

LocaL contacts

EuropE

austria – Vienna (Slovenia) +43 (0) 1 406 47 33 Belgium - Dion-Valmont (Luxembourg)+32 (0) 10 22 57 50 Bulgaria – sofia (Azerbaijan, Belarus, Greece, Romania, Ukraine)+359 (0) 2 969 95 99 croatia – Zagreb (Albania, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Macedonia, Serbia, Montenegro)+385 (0) 1 24 56 387 czech republic - rakovnik (Slovakia)+420 313 529 111Denmark – copenhagen +45 48 22 80 80 Finland – Vantaa (Estonia, Latvia)+358 (0) 207 12 13 50 France - Maisons-Laffitte +33 (0) 1 30 86 56 00

Germany - stuttgart+49 (0) 711 7864 0 Hungary – Budaörs +36 (06) 23 50 21 21 Italy – Livorno +39 0586 22 6111 the netherlands - rotterdam +31 (0) 10 29 22 111 norway – oslo+47 22 64 60 80 poland – Warsaw (Lithuania)+48 (0) 22 863 30 11russia – Moscow +7 495 627 57 22 spain – Madrid (Portugal)+34 (0) 91 71057 30sweden – Jönköping +46 (0) 36 34 15 00

switzerland – crissier +41 (0) 21 631 41 11turkey – Istanbul+90 216 569 73 00 united Kingdom - solihull (Eire, South Africa)+44 (0) 121 744 1221

aerospace Hub Europe, north (UK and Nordic Countries) +44 (0) 121 744 1221aerospace Hub Europe, south & West (Continental Europe and Middle East) +33 (0) 1 30 86 56 00automotive Hub Europe +49 (0) 711 7864 0

aMErIcas

americas regional +1 260 749 9631Brazil – são José dos campos+55 12 3932 7600canada central – Etobicoke, on+1 416 213 9444canada East – Montreal, Qc+1 514 284 1114canada West – Langley, Bc+1 604 539 0098Mexico - Mexico city+52 55 57 19 50 05

asIa pacIFIc

asia pacific regional+65 6 577 1778china – Hong Kong+852 2366 9165china – shanghai+86 (0) 21 6145 1830India – Bangalore+91 (0) 80 3372 9000Japan – tokyo+81 (0) 3 5633 8008Korea – seoul+82 (0) 2 761 3471

usa, Great Lakes - Fort Wayne, In+1 260 482 4050usa, East - Mt. Juliet, tn+1 615 800 8340usa, Midwest - schaumburg, IL+1 630 539 5500usa, northern california - Fresno, ca+1 559 449 6070usa, northwest - portland, or+1 503 595 6565usa, southwest - Houston, tX+1 713 461 3495

aerospace Hub airframe+1 303 469 1357aerospace Hub Distribution & Engineering+1 260 749 9631aerospace Hub East +1 610 828 3209aerospace Hub West +1 310 371 1025automotive Hub north america+1 734 354 1250automotive Hub south america +55 12 3932 7600

Malaysia - Kuala Lumpur+60 (0) 3 90549266taiwan – taichung+886 4 2382 8886Vietnam – Ho chi Minh city+84 8 6288 6407singapore and all other countries in south and East asia, australasia+65 6 577 1778

aerospace Hub china +86 (0) 21 6145 1830aerospace Hub singapore +65 6 577 1778automotive Hub china +86 (0) 21 6145 1830automotive Hub India +91 (0) 80 3372 9200

aFrIca, cEntraL asIa anD MIDDLE East

africa & Iran (excluding South Africa (see UK))+41 (0) 21 631 41 11

central asia (Armenia, Georgia, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Tajikistan, Uzbekistan)+7 495 627 57 22

Middle East and Gulf region +359 (0) 2 969 95 99

2 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 3Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Contents

Sealing Solutions for Demanding Food, Beverage and Pharmaceutical ApplicationsTrelleborg Sealing Solutions is a global leader in the supply of seals and bearings for food, beverage and pharmaceutical applications. With over 50 years of experience in the industry, we can provide a high performance sealing solution to meet the majority of requirements. Your processing environment is one of the most challenging of all and Trelleborg Sealing Solutions has engineered one of the widest ranges of products and materials specific to your sector. From intensive cleaning and sterilization in place regimes, to stringent standards and regulations, Trelleborg Sealing Solutions provides solutions with proven performance, however difficult your processing needs.

05 Trelleborg Sealing Solutions CapabilitiesOverview of our offerings to food, beverage

and pharmaceutical manufacturers

06 Standards and RegulationsFood, beverage and pharmaceutical industries

require sealing materials to be compliant with

a variety of national and international stan-

dards

11

13

15

16

17

18

20

24

25

28

Hardware & Design ExpertiseOutlining key issues on hardware, coatings

and finish of mating surfaces, cleaning and

sterilization in place routines and custom

molded capabilities

Surface Finishes

Shaft Materials

Plating and Coating

Flexcoat™ FF Coating

Hardware Design Tips

General Guidelines for Installation

Product Validation

CIP & SIP

Engineered Molded Parts

29 Material OverviewMaterial recommendations for food, beverage

and pharmaceutical applications

Industry Specific ProductsTrelleborg Sealing Solutions has the largest product

portfolio of seals and bearings in the industry. When

coupled with our engineered solutions, we can meet al-

most any sealing challenge. Included in this catalog are

seals and bearings specifically recommended for food,

beverage and pharmaceutical applications.

35

37

57

65

73

77

85

105

Static Seals

O-Rings

Versatile elastomer sealing elements

Special O-Rings

Enhanced sealing capabilities

Clamp Seals and O-Rings for Hygienic Design Couplings

Superior integrity in processing systems

Kantseal

High pressure O-Ring alternative

Turcon® Variseal® HF

Spring-energized seal for axial applications

Wills Rings®

The original metal O-Ring seals

HiMod® Flatseal™

Application specific gaskets

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 3 17.10.2016 13:34:39

4 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

111

113

131

151

163

183

Linear Seals

Turcon® Variseal®

Spring energized seal

Turcon® Glyd Ring®

Simple and reliable

Turcon® Glyd Ring® ARG/APG

Meeting demanding dynamic requirements

Turcon® Glyd Ring® T

Innovative trapezoidal design

Quad-Ring®

Four-lipped seals

189

191

201

211

221

Rotary Seals

Turcon® Roto Glyd Ring®

Original PTFE-based rotary seal

Turcon® Roto Glyd Ring® K

With axial pressure relief groove

Turcon® Roto Variseal®

Spring-energized seal

Turcon® Roto VL Seal®

Next generation uni-directional rod seal

233

235

245

Scrapers

Turcon® Excluder F®

Prevents system contamination

Scraper ASW

Single-acting polyurethane scraper

251

253

301

307

Bearings

Slydring® - Wear Ring

Non-metallic guide rings

Durobal®

Unique rolling ball element bearing

Special Bearings, Bushings and Washers

317

319

323

327

Special Solutions

Airseal

Improved alternative to contact pressure seals

LSR Capabilities

Expertise in automated LSR

Hoses & Tubing

Disposable and durable ranges

337

339

341

Storage Advice

Guidelines for the Storage of Polymer Products Based on ISO 2230

Engineering Action Requests Advice

Information required for presenting requests

to engineers

343 Company Overview

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 4 17.10.2016 13:34:39

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS CAPABILITIES

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 5Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

UnRIVALLED ExPERIEnCE

Trelleborg Sealing Solutions has been involved in sealing food, beverage & pharmaceutical applications since the 1960s. Based on unrivalled experience, the company has developed an outstanding range of sealing materials and products. Most of these are proprietary and specifically engineered to meet compatibility and cleanliness concerns outlined in the FDA, USP Class VI, EC 1935/2004 guidelines.

Evolution in processing improvements and increasing standards in food-contact materials continues to drive innovation in seal and bearing products. Coupled with this, the sealing environments are some of the most challenging of all, and when seal failure can result in contamination or line stoppage, failure is not an option. Through significant investment in research and development, Trelleborg Sealing Solutions meets these challenges with revolutionary products and materials exceeding the most stringent industry standards.

BETTER PERFORMAnCE

Our primary goal is to make the role of the food, beverage & pharmaceutical engineer easier. By working with us, we can accelerate time to market, improve the efficiency of existing applications and lengthening maintenance intervals. All of which can contribute to less downtime and increased yield.

Having worked on so many major projects worldwide, we probably already know the optimum sealing solution for your application. And if we don’t, Trelleborg Sealing Solutions has the engineering resources globally to provide the right solution. Using the latest Finite Element Analysis (FEA) techniques, we can rapidly progress from design stage to an actual seal using knowledge from the virtual world.

GLOBAL REACH, LOCAL PRESEnCE

Innovation is key. Solving sealing and bearing challenges using pioneering techniques, we deliver better performance and overall profitability for our customers. Operations run 24 hours a day, every day of the year. This means our global logistics network can quickly fulfill product requirements, with emergency procedures in place to minimize disruption even when there are unforeseen maintenance situations.

This engineering guide will act as a means for you to identify a sealing recommendation for your application. For the total solution, you should contact your local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions marketing company. Wherever you are in the world, we speak your language and can offer you unparalleled

technical support to optimize the performance, service life, reliability and safety of your food, beverage & pharmaceutical equipment.

www.tss.trelleborg.com/worldwide

The Trelleborg Sealing Solutions product range for food, beverage & pharmaceutical equipment includes:

- One-stop-shop for the majority of sealing and bearing needs

- Seals from 1.20 mm / 0.0625 inch size to 3 meters / 10 feet and beyond

- Seal materials specially engineered to be compatible with extremely aggressive and abrasive media and gases

- Operating temperatures from cryogenic to +850 °C / +1,562 °F

- Pressures from ultra-high vacuum to 1,000 MPa / 145,000 psi

- Steam and CIP / SIP resistant materials

- Materials approved conforming with FDA, EU, 3-A SSI and other international regulations and standards

� What Trelleborg Sealing Solutions offers you

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 5 17.10.2016 13:34:39

STANDARDS AND REGULATIONS

6 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

� Standards and RegulationsStandards and regulations are vital to ensuring products are safe for human consumption. Trelleborg Sealing Solutions are committed to understanding these from a seals and bearings point of view and make sure that products supplied are compliant. We offer materials that conform with 3-A standards and are a symbol holder for some plastic materials. We also manufacture seals that have been designed according to EHEDG design rules.

European Hygienic Engineering and Design Group (EHEDG)Founded in 1989, the European Hygienic Engineering and Design Group (EHEDG) is a consortium of equipment manufacturers, food processors and their suppliers, research institutes and universities as well as public health authorities, whose common goal is the promotion and improvement of hygiene during the processing and packaging of food products.

EHEDG helps create a central, internationally recognized source of information by imparting knowledge on hygienic engineering of equipment and by specifying best practices in respect to their hygienic operation, supply and maintenance. EHEDG actively supports legislation and offers an advancement of know-how in the hygienic design of process units. Knowledge gaps are identified in order to enhance research in these areas.

Guidelines, certification and trainingTo date, the EHEDG subgroups have developed more than 40 guidelines which describe the most important hygiene-relevant design features and offer their readers guidance and practical advice in implementing national and international legislation into their design practices and manufacturing processes. These documents provide state-of-the-art know-how and are available in many languages.

The EHEDG test and certification institutes are internationally recognized and set quality standards for use in the food industry in accordance to the highest hygienic standards. About 400 components have been EHEDG-certified as of today.

EHEDG training courses are specially developed as a train-the-trainer program for equipment manufacturers or instructors from the food industry who want to gain a deeper understanding of hygienic engineering and applications in the field. EHEDG training offers a balanced and modular system of lectures and practical sessions on a local and international level.

The EHEDG regional sections in Europe and overseas help promote hygienic manufacturing of food through their activities. These groups organize local meetings, seminars, workshops and training courses. All EHEDG congresses and symposia are a gathering of hygienic design expertise and a meeting point of all interested target groups. Skilled EHEDG experts share their know-how and deliver an insight into their work. Furthermore, EHEDG provides articles on selected topics in the international scientific and technical press, are present on internet platforms and deliver comprehensive information on its activities and achievements in its yearbook.

MembershipEHEDG is aiming to enhance the dialogue between equipment manufacturers, food producers, scientists and public health authorities, offering its members an international knowledge platform and guidance in hygienic design and engineering. The EHEDG members include:

- Individuals providing expertise or just interested in learning more about hygienic design

- Companies for the manufacturing of food and food equipment, pharmaceutical and cosmetic production

- Companies supplying engineering services

- Universities, scientific and research organizations

- Health authorities

All individual members, companies and institutes are essential to help EHEDG achieve its long-term goal of assisting in the prevention of food hygiene problems through the application of hygienic engineering. The member companies and organizations are committed to the highest standards of food safety and strive to improve the overall image of the industry in the eyes of the consumer. Through the network within the EHEDG organization and its objectives, they can promote their views related to their scope of expertise and can influence trends and earn international recognition for their efforts.

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 6 17.10.2016 13:34:40

STANDARDS AND REGULATIONS

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 7Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

� 3-A Sanitary Standards, Inc. (SSI)The organization once known simply as "3-A" is distinguished by a remarkable history of serving public health through the development of standards for the advancement of food sanitation and hygiene.

The first 3-A Sanitary Standards were developed in the late 1920s through the cooperative efforts of the International Association of Food Industry Suppliers (IAFIS)*, the International Association for Food Protection (IAFP) and the Milk Industry Foundation (MIF).

Over time, the structure of 3-A expanded to encompass a broader group of processors, equipment manufacturers and sanitarians in step with the changing structure of the industry. In 1944, the modern 3-A program was established through the formation of the Dairy Industry Committee, consisting of five national dairy processor groups and one supplier association: The American Butter Institute, American Dairy Products Institute, International Association of Food Industry Suppliers (IAFIS), International Ice Cream Association, Milk Industry Foundation (MIF), and the National Cheese Institute. It was also in 1944 that the U.S. Public Health Service committed to full cooperation with the 3-A program.

The interests of dairy cooperatives were integrated into 3-A in 1996 with the Farm Industry Committee, established by the National Milk Producers Federation.

The Emergence of 3-A Sanitary Standards, Inc.An exciting new era in the history of 3-A began in late 2002 with the incorporation of 3-A Sanitary Standards, Inc. (3-A SSI). The five founding members include the American Dairy Products Institute (ADPI), IAFIS, the International Association for Food Protection (IAFP), the International Dairy Foods Association (IDFA), and the 3-A Sanitary Standards Symbol Administrative Council. Along with the founding members, the leadership of 3-A SSI includes the Food & Drug Administration (FDA), the U.S. Department of Agriculture (USDA), and the 3-A Steering Committee.

The mission and goals of the new non-profit organization reflect many elements of the historic 3-A program, including the development of voluntary standards and accepted practices.

The new 3-A SSI maintains many significant added responsibilities, including oversight of the 3-A Symbol used to identify equipment manufactured to 3-A Sanitary Standards. Under the direction of 3-A SSI, a new program was launched in 2003 to enhance the recognition of the 3-A Symbol with a new Third Party Verification (TPV) program.

*IAFIS is now the Food Processing Suppliers Association.

The 3-A SSI MissionYesterday and today, the mission of 3-A SSI is to enhance product safety for consumers of food, beverages, and pharmaceutical products through the development and use of 3-A Sanitary Standards and 3-A Accepted Practices.

3-A SSI ObjectivesThe leadership of 3-A SSI established comprehensive objectives to enhance the positive role and the visibility of 3-A SSI. These objectives include:

- Develop, maintain and publish uniform standards and practices for sanitary (hygienic) design, fabrication, installation and operation of equipment and machinery.

- Use state-of-the-art, science-based expertise for the development of sanitary standards and accepted practices.

- Harmonize with global standards and guidelines as appropriate.

- Promote the use of 3-A Sanitary Standards, 3-A Accepted Practices, and the 3-A Symbol.

- Authorize use and maintain the integrity of the 3-A Symbol.

- Maintain a uniform system to regulate and enforce proper use of the 3-A Symbol to best enhance consumer product safety.

- Provide education concerning sanitary design principles, application of 3-A Sanitary Standards, 3-A Accepted Practices, and use of the 3-A symbol.

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 7 17.10.2016 13:34:40

STANDARDS AND REGULATIONS

8 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Table 1: national and International Regulations and Standards for materials in contact with food and drugs

Standard authority Re3gulations applicable to sealing and bearing materials

FDA

The Food and Drug Administration (FDA) is a government agency within the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services and is responsible for enforcing the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act to ensure the health and safety of consumers. It is mandatory that seal materials comply with the regulations issued by the FDA, when in contact with food or pharmaceuticals in processing or filling systems.

The 21 CFR part 177 consists of sections covering requirements for many different polymeric materials, such as section 2600 for rubber materials, in which “positive lists” describe the allowable substances and limitations as well as extraction tests. Extraction tests for finished rubber parts are carried out in n-hexane and distilled water. There are limitations set after seven hours and every subsequent two hours in mg/square inch.

EU

The European Parliament and the council of the European Union have adopted a regulation that is valid in all member states of the European Union and does not require adoption by the governments of the individual member states.

The purpose of Regulation (EU) 1935/2004 is to ensure the effective functioning of the internal market and provide the basis for ensuring a high level of protection of human health. In Annex I, it lists 17 groups of materials which may be covered by specific measures. Among them are metals and alloys, rubbers, plastics and silicones. The regulation requires among other things, Good Manufacturing Practice (GMP) for all food contact materials, a functioning tracking system and proper labeling. Appropriate documentation is required from all suppliers of food contact materials that declare compliance with the rules applicable to them. The rules for plastic materials are laid down in European Commission Regulation (EU) No. 10/2011 and amendments.

3-A SSI

3-A Sanitary Standards, Inc. (3-A SSI) is a not-for-profit U.S. organization that formulates sanitary standards and accepted practices for design, fabrication, installation and cleanability of dairy, food, beverage and pharmaceutical equipment or systems used to handle, process and package consumable products. Its goal is to protect consumable products from contamination and ensure that all product surfaces can be cleaned. A prerequisite for 3-A approval is that the seal material already fulfills FDA requirements.

3-A SSI Standard number 18-03 ‘Multiple-Use Rubber and Rubber-Like Materials Used as Product Contact Surfaces’. There are four rubber classes, depending on the maximum exposure temperature of the material to product or sterilization. Class I is the highest standard.

3-A SSI Standard 20-27, Multiple-Use Plastic Materials Used as Product Contact Surfaces.

USP

The United States Pharmacopoeia (USP) is an independent, science-based public health organization. It is the official public standards setting authority for all prescription and over-the-counter medicines, dietary supplements and other healthcare products manufactured and sold in the United States. The USP is considered one of the most technologically advanced and respected pharmacopoeias in the world.

There are two general chapters in the USP that describe test procedures and evaluation methods for polymeric materials or medical devices regarding their biological reactivity. USP Chapter <88>, in vivo: classifies materials into six classes, where class VI requires the most extensive testing. The class designation is accompanied by one of the following extraction temperatures +50 °C, +70 °C and +121 °C / +122 °F, +158 °F and +250 °F, depending on the heat resistance of the material.

USP Chapter <87>, in vitro: In this cytotoxicity test, extracts from the material go into a cell culture medium and undergo a growth inhibition test with mouse fibroblasts.

nSF

NSF International is a not-for-profit, non-governmental organization known worldwide for providing national standards and certification services in the areas of health and safety.

NSF/ANSI Standard 51 “Food equipment materials” is a certification of materials used in the construction of commercial food equipment. It requires a formulation review against the U.S. FDA regulations, laboratory testing and an audit at the production site. Annual renewal is mandatory. NSF/ANSI Standard 61 “Drinking water systems components health effects.” In order to comply to this standard, sealing materials have to undergo a third-party certification process which requires the formulation to be fully disclosed, toxicology tested and reviewed by the NSF organization.

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 8 17.10.2016 13:34:40

STANDARDS AND REGULATIONS

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 9Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Standard authority Re3gulations applicable to sealing and bearing materials

BfR

The German Federal Institute for Risk Assessment (Bundesamt für Risikobewertung, BfR) updates and elaborates recommendations within the framework of the “Federal Food and Feed Code” (LFGB.)

Recommendation XV, Silicones describes in section III, the requirements for silicone elastomers. Recommendation XXI, Commodities based on natural and synthetic rubber, contains formulation recommendations for rubber articles. Depending on the intended type of use, type of foodstuff (aqueous, acidic, fatty and alcoholic food) and contact time, simulants and procedures for migration testing are provided. There are four categories. Category 1 is the highest for long contact times of more than 24 hours and category 4 is the basic level for short contact times and/or small contact areas.

ISO

ISO is the International Organization for Standardization. ISO developed standard 10993 for biological evaluation of medical devices.

ISO 10993-5: Biological evaluation of medical devices. Part 5: In vitro testing for cytotoxicity. This test is not only required by the medical device industry but also in some pharmaceutical or biotechnological processes where material toxicity with living cells is undesirable. The test method is the same as for USP <87> but displays the results differently.

French Ministry of Economy, Industry and Employment

The Ministry prepares and executes government policy in many areas including consumer affairs and industry.

Order of November 9th, 1994: This national law contains positive lists and requires a series of laboratory tests. If a rubber material complies with this order, it can be marketed within the European Union in the sense of regulation (EC) 1935/2004, like materials complying with the German BfR recommendations.

Table 1: national and International Regulations and Standards for materials in contact with food and drugs

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 9 17.10.2016 13:34:40

10 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 10 17.10.2016 13:34:40

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 11Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Hardware & Design Expertise

Hardware &Design ExpertiseHardware &Design ExpertiseHardware &

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 11 17.10.2016 13:34:42

12 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

HARDWARE & DESIGN EXPERTISE · Surface Finishes

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 12 17.10.2016 13:34:42

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 13Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

HARDWARE & DESIGN EXPERTISE · Surface Finishes

HARDWARE & DESIGn ExPERTISEThe functioning of seals not only depends on the seal itself and its operating conditions, but also on other factors. Over the years Trelleborg Sealing Solutions has developed an in-depth knowledge of applied materials technology. To maximize system performance, we can advise on relevant issues related to the hardware into which seals are fitted and significant properties of mating surfaces.

In this section, we provide recommendations on surface finishes and hardness requirements, as well as offering advice on mating surfaces such as preferred coatings and platings. To find out more, contact your local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions marketing company. It is best to involve them at concept stage. This allows them to advise on the design of the component or housing to ensure that it will function as effectively as possible and give maximum seal life and performance.

� Surface FinishesSurface finish quality relates directly to dynamic seal performance and cleanability of the equipment. Properly defining, measuring and controlling surface finish quality is critical to the functional reliability and service life of a seal.

Developments in surface finish measurement equipment and capabilities, along with finishing methods, have resulted in functional seal testing being performed to determine and verify surface finish recommendations for improved seal performance.

STAnDARD RECOMMEnDATIOnSTwo sets of standard recommendations that apply to linear hydraulic seals and dynamic sealing surfaces are given below. The first is for HVOF (High Velocity Oxygen Fuel) applied coatings like Tungsten Carbide and Cobalt-Chrome (Wc-Co-Cr). The second is for bare steel, aluminum or chrome plating. Within the product sections you will find further product specific surface finish recommendations.

Table 2: Surface Finish Recommendations for HVOF Applied Surfaces

MeasurementStandard

Recommendation

Ra <5 µin / 0.12 µm

Rp ≤ 8 µin max. / 0.2 µm maximum

Rz (Rtm) 40.0 µin / 1.0 µm maximum

Tp (Mr)70 - 90 % @ depth of p

= 0.25 Rz (Rtm) relative to a ref. line c = 5 % tp

Rsk -0.1 to 3

Table 3: Surface Finish Recommendations, Chrome Plating, Anodized Surfaces, Bare Metals (Hardened) and Others (non-HVOF)

MeasurementStandard

Recommendation

Ra <8 µin / 0.2 µm

Rp ≤ 24 µin / 0.6 µm maximum

Rz 40 µin / 1.0 µm maximum

Tp

50 - 75% @ depth of p= 0.25 Rz (Rtm) relative to a ref. line

c = 5 % tp

Rsk -0.5 to -1.5

For surface finish recommendations on the seal groove sidewalls and groove bottoms as well as static seal interfaces, follow recommendations in AS568 / ISO 3601-2 seal groove standards. If you have any questions related to surface finish and methods, contact your local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions marketing company.

POCKETS AnD VALLEySThe seal surface should not be completely closed or void of adequate pockets and valleys. These are needed for seal lubrication retention and build-up of operating fluid film. Food contact surfaces should be free of pockets. A bearing ratio of 100 percent is not desirable.

OPTIMUM PROFILEThe optimum surface profile for seal counterparts is shown in Figure 1. A high concentration and magnitude of peaks on a surface can cause excessive seal wear, promoting unwanted leakage and egression. Surfaces relatively void of peaks but including valleys for lubrication retention are more suitable for sealing applications. For good cleanability, a more open profile is recommended.

Figure 1: Optimum surface profile for seal counterparts

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 13 17.10.2016 13:34:43

14 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

HARDWARE & DESIGN EXPERTISE · Surface Finishes

DIRECTIOn OF LAy Each method used to obtain a specific surface finish, such as turning, grinding, honing, ball peening, polishing or superfinishing, produces a characteristic direction or lay to the surface. This can have an effect on sealing performance and wear patterns in certain applications.

To obtain the best seal performance, avoid finishing methods which promote the formation of leak paths in your application. For example, avoid a strong axial lay in a reciprocating rod seal application or a definite spiral pattern on the shaft in a rotary application.

MATInG SURFACE HARDnESS The hardness of the surface that mates with the seal affects the seal’s performance in several ways.

If mating materials are too soft, the seal will burnish or damage the surface. A harder material improves wear life, resisting damage by the seal. Hard surfaces also have a tendency to lower the running friction of a seal.

A seal will polish its mating surface, especially if it is a softer metal. For example, a reciprocating rod made of stainless steel with a hardness of 28 to 30 Rockwell C and a finish of 25 µin/ 0.635 µm Ra will generally be polished by the seal to a finish of 12 µin / 0.305 µm Ra or better, over a short period of time. Seal friction and wear will then decrease accordingly. Materials that are harder than 44 Rockwell C do not polish as easily.

Turcon® seal materials with reinforcing fillers, such as MF4 and MF6, should only be specified against harder mating surfaces. In some cases, reinforcing fillers can burnish or damage softer mating surfaces, especially in rotary applications.

When an application requires the longest possible wear life under moderate to severe conditions, the seal material should be one of the harder, highly-filled Turcon® blends.

RUn-In PHASEIn standard sealing systems, the seals and mating surfaces have an initial period of high wear. This phase, known as the run-in, ends once the peaks on the mating surface are broken off and the surface and seal reach an equilibrium state. Provided the seals are sufficiently lubricated, the wear rate drops significantly once the equilibrium state is reached.

By defining the surface finish using multiple surface finish parameters, the overall surface profile can be controlled more precisely. This reduces the sealing system run-in period, and once equilibrium between the seal and sealing surface is reached, gives a more optimal surface finish for leakage control, wear resistance and service life.

The abrasive nature of a rough finish can cause excessive seal wear during the early run-in period. Therefore, the harder the mating surface, the more important it is to start with the correct surface finish.

SUBSTRATES, PLATInGS AnD COATInGSIn most applications an unplated, uncoated shaft is more than adequate. Typical mating surface materials are listed in Tables 4 and 5. These materials (and others not listed) can also act as substrates for platings or coatings to achieve higher hardness values. An important property to consider in such cases is the ability of the substrate to support the plating. For example, when a high pressure load is exerted on a Variseal®

running against a hard chrome plating on a soft substrate (such as 300 series stainless steel) the plating may peel or crack and then abrade the seal. A better substrate would be stainless steel Type 440C (hardened to 44 Rockwell C) or an alloy steel such as 4340 in the fully hardened condition.

Figure 2: Three dimensional surface finish topography

Figure 3: Two dimensional surface finish topography

The surface finish measurement illustrations in Figure 2 and Figure 3 clearly show the difference between three-dimensional (3D) and two-dimensional (2D) surface finish topography. The correct surface finish profile is critical to proper seal performance.

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 14 17.10.2016 13:34:44

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 15Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

HARDWARE & DESIGN EXPERTISE · Shaft Materials

� Shaft MaterialsTable 4: Typical shaft materials in contact with Turcon® Variseal®

Material Typical Hardness, RC1) Applications

Annealed Hardened

Stainless Steel

17-4 PH 35 44General purpose with moderate corrosion resistance; a material that can be hardened for moderate wear applications.

Type 303 - 201) Free machining, very soft, for low speeds and pressures, with moderate corrosion resistance.

Type 304 - 281) Soft material with moderate corrosion resistance for use at low speeds and pressures.

Type 316 - 281) Soft material with excellent corrosion resistance for use at low speeds and pressures.

Type 440C 22 44Heat treated material is the hardest of all Stainless Steels; for higher speeds and pressures, but lower corrosion resistance than 300 series Stainless Steel.

Carbon Steel

SAE 1045 19 58Good mechanical properties with higher strength than other low carbon steels. Use in non-corrosive media only.

Alloy Steel

4140 13 50General purpose applications in non-corrosive media, for moderate speeds and pressures.

4340 13 50General service with better mechanical properties than Alloy 4140.

Tool Steel

D-2 - 62High hardness and wear resistance but limited corrosion resistance, for high speeds at moderate pressures.

Soft Metals

Hard anodized

aluminium 6061-T6

- 70+Hard anodized aluminium makes an excellent low friction bore surface for reciprocating piston seal applications. Not recommended for rotary service.

Bronze 40 Rockwell B 85 Rockwell BLight duty service in slow speeds, low pressures and where friction and corrosion are not concerns.

Mild Steel 150 Brinell - Light duty service in non-corrosive media only.

The information supplied above is intended only as a guide. We strongly recommend that you test the selected material in the actual application before production use.

1) Series 300 Stainless Steel is not hardened by heat treatment. Values shown are for 30% cold worked material.

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 15 17.10.2016 13:34:44

16 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

HARDWARE & DESIGN EXPERTISE · Plating and Coating

� Plating and CoatingTable 5: Properties of typical types of plating and coatings used in contact with polymer seals

Coating or plating typeHardness

Rockwell CSuggested thickness

Corrosion resistance

Abrasiveness to seal

Comments

Chrome plating

Hard chrome 650.020 / 0.127 mm

0.0008 / 0.0050 inchFair to Good High

Wear-resistant for light-duty. Not recommended for fast-rotary or corrosive applications.

Thin dense chrome

700.005 / 0.015 mm

0.0002 / 0.0006 inchExcellent Low

Higher wear resistance and lower friction than conventional chrome in light to moderate speeds.

Electroless nickel pla-

ting

Nickel as deposited

48-520.0254 mm minimum0.0010 inch minimum

Excellent Low

Excellent for corrosive applications in light to moderate speeds and pressures.

Nickel fully hardened

58-700.0254 mm minimum0.0010 inch minimum

Good High

Harder but more abrasive than as-deposited nickel. Not recommended for high-speed rotary applications.

Plasma spray

coating

Chromium oxide

71 0.127 / 0.762 mm 0.0050 / 0.0300 inch

Excellent Low

Recommended when wear life is the primary concern. Not recommended for high-shock loads.

Aluminium oxide1) 60-69

0.127 / 0.762 mm0.0050 / 0.0300 inch

Excellent Low

Lower-cost, less wear-resistant, but greater ductility than chromium-oxide coatings.

HVOF1) Tungsten Carbide

67-740.127 / 0.762 mm

0.0050 / 0.0300 inchExcellent Low

High wear-resistance, with higher bonding strength. For high-speed and pressure combinations.

AnodizingHard

anodized aluminum

Over 700.013 / 0.114 mm

0.0005 / 0.0045 inchExcellent Low

Excellent bore material in piston-seal applications as a low-friction mating surface.

Thermalspray

Triballoy400 & 800

550.025 / 0.508 mm0.001 / 0.02 inch

Excellent HighNot recommended for most dynamic seal applications.

nitridingTitanium

nitride (TiN)Up to 70

0.001 / 0.005 mm0.000039 /

0.000197 inchExcellent High

Wear resistant, low friction and resists corrosion. Thickness of coating can be an issue related to useful wear-life.

The information supplied above is intended only as a guide. Testing of the selected material in actual service conditions is recommended to determine the suitability of a plating or coating for a specific application.

1) HVOF = High Velocity Oxygen Fuel This coating system uses high-pressure, high-temperature, high-velocity spray guns to improve coating density, hardness and bond strength.

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 16 17.10.2016 13:34:45

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 17Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

HARDWARE & DESIGN EXPERTISE · Flexcoat FF Coating

� Flexcoat™ FF Coating – FDA assembly aid

Flexcoat™ FF is a coating for seals that has been specifically developed for hygienic processing environments and will ease automated or manual seal assembly processes.

As required for food and beverage processing, it is in compliance with the FDA Regulation 21 CFR Chapter I Part 178.3570.

In addition, it is approved according to the German Lebensmittel- und Bedarfsgegenständegesetzes LMBG (Foodstuffs and Commodities Act) §5 para. 1 and §31 para. 1 and complies with the requirements of the German

Umweltbundesamt UBA (German Federal Environmental Agency, FEA) on organic coatings for seals in potable water applications for cold and hot water (+85 °C / +185 °F).

Finally, it complies with the requirements of the German DVGW technical standard W 270 for the use in potable water.

For further information on this or other coating solutions, refer to the Trelleborg Sealing Solutions Flexcoat™ – Friction-free Running brochure.

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 17 17.10.2016 13:34:49

HARDWARE & DESIGN EXPERTISE · Hardware Design Tips

18 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

� Hardware Design TipsThis recommendation for hydraulic hardware will simplify the installation of seals.

ISO3601 sizes offer recommendations. They should be considered at an early hardware design stage in order to ensure damage-free installation of seals. These are general guidelines. Further information can be found in catalogs specific to each product type.

PISTOn AnD ROD

A lead-in chamfer on the end of the rod or bore helps installation. Recommended chamfer dimensions are given below. A lead-in chamfer is especially important where lip seals are to be installed face-first into the bore or on a shaft.

Table 6: Lead-in Chamfer

Lead-in chamfers length Z min. Groove Width

L1*15° 20°

2.5 1.5 2.2

3.0 2.0 3.2

3.5 2.5 4.2

5.0 4.0 6.3

6.5 6.0 8.1

7.5 6.5 9.5

9.0 8.5 13.8

The cylinder bore or rod should have a lead-in chamfer of 15 to 20 degrees by Z length minimum to gently guide the seal assembly into the hardware as shown in Figure 4 and Figure 5. The chamfer should clear the seal assembly – in a free condition – after it has been sized.

* The dimension L1 for the groove width can be found for all seal series in the appropriate table "Installation dimensions".

BlendRadius

Seal Assembly

15°-20°

Zmin

Figure 4: Piston Installation

BlendRadius

Seal Assembly

15°-20°

Zmin

Figure 5: Rod Installation

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 18 17.10.2016 13:34:50

HARDWARE & DESIGN EXPERTISE · Hardware Design Tips

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 19Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

PORTS – nOn-OPERATIOnAL (InSTALLATIOn OnLy)

When installing a seal assembly across a port, in a non-operational capacity, a relief should be provided with 15 to 20 degrees by Z minimum, (shown in Table 6 on previous page) as shown in Figure 6.

Blend Radius(2 pls.)

Zmin(2 pls.)

Piston

Bore

Seal Assembly

15°-20°(2 pls.)

Figure 6: Relief Across Port, Non-operational, Installation Only

For dynamic seals that will cross ports during pressurized operation, contact your local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions marketing company for recommendations.

THREADS

When passing over threads, the seal assembly must clear the threads or other uneven surfaces. A lead-in chamfer of 15 to 20 degrees by Z minimum will gently guide the seal assembly into the bore as shown in Figure 7.

Blend RadiusSeal Assembly

PistonBore

15°-20°

Zmin

Figure 7: Threads

MATERIAL AnD FInISH RECOMMEnDATIOnS

Recommended material hardness:44-48 Rockwell “C” - Low to moderate pressure application 55-60 Rockwell “C” - High-pressure applications

Table 7: Surface Finish

Typ of Load Surface Rt µm Rz µm Ra µm

Radial- dynamic

Mating surface * (bore, rod, shaft)

≤ 2.5 ≤ 1.6 ≤ 0.4

Groove flanks, groove diameter

≤ 10.0 ≤ 6.3 ≤ 1.6

Radial-static Axial-static

Mating surfaceGroove flanks, groove diameter

≤ 10.0 ≤ 16.0

≤ 6.3 ≤ 1.6

For pulsating pressuresMating surfaceGroove flanks, groove diameter

≤ 6.3 ≤ 10.0

≤ 6.3≤ 0.8 ≤ 1.6

* spiralfree grinding

Piston

Seal Assembly Dynamic Surface

Groovesidewall

Static groovesurface

Figure 8: Surface Finishes

note:All dynamic surfaces must be either burnished, post-ground, honed or super-finished (HVOF applied coatings). All dynamic and static surfaces must be free of nicks, scratches and burrs.

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 19 17.10.2016 13:34:51

HARDWARE & DESIGN EXPERTISE · Hardware Design Tips

20 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

� General Guidelines for InstallationThe following installation guidelines should be considered at an early hardware design stage in order to ensure damage-free installation of seals.

These are general guidelines. Further information can be found in catalogs specific to each product type.

Bore lead-inchamfer

Rod lead-inchamfer

Installation pathfree from nicks

and burrs

Installation tool to cover thread etc.Preferably made of plastic

15°-20°

Seal groove radiusRounded to max. 0.3 mm (0.011 inch)

Figure 9: Methods of hardware design to prevent seal damage

- The seal installation path should be kept free of nicks, burrs, scratches or any sharp edges that could damage the seal.

- Any tool used to install a seal should be free of sharp edges. Screwdrivers often damage sealing lips and should not be used to handle seals.

- Tools should preferably be made of hard plastics such as polyacetal.

- In situations where heat is required to soften and expand Turcon® PTFE based seal components, submerse them for a few minutes in hot oil or water at +93 °C / +200 °F. Heat is not required to install elastomer components.

- Application of a lubricant to surfaces of the seal and hardware reduces the force required to push the seal into a difficult groove, such as a solid O-Ring groove.

- When using lubricant during installation, ensure that the elastomer component is compatible with the lubricant.

- Piston seals may be sized by freezing them prior to installing the piston in the bore. This is an advantage on spool valve pistons with multiple seals within the hardware.

- When seals are installed across ports, the edge of the ports should be smooth and rounded.

- Design splines or keyways to be of a smaller diameter than the sealing surface or use a protective sleeve to cover them during installation as illustrated in Figure 11.

- Do not side-load the seals any more than is necessary. Avoid situations in the groove where a heavy rod or piston bears against one side of the seal.

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 20 17.10.2016 13:34:51

HARDWARE & DESIGN EXPERTISE · Hardware Design Tips

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 21Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

PROCEDURE FOR InSTALLATIOn OF PISTOn SEALS

Figure 10: Expanding the Turcon® sealing element using an expanding sleeve over the installation sleeve

Figure 11: Sealing element after snapping into the groove

Figure 12: Sizing the sealing element with a sizing sleeve

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 21 17.10.2016 13:34:52

HARDWARE & DESIGN EXPERTISE · Hardware Design Tips

22 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

If the Turcon® seal is expanded more than 15 percent (10 percent for the high-filled materials Turcon® T11 and Turcon®

T29), a split groove is necessary.

Figure 13: Installation in a split groove

Figure 14: Fitting the seal ring onto the O-Ring in the groove, using a thin plastic

strip

Figure 15: Sizing of the installation

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 22 17.10.2016 13:34:53

HARDWARE & DESIGN EXPERTISE · Hardware Design Tips

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 23Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

PROCEDURE FOR InSTALLATIOn OF ROD SEALS

- Place the elastomer part into the groove.

- Compress the Turcon® part into a kidney shape. The seal must have no sharp bends (see Figure 16). Use a rounded object to compress the Turcon® part without pinching, creating smooth curves.

- After placing the seal into the groove, form it into a ring again by smoothing the inner diameter by hand (see Figure 17).

- Finally, size the seal ring using a mandrel with a chamfer of 10 to 15 degrees over a length of approximately 30 mm / 1.2 inch (see Figure 18).

In order to avoid damage to the seals, the sizing mandrel should be made from a polymer material with good sliding characteristics and high surface quality such as polyacetal.The piston rod itself can also be used for calibration, provided it has a sufficiently long lead-in chamfer.

Figure 16: Kidney-shaped deformation of the seal ring

Figure 17: Inserting the seal ring into a closed groove

Rotated by seal contactRounded and polished

Rounded and polished30 mm1.2 in.

10°-15°

Figure 18: Sizing of the installed seal

note:Do not use this installation method for Turcon® Variseal®.

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 23 17.10.2016 13:34:54

HARDWARE & DESIGN EXPERTISE · Validation of Products

24 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

� Product ValidationSeal and bearing products are often located in non-visible or inaccessible positions and environments, making it difficult to monitor the functionality of the product.

Consequently, Trelleborg Sealing Solutions relies on a mixture of tools to help understand and predict product behavior in a myriad of conditions and situations. Using material testing equipment to predict basic fundamental responses of materials under temperature, pressure, time and other variables, provides one indication of the behavior of our products in the field.

Using some of the materials test as inputs, Trelleborg Sealing Solutions uses FEA (Finite Element Analysis) techniques to digitally validate or predict the performance of our products. FEA allows our technical teams to study the impact of various materials, geometries and processes

under different pressures, temperatures, duty cycles, dynamic hardware movements and other key variables impacting product performance.

Engineers utilize the data to look for optimized solutions involving highly non-linear relationships for balancing leakage control, friction, cost and other significant parameters. The use of FEA often reduces the number of prototypes required to define customized solutions, allowing for quicker, more focused physical testing on key performance issues. This allows customers to see the impact of system changes on the performance of a product.

When combining our world leading material testing and FEA work with state-of-the-art product testing, Trelleborg Sealing Solutions produces a very high level of integrity and confidence for all your applications.

Figure 19: DIN 11864 hygienic flange coupling Figure 20: 25 mm / 1 inch clamp coupling

Figure 21: Simulation of assembly

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 24 17.10.2016 13:34:56

HARDWARE & DESIGN EXPERTISE · CIP & SIP

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 25Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

� CIP & SIP Withstanding severe cleaning regimesAggressive chemicals used in automated CIP (Cleaning in Place), SIP (Sterilization in Place) and disinfection procedures shorten seal life. However, modern cleaning procedures ensure product safety, support production efficiency, prevent toxic and microbial contamination of products and minimize recontamination of the process.

Complex formulations of chemicals can rapidly cause severe damage to elastomeric seals, especially in applications with load and pressures. With high temperatures and steam sterilization (which is now in special cases up to +150 °C / +302 °F) this deterioration is sometimes dramatically intensified. As a rule of thumb, the speed of chemical reaction doubles with each 10 kelvin rise in temperature.

Cost-effective solutions compliant to standardsIntervals between planned maintenance and production yield can be maximized by matching the seal material to the system media and the cleaning chemicals. With details of your specific requirements, we can supply cost-effective solutions that are compliant to all major standards and state regulations and are proven to stand up to almost all known cleaning regimes, however stringent.

Tests prove that matching seal material to an application can extend seal lifeSpecifying the right seal material when CIP and SIP procedures are used is not a simple matter. Chemical resistance guides and standards do not really help. Standards only offer general information and refer just to groups of elastomeric materials and their chemical resistance. This is why Trelleborg Sealing Solutions has undertaken its own tests to support customers in recommending the optimum sealing material for specific applications.

CIP and SIP test resultsThe table below provides a simple overview of the performance of a selection of materials from the Trelleborg Sealing Solutions material portfolio in test conditions. Of course it does not consider the influence of the food product itself. This must also be carefully evaluated, especially when organic acids, flavors, essences or certain fatty substances are involved. To obtain the best recommendation for a specific application, contact your local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions marketing company.

Table 8: Selection of CIP immersion tests evaluation*

CIP Category

Typical Media

EPDM FKM FFKM PTFE

E7502 E8502

V8605Resifluor™ 500

VCT90

Isolast® J9515 J9516 J9876

Turcon® MF1 to MF6

Alkaline NaOH + O / - + + +

AcidicHNO3 H3PO4

+ O / - + + +

Acidic + Active Oxygen

Acetic acid H2O2 PAA

++ / O

- -

+ + +

Polar Solvents

Acetone MEK

+ - O + +

Nonpolar Solvents

Toluene - + + + +

Steam+150 °C / +302 °F

+ + / O + + +

+ Excellent O Adequate - Unsuitable

* Depending on temperature and concentration of fluids.

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 25 17.10.2016 13:34:56

26 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

HARDWARE & DESIGN EXPERTISE · CIP Research

� CIP (Cleaning In Place) ResearchCommercially available CIP cleaning media come from within the following broad categories:

- Alkalines without surfactants

- Alkalines with surfactants

- Alkalines with chlorine

- Acidic – organic/inorganic

- Acidic disinfectants (highly oxidative)

- Additives

Important factors in determining seal materialStudies undertaken by Trelleborg Sealing Solutions have evaluated the performance of materials in a wide range of commercially available and commonly used CIP fluids and solvents. As the CIP process is frequently followed by sterilization in saturated steam at, for example, +140 °C / +284 °F, further testing was also carried out in these conditions.

The most relevant physical properties of elastomers have been determined after the exposure to the CIP fluids, such as:

- Volume change

- Weight change

- Change of elongation at break

- Change of tensile strength

- Hardness change

As expected, the intensive CIP fluids and high temperatures brought some elastomers to their performance limits. Importantly though, results from different materials, even within the same family of basic polymers, were vastly different. This has allowed Trelleborg Sealing Solutions to engineer materials that give maximized performance in CIP and SIP regimes.

Making sure the following factors are considered is important to ensure maximum sealing integrity and prevent premature seal failure during the CIP process:

- Exposure time to cleaning and rinsing solutions

- Temperature of CIP fluids

- Concentration of CIP chemicals

- Hygienic design of the equipment or system

- Material behavior, e.g. thermal expansion

Overall conclusionsEPDM materials E7502 and E8502 displayed excellent results in most CIP fluids and steam. Tests proved that these grades can be used with strong polar solvents such as Acetone and Methyl-Ethyl-Ketone (MEK). Due to the non-polar nature of EPDM rubbers, this material group is not recommended for fatty foods and only to some special food grade lubricants, whereas liquid milk products are compatible in many cases.

FKM V8605 reacts quite differently. It shows good performance in inorganic acids and non-polar solvents, however, its exposure time to steam should be limited. Resifluor™ 500 has a unique polymer architecture, meaning it can be used with both polar and non-polar fluids, most CIP media and saturated steam. It also displayed excellent

properties in solvents such as MEK, Toluene and Acetone. In some cases, Resifluor™ 500 can offer solutions where using an FFKM would not be economical.

Isolast® FFKM gave the best performance in all test situations. In addition, it has been proven in steam at temperatures up to +240 °C / +464 °F. This means that Isolast® should be selected for the most critical applications where line stops cannot be tolerated.

Turcon® PTFE based sealing materials have almost universal chemical compatibility and are capable of operating at high temperatures and in steam. This makes them ideal for use in CIP and SIP regimes. The Turcon® MF range of materials has been specially developed for aseptic applications, with compliance to most major standards and state regulations.

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 26 17.10.2016 13:34:57

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 27Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

HARDWARE & DESIGN EXPERTISE · CIP Research

Making sure you have the right sealing material for your processing systemFigure 22 and Figure 23 show how important it is to correctly specify a sealing material for an application. V8605 is a popular Fluoroelastomer (FKM) material for food and beverage sealing applications, benefitting from a number of approvals. However, it displays a high swell in organic acids, such as citric or formic acid. If a customer intends to use an acidic cleaner with organic acids, Trelleborg Sealing Solutions would, based on test results such as this, recommend another type of steam-resistant FKM or an Ethylene Propylene Diene Monomer (EPDM) such as E7502.

Chemical CompatibilityFor the pre-selection of a suitable material group, a comprehensive chemical compatibility guide is available. This can be downloaded from our website www.tss.trelleborg.com or you can contact your local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions marketing company for further details.

It is important to recognize that when using this guide, the ratings shown are based on published data and immersion tests. These tests are conducted under laboratory conditions at room temperature predominantly and may not adequately represent conditions in the field. Relative short term laboratory tests may not pick up all the additives and impurities which may exist in long term service applications.

Care must be taken to ensure that all aspects of the application are considered carefully before a material is selected. For example, at elevated temperatures some aggressive fluids can cause a much more marked effect on an elastomer than at room temperature.

Physical properties, as well as fluid compatibility, need to be considered. Compression set, hardness, abrasion resistance and thermal expansion can influence the suitability of a material for a particular application.

It is recommended that users conduct their own tests to confirm the suitability of the selected material for each application.

Our experienced technical staff can be consulted for further information on specific applications.

Elongation (%)

Tens. str. (%)

Volume (%)

E7502

100

20

60

40

-20

-40

80

J9515, bVCT95, w

Materials

Cha

nge

(%)

0

Figure 22: Immersion results of selected elastomers with FDA, USP and 3-A in

ultrapure water for 1000 hours at +140 °C / +284 °F

Elongation (%)

Tens. str. (%)

Volume (%)

E7502 J9515, bVCT95, w

Materials

Cha

nge

(%) 10

30

20

0

-10

-20

-30

Figure 23: Immersion results of selected elastomers with FDA, USP and 3-A in

ultrapure steam for 1000 hours at +140 °C / +284 °F

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 27 17.10.2016 13:34:57

28 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

HARDWARE & DESIGN EXPERTISE · Engineered Molded Parts

� Engineered Molded Parts Trelleborg Sealing Solutions offers one of the broadest ranges of sealing elements on the market. Most of the time the tried and tested method works, but sometimes a unique application requires a unique solution. Our specially designed sealing solutions can provide significant benefits from a cost, function, manufacturing or performance perspective, providing you with real competitive advantage.

Working with our engineering teams, Trelleborg Sealing Solutions will support you in the development of a customized engineered molded part designed to suit your individual needs. This may be a flat gasket of any dimension, a rubber-to-metal element or a seal of complex geometry that may consolidate a number of products into one.

Customized sealing components are more than just a product, they are a holistic solution. When developing a customized engineered molded part, Trelleborg Sealing Solutions is not just interested in the function it performs. In addition, we want our seal to perform that function more effectively, at a lower total cost while enhancing your manufacturing process and providing your customer with optimized performance.

Our holistic approach incorporates the following:

Design and valueThe aim of Trelleborg Sealing Solutions is to facilitate customers in achieving cost-effective, durable solutions that match their specific business requirements and needs. Seven research and development centers based around the world, supported with the latest in modeling software and testing apparatus, allow us to modify existing solutions or create entirely new designs to meet the challenges of demanding applications.

MaterialOur capability for quick failure analysis is the key to solving application problems. Trelleborg Sealing Solutions proprietary materials offer outstanding performance on physical, chemical and thermal properties. Our experts and easy-to-use online material search and chemical compatibility check tool allow customers to choose the optimum materials for an application from approximately 2,000 compounds in our global materials database.

Supply chain managementWe are close to our customers through one of our four logistics centers in Europe, the Americas, Japan or China. Exemplary levels of service are recognized and appreciated by customers. These include added value tailored logistics concepts such as special handling, consignment stocking and kitting.

Quality - Robust process landscape with clear accountabilities and

deliverables through our Integrated Management System.

- Customer oriented project management to maximize customer value.

- Comprehensive understanding of applications and customer needs.

- Comprehensive product quality planning and assurance.

- Zero defect culture with world class automated visual inspection capabilities.

- Dedicated design standards

- TSS TBS-00051 as Surface Quality Standard for finished parts & related Master Inspection Plan.

Technical valueTrelleborg Sealing Solutions is always at the forefront of technical development. Flexcoat™ micro-thin high-performance coatings and surface modification provide the ultimate choice, maximizing friction characteristics during assembly and in dynamic applications.

The three Trelleborg Sealing Solutions Flexclean™ standards for technical cleanliness aid customers in specifying and verifying appropriate cleanliness levels for their seals. Flexcoat™ colored coatings or paint marks on seals allow for 100 percent detection in production and assembly processes.

Global Manufacturing - Professional mold design for perfect flow characteristics,

short production cycles and easy removal of parts.

- Latest mold technology enables tight tolerances, good surface quality, long service life and less waste.

- Highly automated molding environment to achieve best quality and maximum output.

- Production capabilities are structured in 14 different article categories.

- Support of automated assembly by form stability.

If you are interested in learning more about our custom molded capabilities, contact your local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions marketing company.

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 28 17.10.2016 13:34:57

Material Overview

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 29Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

MaterialOverviewMaterialOverviewMaterial

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 29 17.10.2016 13:35:08

30 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

MATERIAL OVERVIEW

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 30 17.10.2016 13:35:09

MATERIAL OVERVIEW

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 31Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Table 9: Black elastomers*

Material

TSS

Com-

pound

Shore A

Hardness

ISO 1629

Desig-

nation

Color

Temperature Range Compliances**

Min. Temp.

°C / °F

Max. Temp.

°C / °F

FDA

, 21C

FR

Reg

. (E

U)

1935/2004

USP

87 /

ISO

10993-5

USP

88,

Cla

ss V

I

3-A

San

itar

y

Sta

ndar

d 18

AD

I Fr

ee

EPDM

E7502 70 EPDM black -45 °C / -49 °F +150 °C / +302 °F � � � � Class I �

E8502 80 EPDM black -45 °C / -49 °F +150 °C / +302 °F � � � � Class I �

E7518 70 EPDM black -45 °C / -49 °F +150 °C / +302 °F � � � � �

E7581 75 EPDM black -45 °C / -49 °F +150 °C / +302 °F � � � � �

FKM

V8605 80 FKM black -20 °C / 0 °F +200 °C / +392 °F � � � � Class I �

V7011 70 FKM black -20 °C / -4 °F +200 °C / +392 °F � �

V8T14 80 FKM black -15 °C / +5 °F +200 °C / +392 °F � � � � Class I �

Resifluor 500 VCT90 75 FKM black -20 °C / -4 °F +220 °C / +428 °F � � � �

nBR

n7026 70 NBR black -30 °C / -22 °F +100 °C / +212 °F � � Class I

n8604 80 NBR black -30 °C / -22 °F +100 °C / +212 °F � � Class III

n6T51 60 NBR black -40 °C / -40 °F +100 °C / +212 °F �

HnBR H8T36 80 HNBR black -25 °C / -13 °F +150 °C / +302 °F � Class I �

Isolast® FFKMJ9515 75 FFKM black -10 °C / +14 °F +250 °C / +482 °F � � � � Class I �

J9876 75 FFKM black -7 °C / +19 °F +279 °C / +543 °F � � Class I �

Colored boxes indicate the available approvals. * Additional materials are waiting for approvals. ** Contact your local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions marketing company for detailed compliance information.

Table 10: Colored elastomers / TP polyurethane materials

Material

TSS

Com-

pound

Shore A

Hardness

ISO 1629

Desig-

nation

Color

Temperature Range Compliances**

Min. Temp.

°C / °F

Max. Temp.

°C / °F

FDA

, 21C

FR

Reg

. (E

U)

19

35/2004

USP

87 /

ISO

10993-5

USP

88,

Cla

ss V

I

3-A

San

itar

y

Sta

ndar

d 18

AD

I Fr

ee

Silicone

Rubber

S70RA 70 VMQ red -50 °C / -58 °F +175 °C / +347 °F � Class I

S70RB 70 VMQ red -50 °C / -58 °F +175 °C / +347 °F � � Class II �

S70W1 70 VMQ white -60 °C / -76 °F +200 °C / +392 °F � � � � Class I �

FKMV56G2 50 FKM green -20 °C / -4 °F +200 °C / +392 °F �

V70G6 70 FKM green -20 °C / -4 °F +200 °C / +392 °F � � Class I �

Resifluor 500 VCT95 75 FKM white -20 °C / -4 °F +220 °C / +428 °F � � � � Class I �

Isolast® J9516 75 FFKM white -10 °C / +14 °F +250 °C / +482 °F � � � � �

Zurcon® PUR Z2221 93 TPE-EU white -45 °C / -49 °F +110 °C / +230 °F �

Polyurethane

PURWUAW5 95 TPE-EU white -20 °C / -4 °F +115 °C / +239 °F � � Class I

Colored boxes indicate the available approvals. ** Contact your local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions marketing company for detailed compliance information. We are working with leading silicone manufacturers and are able to process their compounds, meaning a multitude of compliances are available for silicone rubber, especially within the LSR portfolio.

Trelleborg Sealing Solutions develops materials to meet the specific requirements of the food, beverage and pharmaceutical industries ensuring that they meet all relevant

standards and regulations. Specifically compounded for use in seal and bearing applications, when the optimum material is selected, maximum performance is provided.

� Material Overview

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 31 17.10.2016 13:35:09

MATERIAL OVERVIEW

32 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Table 11: Silicone tubing, hose and extrusion materials

Material

TSS

Compound

Shore A

Hardness

ISO 1629

Desig-

nation

Color

Temperature Range Compliances**

Min. Temp.

°C / °F

Max. Temp.

°C / °F

FDA

, 21C

FR

Reg

. (E

U)

1935/2004

USP

87 /

ISO

10993-5

USP

88,

Cla

ss V

I

3-A

San

itar

y

Sta

ndar

d 18

AD

I Fr

ee

Silicone

RubberSDM01 70 VMQ

trans-

lucent

-50 °C /

-58 °F

+175 °C /

+347 °F� �

Colored boxes indicate the available approvals. ** Contact your local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions marketing company for detailed compliance information. We are working with all leading silicone manufacturers and are able to process their compounds, meaning a multitude of Compliances are available for silicone rubber.

Table 12: Silicone material for Turcon® Variseal® Hi-Clean groove filling

Material

TSS

Compound

Shore A

Hardness

Color

Temperature RangeCompli-

ances**

Min. Temp.

°C / °F

Max. Temp.

°C / °F

FDA

, 21C

FR

nSF

51

Silicone RTV112 white -60 °C / -76 °F +200 °C / +392 °F � �

Silicone RTV116 red -60 °C / -76 °F +260 °C / +500 °F � �

** Contact your local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions marketing company for detailed compliance information.

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 32 17.10.2016 13:35:09

MATERIAL OVERVIEW

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 33Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Table 13: Plastic materials

Material

TSS

Com-

pound

Specific

Gravity

ISO 1629

Desig-

nation

Color

Temperature Range Compliances**

Min. Temp.

°C / °F

Max. Temp.

°C / °F

FDA

, 21C

FR

Reg

. (E

U)

1935/2004

Reg

. (E

U)

10/2011

USP

87 /

ISO

10993-5

USP

88,

Cla

ss V

I

3-A

San

itar

y

Sta

ndar

d 18

AD

I Fr

ee

nSF

51

Turcon® MF1 2.16 g/cm3 PTFEoff-

white

-253 °C /

-423 °F

+260 °C /

+500 °F� � � � �

Turcon® MF2 2.17 g/cm3PTFE,

modified

off-

white

-200 °C /

-328 °F

+260 °C /

+500 °F� � � �

Turcon® MF3 2.17 g/cm3PTFE-

Compound

off-

white

-200 °C /

-328 °F

+260 °C /

+500 °F� � � � � �

Turcon® MF4 2.06 g/cm3PTFE-

Compoundgray

-200 °C /

-328 °F

+260 °C /

+500 °F� � � � � �

Turcon® MF5 2.19 g/cm3PTFE-

Compound

off-

white

-200 °C /

-328 °F

+260 °C /

+500 °F� � �

Turcon® MF6 1.93 g/cm3PTFE-

Compoundbrown

-200 °C /

-328 °F

+260 °C /

+500 °F� � � � � � � �

Zurcon® Z80 0.93 g/cm3 UHMW-PEtrans-

lucent

-200 °C /

-328 °F

+80 °C /

+176 °F� � �

Zurcon® Z81 0.93 g/cm3 UHMW-PEoff-

white

-200 °C /

-328 °F

+80 °C /

+176 °F� � � � �

Zurcon® Z431 1.30 g/cm3 PEEK tan -45 °C /

-49 °F

+260 °C /

+500 °F� � � � �

HiMod® HM871 1.56 g/cm3 POMtur-

quoise

-40 °C /

-40 °F

+110 °C /

+230 °F�

HiMod® HM872 1.48 g/cm3 PAtur-

quoise

-40 °C /

-40 °F

+130 °C /

+266 °F�

HiMod® HM873 1.60 g/cm3 PAtur-

quoise

-40 °C /

-40 °F

+130 °C /

+266 °F�

FEP O-Ring /

FKM CoreVZ00R � � � � �

FEP O-Ring /

VMQ CoreSZ00R � � � � �

Orkot® C321 1.25 g/cm3 -off-

white

-60 °C /

-76 °F

+130 °C /

+266 °F�

Orkot® C333 1.25 g/cm3 -off-

white

-60 °C /

-76 °F

+130 °C /

+266 °F�

Orkot® C410 1.25 g/cm3 -off-

White

-60 °C /

-76 °F

+130 °C /

+266 °F�

Colored boxes indicate the available approvals. ** Contact your local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions marketing company for detailed compliance information.

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 33 17.10.2016 13:35:10

MATERIAL OVERVIEW

34 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Table 14: Approvals / Registrations

Material TSS Compound

Registrations

BA

M

UL9

4H

B

KTW

W270

En681

nSF6

1

WR

AS

EPDM E7502 � � � �

EPDM E8502 � �

EPDM E7518 � � � � � �

EPDM E7581 � � � �

FKM V70G6 �

Colored boxes indicate the available approvals.

All material information in this section is correct as of time of publishing. Contact your local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions marketing company for material information.

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 34 17.10.2016 13:35:10

Static SealS

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 35Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

StaticStaticSealsStaticSealsStaticStaticSealsStatic

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 35 17.10.2016 13:35:13

36 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

STATIC SEALS

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 36 17.10.2016 13:35:13

STATIC SEALS

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 37Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

O-RingsVersatile sealing element

Cost-effective in a wide range of primary static applications

Simple one-piece groove design minimizes hardware and design costs

Compact design allows smaller hardware

Easy installation

Compounds specifically engineered for food, beverage and pharmaceutical applications provide broad chemical compatibility

Many sizes available from stock worldwide

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 37 17.10.2016 13:35:15

STATIC SEALS · O-Rings

38 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 38 17.10.2016 13:35:15

O-Rings

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 39Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

� O-Rings

DESCRIPTIOn

O-Rings offer the designer an efficient and economical sealing element for a wide range of static or dynamic applications.Inexpensive production methods and its ease of use have made the O-Ring the most widely used seal.

A wide choice of elastomer materials for both standard and special applications allow the O-Ring to be used to seal practically all liquid and gaseous media.

O-Rings are vulcanized in molds and are characterized by their circular form with annular cross section. The dimensions of the O-Ring are defined by the inside diameter d1 and the cross section d2 (Figure 24).

Cross sections of approximately 0.35 to 40 mm / 0.014 to 1.575 inch and inside diameters up to 5,000 mm / 200 inch and more are available.

d2

d1

Figure 24: O-Ring dimensioning

ADVAnTAGES

- Compared with other sealing elements, the O-Ring has a wide range of advantages:

- Simple, one piece groove design reduces hardware and design costs

- Compact design allows smaller hardware

- Easy, foolproof installation reduces risk

- Applicable to a wide range of sealing problems – static or dynamic, single or double acting

- Wide compound choice for compatibility with most fluids

- Stock availability of many sizes worldwide for easy maintenance and repair

APPLICATIOnS

O-Rings are used as sealing elements or as energizing elements for hydraulic slipper seals and wipers and thus cover a large number of fields of application. The O-Ring is used predominantly for static sealing applications: - As a radial static seal, e.g. for bushings, covers, pipes,

cylinders.

- As an axial static seal, e.g. for flanges, plates, caps.

O-Rings in dynamic applications are recommended only for moderate service conditions. They are limited by the speed and the pressure against which they are to seal: - For low duty sealing of reciprocating pistons, rods, plungers,

etc.

- For sealing of slowly pivoting, rotating or spiral movements on shafts, spindles, rotary transmission leadthroughs, etc.

For much more extensive information on O-Rings, elastomeric materials, design and installation recommendations, dimensional tables, quality acceptance criteria and much more, consult the Trelleborg Sealing Solutions O-Rings and Back-up Rings catalog.

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 39 17.10.2016 13:35:16

STATIC SEALS · O-Rings

40 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

� Installation Recommendations – Metric

b3 b1 h

b2

d 2

b 4

(t)

(t)s

r

r

r

(t) s

Figure 25: Installation Drawing

For radial clearance S and surface finish, see the Trelleborg Sealing Solutions O-Rings and Back-up Rings Catalog.

Groove width b2 and b3: When using Back-up Rings the groove is to be widened by the corresponding Back-up Ring thickness (b2: one Back-up Ring, b3: two Back-up Rings).

The generally recommended fit is H8/f7.

Table 15: Installation Dimensions – Metric

Cross sectionRadial installation Axial installation

Radius1)Groove depth Groove width Groove depth Groove width

d2 – mm Dynamic (t)

Static (t)

b1 +0.25

h +0.1

b4 +0.2

r ± 0.2

0.50 - 0.35 0.80 0.35 0.80 0.20

0.74 - 0.50 1.00 0.50 1.00 0.20

1.00 - 0.70 1.40 0.70 1.40 0.20

1.02 - 0.70 1.40 0.70 1.40 0.20

1.20 - 0.85 1.70 0.85 1.70 0.20

1.25 - 0.90 1.70 0.90 1.80 0.20

1.27 - 0.90 1.70 0.90 1.80 0.20

1.30 - 0.95 1.80 0.95 1.80 0.20

1.42 - 1.05 1.90 1.05 2.00 0.30

1.50 1.25 1.10 2.00 1.10 2.10 0.30

1.52 1.25 1.10 2.00 1.10 2.10 0.30

1.60 1.30 1.20 2.10 1.20 2.20 0.30

1.63 1.30 1.20 2.10 1.20 2.20 0.30

1.78* 1.45 1.30 2.40 1.30 2.60 0.30

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 40 17.10.2016 13:35:16

O-Rings

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 41Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Cross sectionRadial installation Axial installation

Radius1)Groove depth Groove width Groove depth Groove width

d2 – mm Dynamic (t)

Static (t)

b1 +0.25

h +0.1

b4 +0.2

r ± 0.2

1.80 1.45 1.30 2.40 1.30 2.60 0.30

1.83 1.50 1.35 2.50 1.35 2.60 0.30

1.90 1.55 1.40 2.60 1.40 2.70 0.30

1.98 1.65 1.50 2.70 1.50 2.80 0.30

2.00 1.65 1.50 2.70 1.50 2.80 0.30

2.08 1.75 1.55 2.80 1.55 2.90 0.30

2.10 1.75 1.55 2.80 1.55 2.90 0.30

2.20 1.85 1.60 3.00 1.60 3.00 0.30

2.26 1.90 1.70 3.00 1.70 3.10 0.30

2.30 1.95 1.75 3.10 1.75 3.10 0.30

2.34 1.95 1.75 3.10 1.75 3.10 0.30

2.40 2.05 1.80 3.20 1.80 3.30 0.30

2.46 2.10 1.85 3.30 1.85 3.40 0.30

2.50 2.15 1.90 3.30 1.90 3.40 0.30

2.62* 2.25 2.00 3.60 2.00 3.80 0.30

2.65 2.25 2.00 3.60 2.00 3.80 0.30

2.70 2.30 2.05 3.60 2.05 3.80 0.30

2.80 2.40 2.10 3.70 2.10 3.90 0.60

2.92 2.50 2.20 3.90 2.20 4.00 0.60

2.95 2.50 2.20 3.90 2.20 4.00 0.60

3.00 2.60 2.30 4.00 2.30 4.00 0.60

3.10 2.70 2.40 4.10 2.40 4.10 0.60

3.50 3.05 2.65 4.60 2.65 4.70 0.60

3.53* 3.10 2.70 4.80 2.70 5.00 0.60

3.55 3.10 2.70 4.80 2.70 5.00 0.60

3.60 3.15 2.80 4.80 2.80 5.10 0.60

4.00 3.50 3.10 5.20 3.10 5.30 0.60

4.50 4.00 3.50 5.80 3.50 5.90 0.60

5.00 4.40 4.00 6.60 4.00 6.70 0.60

5.30 4.70 4.30 7.10 4.30 7.30 0.60

5.33* 4.70 4.30 7.10 4.30 7.30 0.60

5.50 4.80 4.50 7.10 4.50 7.30 0.60

5.70 5.00 4.60 7.20 4.60 7.40 0.60

6.00 5.30 4.90 7.40 4.90 7.60 0.60

6.50 5.70 5.40 8.00 5.40 8.20 1.00

6.99* 6.10 5.80 9.50 5.80 9.70 1.00

7.00 6.10 5.80 9.50 5.80 9.70 1.00

7.50 6.60 6.30 9.70 6.30 9.90 1.00

8.00 7.10 6.70 9.80 6.70 10.00 1.00

8.40 7.50 7.10 10.00 7.10 10.30 1.00

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 41 17.10.2016 13:35:17

STATIC SEALS · O-Rings

42 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

 * Preferred sizes

1) If a Back-up Ring is used, the recommended radius r should always be r = 0.25 ±0.2mm.

2) The given values for the housing depth are based on the nominal O-Ring cross section dimensions. The O-Ring inside diameter and its stretch are not considered.

The given installation dimensions cannot be used for FFKM materials (Isolast®). Consult the Isolast® brochure or contact your local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions marketing company for further details.

Cross sectionRadial installation Axial installation

Radius1)Groove depth Groove width Groove depth Groove width

d2 – mm Dynamic (t)

Static (t)

b1 +0.25

h +0.1

b4 +0.2

r ± 0.2

9.00 8.10 7.70 10.60 7.70 10.90 1.50

9.50 8.60 8.20 11.00 8.20 11.40 1.50

10.00 9.10 8.60 11.60 8.60 12.00 2.00

12.00 11.00 10.60 13.50 10.60 14.00 2.00

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 42 17.10.2016 13:35:17

O-Rings

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 43Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Table 16: Preferred O-Ring dimensions according to ISO 3601-1 and AS 568 with valid tolerances according to ISO 3601-1, class B – Metric

TSS Part-no.Ident-no.

ISO 3601-1 AS 568

Inside-Ø Cross section

d1 Toler-ance

±

d2 Toler-ance

±

ORAR00001 001 0.74 0.12 1.02 0.08

ORAR00002 002 1.07 0.12 1.27 0.08

ORAR00003 003 1.42 0.12 1.52 0.08

ORAR00004 004 1.78 0.13 1.78 0.08

ORAR00005 005 2.57 0.13 1.78 0.08

ORAR00006 006 2.90 0.13 1.78 0.08

ORAR00007 007 3.68 0.14 1.78 0.08

ORAR00008 008 4.47 0.15 1.78 0.08

ORAR00009 009 5.28 0.15 1.78 0.08

ORAR00010 010 6.07 0.16 1.78 0.08

ORAR00011 011 7.65 0.17 1.78 0.08

ORAR00012 012 9.25 0.18 1.78 0.08

ORAR00013 013 10.82 0.20 1.78 0.08

ORAR00014 014 12.42 0.21 1.78 0.08

ORAR00015 015 14.00 0.22 1.78 0.08

ORAR00016 016 15.60 0.23 1.78 0.08

ORAR00017 017 17.17 0.24 1.78 0.08

ORAR00018 018 18.77 0.26 1.78 0.08

ORAR00019 019 20.35 0.27 1.78 0.08

ORAR00020 020 21.95 0.28 1.78 0.08

ORAR00021 021 23.52 0.29 1.78 0.08

ORAR00022 022 25.12 0.30 1.78 0.08

ORAR00023 023 26.70 0.31 1.78 0.08

ORAR00024 024 28.30 0.33 1.78 0.08

ORAR00025 025 29.87 0.34 1.78 0.08

ORAR00026 026 31.47 0.35 1.78 0.08

ORAR00027 027 33.05 0.36 1.78 0.08

ORAR00028 028 34.65 0.37 1.78 0.08

ORAR00029 029 37.82 0.39 1.78 0.08

ORAR00030 030 41.00 0.42 1.78 0.08

ORAR00031 031 44.17 0.44 1.78 0.08

ORAR00032 032 47.35 0.46 1.78 0.08

ORAR00033 033 50.52 0.48 1.78 0.08

ORAR00034 034 53.70 0.51 1.78 0.08

ORAR00035 035 56.87 0.53 1.78 0.08

ORAR00036 036 60.05 0.55 1.78 0.08

ORAR00037 037 63.22 0.57 1.78 0.08

ORAR00038 038 66.40 0.59 1.78 0.08

ORAR00039 039 69.57 0.62 1.78 0.08

ORAR00040 040 72.75 0.64 1.78 0.08

TSS Part-no.Ident-no.

ISO 3601-1 AS 568

Inside-Ø Cross section

d1 Toler-ance

±

d2 Toler-ance

±

ORAR00041 041 75.92 0.66 1.78 0.08

ORAR00042 042 82.27 0.70 1.78 0.08

ORAR00043 043 88.62 0.75 1.78 0.08

ORAR00044 044 94.97 0.79 1.78 0.08

ORAR00045 045 101.32 0.83 1.78 0.08

ORAR00046 046 107.67 0.88 1.78 0.08

ORAR00047 047 114.02 0.92 1.78 0.08

ORAR00048 048 120.37 0.96 1.78 0.08

ORAR00049 049 126.72 1.01 1.78 0.08

ORAR00050 050 133.07 1.05 1.78 0.08

ORAR00102 102 1.24 0.12 2.62 0.09

ORAR00103 103 2.06 0.13 2.62 0.09

ORAR00104 104 2.84 0.13 2.62 0.09

ORAR00105 105 3.63 0.14 2.62 0.09

ORAR00106 106 4.42 0.15 2.62 0.09

ORAR00107 107 5.23 0.15 2.62 0.09

ORAR00108 108 6.02 0.16 2.62 0.09

ORAR00109 109 7.59 0.17 2.62 0.09

ORAR00110 110 9.19 0.18 2.62 0.09

ORAR00111 111 10.77 0.20 2.62 0.09

ORAR00112 112 12.37 0.21 2.62 0.09

ORAR00113 113 13.94 0.22 2.62 0.09

ORAR00114 114 15.54 0.23 2.62 0.09

ORAR00115 115 17.12 0.24 2.62 0.09

ORAR00116 116 18.72 0.26 2.62 0.09

ORAR00117 117 20.30 0.27 2.62 0.09

ORAR00118 118 21.89 0.28 2.62 0.09

ORAR00119 119 23.47 0.29 2.62 0.09

ORAR00120 120 25.07 0.30 2.62 0.09

ORAR00121 121 26.64 0.31 2.62 0.09

ORAR00122 122 28.24 0.33 2.62 0.09

ORAR00123 123 29.82 0.34 2.62 0.09

ORAR00124 124 31.42 0.35 2.62 0.09

ORAR00125 125 32.99 0.36 2.62 0.09

ORAR00126 126 34.59 0.37 2.62 0.09

ORAR00127 127 36.17 0.38 2.62 0.09

ORAR00128 128 37.77 0.39 2.62 0.09

ORAR00129 129 39.34 0.40 2.62 0.09

ORAR00130 130 40.94 0.42 2.62 0.09

ORAR00131 131 42.52 0.43 2.62 0.09

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 43 17.10.2016 13:35:18

STATIC SEALS · O-Rings

44 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

TSS Part-no.Ident-no.

ISO 3601-1 AS 568

Inside-Ø Cross section

d1 Toler-ance

±

d2 Toler-ance

±

ORAR00132 132 44.12 0.44 2.62 0.09

ORAR00133 133 45.69 0.45 2.62 0.09

ORAR00134 134 47.29 0.46 2.62 0.09

ORAR00135 135 48.90 0.47 2.62 0.09

ORAR00136 136 50.47 0.48 2.62 0.09

ORAR00137 137 52.07 0.49 2.62 0.09

ORAR00138 138 53.64 0.51 2.62 0.09

ORAR00139 139 55.25 0.52 2.62 0.09

ORAR00140 140 56.82 0.53 2.62 0.09

ORAR00141 141 58.42 0.54 2.62 0.09

ORAR00142 142 59.99 0.55 2.62 0.09

ORAR00143 143 61.60 0.56 2.62 0.09

ORAR00144 144 63.17 0.57 2.62 0.09

ORAR00145 145 64.77 0.58 2.62 0.09

ORAR00146 146 66.34 0.59 2.62 0.09

ORAR00147 147 67.95 0.61 2.62 0.09

ORAR00148 148 69.52 0.62 2.62 0.09

ORAR00149 149 71.12 0.63 2.62 0.09

ORAR00150 150 72.69 0.64 2.62 0.09

ORAR00151 151 75.87 0.66 2.62 0.09

ORAR00152 152 82.22 0.70 2.62 0.09

ORAR00153 153 88.57 0.75 2.62 0.09

ORAR00154 154 94.92 0.79 2.62 0.09

ORAR00155 155 101.27 0.83 2.62 0.09

ORAR00156 156 107.62 0.88 2.62 0.09

ORAR00157 157 113.97 0.92 2.62 0.09

ORAR00158 158 120.32 0.96 2.62 0.09

ORAR00159 159 126.67 1.00 2.62 0.09

ORAR00160 160 133.02 1.05 2.62 0.09

ORAR00161 161 139.37 1.09 2.62 0.09

ORAR00162 162 145.72 1.13 2.62 0.09

ORAR00163 163 152.07 1.17 2.62 0.09

ORAR00164 164 158.42 1.22 2.62 0.09

ORAR00165 165 164.77 1.26 2.62 0.09

ORAR00166 166 171.12 1.30 2.62 0.09

ORAR00167 167 177.47 1.34 2.62 0.09

ORAR00168 168 183.82 1.38 2.62 0.09

ORAR00169 169 190.17 1.43 2.62 0.09

ORAR00170 170 196.52 1.47 2.62 0.09

ORAR00171 171 202.87 1.51 2.62 0.09

ORAR00172 172 209.22 1.55 2.62 0.09

ORAR00173 173 215.57 1.59 2.62 0.09

TSS Part-no.Ident-no.

ISO 3601-1 AS 568

Inside-Ø Cross section

d1 Toler-ance

±

d2 Toler-ance

±

ORAR00174 174 221.92 1.63 2.62 0.09

ORAR00175 175 228.27 1.68 2.62 0.09

ORAR00176 176 234.62 1.72 2.62 0.09

ORAR00177 177 240.97 1.76 2.62 0.09

ORAR00178 178 247.32 1.80 2.62 0.09

ORAR00201 201 4.34 0.15 3.53 0.10

ORAR00202 202 5.94 0.16 3.53 0.10

ORAR00203 203 7.52 0.17 3.53 0.10

ORAR00204 204 9.12 0.18 3.53 0.10

ORAR00205 205 10.69 0.20 3.53 0.10

ORAR00206 206 12.29 0.21 3.53 0.10

ORAR00207 207 13.87 0.22 3.53 0.10

ORAR00208 208 15.47 0.23 3.53 0.10

ORAR00209 209 17.04 0.24 3.53 0.10

ORAR00210 210 18.64 0.25 3.53 0.10

ORAR00211 211 20.22 0.27 3.53 0.10

ORAR00212 212 21.82 0.28 3.53 0.10

ORAR00213 213 23.39 0.29 3.53 0.10

ORAR00214 214 24.99 0.30 3.53 0.10

ORAR00215 215 26.57 0.31 3.53 0.10

ORAR00216 216 28.17 0.32 3.53 0.10

ORAR00217 217 29.74 0.34 3.53 0.10

ORAR00218 218 31.34 0.35 3.53 0.10

ORAR00219 219 32.92 0.36 3.53 0.10

ORAR00220 220 34.52 0.37 3.53 0.10

ORAR00221 221 36.09 0.38 3.53 0.10

ORAR00222 222 37.69 0.39 3.53 0.10

ORAR00223 223 40.87 0.42 3.53 0.10

ORAR00224 224 44.04 0.44 3.53 0.10

ORAR00225 225 47.22 0.46 3.53 0.10

ORAR00226 226 50.39 0.48 3.53 0.10

ORAR00227 227 53.57 0.51 3.53 0.10

ORAR00228 228 56.74 0.53 3.53 0.10

ORAR00229 229 59.92 0.55 3.53 0.10

ORAR00230 230 63.09 0.57 3.53 0.10

ORAR00231 231 66.27 0.59 3.53 0.10

ORAR00232 232 69.44 0.62 3.53 0.10

ORAR00233 233 72.62 0.64 3.53 0.10

ORAR00234 234 75.79 0.66 3.53 0.10

ORAR00235 235 78.97 0.68 3.53 0.10

ORAR00236 236 82.14 0.70 3.53 0.10

ORAR00237 237 85.32 0.72 3.53 0.10

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 44 17.10.2016 13:35:18

O-Rings

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 45Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

TSS Part-no.Ident-no.

ISO 3601-1 AS 568

Inside-Ø Cross section

d1 Toler-ance

±

d2 Toler-ance

±

ORAR00238 238 88.49 0.75 3.53 0.10

ORAR00239 239 91.67 0.77 3.53 0.10

ORAR00240 240 94.84 0.79 3.53 0.10

ORAR00241 241 98.02 0.81 3.53 0.10

ORAR00242 242 101.19 0.83 3.53 0.10

ORAR00243 243 104.37 0.85 3.53 0.10

ORAR00244 244 107.54 0.88 3.53 0.10

ORAR00245 245 110.72 0.90 3.53 0.10

ORAR00246 246 113.89 0.92 3.53 0.10

ORAR00247 247 117.07 0.94 3.53 0.10

ORAR00248 248 120.24 0.96 3.53 0.10

ORAR00249 249 123.42 0.98 3.53 0.10

ORAR00250 250 126.59 1.00 3.53 0.10

ORAR00251 251 129.77 1.03 3.53 0.10

ORAR00252 252 132.94 1.05 3.53 0.10

ORAR00253 253 136.12 1.07 3.53 0.10

ORAR00254 254 139.29 1.09 3.53 0.10

ORAR00255 255 142.47 1.11 3.53 0.10

ORAR00256 256 145.64 1.13 3.53 0.10

ORAR00257 257 148.82 1.15 3.53 0.10

ORAR00258 258 151.99 1.17 3.53 0.10

ORAR00259 259 158.34 1.22 3.53 0.10

ORAR00260 260 164.69 1.26 3.53 0.10

ORAR00261 261 171.04 1.30 3.53 0.10

ORAR00262 262 177.39 1.34 3.53 0.10

ORAR00263 263 183.74 1.38 3.53 0.10

ORAR00264 264 190.09 1.43 3.53 0.10

ORAR00265 265 196.44 1.47 3.53 0.10

ORAR00266 266 202.79 1.51 3.53 0.10

ORAR00267 267 209.14 1.55 3.53 0.10

ORAR00268 268 215.49 1.59 3.53 0.10

ORAR00269 269 221.84 1.63 3.53 0.10

ORAR00270 270 228.19 1.68 3.53 0.10

ORAR00271 271 234.54 1.72 3.53 0.10

ORAR00272 272 240.89 1.76 3.53 0.10

ORAR00273 273 247.24 1.80 3.53 0.10

ORAR00274 274 253.59 1.84 3.53 0.10

ORAR00275 275 266.29 1.92 3.53 0.10

ORAR00276 276 278.99 2.00 3.53 0.10

ORAR00277 277 291.69 2.09 3.53 0.10

ORAR00278 278 304.39 2.17 3.53 0.10

ORAR00279 279 329.79 2.33 3.53 0.10

TSS Part-no.Ident-no.

ISO 3601-1 AS 568

Inside-Ø Cross section

d1 Toler-ance

±

d2 Toler-ance

±

ORAR00280 280 355.19 2.49 3.53 0.10

ORAR00281 281 380.59 2.65 3.53 0.10

ORAR00282 282 405.26 2.81 3.53 0.10

ORAR00283 283 430.66 2.97 3.53 0.10

ORAR00284 284 456.06 3.13 3.53 0.10

ORAR00309 309 10.46 0.19 5.33 0.13

ORAR00310 310 12.07 0.21 5.33 0.13

ORAR00311 311 13.64 0.22 5.33 0.13

ORAR00312 312 15.24 0.23 5.33 0.13

ORAR00313 313 16.81 0.24 5.33 0.13

ORAR00314 314 18.42 0.25 5.33 0.13

ORAR00315 315 19.99 0.26 5.33 0.13

ORAR00316 316 21.59 0.28 5.33 0.13

ORAR00317 317 23.16 0.29 5.33 0.13

ORAR00318 318 24.77 0.30 5.33 0.13

ORAR00319 319 26.34 0.31 5.33 0.13

ORAR00320 320 27.94 0.32 5.33 0.13

ORAR00321 321 29.51 0.33 5.33 0.13

ORAR00322 322 31.12 0.35 5.33 0.13

ORAR00323 323 32.69 0.36 5.33 0.13

ORAR00324 324 34.29 0.37 5.33 0.13

ORAR00325 325 37.47 0.39 5.33 0.13

ORAR00326 326 40.64 0.41 5.33 0.13

ORAR00327 327 43.82 0.44 5.33 0.13

ORAR00328 328 46.99 0.46 5.33 0.13

ORAR00329 329 50.17 0.48 5.33 0.13

ORAR00330 330 53.34 0.50 5.33 0.13

ORAR00331 331 56.52 0.53 5.33 0.13

ORAR00332 332 59.69 0.55 5.33 0.13

ORAR00333 333 62.87 0.57 5.33 0.13

ORAR00334 334 66.04 0.59 5.33 0.13

ORAR00335 335 69.22 0.61 5.33 0.13

ORAR00336 336 72.39 0.64 5.33 0.13

ORAR00337 337 75.57 0.66 5.33 0.13

ORAR00338 338 78.74 0.68 5.33 0.13

ORAR00339 339 81.92 0.70 5.33 0.13

ORAR00340 340 85.09 0.72 5.33 0.13

ORAR00341 341 88.27 0.74 5.33 0.13

ORAR00342 342 91.44 0.77 5.33 0.13

ORAR00343 343 94.62 0.79 5.33 0.13

ORAR00344 344 97.79 0.81 5.33 0.13

ORAR00345 345 100.97 0.83 5.33 0.13

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 45 17.10.2016 13:35:19

STATIC SEALS · O-Rings

46 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

TSS Part-no.Ident-no.

ISO 3601-1 AS 568

Inside-Ø Cross section

d1 Toler-ance

±

d2 Toler-ance

±

ORAR00346 346 104.14 0.85 5.33 0.13

ORAR00347 347 107.32 0.87 5.33 0.13

ORAR00348 348 110.49 0.90 5.33 0.13

ORAR00349 349 113.67 0.92 5.33 0.13

ORAR00350 350 116.84 0.94 5.33 0.13

ORAR00351 351 120.02 0.96 5.33 0.13

ORAR00352 352 123.19 0.98 5.33 0.13

ORAR00353 353 126.37 1.00 5.33 0.13

ORAR00354 354 129.54 1.02 5.33 0.13

ORAR00355 355 132.72 1.05 5.33 0.13

ORAR00356 356 135.89 1.07 5.33 0.13

ORAR00357 357 139.07 1.09 5.33 0.13

ORAR00358 358 142.24 1.11 5.33 0.13

ORAR00359 359 145.42 1.13 5.33 0.13

ORAR00360 360 148.59 1.15 5.33 0.13

ORAR00361 361 151.77 1.17 5.33 0.13

ORAR00362 362 158.12 1.21 5.33 0.13

ORAR00363 363 164.47 1.26 5.33 0.13

ORAR00364 364 170.82 1.30 5.33 0.13

ORAR00365 365 177.17 1.34 5.33 0.13

ORAR00366 366 183.52 1.38 5.33 0.13

ORAR00367 367 189.87 1.42 5.33 0.13

ORAR00368 368 196.22 1.47 5.33 0.13

ORAR00369 369 202.57 1.51 5.33 0.13

ORAR00370 370 208.92 1.55 5.33 0.13

ORAR00371 371 215.27 1.59 5.33 0.13

ORAR00372 372 221.62 1.63 5.33 0.13

ORAR00373 373 227.97 1.67 5.33 0.13

ORAR00374 374 234.32 1.72 5.33 0.13

ORAR00375 375 240.67 1.76 5.33 0.13

ORAR00376 376 247.02 1.80 5.33 0.13

ORAR00377 377 253.37 1.84 5.33 0.13

ORAR00378 378 266.07 1.92 5.33 0.13

ORAR00379 379 278.77 2.00 5.33 0.13

ORAR00380 380 291.47 2.09 5.33 0.13

ORAR00381 381 304.17 2.17 5.33 0.13

ORAR00382 382 329.57 2.33 5.33 0.13

ORAR00383 383 354.97 2.49 5.33 0.13

ORAR00384 384 380.37 2.65 5.33 0.13

ORAR00385 385 405.26 2.81 5.33 0.13

ORAR00386 386 430.66 2.97 5.33 0.13

ORAR00387 387 456.06 3.13 5.33 0.13

TSS Part-no.Ident-no.

ISO 3601-1 AS 568

Inside-Ø Cross section

d1 Toler-ance

±

d2 Toler-ance

±

ORAR00388 388 481.46 3.29 5.33 0.13

ORAR00389 389 506.86 3.45 5.33 0.13

ORAR00390 390 532.26 3.61 5.33 0.13

ORAR00391 391 557.66 3.77 5.33 0.13

ORAR00392 392 582.68 3.92 5.33 0.13

ORAR00393 393 608.08 4.08 5.33 0.13

ORAR00394 394 633.48 4.24 5.33 0.13

ORAR00395 395 658.88 4.40 5.33 0.13

ORAR00425 425 113.67 0.92 6.99 0.15

ORAR00426 426 116.84 0.94 6.99 0.15

ORAR00427 427 120.02 0.96 6.99 0.15

ORAR00428 428 123.19 0.98 6.99 0.15

ORAR00429 429 126.37 1.00 6.99 0.15

ORAR00430 430 129.54 1.02 6.99 0.15

ORAR00431 431 132.72 1.05 6.99 0.15

ORAR00432 432 135.89 1.07 6.99 0.15

ORAR00433 433 139.07 1.09 6.99 0.15

ORAR00434 434 142.24 1.11 6.99 0.15

ORAR00435 435 145.42 1.13 6.99 0.15

ORAR00436 436 148.59 1.15 6.99 0.15

ORAR00437 437 151.77 1.17 6.99 0.15

ORAR00438 438 158.12 1.21 6.99 0.15

ORAR00439 439 164.47 1.26 6.99 0.15

ORAR00440 440 170.82 1.30 6.99 0.15

ORAR00441 441 177.17 1.34 6.99 0.15

ORAR00442 442 183.52 1.38 6.99 0.15

ORAR00443 443 189.87 1.42 6.99 0.15

ORAR00444 444 196.22 1.47 6.99 0.15

ORAR00445 445 202.57 1.51 6.99 0.15

ORAR00446 446 215.27 1.59 6.99 0.15

ORAR00447 447 227.97 1.67 6.99 0.15

ORAR00448 448 240.67 1.76 6.99 0.15

ORAR00449 449 253.37 1.84 6.99 0.15

ORAR00450 450 266.07 1.92 6.99 0.15

ORAR00451 451 278.77 2.00 6.99 0.15

ORAR00452 452 291.47 2.09 6.99 0.15

ORAR00453 453 304.17 2.17 6.99 0.15

ORAR00454 454 316.87 2.25 6.99 0.15

ORAR00455 455 329.57 2.33 6.99 0.15

ORAR00456 456 342.27 2.41 6.99 0.15

ORAR00457 457 354.97 2.49 6.99 0.15

ORAR00458 458 367.67 2.57 6.99 0.15

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 46 17.10.2016 13:35:20

O-Rings

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 47Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

TSS Part-no.Ident-no.

ISO 3601-1 AS 568

Inside-Ø Cross section

d1 Toler-ance

±

d2 Toler-ance

±

ORAR00459 459 380.37 2.65 6.99 0.15

ORAR00460 460 393.07 2.73 6.99 0.15

ORAR00461 461 405.26 2.81 6.99 0.15

ORAR00462 462 417.96 2.89 6.99 0.15

ORAR00463 463 430.66 2.97 6.99 0.15

ORAR00464 464 443.36 3.05 6.99 0.15

ORAR00465 465 456.06 3.13 6.99 0.15

ORAR00466 466 468.76 3.21 6.99 0.15

ORAR00467 467 481.46 3.29 6.99 0.15

ORAR00468 468 494.16 3.37 6.99 0.15

ORAR00469 469 506.86 3.45 6.99 0.15

ORAR00470 470 532.26 3.61 6.99 0.15

TSS Part-no.Ident-no.

ISO 3601-1 AS 568

Inside-Ø Cross section

d1 Toler-ance

±

d2 Toler-ance

±

ORAR00471 471 557.66 3.77 6.99 0.15

ORAR00472 472 582.68 3.92 6.99 0.15

ORAR00473 473 608.08 4.08 6.99 0.15

ORAR00474 474 633.48 4.24 6.99 0.15

ORAR00475 475 658.88 4.40 6.99 0.15

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 47 17.10.2016 13:35:20

STATIC SEALS · O-Rings

48 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

� Installation Recommendations – Inch

b3 b1 h

b2

d 2

b 4

(t)

(t)s

r

r

r

(t) s

Figure 26: Installation Drawing

For radial clearance S and surface finish, see the Trelleborg Sealing Solutions O-Ring and Back-up Rings Catalog.

Groove width b2 and b3: When using Back-up Rings the groove is to be widened by the corresponding Back-up Ring thickness (b2: one Back-up Ring, b3: two Back-up Rings).

The generally recommended fit is H8/f7.

Table 17: Installation Dimensions – Inch

Cross sectionRadial installation Axial installation

Radius1)Groove depth Groove width Groove depth Groove width

d2 – inch Dynamic (t)

Static (t)

b1 +0.25

h +0.1

b4 +0.2

r ± 0.2

0.020 - 0.014 0.031 0.014 0.031 0.008

0.029 - 0.020 0.039 0.020 0.039 0.008

0.039 - 0.028 0.055 0.028 0.055 0.008

0.040 - 0.028 0.055 0.028 0.055 0.008

0.047 - 0.033 0.067 0.033 0.067 0.008

0.049 - 0.035 0.067 0.035 0.071 0.008

0.050 - 0.035 0.067 0.035 0.071 0.008

0.051 - 0.037 0.071 0.037 0.071 0.008

0.056 - 0.041 0.075 0.041 0.079 0.012

0.059 0.049 0.043 0.079 0.043 0.083 0.012

0.060 0.049 0.043 0.079 0.043 0.083 0.012

0.063 0.051 0.047 0.083 0.047 0.087 0.012

0.064 0.051 0.047 0.083 0.047 0.087 0.012

0.070 0.057 0.051 0.094 0.051 0.102 0.012

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 48 17.10.2016 13:35:20

O-Rings

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 49Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Cross sectionRadial installation Axial installation

Radius1)Groove depth Groove width Groove depth Groove width

d2 – inch Dynamic (t)

Static (t)

b1 +0.25

h +0.1

b4 +0.2

r ± 0.2

0.071 0.057 0.051 0.094 0.051 0.102 0.012

0.072 0.059 0.053 0.098 0.053 0.102 0.012

0.075 0.061 0.055 0.102 0.055 0.106 0.012

0.078 0.065 0.059 0.106 0.059 0.110 0.012

0.079 0.065 0.059 0.106 0.059 0.110 0.012

0.082 0.069 0.061 0.110 0.061 0.114 0.012

0.083 0.069 0.061 0.110 0.061 0.114 0.012

0.087 0.073 0.063 0.118 0.063 0.118 0.012

0.089 0.075 0.067 0.118 0.067 0.122 0.012

0.091 0.077 0.069 0.122 0.069 0.122 0.012

0.092 0.077 0.069 0.122 0.069 0.122 0.012

0.094 0.081 0.071 0.126 0.071 0.130 0.012

0.097 0.083 0.073 0.130 0.073 0.134 0.012

0.098 0.085 0.075 0.130 0.075 0.134 0.012

0.103 0.089 0.079 0.142 0.079 0.150 0.012

0.104 0.089 0.079 0.142 0.079 0.150 0.012

0.106 0.091 0.081 0.142 0.081 0.150 0.012

0.110 0.094 0.083 0.146 0.083 0.154 0.024

0.115 0.098 0.087 0.154 0.087 0.157 0.024

0.116 0.098 0.087 0.154 0.087 0.157 0.024

0.118 0.102 0.091 0.157 0.091 0.157 0.024

0.122 0.106 0.094 0.161 0.094 0.161 0.024

0.138 0.120 0.104 0.181 0.104 0.185 0.024

0.139 0.122 0.106 0.189 0.106 0.197 0.024

0.140 0.122 0.106 0.189 0.106 0.197 0.024

0.142 0.124 0.110 0.189 0.110 0.201 0.024

0.157 0.138 0.122 0.205 0.122 0.209 0.024

0.177 0.157 0.138 0.228 0.138 0.232 0.024

0.197 0.173 0.157 0.260 0.157 0.264 0.024

0.209 0.185 0.169 0.280 0.169 0.287 0.024

0.210 0.185 0.169 0.280 0.169 0.287 0.024

0.217 0.189 0.177 0.280 0.177 0.287 0.024

0.224 0.197 0.181 0.283 0.181 0.291 0.024

0.236 0.209 0.193 0.291 0.193 0.299 0.024

0.256 0.224 0.213 0.315 0.213 0.323 0.039

0.275 0.240 0.228 0.374 0.228 0.382 0.039

0.276 0.240 0.228 0.374 0.228 0.382 0.039

0.295 0.260 0.248 0.382 0.248 0.390 0.039

0.315 0.280 0.264 0.386 0.264 0.394 0.039

0.331 0.295 0.280 0.394 0.280 0.406 0.039

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 49 17.10.2016 13:35:21

STATIC SEALS · O-Rings

50 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Cross sectionRadial installation Axial installation

Radius1)Groove depth Groove width Groove depth Groove width

d2 – inch Dynamic (t)

Static (t)

b1 +0.25

h +0.1

b4 +0.2

r ± 0.2

0.354 0.319 0.303 0.417 0.303 0.429 0.059

0.374 0.339 0.323 0.433 0.323 0.449 0.059

0.394 0.358 0.339 0.457 0.339 0.472 0.079

0.472 0.433 0.417 0.531 0.417 0.551 0.079

* Preferred sizes

1) If a Back-up Ring is used the recommended radius r should always be r1 = 0.010 ± 0.008 inch

The given installation dimensions cannot be used for FFKM materials (Isolast®). Consult the Isolast® brochure or contact your local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions marketing company for further details.

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 50 17.10.2016 13:35:21

O-Rings

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 51Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Table 18: Preferred O-Ring dimensions according to ISO 3601-1 and AS 568 with valid tolerances according to ISO 3601-1, class B – Inch

TSS Part-no.Ident-no.

ISO 3601-1 AS 568

Inside-Ø Cross section

d1 Toler-ance

±

d2 Toler-ance

±

ORAR00001 001 0.029 0.005 0.040 0.003

ORAR00002 002 0.042 0.005 0.050 0.003

ORAR00003 003 0.056 0.005 0.060 0.003

ORAR00004 004 0.070 0.005 0.070 0.003

ORAR00005 005 0.101 0.005 0.070 0.003

ORAR00006 006 0.114 0.005 0.070 0.003

ORAR00007 007 0.145 0.006 0.070 0.003

ORAR00008 008 0.176 0.007 0.070 0.003

ORAR00009 009 0.208 0.007 0.070 0.003

ORAR00010 010 0.239 0.006 0.070 0.003

ORAR00011 011 0.301 0.007 0.070 0.003

ORAR00012 012 0.364 0.007 0.070 0.003

ORAR00013 013 0.426 0.008 0.070 0.003

ORAR00014 014 0.489 0.008 0.070 0.003

ORAR00015 015 0.551 0.009 0.070 0.003

ORAR00016 016 0.614 0.009 0.070 0.003

ORAR00017 017 0.676 0.009 0.070 0.003

ORAR00018 018 0.739 0.010 0.070 0.003

ORAR00019 019 0.801 0.011 0.070 0.003

ORAR00020 020 0.864 0.011 0.070 0.003

ORAR00021 021 0.926 0.011 0.070 0.003

ORAR00022 022 0.989 0.012 0.070 0.003

ORAR00023 023 1.051 0.012 0.070 0.003

ORAR00024 024 1.114 0.013 0.070 0.003

ORAR00025 025 1.176 0.013 0.070 0.003

ORAR00026 026 1.239 0.014 0.070 0.003

ORAR00027 027 1.301 0.014 0.070 0.003

ORAR00028 028 1.364 0.015 0.070 0.003

ORAR00029 029 1.489 0.015 0.070 0.003

ORAR00030 030 1.614 0.017 0.070 0.003

ORAR00031 031 1.739 0.017 0.070 0.003

ORAR00032 032 1.864 0.018 0.070 0.003

ORAR00033 033 1.989 0.019 0.070 0.003

ORAR00034 034 2.114 0.020 0.070 0.003

ORAR00035 035 2.239 0.021 0.070 0.003

ORAR00036 036 2.364 0.022 0.070 0.003

ORAR00037 037 2.489 0.022 0.070 0.003

ORAR00038 038 2.614 0.023 0.070 0.003

ORAR00039 039 2.739 0.024 0.070 0.003

ORAR00040 040 2.864 0.025 0.070 0.003

TSS Part-no.Ident-no.

ISO 3601-1 AS 568

Inside-Ø Cross section

d1 Toler-ance

±

d2 Toler-ance

±

ORAR00041 041 2.989 0.026 0.070 0.003

ORAR00042 042 3.239 0.028 0.070 0.003

ORAR00043 043 3.489 0.030 0.070 0.003

ORAR00044 044 3.739 0.031 0.070 0.003

ORAR00045 045 3.989 0.033 0.070 0.003

ORAR00046 046 4.239 0.035 0.070 0.003

ORAR00047 047 4.489 0.036 0.070 0.003

ORAR00048 048 4.739 0.038 0.070 0.003

ORAR00049 049 4.989 0.040 0.070 0.003

ORAR00050 050 5.239 0.041 0.070 0.003

ORAR00102 102 0.049 0.005 0.103 0.004

ORAR00103 103 0.081 0.005 0.103 0.004

ORAR00104 104 0.112 0.005 0.103 0.004

ORAR00105 105 0.143 0.006 0.103 0.004

ORAR00106 106 0.174 0.006 0.103 0.004

ORAR00107 107 0.206 0.006 0.103 0.004

ORAR00108 108 0.237 0.006 0.103 0.004

ORAR00109 109 0.299 0.007 0.103 0.004

ORAR00110 110 0.362 0.007 0.103 0.004

ORAR00111 111 0.424 0.008 0.103 0.004

ORAR00112 112 0.487 0.008 0.103 0.004

ORAR00113 113 0.549 0.009 0.103 0.004

ORAR00114 114 0.612 0.009 0.103 0.004

ORAR00115 115 0.674 0.009 0.103 0.004

ORAR00116 116 0.737 0.010 0.103 0.004

ORAR00117 117 0.799 0.011 0.103 0.004

ORAR00118 118 0.862 0.011 0.103 0.004

ORAR00119 119 0.924 0.011 0.103 0.004

ORAR00120 120 0.987 0.012 0.103 0.004

ORAR00121 121 1.049 0.012 0.103 0.004

ORAR00122 122 1.112 0.013 0.103 0.004

ORAR00123 123 1.174 0.013 0.103 0.004

ORAR00124 124 1.237 0.014 0.103 0.004

ORAR00125 125 1.299 0.014 0.103 0.004

ORAR00126 126 1.362 0.015 0.103 0.004

ORAR00127 127 1.424 0.015 0.103 0.004

ORAR00128 128 1.487 0.015 0.103 0.004

ORAR00129 129 1.549 0.016 0.103 0.004

ORAR00130 130 1.612 0.017 0.103 0.004

ORAR00131 131 1.674 0.017 0.103 0.004

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 51 17.10.2016 13:35:21

STATIC SEALS · O-Rings

52 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

TSS Part-no.Ident-no.

ISO 3601-1 AS 568

Inside-Ø Cross section

d1 Toler-ance

±

d2 Toler-ance

±

ORAR00132 132 1.737 0.017 0.103 0.004

ORAR00133 133 1.799 0.018 0.103 0.004

ORAR00134 134 1.862 0.018 0.103 0.004

ORAR00135 135 1.925 0.019 0.103 0.004

ORAR00136 136 1.987 0.019 0.103 0.004

ORAR00137 137 2.050 0.019 0.103 0.004

ORAR00138 138 2.112 0.020 0.103 0.004

ORAR00139 139 2.175 0.020 0.103 0.004

ORAR00140 140 2.237 0.021 0.103 0.004

ORAR00141 141 2.300 0.021 0.103 0.004

ORAR00142 142 2.362 0.022 0.103 0.004

ORAR00143 143 2.425 0.022 0.103 0.004

ORAR00144 144 2.487 0.022 0.103 0.004

ORAR00145 145 2.550 0.023 0.103 0.004

ORAR00146 146 2.612 0.023 0.103 0.004

ORAR00147 147 2.675 0.024 0.103 0.004

ORAR00148 148 2.737 0.024 0.103 0.004

ORAR00149 149 2.800 0.025 0.103 0.004

ORAR00150 150 2.862 0.025 0.103 0.004

ORAR00151 151 2.987 0.026 0.103 0.004

ORAR00152 152 3.237 0.028 0.103 0.004

ORAR00153 153 3.487 0.029 0.103 0.004

ORAR00154 154 3.737 0.031 0.103 0.004

ORAR00155 155 3.987 0.033 0.103 0.004

ORAR00156 156 4.237 0.035 0.103 0.004

ORAR00157 157 4.487 0.036 0.103 0.004

ORAR00158 158 4.737 0.038 0.103 0.004

ORAR00159 159 4.987 0.039 0.103 0.004

ORAR00160 160 5.237 0.041 0.103 0.004

ORAR00161 161 5.487 0.043 0.103 0.004

ORAR00162 162 5.737 0.044 0.103 0.004

ORAR00163 163 5.987 0.046 0.103 0.004

ORAR00164 164 6.237 0.048 0.103 0.004

ORAR00165 165 6.487 0.050 0.103 0.004

ORAR00166 166 6.737 0.051 0.103 0.004

ORAR00167 167 6.987 0.053 0.103 0.004

ORAR00168 168 7.237 0.054 0.103 0.004

ORAR00169 169 7.487 0.056 0.103 0.004

ORAR00170 170 7.737 0.058 0.103 0.004

ORAR00171 171 7.987 0.059 0.103 0.004

ORAR00172 172 8.237 0.061 0.103 0.004

ORAR00173 173 8.487 0.063 0.103 0.004

TSS Part-no.Ident-no.

ISO 3601-1 AS 568

Inside-Ø Cross section

d1 Toler-ance

±

d2 Toler-ance

±

ORAR00174 174 8.737 0.064 0.103 0.004

ORAR00175 175 8.987 0.066 0.103 0.004

ORAR00176 176 9.237 0.068 0.103 0.004

ORAR00177 177 9.487 0.069 0.103 0.004

ORAR00178 178 9.737 0.071 0.103 0.004

ORAR00201 201 0.171 0.006 0.139 0.004

ORAR00202 202 0.234 0.006 0.139 0.004

ORAR00203 203 0.296 0.007 0.139 0.004

ORAR00204 204 0.359 0.007 0.139 0.004

ORAR00205 205 0.421 0.008 0.139 0.004

ORAR00206 206 0.484 0.008 0.139 0.004

ORAR00207 207 0.546 0.009 0.139 0.004

ORAR00208 208 0.609 0.009 0.139 0.004

ORAR00209 209 0.671 0.009 0.139 0.004

ORAR00210 210 0.734 0.010 0.139 0.004

ORAR00211 211 0.796 0.011 0.139 0.004

ORAR00212 212 0.859 0.011 0.139 0.004

ORAR00213 213 0.921 0.011 0.139 0.004

ORAR00214 214 0.984 0.012 0.139 0.004

ORAR00215 215 1.046 0.012 0.139 0.004

ORAR00216 216 1.109 0.013 0.139 0.004

ORAR00217 217 1.171 0.013 0.139 0.004

ORAR00218 218 1.234 0.014 0.139 0.004

ORAR00219 219 1.296 0.014 0.139 0.004

ORAR00220 220 1.359 0.015 0.139 0.004

ORAR00221 221 1.421 0.015 0.139 0.004

ORAR00222 222 1.484 0.015 0.139 0.004

ORAR00223 223 1.609 0.017 0.139 0.004

ORAR00224 224 1.734 0.017 0.139 0.004

ORAR00225 225 1.859 0.018 0.139 0.004

ORAR00226 226 1.984 0.019 0.139 0.004

ORAR00227 227 2.097 0.020 0.139 0.004

ORAR00228 228 2.234 0.021 0.139 0.004

ORAR00229 229 2.359 0.022 0.139 0.004

ORAR00230 230 2.484 0.023 0.139 0.004

ORAR00231 231 2.609 0.023 0.139 0.004

ORAR00232 232 2.734 0.024 0.139 0.004

ORAR00233 233 2.859 0.025 0.139 0.004

ORAR00234 234 2.984 0.026 0.139 0.004

ORAR00235 235 3.109 0.027 0.139 0.004

ORAR00236 236 3.234 0.028 0.139 0.004

ORAR00237 237 3.359 0.028 0.139 0.004

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 52 17.10.2016 13:35:22

O-Rings

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 53Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

TSS Part-no.Ident-no.

ISO 3601-1 AS 568

Inside-Ø Cross section

d1 Toler-ance

±

d2 Toler-ance

±

ORAR00238 238 3.484 0.030 0.139 0.004

ORAR00239 239 3.609 0.030 0.139 0.004

ORAR00240 240 3.734 0.031 0.139 0.004

ORAR00241 241 3.859 0.032 0.139 0.004

ORAR00242 242 3.984 0.033 0.139 0.004

ORAR00243 243 4.109 0.033 0.139 0.004

ORAR00244 244 4.234 0.034 0.139 0.004

ORAR00245 245 4.359 0.035 0.139 0.004

ORAR00246 246 4.484 0.036 0.139 0.004

ORAR00247 247 4.609 0.037 0.139 0.004

ORAR00248 248 4.734 0.038 0.139 0.004

ORAR00249 249 4.859 0.039 0.139 0.004

ORAR00250 250 4.984 0.039 0.139 0.004

ORAR00251 251 5.109 0.040 0.139 0.004

ORAR00252 252 5.234 0.041 0.139 0.004

ORAR00253 253 5.359 0.042 0.139 0.004

ORAR00254 254 5.484 0.043 0.139 0.004

ORAR00255 255 5.609 0.044 0.139 0.004

ORAR00256 256 5.734 0.045 0.139 0.004

ORAR00257 257 5.859 0.045 0.139 0.004

ORAR00258 258 5.984 0.046 0.139 0.004

ORAR00259 259 6.234 0.048 0.139 0.004

ORAR00260 260 6.484 0.050 0.139 0.004

ORAR00261 261 6.734 0.051 0.139 0.004

ORAR00262 262 6.984 0.053 0.139 0.004

ORAR00263 263 7.234 0.054 0.139 0.004

ORAR00264 264 7.484 0.056 0.139 0.004

ORAR00265 265 7.734 0.058 0.139 0.004

ORAR00266 266 7.984 0.059 0.139 0.004

ORAR00267 267 8.234 0.061 0.139 0.004

ORAR00268 268 8.484 0.063 0.139 0.004

ORAR00269 269 8.734 0.064 0.139 0.004

ORAR00270 270 8.984 0.066 0.139 0.004

ORAR00271 271 9.234 0.068 0.139 0.004

ORAR00272 272 9.484 0.069 0.139 0.004

ORAR00273 273 9.734 0.071 0.139 0.004

ORAR00274 274 9.984 0.072 0.139 0.004

ORAR00275 275 10.484 0.076 0.139 0.004

ORAR00276 276 10.984 0.079 0.139 0.004

ORAR00277 277 11.484 0.082 0.139 0.004

ORAR00278 278 11.984 0.085 0.139 0.004

ORAR00279 279 12.984 0.092 0.139 0.004

TSS Part-no.Ident-no.

ISO 3601-1 AS 568

Inside-Ø Cross section

d1 Toler-ance

±

d2 Toler-ance

±

ORAR00280 280 13.984 0.098 0.139 0.004

ORAR00281 281 14.984 0.104 0.139 0.004

ORAR00282 282 15.955 0.111 0.139 0.004

ORAR00283 283 16.955 0.117 0.139 0.004

ORAR00284 284 17.955 0.123 0.139 0.004

ORAR00309 309 0.412 0.007 0.210 0.005

ORAR00310 310 0.475 0.008 0.210 0.005

ORAR00311 311 0.537 0.009 0.210 0.005

ORAR00312 312 0.600 0.009 0.210 0.005

ORAR00313 313 0.662 0.009 0.210 0.005

ORAR00314 314 0.725 0.010 0.210 0.005

ORAR00315 315 0.787 0.010 0.210 0.005

ORAR00316 316 0.850 0.011 0.210 0.005

ORAR00317 317 0.912 0.011 0.210 0.005

ORAR00318 318 0.975 0.012 0.210 0.005

ORAR00319 319 1.037 0.012 0.210 0.005

ORAR00320 320 1.100 0.013 0.210 0.005

ORAR00321 321 1.162 0.013 0.210 0.005

ORAR00322 322 1.225 0.014 0.210 0.005

ORAR00323 323 1.287 0.014 0.210 0.005

ORAR00324 324 1.350 0.015 0.210 0.005

ORAR00325 325 1.475 0.015 0.210 0.005

ORAR00326 326 1.600 0.016 0.210 0.005

ORAR00327 327 1.725 0.017 0.210 0.005

ORAR00328 328 1.850 0.018 0.210 0.005

ORAR00329 329 1.975 0.019 0.210 0.005

ORAR00330 330 2.100 0.020 0.210 0.005

ORAR00331 331 2.225 0.021 0.210 0.005

ORAR00332 332 2.350 0.022 0.210 0.005

ORAR00333 333 2.475 0.022 0.210 0.005

ORAR00334 334 2.600 0.023 0.210 0.005

ORAR00335 335 2.725 0.024 0.210 0.005

ORAR00336 336 2.850 0.025 0.210 0.005

ORAR00337 337 2.975 0.026 0.210 0.005

ORAR00338 338 3.100 0.027 0.210 0.005

ORAR00339 339 3.225 0.028 0.210 0.005

ORAR00340 340 3.350 0.028 0.210 0.005

ORAR00341 341 3.475 0.029 0.210 0.005

ORAR00342 342 3.600 0.030 0.210 0.005

ORAR00343 343 3.725 0.031 0.210 0.005

ORAR00344 344 3.850 0.032 0.210 0.005

ORAR00345 345 3.975 0.033 0.210 0.005

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 53 17.10.2016 13:35:23

STATIC SEALS · O-Rings

54 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

TSS Part-no.Ident-no.

ISO 3601-1 AS 568

Inside-Ø Cross section

d1 Toler-ance

±

d2 Toler-ance

±

ORAR00346 346 4.100 0.033 0.210 0.005

ORAR00347 347 4.225 0.034 0.210 0.005

ORAR00348 348 4.350 0.035 0.210 0.005

ORAR00349 349 4.475 0.036 0.210 0.005

ORAR00350 350 4.600 0.037 0.210 0.005

ORAR00351 351 4.725 0.038 0.210 0.005

ORAR00352 352 4.850 0.039 0.210 0.005

ORAR00353 353 4.975 0.039 0.210 0.005

ORAR00354 354 5.100 0.040 0.210 0.005

ORAR00355 355 5.225 0.041 0.210 0.005

ORAR00356 356 5.350 0.042 0.210 0.005

ORAR00357 357 5.475 0.043 0.210 0.005

ORAR00358 358 5.600 0.044 0.210 0.005

ORAR00359 359 5.725 0.045 0.210 0.005

ORAR00360 360 5.850 0.045 0.210 0.005

ORAR00361 361 5.975 0.046 0.210 0.005

ORAR00362 362 6.225 0.048 0.210 0.005

ORAR00363 363 6.475 0.049 0.210 0.005

ORAR00364 364 6.725 0.051 0.210 0.005

ORAR00365 365 6.975 0.053 0.210 0.005

ORAR00366 366 7.225 0.054 0.210 0.005

ORAR00367 367 7.475 0.056 0.210 0.005

ORAR00368 368 7.725 0.058 0.210 0.005

ORAR00369 369 7.975 0.059 0.210 0.005

ORAR00370 370 8.225 0.061 0.210 0.005

ORAR00371 371 8.475 0.063 0.210 0.005

ORAR00372 372 8.725 0.064 0.210 0.005

ORAR00373 373 8.975 0.066 0.210 0.005

ORAR00374 374 9.225 0.068 0.210 0.005

ORAR00375 375 9.475 0.069 0.210 0.005

ORAR00376 376 9.725 0.071 0.210 0.005

ORAR00377 377 9.975 0.072 0.210 0.005

ORAR00378 378 10.475 0.076 0.210 0.005

ORAR00379 379 10.975 0.079 0.210 0.005

ORAR00380 380 11.475 0.082 0.210 0.005

ORAR00381 381 11.975 0.085 0.210 0.005

ORAR00382 382 12.975 0.092 0.210 0.005

ORAR00383 383 13.975 0.098 0.210 0.005

ORAR00384 384 14.975 0.104 0.210 0.005

ORAR00385 385 15.955 0.111 0.210 0.005

ORAR00386 386 16.955 0.117 0.210 0.005

ORAR00387 387 17.955 0.123 0.210 0.005

TSS Part-no.Ident-no.

ISO 3601-1 AS 568

Inside-Ø Cross section

d1 Toler-ance

±

d2 Toler-ance

±

ORAR00388 388 18.955 0.130 0.210 0.005

ORAR00389 389 19.955 0.136 0.210 0.005

ORAR00390 390 20.955 0.142 0.210 0.005

ORAR00391 391 21.955 0.148 0.210 0.005

ORAR00392 392 22.940 0.154 0.210 0.005

ORAR00393 393 23.940 0.161 0.210 0.005

ORAR00394 394 24.940 0.167 0.210 0.005

ORAR00395 395 25.940 0.173 0.210 0.005

ORAR00425 425 4.475 0.036 0.275 0.006

ORAR00426 426 4.600 0.037 0.275 0.006

ORAR00427 427 4.725 0.038 0.275 0.006

ORAR00428 428 4.850 0.039 0.275 0.006

ORAR00429 429 4.975 0.039 0.275 0.006

ORAR00430 430 5.100 0.040 0.275 0.006

ORAR00431 431 5.225 0.041 0.275 0.006

ORAR00432 432 5.350 0.042 0.275 0.006

ORAR00433 433 5.475 0.043 0.275 0.006

ORAR00434 434 5.600 0.044 0.275 0.006

ORAR00435 435 5.725 0.045 0.275 0.006

ORAR00436 436 5.850 0.045 0.275 0.006

ORAR00437 437 5.975 0.046 0.275 0.006

ORAR00438 438 6.225 0.048 0.275 0.006

ORAR00439 439 6.475 0.050 0.275 0.006

ORAR00440 440 6.725 0.051 0.275 0.006

ORAR00441 441 6.975 0.053 0.275 0.006

ORAR00442 442 7.225 0.054 0.275 0.006

ORAR00443 443 7.475 0.056 0.275 0.006

ORAR00444 444 7.725 0.058 0.275 0.006

ORAR00445 445 7.975 0.059 0.275 0.006

ORAR00446 446 8.475 0.063 0.275 0.006

ORAR00447 447 8.975 0.066 0.275 0.006

ORAR00448 448 9.475 0.069 0.275 0.006

ORAR00449 449 9.975 0.072 0.275 0.006

ORAR00450 450 10.475 0.076 0.275 0.006

ORAR00451 451 10.975 0.079 0.275 0.006

ORAR00452 452 11.475 0.082 0.275 0.006

ORAR00453 453 11.975 0.085 0.275 0.006

ORAR00454 454 12.475 0.089 0.275 0.006

ORAR00455 455 12.975 0.092 0.275 0.006

ORAR00456 456 13.475 0.095 0.275 0.006

ORAR00457 457 13.975 0.098 0.275 0.006

ORAR00458 458 14.475 0.101 0.275 0.006

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 54 17.10.2016 13:35:24

O-Rings

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 55Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

TSS Part-no.Ident-no.

ISO 3601-1 AS 568

Inside-Ø Cross section

d1 Toler-ance

±

d2 Toler-ance

±

ORAR00459 459 14.975 0.104 0.275 0.006

ORAR00460 460 15.475 0.108 0.275 0.006

ORAR00461 461 15.955 0.111 0.275 0.006

ORAR00462 462 16.455 0.114 0.275 0.006

ORAR00463 463 16.955 0.117 0.275 0.006

ORAR00464 464 17.455 0.120 0.275 0.006

ORAR00465 465 17.955 0.123 0.275 0.006

ORAR00466 466 18.455 0.126 0.275 0.006

ORAR00467 467 18.955 0.130 0.275 0.006

ORAR00468 468 19.455 0.133 0.275 0.006

ORAR00469 469 19.955 0.136 0.275 0.006

ORAR00470 470 20.955 0.142 0.275 0.006

ORAR00471 471 21.955 0.148 0.275 0.006

ORAR00472 472 22.940 0.154 0.275 0.006

ORAR00473 473 23.940 0.161 0.275 0.006

ORAR00474 474 24.940 0.167 0.275 0.006

ORAR00475 475 25.940 0.173 0.275 0.006

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 55 17.10.2016 13:35:24

STATIC SEALS · O-Rings

56 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 56 17.10.2016 13:35:24

STATIC SEALS

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 57Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

SpecialO-RingsSpecialO-RingsSpecialVery good chemical resistance to most liquids and chemicals

Physiologically safe and can be sterilized

Low friction, no adhesion or stick-slip effect

Low leach-out levels

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 57 17.10.2016 13:35:29

STATIC SEALS · Special O-Rings

58 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 58 17.10.2016 13:35:29

Special O-Rings

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 59Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

� Special O-Rings

� Isolast® (FFKM) O-RingsA range of high-performance Isolast® compounds are available for the food, beverage and pharmaceutical industries. Isolast®

J9515 plus and the white Isolast® J9516 plus are both FDA conforming and have excellent chemical compatibility.

Information about our high-performance, Isolast® (FFKM) O-Rings is available either in our special Isolast® brochure or through your local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions marketing company.

� FEP/PFA encapsulated O-RingsFluorinated ethylene propylene (FEP) and Perfluoroalkoxy (PFA) encapsulated O-Rings consist of an elastomer inner ring surrounded by a seamless FEP/PFA sheath.

Similar to PTFE-based O-Rings, FEP/PFA encapsulated O-Rings are used wherever the chemical resistance of normal elastomer O-Rings is not sufficient.

The required elasticity is provided by the elastomer ring, chemical resistance by the seamless FEP/PFA sheath.

ADVAnTAGES

- Very good chemical resistance to most liquids and chemicals, with the exception of liquid alkaline metals and some fluorine compounds

- Temperature application range from approximately -60 °C up to +200 °C / -76 °F to +392 °F (depending on the material used for the inner ring)

- Can be used with foodstuffs and pharmaceutical products

- Physiologically safe and can be sterilized

- Low friction, no adhesion or stick-slip effect

- Adequate elastic behaviour for improved sealing ability

- Recommendable for high purity processes when low leach- out levels are required

VERSIOnS

Standard Versions: Elastomer O-Ring with FEP sheath

Special Versions: Hollow elastomer ring with FEP sheath Elastomer O-Ring with PFA sheath

FEP Sheath

Elastomer Ring

FEP Sheath

Hollow Elastomer Ring

Figure 27: Different versions of FEP/PFA O-Ring

APPLICATIOnS

Fields of applicationFEP encapsulated O-Rings are ideally suited for use in chemical processing, medical technology, foodstuffs and water. A typical application for FEP encapsulated O-Rings is the sealing of valve spindles and as secondary sealing elements for mechanical seals.

FEP encapsulated O-Rings are used primarily as static seals. They are also suitable for use as sealing elements for slow switching and rotary movements.

TECHnICAL DATA

Pressure: Up to 25 MPa / 3,625 psi

Temperature: 60 °C up to +200 °C / -76 °F to +392 °F (depending on the elastomer material)

Media: Practically all liquids, gases and chemicals

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 59 17.10.2016 13:35:30

STATIC SEALS · Special O-Rings

60 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

MATERIALS

FEP sheathFEP is the abbreviated designation for Tetrafluoroethylene-hexafluoropropylene. This material has similar properties to those of Polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE). It also has a very high chemical resistance and exhibits a good resistance to abrasion.

In contrast to PTFE, however, FEP is thermoplastically moldable. This allows the material to be processed to form flexible semifinished products, such as thin-walled hoses.

PFA sheathPFA is the abbreviation for Perfluoroalkoxy alkane. This material is a type of Fluoropolymer with properties similar to Polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE). Differing from PTFE, like FEP, PFA it is melt-processable but shares PTFE's useful properties of a low coefficient of friction and non-reactivity.

PFA is preferable to FEP in high temperature situations. PFA is more affected by water absorption and weathering than FEP, but is superior in terms of salt spray resistance.

Inner ringA choice of three materials is available for the elastomer inner rings with FEP encapsulation and two materials for the inner ring with PFA encapsulation. The choice of the material also determines the service temperature range.

- Fluorocarbon Rubber (FKM) Temperature range: -20 °C up to +200 °C / -4 °F to +392 °F

- Silicone Rubber (VMQ) Temperature range: -50 °C up to +175 °C / -58 °F to +347 °F

- Ethylene Propylene Diene Rubber Temperature range: -45 °C up to +150 °C / -49 °F to +302 °F

The specified temperature ranges are limits which must always be considered in conjunction with the media to be sealed and the working pressure. The permissible continuous operating temperatures are always lower than the given upper limits.

DESIGn RECOMMEnDATIOnS

FEP encapsulated O-Rings are fully interchangeable with standard O-Ring seals. There is no need to modify the groove dimensions as the FEP sheath is relatively thin-walled.

All the specifications given in this section therefore refer to the installation dimensions of elastomer O-Rings.

As a result of the FEP sheath, the O-Rings are less flexible than elastomer O-Rings. They have limited stretch and higher permanent deformation.

Split-grooves are recommended, especially for outside sealing FEP encapsulated O-Rings, in order to avoid overstretching during installation.

The general information on the construction, design and surfaces given for elastomer O-Rings also apply to FEP encapsulated O-Rings.

At higher pressures, additional concave Back-up Rings should be used.

Application in gasesWhere the encapsulated O-Ring is used to seal gases, the permeation rate must be taken into consideration. In this case, the material of the inner ring must also have a good resistance to the media to be sealed. The permeation rate depends on the exposed surface area, the temperature, the working pressure and the thickness of the FEP sheath.

The thickness of the FEP sheath can be found in Table 19/20.

Compliances and approvalsFEP and PFA sheaths are in compliance with the following regulations governing plastic materials for food contact applications:

- FDA Regulation 21 CFR Part 177.1550

- NSF 61 requirements

- 3A Sanitary Standard Number 20-22

- USP Class VI, Chapter 88

- Regulation (EC) No. 1935/2004

- Regulation (EU) No. 10/2011

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 60 17.10.2016 13:35:30

Special O-Rings

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 61Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Table 19: Thickness of the FEP and PFA sheath – Metric

O-RingThickness of the FEP/PFA

sheathCross-Section-Ø d2

mm

1.78 – 2.00 0.203

2.40 – 3.00 0.254

3.53 – 4.00 0.305

5.00 0.381

5.3 – 10.00 0.508

12.00 – 20.00 0.762

Table 20: Thickness of the FEP and PFA sheath – Inch

O-RingThickness of the FEP/PFA

sheathCross-Section-Ø d2

inch

0.070 – 0.078 0.008

0.095 – 0.118 0.010

0.139 – 0.157 0.012

0.196 0.015

0.210 – 0.393 0.020

0.472 – 0.787 0.030

Table 21: Gas permeability rates for FEP encapsulated O-Rings (FEP sheath thickness 25 µm/0.984 µinch)

Gas Permeability Rate[cm3/(m2.24h.atm)]

Carbon Dioxide 25.9 x 103

Hydrogen 34.1 x 103

Nitrogen 5.0 x 103

Oxygen 11.6 x 103

Figure 28 gives guide values for the permeation of water vapor.

0.10.004

0 0.20.008

0.30.012

Wat

er v

apou

r pe

rmea

tion

[g/o

unce

]

Thickness of the FEP sheath [mm/in.]

0.10.004

0

0.20.007

0.30.011

0.40.014

mmin.

Contact surface area: 645 mm2/1.0 in.224h at 40 °C/104 °F

Figure 28: Water vapor permeation for FEP O-Rings

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 61 17.10.2016 13:35:30

STATIC SEALS · Special O-Rings

62 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

METHODS OF InSTALLATIOn

The same recommendations apply to the installation of FEP and PFA encapsulated O-Rings as for standard elastomer O-Rings. It should be noted, however, that the encapsulated O-Rings have only limited stretch due to the sheath.

If, for design reasons, a split groove is not possible, auxiliary tools must be used for installation.

For inside sealing applications, for example rod, FEP and PFA encapsulated O-Rings can be installed with larger diameters without tools. On no account should the seal ring be forced into the groove, for example by bending, otherwise the sealing function cannot be assured.

DIMEnSIOnS

FEP and PFA encapsulated O-Rings are available in the same sizes as the elastomer O-Rings. Table 24 shows the smallest available inside diameters for the different cord diameters.

Table 22: Tolerances inside diameter (d1) – Metric

Inside diameter d1

Tolerance ±

mm

d1 ≤ 12.70 0.20

12.70 < d1 ≤ 25.40 0.25

25.40 < d1 ≤ 38.10 0.30

38.10 < d1 ≤ 50.80 0.45

50.80 < d1 ≤ 63.50 0.55

63.50 < d1 ≤ 88.90 0.61

88.90 < d1 ≤ 101.60 0.71

101.60 < d1 ≤ 127.00 0.76

127.00 < d1 ≤ 152.40 0.94

152.40 < d1 ≤ 177.80 1.02

177.80 < d1 ≤ 203.20 1.14

203.20 < d1 ≤ 254.00 1.40

254.00 < d1 ≤ 330.20 1.52

330.20 < d1 ≤ 406.40 1.78

406.40 < d1 ≤ 1,000.00 2.00

1,000.00 < d1 ≤ 1,500.00 2.75

1,500.00 < d1 ≤ 2,000.00 3.90

Table 23: Tolerances inside diameter (d1) – Inch

Inside diameter d1

Tolerance ±

inch

d1 ≤ 0.500 0.008

12.700 < d1 ≤ 1.000 0.010

1.000 < d1 ≤ 1.500 0.012

1.500 < d1 ≤ 2.000 0.018

2.000 < d1 ≤ 2.500 0.022

2.500 < d1 ≤ 3.500 0.024

3.500 < d1 ≤ 4.000 0.028

4.000 < d1 ≤ 5.000 0.030

5.000 < d1 ≤ 6.000 0.037

6.000 < d1 ≤ 7.000 0.040

7.000 < d1 ≤ 8.000 0.045

8.000 < d1 ≤ 10.000 0.055

10.000 < d1 ≤ 13.000 0.060

13.000 < d1 ≤ 16.000 0.070

16.000 < d1 ≤ 39.370 0.079

39.370 < d1 ≤ 59.055 0.108

59.055 < d1 ≤ 78.740 0.154

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 62 17.10.2016 13:35:31

Special O-Rings

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 63Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Table 24: Standard tolerances for cross-section- Ø d2 with valid minimum inside-Ø d1 and smallest possible sizes for VMQ and FKM core – Metric

Cross- Section-Ø

d2

Minimum* inside-Ø

d1

Standard Tolerances*

Smallest possible** inside-Ø

d1

VMQ FKM

mm

1.50 - 2.50 16.00 -0.08 / 0.12 5.31 5.31

2.62 18.00 -0.08 / 0.12 5.31 5.31

3.00 22.00 -0.08 / 0.12 5.31 5.31

3.15 22.00 -0.08 / 0.15 6.00 6.00

3.50 / 3.53 24.00 -0.08 / 0.15 6.00 6.00

3.80 - 4.00 32.00 -0.10 / 0.18 6.00 6.00

4.30 35.00 -0.10 / 0.18 6.00 6.00

4.50 - 4.75 37.00 -0.10 / 0.18 6.00 6.00

5.00 / 5.33 37.00 -0.13 / 0.20 8.89 8.89

5.50 48.00 -0.13 / 0.20 9.20 10.00

5.70 52.00 -0.13 / 0.20 9.20 12.30

6.00 53.00 -0.13 / 0.20 9.20 12.30

6.30 55.00 -0.13 / 0.20 18.00 18.00

6.50 55.00 -0.15 / 0.23 18.00 18.00

6.99 / 7.00 60.00 -0.15 / 0.23 18.00 20.00

7.50 75.00 -0.16 / 0.24 18.00 20.00

8.00 85.00 -0.16 / 0.24 18.00 20.00

8.40 105.00 -0.16 / 0.24 18.00 20.00

9.00 - 9.50 110.00 -0.16 / 0.24 20.00 20.00

10.00 125.00 -0.17 / 0.26 20.00 20.00

11.00 135.00 -0.17 / 0.26 20.00 27.00

12.00 145.00 -0.17 / 0.26 20.00 27.00

12.70 170.00 -0.17 / 0.26 27.00 35.00

14.00 250.00 -0.19 / 0.29 36.00 37.46

15.00 - 16.00 280.00 -0.19 / 0.29 36.00 37.46

18.00 340.00 -0.20 / 0.30 36.00 37.46

19.00 340.00 -0.21 / 0.32 50.80 60.00

20.00 370.00 -0.21 / 0.32 50.80 60.00

* Standard tolerances for cross-section-Ø are only valid for O-Ring sizes larger than or equal to the given minimum inside-Ø.

** The valid cross-section-Ø tolerances for O-Rings with smaller than given mini-mum inside-Ø are non-standard and have to be requested.

Table 25: Standard tolerances for cross-section- Ø d2 with valid minimum inside-Ø d1 and smallest possible sizes for VMQ and FKM core – Inch

Cross- Section-Ø

d2

Minimum* inside-Ø

d1

Standard Tole-rances*

Smallest possible** inside-Ø

d1

VMQ FKM

inch

0.059 - 0.098 0.630 -0.003 / 0.005 0.209 0.209

0.103 0.709 -0.003 / 0.005 0.209 0.209

0.118 0.866 -0.003 / 0.005 0.209 0.209

0.124 0.866 -0.003 / 0.006 0.236 0.236

0.138 / 0.139 0.945 -0.003 / 0.006 0.236 0.236

0.150 / 0.157 1.260 -0.004 / 0.007 0.236 0.236

0.169 1.378 -0.004 / 0.007 0.236 0.236

0.177 -0.187 1.457 -0.004 / 0.007 0.236 0.236

0.197 / 0.210 1.457 -0.005 / 0.008 0.350 0.350

0.217 1.890 -0.005 / 0.008 0.362 0.394

0.224 2.047 -0.005 / 0.008 0.362 0.484

0.236 2.087 -0.005 / 0.008 0.362 0.484

0.248 2.165 -0.005 / 0.008 0.709 0.709

0.256 2.165 -0.006 / 0.009 0.709 0.709

0.275 2.362 -0.006 / 0.009 0.709 0.787

0.295 2.953 -0.006 / 0.009 0.709 0.787

0.315 3.346 -0.006 / 0.009 0.709 0.787

0.331 4.134 -0.006 / 0.009 0.709 0.787

0.354 - 0.374 4.331 -0.006 / 0.009 0.787 0.787

0.394 4.921 -0.007 / 0.010 0.787 0.787

0.433 5.315 -0.007 / 0.010 0.787 1.063

0.472 5.709 -0.007 / 0.010 0.787 1.063

0.500 6.693 -0.007 / 0.010 1.063 1.378

0.551 9.843 -0.007 / 0.011 1.417 1.475

0.591 - 0.630 11.024 -0.007 / 0.011 1.417 1.475

0.709 13.386 -0.008 / 0.012 1.417 1.475

0.748 13.386 -0.008 / 0.013 2.000 2.362

0.787 14.567 -0.008 / 0.013 2.000 2.362

* Standard tolerances for cross-section-Ø are only valid for O-Ring sizes larger than or equal to the given minimum inside-Ø.

** The valid cross-section-Ø tolerances for O-Rings with smaller than given mini-mum inside-Ø are non-standard and have to be requested.

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 63 17.10.2016 13:35:31

STATIC SEALS · Special O-Rings

64 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

ORDERInG ExAMPLE – METRIC

O-Ring 30 x 3, FEP encapsulated

Dimensions: Inside diameter d1 = 30.0 mm Cross section d2 = 3.0 mm

Material of the inner ring:

Silicone Rubber (VMQ)

TSS Part No.

TSS Article No.

Material Code (Standard)Quality Index (Standard)

OF3003000 - SZ00R

ORDERInG ExAMPLE – InCH

O-Ring, FEP encapsulated American Standard AS 568 B, ref. 256

Dimensions: Inside diameter d1 = 5.350 inch Cross section d2 = 0.210 inch

Material of the inner ring:

Fluorocarbon Rubber (FKM

TSS Part No.

TSS Article No.

Material Code (Standard)Quality Index (Standard)

OFAR00356 - VZ01R

See the O-Ring section, beginning on page 37, for dimensions or consult the Trelleborg Sealing Solutions O-Ring Catalog.

Ordering can also be done according to O-Ring dimensions and material.

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 64 17.10.2016 13:35:32

STATIC SEALS

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 65Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Clamp Seals and O-Rings for Hygienic Design Couplings Clamp Seals and O-Rings for Hygienic Design Couplings Clamp Seals and O-Rings

Hygienic design of connections

For CIP and SIP regimes

Available in FDA, EC, USP and 3-A compliant materials

Designed to ISO, DIN and ASME BPE standards

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 65 17.10.2016 13:35:37

STATIC SEALS · Clamp Seals and O-Rings for Hygienic Design Couplings

66 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 66 17.10.2016 13:35:37

Clamp Seals and O-Rings for Hygienic Design Couplings

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 67Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

IntroductionFilling equipment, processing and packaging machines consist of many parts that have to be connected together.

Especially in Food, Beverage and Pharmaceutical plants, along with those in Bioprocessing, a hygienic design of these connections is imperative. Only with hygienic design, proper cleaning, usually Cleaning-in-Place (CIP) followed by successful Sterilization-in-Place (SIP) is achievable.

Trelleborg Sealing Solutions offers gaskets and O-Rings for the most common standards like ISO 2852, DIN 11864, ASME BPE and DIN 32676 in high-quality materials with compliance to European Regulation (EC) 1935/2004, FDA, USP Class VI and 3-A sanitary standards.

These materials have been tested against the most commonly used cleaning fluids such as acids, alkalines and solutions with active oxygen. They have also been tested in hot water and steam with different types of water, including ultra pure deionized (UPDI) water.

Trelleborg Sealing Solutions can also provide a range of sanitary gaskets to ASME BPE standard in inch sizes. Besides the standard flanged and non-flanged versions, special designs like screen gaskets or validation gaskets can be supplied.If elastomer seals are unsuitable for a specific application then PTFE/EPDM Bonded Envelope or PTFE/Stainless Steel are available. Contact your local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions marketing company for more information.

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 67 17.10.2016 13:35:37

STATIC SEALS · Clamp Seals and O-Rings for Hygienic Design Couplings

68 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

ORDERInG ExAMPLE

Dimensions: Inner diameter = 10.2 mm Outer diameter = 34.0 mm Centerline Ø of Location groove = 27.5 mm

Material: Ethylene Propylene Diene Rubber E7502

Quality Index (Standard)

TSS Article Group

TSS Article No.

Material Code (Standard)

F=with �ange, C=without �ange

Nominal Size in mm x 100

Standard DIN 32676

- E7502DS 01000D F

For clamp seal dimension and Trelleborg Sealing Solutions part numbers, see Table 26.Available Materials: EPDM E7502 with 70 Sh A and FKM V8605 with a hardness of 80 Sh A.

� Gaskets for 32676:2009-05 (Series A) pipe couplings

d1 d2 d3

T

Figure 29: Seal Dimensioning and Installation

Table 26: TSS Part numbers and Installation Dimensions according to DIn 32676

TSS Part no.

nominal Size

DIn

mm

Ø ID

d1

mm

Ø Centerline

d2

mm

Ø OD

d3

mm

T

mm

DSDF01000 10 10.20 27.50 34.00 5.5

DSDF01500 15 16.20 27.50 34.00 5.5

DSDF02000 20 20.20 27.50 34.00 5.5

DSDF02500 25 26.20 43.50 50.50 5.5

DSDF03200 32 32.20 43.50 50.50 5.5

DSDF04000 40 38.20 43.50 50.50 5.5

DSDF05000 50 50.20 56.50 64.00 5.5

DSDF06500 65 66.20 83.50 91.00 5.5

DSDF08000 80 81.20 97.00 106.00 5.5

DSDF10000 100 100.20 110.00 119.00 5.5

DSDF12500 125 125.20 146.00 155.00 5.5

DSDF15000 150 150.20 174.00 183.00 5.5

DSDF20000 200 200.20 225.00 233.50 5.5

Clamp seals are not always available from stock in every standard or custom size.

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 68 17.10.2016 13:35:38

Clamp Seals and O-Rings for Hygienic Design Couplings

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 69Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

� Gaskets for ISO 2852/ASME BPE/DIn 32676:2009 (Series C) pipe couplings

d1 d2 d3

T

Figure 30: Seal Dimensioning and Installation

Table 27: TSS Part numbers, Installation Dimensions according to ISO 2852 and DIn 32676:2009-05, pipes according to DIn 11866 (Series C)

TSS Part no.nominal Size

Ø ID

d1

mm

Ø Centerline

d2

mm

Ø OD

d3

mm

T

mmISO Inch*

DSMF01200 12 10.20 27.50 34.00 5.5

DSMF01270 12.7 10.90 27.50 34.00 5.5

DSMF01720 17.2 15.40 27.50 34.00 5.5

DSMF02130 21.3 19.50 27.50 34.00 5.5

DSMF02500 25 1.000 22.80 43.50 50.50 5.5

DSMF03370 33.7 31.50 43.50 50.50 5.5

DSMF03800 38 1.500 35.80 43.50 50.50 5.5

DSMF04000 40 37.80 56.50 64.00 5.5

DSMF05100 51 2.000 48.80 56.50 64.00 5.5

DSMF06350 63.5 2.500 60.50 70.50 77.50 5.5

DSMF07000 70 67.00 83.50 91.00 5.5

DSMF07610 76.1 3.000 73.10 83.50 91.00 5.5

DSMF08890 88.9 85.10 97.00 106.00 5.5

DSMF10160 101.6 4.000 97.80 110.00 119.00 5.5

DSMF11430 114.3 110.50 122.00 130.00 5.5

DSMF13970 139.7 135.90 146.00 155.00 5.5

DSMF16830 168.3 163.30 174.00 183.00 5.5

DSMF21910 219.1 214.10 225.00 233.50 5.5

*Usually compatible with ASME BPE and DIN 32676:2009-05 (Series C).

Clamp seals are not always available from stock in every standard or custom size.

ORDERInG ExAMPLE

Dimensions: Inner diameter = 10.2 mm Outer diameter = 34.0 mm Centerline Ø of Location groove = 27.5 mm

Material: Ethylene Propylene Diene Rubber E7502

For clamp seal dimension and Trelleborg Sealing Solutions part numbers, see Table 27. Available Materials: EPDM E7502 with 70 Sh A and FKM V8605 with a hardness of 80 Sh A.

Quality Index (Standard)

TSS Article Group

TSS Article No.

Material Code (Standard)

F=with �ange, C=without �ange

Nominal Size in mm x 100

M=Standard ISO 2852

- E7502DS 01200M F

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 69 17.10.2016 13:35:39

STATIC SEALS · Clamp Seals and O-Rings for Hygienic Design Couplings

70 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

� Gaskets for mini pipe couplings according to ASME BPE tubes and DIn 32676:2009-05 (Series C)

d1 d2 d3

T

Figure 31: Seal Dimensioning and Installation

Table 28: TSS Part numbers, Installation Dimensions according to ASME BPE/DIn 32676 (Series C)

TSS Part no.nominal Size

Inch

Ø ID

d1

mm

Ø Centerline to

locating groove

d2

mm

Ø OD

d3

mm

T

mm

DSTC00025 0.250 4.75 20.20 22.00 4.5

DSTC00038 0.375 8.00 20.20 22.00 4.5

DSTC00050 0.500 11.30 20.20 22.00 4.5

DSTC00075 0.750 16.20 20.20 22.00 4.5

Clamp seals are not always available from stock in every standard or custom size.

ORDERInG ExAMPLE

Dimensions: Inner diameter = 4.75 mm Outer diameter = 22.0 mm Centerline Ø of Location groove = 20.2 mm

Material: Ethylene Propylene Diene Rubber E7502

Quality Index (Standard)

TSS Article Group

TSS Article No.

Material Code (Standard)

C=without �angeNominal Size in inch x 100

Standard ASME BPE

- E7502DS 00025T C

For clamp seal dimension and Trelleborg Sealing Solutions part numbers, see Table 28.

Available Materials: EPDM E7502 with 70 Sh A and FKM V8605 with a hardness of 80 Sh A.

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 70 17.10.2016 13:35:40

Clamp Seals and O-Rings for Hygienic Design Couplings

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 71Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

� O-Rings for DIn 11864 pipe couplings

Tables 29 and 30 show the different sizes of O-Rings defined for tubing according to DIN 11866, series A and DIN 11866, series C to be used in conjunction with couplings according to DIN 11864.

Figure 32: Installation

For more information regarding material properties, quality criteria, storage and shelf life of polymer sealing materials, refer to our O-Ring Catalog.

d 2

d1

Figure 33: O-Ring dimensions

Table 29: TSS Part numbers, Dimensions for Aseptic O-Ring for tubes according to DIn 11866 (Series A)

TSS Part no.nominal diameter Dn

mm (inch)

Inner seal diameter d1

mm (inch)

Cross section diameter d2

mm (inch)

OR3501200 10 (0.394) 12 ± 0.21 (0.472 ± 0.008) 3.5 ± 0.1 (0.138 ± 0.004)

OR3501800 15 (0.591) 18 ± 0.25 (0.709 ± 0.010) 3.5 ± 0.1 (0.138 ± 0.004)

OR3502200 20 (0.787) 22 ± 0.28 (0.866 ± 0.011) 3.5 ± 0.1 (0.138 ± 0.004)

OR3502800 25 (0.984) 28 ± 0.32 (1.102 ± 0.013) 3.5 ± 0.1 (0.138 ± 0.004)

OR5003400 32 (1.260) 34 ± 0.37 (1.339 ± 0.015) 5 ± 0.13 (0.197 ± 0.005)

OR5004000 40 (1.575) 40 ± 0.41 (1.575 ± 0.016) 5 ± 0.13 (0.197 ± 0.005)

OR5005200 50 (1.969) 52 ± 0.49 (2.047 ± 0.019) 5 ± 0.13 (0.197 ± 0.005)

OR5006800 65 (2.559) 68 ± 0.61 (2.677 ± 0.024) 5 ± 0.13 (0.197 ± 0.005)

OR5008300 80 (3.150) 83 ± 0.71 (3.268 ± 0.028) 5 ± 0.13 (0.197 ± 0.005)

OR5010200 100 (3.937) 102 ± 0.84 (4.016 ± 0.033) 5 ± 0.13 (0.197 ± 0.005)

OR5012700 125 (4.921) 127 ± 1.01 (5.000 ± 0.040) 5 ± 0.13 (0.197 ± 0.005)

OR5015200 150 (5.906) 152 ± 1.17 (5.984 ± 0.046) 5 ± 0.13 (0.197 ± 0.005)

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 71 17.10.2016 13:35:40

STATIC SEALS · Clamp Seals and O-Rings for Hygienic Design Couplings

72 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Table 30: TSS Part numbers, Dimensions for Aseptic O-Ring for tubing according to DIn 11866 (Series C)

TSS Part no.nominal diameter Dn

mm (inch)

Inner seal diameter d1

mm (inch)

Cross section diameter d2

mm (inch)

OR3501200 12.7 (0.500) 12 ± 0.21 (0.472 ± 0.008) 3.5 ± 0.1 (0.138 ± 0.004)

OR3501800 19.05 (0.750) 18 ± 0.25 (0.708 ± 0.010) 3.5 ± 0.1 (0.138 ± 0.004)

OR3502400 25.4 (1.000) 24 ± 0.29 (0.945 ± 0.011) 3.5 ± 0.1 (0.138 ± 0.004)

OR5003700 38.1 (1.500) 37 ± 0.39 (1.457 ± 0.015) 5 ± 0.13 (0.197 ± 0.005)

OR5005000 50.8 (2.000) 50 ± 0.48 (1.969 ± 0.019) 5 ± 0.13 (0.197 ± 0.005)

OR5006200 63.5 (2.500) 62 ± 0.56 (2.441 ± 0.022) 5 ± 0.13 (0.197 ± 0.005)

OR5007500 76.2 (3.000) 75 ± 0.66 (2.952 ± 0.026) 5 ± 0.13 (0.197 ± 0.005)

OR5010000 101.6 (4.000) 100 ± 0.83 (3.937 ± 0.033) 5 ± 0.13 (0.197 ± 0.005)

ORDERInG ExAMPLE O-RInG – METRIC

Dimensions: Inner diameter = 12.0 mm Cross section = 3.5 mm

Material: E7502

Material Code (Standard)

TSS Article Group

TSS Article No.

Inside diameter x 100Quality Index (Standard)

Cross section x 10

E7502OR -35 01200

For O-Ring dimensions and Trelleborg Sealing Solutions part numbers see Tables 29 and 30.

When a special material is required, the exact five-digit Trelleborg Sealing Solutions material code must be given with the order. Contact your local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions marketing company for more information.

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 72 17.10.2016 13:35:41

STATIC SEALS

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 73Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

KantsealSquare or rectangular profile

Static or low-pressure dynamic applications

High sealing efficiency and shape stability

Modifiable frictional behavior with corner chamfers and radii

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 73 17.10.2016 13:35:43

STATIC SEALS · Kantseal

74 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 74 17.10.2016 13:35:43

Kantseal

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 75Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

� Kantseal

DESCRIPTIOn

The Kantseal is a good alternative to the O-Ring as an axial static seal in particularly demanding cases. The application and handling of Kantseal is comparable with that of O-Rings. The Kantseal is used as a static seal so that the square form remains practically constant, even under high pressures.

ID

W

T

Figure 34: Kantseal dimensioning

ADVAnTAGES

- High resistance to extrusion, not prone to gap extrusion

- Minimum mechanical deformation of the cross-section

- Outstanding sealing behavior over long periods

- Low compression set

- No twisting in the groove

- No relative movements during pressure cycles

- Dimensionally stable under pressure

- No additional Back-up Ring required

- No parting line or flash on the seal

- Long service life

- High leak tightness

O-Ring Kantseal

Without compression

With compression

With compression and pressure activatedP

Figure 35: Installation comparison – O-Ring/Kantseal

APPLICATIOn ExAMPLES

- Flanges

- Valves

- Plates

- Locks

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 75 17.10.2016 13:35:44

STATIC SEALS · Kantseal

76 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

TECHnICAL DATA

Pressure: Up to 50 MPa / 7,250 psi and higher (depending on sealing gap)

Operating Temperature:

30 °C to +100 °C / -22 °F to +212 °F NBR 70 Shore A-20 °C to +100 °C / -4 °F to +212 °F NBR 90 Shore A-18 °C to +200 °C / 0 °F to +392 °F FKM 70 Shore A-15 °C to +200 °C / +5 °F to +392 °F FKM 90 Shore A

Media: Depending on the material, oil-based hydraulic fluids, lubricating oils, water, air and further media.

IMPORTAnT nOTE

The application limits for pressure and temperature given in this catalog are maximum values.

During practical applications it should be remembered that due to the interaction of operating parameters the maximum values must be set correspondingly lower.

For more information on the Kantseal, see the full Static Seals catalog available on the Trelleborg Sealing Solutions website or contact your local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions marketing company.

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 76 17.10.2016 13:35:44

STATIC SEALS

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 77Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Turcon®VarisealTurconVarisealTurcon ® HF

For demanding applications

Internal and external designs

High performance materials

Very wide temperature range

Available for AS568, ISO3601 and non-standard sizes

High sealing pressure

Excellent sealing in gas and fluids

Withstands rapid temperature changes

Easy installation

Excellent chemical resistance

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 77 17.10.2016 13:35:46

STATIC SEALS · Turcon® Variseal® HF

78 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 78 17.10.2016 13:35:46

Turcon® Variseal® HF

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 79Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

� Turcon® Variseal® HF

DESCRIPTIOn

Turcon® Variseal® HF is the standard seal for axial (face) applications. The seal has a high specific sealing force and gives gas-tight sealing even at low temperatures and is available for both internal and external pressure.

The heavy helical spring in Variseal® HF makes it the best choice for vacuum, gas and low temperature flange sealing applications.

Turcon® Variseal® HF

Helical spring

Figure 36: Turcon® Variseal® HF

AREAS OF APPLICATIOn

- Vacuum applications

- Homogenizers

- Steam equipment

- Flange connectors

- Static applications

TECHnICAL DATA

Operating Pressure:

20 MPa / 2,900 psi Maximum dynamic load, 60 MPa / 8,702 psi Maximum static load, (207 MPa / 30,000 psi with Back-up Ring)

Speed: Static to slow rotating or pivoting movements

Operating Temperature:

-150 °C to +200 °C / -238 °F to +392 °F

Media Compatibility:

Virtually all fluids, chemicals and gases

IMPORTAnT nOTE

The above data are maximum values and cannot be used at the same time. e.g. the maximum operating speed depends on material type, pressure, temperature and gap value. emperature range also dependent on media.

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 79 17.10.2016 13:35:47

STATIC SEALS · Turcon® Variseal® HF

80 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

InSTALLATIOn RECOMMEnDATIOnS FOR InTERnAL FACESEAL – TyPE HF – METRIC

DVE

Sm

ax.

h

d7

dID b4

r1

Figure 37: Installation Drawing

Table 31: Installation Dimensions – Metric

Series number

Groove Outside Diameter d7 H11

mm

h b4 r1 Axial Clearance Smax

Groove DepthGroove Width

Radius2 MPa 10 MPa 20 MPa 40 MPa

Standard Range Extended Range1) Min Max

DVE0 6.0 - 13.9 10.0 - 40.0 1.45 +0.03 2.40 0.4 0.20 0.10 0.08 0.05

DVE1 14 .0 - 24.9 13.0 - 200.0 2.25 +0.05 3.60 0.4 0.25 0.15 0.10 0.07

DVE2 25.0 - 45.9 18.0 - 400.0 3.10 +0.08 4.80 0.6 0.35 0.20 0.15 0.08

DVE3 46.0 - 124.9 28.0 - 700.0* 4.70 +0.10 7.10* 0.8 0.50 0.25 0.20 0.10

DVE4 125.0 - 999.9** 45.0 - 1,000.0** 6.10 +0.15 9.50** 0.8 0.60 0.30 0.25 0.12

DVE5 1,000.0 - 2,500.0*** 110.0 - 2,500.0*** 9.50 +0.20 15.00*** 0.8 0.90 0.50 0.40 0.20

* For diameters above 700 mm b4 min. = 8.0 mm ** For diameters above 700 mm b4 min. = 11.0 mm *** For diameters above 1,000 mm b4 min. = 18.0 mm 1) Available on request

For additional size and part number details, reference the Variseal® Design Guide or contact your local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions marketing company.

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 80 17.10.2016 13:35:47

Turcon® Variseal® HF

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 81Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

InSTALLATIOn RECOMMEnDATIOnS FOR InTERnAL FACESEAL – TyPE HF – InCH

DVE

Sm

ax.

h

d7

dID b4

r1

Figure 38: Installation Drawing

Table 32: Installation Dimensions – Inch

Series number

h b4 r1 Axial Clearance Smax

Groove DepthGroove Width

Radius300 psi 1,500 psi 3,000 psi 5,000 psi

Min Max

DVE0 0.057 + 0.002 0.094 0.010 0.008 0.004 0.003 0.002

DVE1 0.089 + 0.002 0.141 0.015 0.010 0.006 0.004 0.003

DVE2 0.122 + 0.002 0.188 0.015 0.014 0.008 0.006 0.003

DVE3 0.186 + 0.002 0.281 0.015 0.020 0.010 0.008 0.004

DVE4 0.238 + 0.002 0.375 0.020 0.024 0.012 0.010 0.005

DVE5 0.374 + 0.004 0.591 0.020 0.030 0.015 0.012 0.006

For additional size and part number details, reference the Variseal® Design Guide or contact your local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions marketing company.

Table 33: Diameter Tolerance

Seal ID d70.500 to 2.999

+0.002 -0.000

3.000 to 7.999

+0.003 -0.000

8.000 & up

+0.004 -0.000

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 81 17.10.2016 13:35:48

STATIC SEALS · Turcon® Variseal® HF

82 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

InSTALLATIOn RECOMMEnDATIOnS FOR ExTERnAL FACESEAL – TyPE HF – METRIC

DVL

Sm

ax.

h

dOD

d8 b4

r1

P

Figure 39: Installation Drawing

Table 34: Installation Dimensions – Metric

Series number

Groove Outside Diameter d8 H11

mm

h b4 r1 Axial Clearance Smax

Groove DepthGroove Width

Radius2 MPa 10 MPa 20 MPa 40 MPa

Standard Range Extended Range1) Min Max

DVL0 3.0 - 9.9 3.0 - 40.0 1.45 +0.03 2.40 0.4 0.20 0.10 0.08 0.05

DVL1 10.0 - 19.9 8.0 - 200.0 2.25 +0.05 3.60 0.4 0.25 0.15 0.10 0.07

DVL2 20.0 - 39.9 12.0 - 400.0 3.10 +0.08 4.80 0.6 0.35 0.20 0.15 0.08

DVL3 40.0 - 119.9 20.0 - 700.0* 4.70 +0.10 7.10* 0.8 0.50 0.25 0.20 0.10

DVL4 120.0 - 999.9** 35.0 - 1,600.0** 6.10 +0.15 9.50** 0.8 0.60 0.30 0.25 0.12

DVL5 1,000.0 - 2,500.0*** 80.0 - 2,500.0*** 9.50 +0.20 15.00*** 0.8 0.90 0.50 0.40 0.20

* For diameters above 700 mm b4 min. = 8.0 mm ** For diameters above 700 mm b4 min. = 11.0 mm *** For diameters above 1,000 mm b4 min. = 18.0 mm 1) Available on request

For additional size and part number details, reference the Variseal® Design Guide or contact your local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions marketing company.

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 82 17.10.2016 13:35:49

Turcon® Variseal® HF

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 83Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

InSTALLATIOn RECOMMEnDATIOnS FOR ExTERnAL FACESEAL – TyPE HF – InCH

DVL

Sm

ax.

h

dOD

d8 b4

r1

P

Figure 40: Installation Drawing

Table 35: Installation Dimensions – Inch

Series number

h b4 r1 Axial Clearance Smax

Groove DepthGroove Width

Radius300 psi 1,500 psi 3,000 psi 5,000 psi

Min Max

DVL0 0.057 + 0.002 0.094 0.010 0.008 0.004 0.003 0.002

DVL1 0.089 + 0.002 0.141 0.015 0.010 0.006 0.004 0.003

DVL2 0.122 + 0.002 0.188 0.015 0.014 0.008 0.006 0.003

DVL3 0.186 + 0.002 0.281 0.015 0.020 0.010 0.008 0.004

DVL4 0.238 + 0.002 0.375 0.020 0.024 0.012 0.010 0.005

DVL5 0.374 + 0.004 0.591 0.020 0.030 0.015 0.012 0.006

For additional size and part number details, reference the Variseal® Design Guide or contact your local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions marketing company.

Table 36: Diameter Tolerance

Seal ID d80.125 to 2.999

+0.000 -0.002

3.000 to 7.999

+0.000 -0.003

8.000 and up

+0.000 -0.004

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 83 17.10.2016 13:35:49

STATIC SEALS · Turcon® Variseal® HF

84 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Table 37: Part number System for Face Seals

Article CodeCross-Section

mm (inch)Size Class

Seal Material

Spring Material

Spring

DVE Variseal (Internal)DVL Variseal (External)

0 1.45 (0.056)1 2.25 (0.089)2 3.10 (0.122)3 4.70 (0.186)4 6.10 (0.239)5 9.50 (0.375)

0Mxx Dash #0xxx Groove dia.* <1,000 mm

(dia x 10.0)xxxx Groove dia.* >=1,000 mm

(dia x 1.0)Sxxx Groove dia.* <10.0 Inch

(dia x 1,000.0)Lxxx Groove dia.* >=10.0 Inch

(dia x 100.0)

- Industrial MF1MF2MF3MF4MF5MF6Z80Z81

S Stainless Steel

H HastelloyE Elgiloy

H Heavy

* DVE use groove OD, DVL use groove ID

ORDERInG ExAMPLE 1 – METRIC

D V L 3 0 0 8 0 0 - M F 1 S H

DesignExternal Face SealVariseal HF

Cross-Section4.70 mm

SizeLeading indicator is 0 therefore 0800 size represents an 80.0 mm groove ID*

ClassIndustrial

Jacket MaterialMF1

Spring MaterialStainless steelHeavy spring load

* Reference Figure 39 and Figure 40.

ORDERInG ExAMPLE 2 – InCH

D V E 2 0 M 2 3 0 - M F 1 S H

DesignInternal Face SealVariseal HF

Cross-Section200 series (0.122 inch)

SizeLeading indicator is 0M therefore 230 is an inch dash number

ClassIndustrial

Jacket MaterialMF1

Spring MaterialStainless steelHeavy spring load

ORDERInG ExAMPLE 3 – InCH FOR nOn-STAnDARD DIAMETERS

D V E 3 S 3 4 0 0 - M F 1 S H

DesignInternal Face SealVariseal HF

Cross-Section300 series (0.186 inch)

SizeLeading indicator is S therefore 3.400 size represents a 3.400 inch groove OD*

ClassIndustrial

Jacket MaterialMF1

Spring MaterialStainless steelHeavy spring load

* Reference Figure 37 and Figure 38.

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 84 17.10.2016 13:35:50

Wills Rings®

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 85Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Wills Rings®Wills Rings®Wills RingsTemperature range from cryogenic to +850 °C / +1,550 °F

Pressure range from ultra-high vacuum to 1,000 MPa / 145,000 psi

Compatible with a large range of media

Corrosion resistant and radiation tolerant

Simple and reliable sealing

No outgassing

Wide range of sizes

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 85 17.10.2016 13:35:52

STATIC SEALS · Wills Rings®

86 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 86 17.10.2016 13:35:52

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 87Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Wills Rings®

� Wills Rings®

DESCRIPTIOn

Wills Rings® are the original metal O-Ring seals. First developed at the Trelleborg Sealing Solutions facility in Bridgwater, England, the term Wills Rings® has become synonymous with this type of seal and is internationally used as a generic term to describe metal O-Ring seals.

Superior controlled compression type seals used in static applications, Wills Rings® withstand extreme conditions that exceed the capabilities of elastomer and polymer seals. The seals are constructed from high quality metal tubing or strip in standard or thin wall thickness and are often coated or plated with a softer material to increase their sealing performance.

Wills Rings® are available in two designs and five types, see Figure 41. The designs are:1) Wills Rings® O2) Wills Rings® C

Wills Rings® O consist of a tube formed into a circular profile. Wills Rings® C are similar to Wills Rings® O but with an open ‘C’ cross section. The open slot of the Wills Rings® C faces toward the system pressure and allows the seal to be pressure activated.

Typical applications for Wills Rings®: - Pressure chambers

- Homogenizers

- Valves

- Reaction chambers

Wills Rings® can be customized to suit the specific requirements of a system. Contact your local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions marketing company for more information.

P

P

Figure 41: Wills Rings®

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 87 17.10.2016 13:35:52

88 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

STATIC SEALS · Wills Rings®

� Method of Operation Wills Rings® consist of a metal ring, often coated, which is used as a deformable seal in a static sealing situation. The ring is located between two flanges and undergoes a controlled compression.

Wills Rings® are defined by their free height, which is the cross section in the axial direction of the seal (Figure 42). The free height d2 of the seal is compressed down to the groove depth. The resistance of the ring to compression enables it to generate a sealing force when compressed. The resilient effect of the seal can be increased by pressurizing the internal volume of the ring, see Type MOT gas filled Wills Rings® O.

Alternatively, if the system to be sealed is very high pressure, this system pressure can be used to provide additional sealing effect. This is called system actuation and is achieved by allowing the high pressure to enter the seal through vent holes, see Type MOV or the open C slot, Type MCX.

Wills Rings® have a certain degree of elasticity. This is known as springback. The springback is the elastic part of the seal deflection when it is installed in a groove. This dictates the seal’s ability to absorb or compensate for hardware variations due to temperature or pressure loadings, maintaining the seal integrity (Figure 42).

Before Installation

After Installation

Installed

Wal

l Thi

ckne

ss

Gro

ove

Dep

th h

Free

hei

ght

d2

Spr

ing

back

Figure 42: Method of seal operation

A softer plating or coating material can be applied to Wills Rings® to maximize sealing performance in demanding applications. The coating material yields during the ring compression and fills surface machining marks (Figure 43).

For best sealing results, Wills Rings® should be replaced each time the groove housing is dismantled as the plating or coating material deforms from use and performance can´t be guaranteed again once the housing has been dismantled.

PerformanceBecause Wills Rings® are constructed from metal, their ability to handle extreme conditions exceeds that of polymeric and elastomeric seal types.

Unlike elastomer seals, Wills Rings® are not subject to outgassing making them suitable for use on equipment sensitive to outgassing.

Features and benefits - Temperature range from cryogenic to +850 °C / +1,550 °F

- Pressure range from ultra-high vacuum to 1,000 MPa / 145,000 psi

- Compatible with a large range of media

- Corrosion resistant and radiation tolerant

- Simple and reliable sealing

- No outgassing

- Immune to explosive decompression

- Wide range of sizes

Non-Coated Seal

Coated Seal

Figure 43: Contact surface for coated and non-coated Wills Rings®

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 88 17.10.2016 13:35:53

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 89Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Wills Rings®

Table 38: Selection Criteria

If further information on seal selection is required, contact your local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions marketing company. Inconel® is a trademark of INCO Alloys International, Inc.

Seal Extreme Conditions

Seating Loads

Spring-back

Vacuum Sealing

Pressure MPa/psi

Max. Working Temp. °C / °F

Standard Material

Code Cryogenic to Seal Coating

Type MOT

Pressurized A C C 1x10-9

mbar.l.s.-140 MPa

5,800 psi+850 °C

+1,550 °F

Mild steel

Stainless Steel 316 L

Stainless Steel 321

Inconel® 600

Inconel® 718

Copper

Silver

Nickel

Copper

Gold

Indium

Type MOVVented internal

B B C -1,000 MPa 145,000 psi

+600 °C +1,100 °F

Type MOWVented external

B B C -1,000 MPa 145,000 psi

+600 °C +1,100 °F

Type MOUNon-

PressurizedC B C

1x10-5 mbar.l.s.-1

4 MPa 580 psi

+400 °C +750 °F

Type MOS

Solid C D D1x10-5

mbar.l.s.-1 4 MPa

580 psi +500 °C +925 °F

Type MCXInternal pressure

B A A1x10-7

mbar.l.s.-1 200 MPa

29,000 psi+750 °C

+1,375 °F

Inconel® X750 Inconel® 718

Silver

Nickel

Copper

Gold

Indium

Type MCYExternal pressure

B A A1x10-7

mbar.l.s.-1 200 MPa

29,000 psi+750 °C

+1,375 °F

Properties: A = Excellent B = Good C = Satisfactory D = Poor

� Selection Table Use this table to select the optimum seal for an application. A, B, C or D indicates relative performance.

Further information can be found on the relevant pages as indicated.

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 89 17.10.2016 13:35:54

90 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

STATIC SEALS · Wills Rings®

� Materials®

Seal MaterialAvailable in a wide range of materials, Wills Rings® are used as static seals in a large number of industrial sectors. The choice of material affects the seal performance and materials should be chosen after considering the following requirements:

- Pressure and temperature

- Seating loads

- Corrosion resistance

- Compatibility with housing materials

- Length of life

- Sealing level

- Cost

Industry StandardsFor some industries, seal material selection can be critical and require compliance with industry standards.

For example, a Wills Rings® O or C with compliance to NACE MR0175 should be selected in material Inconel® 718 and be hardened using treatment 5 as shown in the part number tables.

Table 39: Standard Seal Materials for Wills Rings® O

Standard Material Maximum Operating Temperature

Code

°C °F

Copper 400 750 O

Mild steel 550 1,025 B

Stainless Steel AISI 316L (1.4435)

800 1,475 H

Stainless Steel AISI 321 (1.4541)

800 1,475 E

Inconel® 600 850 1,550 M

Inconel® 718 850 1,550 L

Table 40: Standard Seal Materials for Wills Rings® C

Standard Material Maximum Operating Temperature

Code

°C °F

Inconel® X750 (Jacket)

750 1,375 N

Inconel® 718 (Jacket)

750 1,375 L

note:Not all materials are available in all sizes.

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 90 17.10.2016 13:35:54

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 91Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Wills Rings®

Plating and Coating Materials for Wills Rings®

The sealing capability of Wills Rings® is greatly enhanced by the addition of a softer coating material, see Figure 43. Table 41 gives the technical data for each coating, including the plating thickness, temperature capability and the size range.

Select plating and coatings for applications by considering the following system requirements:1. Level of sealing needed and the fluid to be sealed2. Operating temperature3. Compatibility to media

For higher levels of sealing, more layers of plating should be combined with a better surface finish.

note:Increased plating and a better surface finish make the seal and the hardware more expensive to produce.For less critical applications, non-plated rings may provide sufficient sealing.Contact your Trelleborg Sealing Solutions marketing company for further information.

Table 41: Standard Coating Materials

Coating Coating-Thickness Temperature Comments Max. Ø

Material Code mm inch °C °F mm inch

Nickel Q 0.030 ± 0.005 0.0012 ± 0.0002 1,200 2,200 - 1,000 39

Silver R 0.030 ± 0.005 0.0012 ± 0.0002 800 1,475 1 layer silver 1,000 39

Silver U 0.055 ± 0.005 0.0022 ± 0.0002 800 1,475 2 layers silver 1,000 39

Silver S 0.080 ± 0.005 0.0031 ± 0.0002 800 1,475 3 layers silver 1,000 39

Gold I 0.030 ± 0.005 0.0012 ± 0.0002 930 1,706 - 1,000 39

Copper O 0.030 ± 0.005 0.0012 ± 0.0002 930 1,706 - 1,000 39

note: Other non-standard plating/coating options are available.

� Hardware, Finish and MediaTable 42 shows the media that can be sealed with different plating materials and the required surface finish for the housing. It is important that all machining marks are concentric with the line of seal contact. Spiral or radial marks should be avoided as these can form leak paths across the seal face.

The groove should be machined to the required finish and not polished by hand. Polishing can lead to radial marks on the sealing surface which may form leak paths.

Typically a thin gas is more difficult to seal than a heavy liquid, and requires a better surface finish. The lower the media viscosity, the higher the surface finish quality and plating level required.

Table 42: Media and Hardware Surface Finishes

Sealing System/Media Ra Rmax Typical Coating

Commentsµ m µ inch µ m µ inch

Ultra-high vacuum 0.1 - 0.2 4 - 8 1.2 - 1.6 48 - 64 S Use this for safety critical systems

Cryogenic - High vacuum 0.1 - 0.2 4 - 8 1.2 - 1.6 48 - 64 S Use this for safety critical systems

Helium, Hydrogen 0.1 - 0.2 4 - 8 1.2 - 1.6 48 - 64 S Use this for safety critical systems

Nitrogen, Steam 0.2 - 0.4 8 - 16 2.0 - 2.5 80 - 100 R/S/Q -

Cryogenic - Light vacuum 0.2 - 0.4 8 - 16 2.0 - 2.5 80 - 100 R/S/Q -

Air, Water, Light fuel 0.4 - 0.8 16 - 32 3.0 - 4.0 120 - 160 R/Q Non-plated rings may be suitable

Heavy oils, Polymer 0.4 - 0.8 16 - 32 3.0 - 4.0 120 - 160 R/Q Non-plated rings may be suitable

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 91 17.10.2016 13:35:55

92 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

STATIC SEALS · Wills Rings®

� Part numbers and Ordering Instructions – Metric

InSTALLATIOn RECOMMEnDATIOnS FOR InTERnAL PRESSURE SEALInG

Wills Rings® O Type MOT

Wills Rings® C Type MCX

d 2d 2

P P

h

Ød7

Øda

Øda

b4

r

Figure 44: Installation Drawing for Internal Pressure

Table 43: Installation Dimensions for Internal Pressure – Metric

Free Height

Wills Rings®O Free Height Mat. Codes

Type C Free Height Mat. Codes

Groove DepthGroove Width

1)

Wills Rings®

O 2)

Groove Diameter d7, unplated only 3)

Radius rmax

Wills Rings®

Springback

d2 mm Stand. Thin Stand. Thin h b4 min. Øda = da + clearance + tolerance

mm O only

C only

0.89 J - - 0.58 +0.08 1.25 8-50 da +0.10 +0.05 0.25 0.01 -

-0

1.59 A A 1.32 +0.08 2.25 12-150 da +0.10 +0.05 0.40 0.02 0.06

K K -0 0.03 0.07

2.38 B B 1.83 +0.08 3.00 25-500 da +0.18 +0.12 0.50 0.04 0.09

L L -0 50-500 0.06 0.11

3.18 C C 2.54 +0.13 4.00 60-1,000 da +0.18 +0.12 0.75 0.05 0.12

M M -0 0.11 0.14

3.97 D D 3.05 +0.13 5.00 100-1,250 da +0.18 +0.12 1.25 0.06 0.11

N N -0 0.13 0.16

4.76 E E 3.68 +0.13 6.00 115-1,500 da +0.25 +0.12 1.50 0.08 0.12

O O -0 150-1,500 0.17 0.23

6.35 F - - 5.08 +0.13 8.00 125-2,000 da +0.25 +0.12 1.50 0.10 0.27

P P -0 0.14 -

7.94 G - - 6.35 +0.13 10.00 500-2,500 da +0.38 +0.12 1.50 0.08 -

-0

9.53 H - - 7.92 +0.13 12.00 750-3,000 da +0.38 +0.12 1.50 0.08 -

R - - -0 0.09

Notes: 1) Minimum value. Recommended groove width 1.5 x d2. 2) For Wills Rings® C diameter size ranges see page 94 (Table 46). 3) Calculate exact groove/seal Ø by the expression: d7 = da + (2 x maximum coating thickness) + clearance (+ tol.)

= da + CTCV page 98 (Table 50), for clearance tolerance correction value)

Example: 3.18 mm Wills Rings® C with three layers of plating d7 = da + (2 x 3 layer coating = 2 x 0.085 mm = 0.170 mm) +

clearance (+ tol.) = da + 0.170 + clearance (+ tol.) = da + 0.170 + 0.18 (+0.12)

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 92 17.10.2016 13:35:55

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 93Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Wills Rings®

InSTALLATIOn RECOMMEnDATIOnS FOR ExTERnAL PRESSURE SEALInG

Wills Rings® O Type MOT

Wills Rings® C Type MCY

PP

h

Ød8b4

d 2d 2

Ødi

Ødi

r

Figure 45: Installation Drawing for Extenal Pressure

Table 44: Installation Dimensions for External Pressure – Metric

Free Height

Wills Rings®O Free Height Mat. Codes

Wills Rings®C Free Height Mat. Codes

Groove DepthGroove Width

1)

Wills Rings®

O 2)

Groove Diameter d8, unplated only 3)

Radius rmax

Wills Rings®

Springback

d2 mm Stand. Thin Stand. Thin h b4 min. Øda = di + clearance + tolerance

mm O only

C only

0.89 J - - 0.58 +0.08 1.25 8-50 di -0.10 -0.05 0.25 0.01 -

-0

1.59 A A 1.32 +0.08 2.25 12-150 di -0.10 -0.05 0.40 0.02 0.06

K K -0 0.03 0.07

2.38 B B 1.83 +0.08 3.00 25-500 di -0.18 -0.12 0.50 0.04 0.09

L L -0 50-500 0.06 0.11

3.18 C C 2.54 +0.13 4.00 60-1000 di -0.18 -0.12 0.75 0.05 0.12

M M -0 0.11 0.14

3.97 D D 3.05 +0.13 5.00 100-1250 di -0.18 -0.12 1.25 0.06 0.11

N N -0 0.13 0.16

4.76 E E 3.68 +0.13 6.00 115-1500 di -0.25 -0.12 1.50 0.08 0.12

O O -0 150-1500 0.17 0.23

6.35 F - - 5.08 +0.13 8.00 125-2000 di -0.25 -0.12 1.50 0.10 0.27

P P -0 0.14 -

7.94 G - - 6.35 +0.13 10.00 500-2500 di -0.38 -0.12 1.50 0.08 -

-0

9.53 H - - 7.92 +0.13 12.00 750-3000 di -0.38 -0.12 1.50 0.08 -

R - - -0 0.09

Notes: 1) Minimum value. Recommended groove width 1.5 x d2. 2) For Wills Rings® C diameter size ranges see page 94 (Table 46). 3) Calculate exact groove/seal Ø by the expression: d8 = di - (2 x maximum coating thickness) + clearance (+ tol.)

= di + CTCV page 98 (Table 50), for clearance tolerance correction value

Example: 2.38 mm Wills Rings® O with 1 layers of plating d8 = di - (2 x 1 layer coating = 2 x 0.035 mm = 0.070 mm) -

clearance (- tol.) = di - 0.070 - clearance (- tol.) = di - 0.070 - 0.18 (-0.12) = di - 0.37 mm

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 93 17.10.2016 13:35:56

94 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

STATIC SEALS · Wills Rings®

� Metric Part numbers and Ordering Instructions

METRIC SIZE RAnGES AnD FREE HEIGHTS

Wills Rings® are available in a comprehensive range of sizes. Free height ranges from 0.89 mm to 9.53 mm and for each size, there are a range of seal diameters which can be

produced. Free height sizes are to industry standards and have evolved from inch sizes (see Tables 44 and 45).

Table 45: Diameter Size Range for Wills Rings® O

Free Height Wall

Code

Wall Thickness

SealTotal Groove

Depth 1)Groove

Width 2)

d2 mm

mm

Ø da mm

h mm

b4 min. mm

0.89 J 0.15 8-50 0.58+0.08

-01.25

1.59 A 0.36 12-150 1.32+0.08

-02.25

1.59 K 0.25 12-150 1.32+0.08

-02.25

2.38 B 0.46 25-500 1.83+0.08

-03.00

2.38 L 0.25 50-500 1.83+0.08

-03.00

3.18 C 0.51 60-1,000 2.54+0.13

-04.00

3.18 M 0.25 60-1,000 2.54+0.13

-04.00

3.97 D 0.64 100-1,250 3.05+0.13

-05.00

3.97 N 0.25 100-1,250 3.05+0.13

-05.00

4.76 E 0.81 115-1,500 3.68+0.13

-06.00

4.76 O 0.25 150-1,500 3.68+0.13

-06.00

6.35 F 1.02 125-2,000 5.08+0.13

-08.00

6.35 P 0.51 125-2,000 5.08+0.13

-08.00

7.94 G 1.27 500-2,500 6.35+0.13

-010.00

7.94 - - 500-2,500 6.35+0.13

-010.00

9.53 H 1.52 750-3,000 7.92+0.13

-012.00

9.53 R 0.51 750-3,000 7.92+0.13

-012.00

See page 98 for Size Ranges and Free Heights in Inches.

Table 46: Diameter Size Range for Wills Rings® C

Free Height Wall

Code

Wall Thickness

SealTotal Groove

Depth 1)Groove

Width 2)

d2 mm

mm

Ø da mm

h mm

b4 min. mm

- - - - - - -

1.59 A 0.25 20-150 1.32+0.08

-02.25

1.59 K 0.15 20-150 1.83+0.08

-03.00

2.38 B 0.38 25-300 1.83+0.08

-03.00

2.38 L 0.25 25-300 1.83+0.08

-03.00

3.18 C 0.51 50-400 2.54+0.13

-04.00

3.18 M 0.38 50-400 2.54+0.13

-04.00

3.97 D 0.61 60-500 3.05+0.13

-05.00

3.97 N 0.41 60-500 3.05+0.13

-05.00

4.76 E 0.76 95-500 3.68+0.13

-06.00

4.76 O 0.51 95-500 3.68+0.13

-06.00

6.35 - - 115-500 5.08+0.13

-08.00

6.35 P 0.64 115-500 5.08+0.13

-08.00

notes: 1) When using a gasket in conjunction with Wills Rings®,

the groove depth must be modified.2) Groove width given in Tables 44 and 45 is the

minimum. Ideally the groove width b4 = 1.5 x d2.

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 94 17.10.2016 13:35:56

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 95Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Wills Rings®

METRIC GROOVE CLEARAnCE AnD PLATInG ALLOWAnCES

Wills Rings® clearance and tolerance correction values (CTCV) for different plating levels for each free height size.See page 99 for Clearance Tolerance Correction Values in Inches.

Internal pressure Ød7 = Øda + CTCVExternal pressure Ød8 = Ødi - CTCV

notes:Use Øda for Wills Rings® O for external pressure Use Ødi for Wills Rings® C for external pressure

For example:MOTOG1500K1HS This is a 4.76 mm gas-filled Wills Rings® O thin wall seal for a 150.0 mm groove diameter d7. It has silver plate at 3 layers, 0.075/0.085 mm thickness.

The seal diameter is found from Ød7 = Øda + CTCVHence Øda = Ød7 - CTCV

= 150.0 - 0.54 Øda = 149.46 mm

Table 47: Clearance - Tolerance Correction Value in mm

no Plating One Layer Two Layers Three Layers

Maximum Plating 0.00 + 0.035 + 0.060 + 0.085

2 x maximum Plating 0.00 + 0.070 + 0.120 + 0.170

Free Height

mm code Total Total Total Total

0.89 - J 0.10+0.05 0.15 0.17+0.05 0.22 0.22+0.05 0.27 0.27+0.05 0.32

1.59 A K 0.10+0.05 0.15 0.17+0.05 0.22 0.22+0.05 0.27 0.27+0.05 0.32

2.38 B L 0.18+0.12 0.30 0.25+0.12 0.37 0.30+0.12 0.42 0.35+0.12 0.47

3.18 C M 0.18+0.12 0.30 0.25+0.12 0.37 0.30+0.12 0.42 0.35+0.12 0.47

3.97 D N 0.18+0.12 0.30 0.25+0.12 0.37 0.30+0.12 0.42 0.35+0.12 0.47

4.76 E O 0.25+0.12 0.37 0.32+0.12 0.44 0.37+0.12 0.49 0.42+0.12 0.54

6.35 F P 0.25+0.12 0.37 0.32+0.12 0.44 0.37+0.12 0.49 0.42+0.12 0.54

7.94 G - 0.38+0.12 0.50 0.45+0.12 0.57 0.50+0.12 0.62 0.55+0.12 0.67

9.53 H R 0.38+0.12 0.50 0.45+0.12 0.57 0.50+0.12 0.62 0.55+0.12 0.67

The table below gives guidance on how to size a seal for a given groove diameter. This will enable sizing of seals correctly for a given groove diameter, or vice versa.

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 95 17.10.2016 13:35:57

96 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

STATIC SEALS · Wills Rings®

METRIC PART nUMBER SySTEMS FOR WILLS RInGS®

Table 48: Part number System for Wills Rings® O – Metric

Seal Type

SeriesFree Height/

Wall Size mm

Seal Diameter

Quality Characteristic

Code

Characteristic number

Seal Material

Coating Material

Treatment

M O

M Metal

O O-Ring profile

S Solid

T Gasfilled

U Non- Pressurized

V Pressure vented ID

W Pressure vented OD

Standard wallA 1.59 0.36B 2.38 0.46C 3.18 0.51D 3.97 0.64E 4.76 0.81F 6.35 1.02G 7.94 1.27H 9.53 1.52

Thin wallJ 0.89 0.15K 1.59 0.25L 2.38 0.25M 3.18 0.25N 3.97 0.25O 4.76 0.25P 6.35 0.51R 9.53 0.51

Diameter x 10 (up to) 999.9)

G - - - - this is the groove outside diameter Ød7 x 10

Use the groove method only for internal pressure/ external sealing

R - - - - this is the ring outside diameterØda x 10

”-” Standard Quality

”K” X–Ray required

”A” Aerospace use

1 = Standard

B Mild steel

H Stainless Steel AISI 316L (1.4435)

E Stainless Steel AISI 321 (1.4541)

M Inconel®600

L Inconel®718

O Copper

Q Nickel

O Copper

I Gold

N Indium

R Silver One layer

U Silver Two layers

S Silver Three layers

5 = Heat treatment to NACE MR0175 (Inconel® 718 only)

notes: MOV/MOW (pressure vented type) seal not available in 0.89 mm free height. Use MOT type or increase to a 1.59 mm size instead. Other non-standard plating/coating options are available. Ask your local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions marketing company for further details. Select Quality Characteristic code K for thin wall rings.

ORDERInG ExAMPLE 1

M O T C G 1 0 0 0 - 1 H S

Wills Rings® O

gas filled seal

Free Height

3.18 mm

Standard wall

(0.51 mm)

Groove diameter

Ød7 = 100.00 mm

Therefore groove diameter

Øda = 100.00 - CTCV

= 100.00 - 0.47

Øda = 99.53 mm

Quality

Characteristic

code

- is standardCharacteristic

number

1 is standard

Material

Stainless Steel 316L

Silver at three layers

ORDERInG ExAMPLE 2

M O T B R 0 6 9 8 - 1 E R

Wills Rings® O

gas filled seal

Seal on groove

inside diameter

Ød8 for external

pressure

Free Height

2.38 mm

Standard wall

(0.46 mm)

Seal outside diameter

Øda = 69.76 mm

Therefore groove diameter

Ød8 = 69.76 - (2xd2) - CTCV

= 69.76 - (4.76) - 0.37

Ød8 = 64.63 mm

where Ødi = 65.0 mm

Quality Characteristic

code

- is standard Characteristic

number

1 is standard

Material

Stainless Steel 321

Silver at one layer

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 96 17.10.2016 13:35:57

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 97Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Wills Rings®

Table 49: Part number System for Wills Rings® C – Metric

Seal Type

SeriesFree Height/

Wall Size mm

Seal Diameter

Quality Characteristic

Code

Characteristic number

Seal Material

Coating Material

Treatment

M C

M Metal

C C-Ring profile

X Internal pressure

Y External pressure

Standard wallA 1.59 0.25B 2.38 0.38C 3.18 0.51D 3.97 0.61E 4.76 0.76

Thin wallK 1.59 0.15L 2.38 0.25M 3.18 0.38N 3.97 0.41O 4.76 0.51P 6.35 0.64

Diamter x 10 (up to) 999.9)

G - - - - this is the groove diameter (Ød7 or ød8) x10

R - - - - this is the seal diameter (Øda or Ødi) x10

Use outside diameter for internal pressure/ outside sealing

Use inside diameter for external pressure/ inside sealing

”-” Standard Quality

”A” Aerospace use

1 = Standard

L Inconel® 718

N Inconel® X750

O Copper

I Gold

N Indium

R Silver One layer

U Silver Two layers

S Silver Three layers

1 = Work hardened

2 = Standard age hardened (short cycle)

3 = Age hardened (long cycle)

4 = Solution annealed and age hardened

5 = Heat treatment to NACE MR0175

notes: Other non-standard plating/coating options are available. Treatment code 5 for seal material Inconel® 718 only.

ORDERInG ExAMPLE 1

M C x C G 1 5 0 0 - 1 n U

Wills Rings® C

Internal pressure

(seal on OD)

Free Height

3.18 mm

Standard wall

(0.51 mm)

Groove diameter

Ød7 = 150.00 mm

Therefore groove diameter

Øda = 150.00 - CTCV

= 150.00 - 0.42

Øda = 149.58 mm

Quality

Characteristic

code

- is standard

Characteristic

number

1 is standard

Material

Inconel® X750

Silver at two layers

Standard age harden

(short cycle)

2

ORDERInG ExAMPLE 2

M C y O R 1 0 5 0 - 1 L R

Wills Rings® C

Internal pressure

(seal on ID)

Free Height

4.76 mm

Thin wall

(0.51 mm)

Groove diameter

Ødi = 105.00 mm

Therefore groove diameter

Ød8 = 105.00 - CTCV

= 105.00 - 0.44

Ød8 = 104.56 mm

Quality

Characteristic

code

- is standard

Characteristic

number

1 is standard

Material

Inconel® 718

+ Silver at one layer

Standard age harden

(short cycle)

2

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 97 17.10.2016 13:35:57

98 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

STATIC SEALS · Wills Rings®

� Inch Part numbers and Ordering Instructions

InCH SIZE RAnGES AnD FREE HEIGHTS

Wills Rings® are available in a comprehensive range of sizes. Free height ranges from 0.035 inch to 0.375 inch and for each size there is a range of seal diameters which can be produced.

Free height sizes are industry standard and have evolved from inch sizes. See Table 50 and Table 51.

Table 50: Diameter Size Range – Inch for Wills Rings® O

Free Height Wall

Code

Wall SealTotal Groove

Depth 1)Groove

Width 2)

d2 inch

inch

Ø da inch

h inch

b4 min. inch

0.035 J 0.006 0.313-2 0.023+0.003

-00.050

0.063 A 0.014 0.5-6 0.052+0.003

-00.089

0.063 K 0.010 0.5-6 0.052+0.003

-00.089

0.094 B 0.018 1-20 0.072+0.003

-00.118

0.094 L 0.010 2-20 0.072+0.003

-00.118

0.125 C 0.020 2.5-40 0.100+0.005

-00.157

0.125 M 0.010 2.5-40 0.100+0.005

-00.157

0.156 D 0.025 4-60 0.120+0.005

-00.197

0.156 N 0.025 4-60 0.120+0.005

-00.197

0.187 E 0.032 4.5-60 0.145+0.005

-00.236

0.187 O 0.010 6-60 0.145+0.005

-00.236

0.250 F 0.040 5-80 0.200+0.005

-00.315

0.250 P 0.020 5-80 0.200+0.005

-00.315

0.313 G 0.050 0.250 6.35+0.005

-00.394

0.313 - - 0.250 6.35+0.005

-00.394

0.375 H 0.060 30-120 0.312+0.005

-00.472

0.375 R 0.020 30-120 0.312+0.005

-00.472

Table 51: Diameter Size Range – Inch for Wills Rings® C

Free Height Wall

Code

Wall Thickness

SealTotal Groove

Depth 1)Groove

Width 2)

d2 inch

inch

Ø da inch

h inch

b4 min. inch

- - - - - - -

0.063 A 0.010 0.8-6 0.052+0.003

-00.089

0.063 K 0.006 0.8-6 0.052+0.003

-00.089

0.094 B 0.015 1-12 0.072+0.003

-00.118

0.094 L 0.010 1-12 0.072+0.003

-00.118

0.125 C 0.020 2-16 0.100+0.005

-00.157

0.125 M 0.015 2-16 0.100+0.005

-00.157

0.156 D 0.024 2.4-20 0.120+0.005

-00.197

0.156 N 0.016 2.4-20 0.120+0.005

-00.197

0.187 E 0.030 3.75-20 0.145+0.005

-00.236

0.187 O 0.020 3.75-20 0.145+0.005

-00.236

0.250 - - 4.5-20 0.200+0.005

-00.315

0.250 P 0.025 4.5-20 0.200+0.005

-00.315

notes: 1) When using a gasket in conjunction with Wills Rings®,

the groove depth must be modified.2) Groove width given in Table 50 and Table 51 is the

minimum. Ideally the groove width b4 = 1.5 x d2.

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 98 17.10.2016 13:35:58

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 99Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Wills Rings®

InCH GROOVE CLEARAnCE AnD PLATInG ALLOWAnCES

Wills Rings® clearance and tolerance correction values (CTCV) for different plating levels for each free height size in inches.

Internal pressure Ød7 = Øda + CTCVExternal pressure Ød8 = Ødi - CTCV

notes:Use Øda for Wills Rings® O for external pressureUse Ødi for Wills Rings® C for external pressure

For example:MOTOL1200K1HSThis is a 0.187 inch gas-filled Wills Rings® O thin wall seal for a 12.00 inch seal diameter da. It has silver plate at 3 layers, 0.003 inch/0.0035 inch thickness.

The groove diameter is found from Ød7 = Øda + CTCVHence Ød7 = Øda + CTCV

= 12.00 + 0.022 Ød7 = 12.022"

The table below gives guidance on how to size a seal for a given groove diameter. This will enable sizing of seals correctly for a given groove diameter, or vice versa.

Table 52: Clearance - Tolerance Correction Value – Inch

no Plating One Layer Two Layers Three Layers

Maximum Plating 0.00 + 0.0015 + 0.0025 + 0.0035

2 x maximum Plating 0.00 + 0.003 + 0.005 + 0.007

Free Height

inch code Total Total Total Total

0.035 - J 0.004+0.002 0.006 0.007+0.002 0.009 0.009+0.002 0.011 0.011+0.002 0.013

0.063 A K 0.004+0.002 0.006 0.007+0.002 0.009 0.009+0.002 0.011 0.011+0.002 0.013

0.094 B L 0.007+0.005 0.012 0.010+0.005 0.015 0.012+0.005 0.017 0.014+0.005 0.019

0.125 C M 0.007+0.005 0.012 0.010+0.005 0.015 0.012+0.005 0.017 0.014+0.005 0.019

0.156 D N 0.007+0.005 0.012 0.010+0.005 0.015 0.012+0.005 0.017 0.014+0.005 0.019

0.187 E O 0.010+0.005 0.015 0.013+0.005 0.018 0.015+0.005 0.020 0.017+0.005 0.022

0.250 F P 0.010+0.005 0.015 0.013+0.005 0.018 0.015+0.005 0.020 0.017+0.005 0.022

0.313 G - 0.015+0.005 0.020 0.018+0.005 0.023 0.020+0.005 0.025 0.022+0.005 0.027

0.375 H R 0.015+0.005 0.020 0.018+0.005 0.023 0.020+0.005 0.025 0.022+0.005 0.027

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 99 17.10.2016 13:35:58

100 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

STATIC SEALS · Wills Rings®

InCH PART nUMBER SySTEMS FOR WILLS RInGS®

Table 53: Part number System for Wills Rings® O – Inch

Seal Type

SeriesFree Height/

Wall Size inch

Seal Diameter

Quality Characteristic

Code

Characteristic number

Seal Material

Coating Material

Treatment

M O

M Metal

O O-Ring profile

S Solid

T Gasfilled

U Non- Pressurized

V Pressure vented ID

W Pressure vented OD

Standard wallA 0.063 0.014B 0.094 0.018C 0.125 0.020D 0.156 0.025E 0.187 0.032F 0.250 0.040G 0.313 0.050H 0.375 0.060

Thin wallJ 0.035 0.006K 0.063 0.010L 0.094 0.010M 0.125 0.010N 0.156 0.010O 0.187 0.010P 0.250 0.020R 0.375 0.020

For small diameter up to 9.999” use

S - - - - this is the sealoutside diameter Øda to three decimal places

For larger diameter above 10.000” use

L - - - - this is the seal outside diameter Øda to two decimal places

”-” Standard Quality

”K” X–Ray required

”A” Aerospace use

1 = Standard

B Mild steel

H Stainless Steel AISI 316L (1.4435)

E Stainless Steel AISI 321 (1.4541)

M Inconel®600

L Inconel®718

O Copper

Q Nickel

O Copper

I Gold

N Indium

R Silver One layer

U Silver Two layers

S Silver Three layers

5 = Heat treatment to NACE MR0175 (Inconel® 718 only)

notes: MOV/MOW (Pressure Vented type) seal not available in 0.035” free height. Use MOT type or increase to a 0.063” size instead. Other non-standard plating/coating options are available. Select Quality Characteristic code K for thin wall rings.

ORDERInG ExAMPLE 1

M O T B S 1 0 0 0 - 1 H S

Wills Rings® O

gas filled seal

Free Height

0.094"

Standard wall

(0.018")

Groove diameter

Øda = 1.000"

Therefore groove diameter

Ød7 = 1.000 + CTCV

= 1.000 + 0.019

Ød7 = 1.019"

Quality

Characteristic

code

- is standard Characteristic

number

1 is standard

Material

Stainless Steel

316L

Silver at three

layers

ORDERInG ExAMPLE 2

M O T C L 1 0 0 0 - 1 E R

Wills Rings® O

gas filled seal

Free Height

0.125"

Standard wall

(0.020")

Seal outside diameter

Øda = 10.000"

Therefore groove diameter

Ød7 = 10.000 + CTCV

= 10.000 + 0.015

Ød7 = 10.015"

Quality

Characteristic

code

- is standard Characteristic

number

1 is standard

Material

Stainless Steel

321

Silver at one layer

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 100 17.10.2016 13:35:58

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 101Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Wills Rings®

Table 54: Part number System for Wills Rings® C – Inch

Seal Type

SeriesFree Height/

Wall Size mm

Seal Diameter

Quality Characteristic

Code

Characteristic number

Seal Material

Coating Material

Treatment

M C

M Metal

C C-Ring profile

X Internal pressure

Y External pressure

Standard wallA 0.063 0.010B 0.094 0.015C 0.125 0.020D 0.156 0.024E 0.187 0.030

Thin wallK 0.063 0.006L 0.094 0.010M 0.125 0.015N 0.156 0.016O 0.187 0.020P 0.250 0.025

For small diameter up to 999.9" use S - - - - this is the seal outside diameter Øda to 3 places For larger diameter above 10.000" useL - - - - this is the seal outside diameter Øda to two decimal places Use outside diameter for internal pressure/ outside sealing Use inside diameter for external pressure/ inside sealing

”-” Standard Quality

”A” Aerospace use

1 = Standard

L Inconel® 718

N Inconel® X750

O Copper

I Gold

N Indium

R Silver One layer

U Silver Two layers

S Silver Three layers

1 = Work hardened

2 = Standard age hardened (short cycle)

3 = Age hardened (long cycle)

4 = Solution annealed and age hardened

5 = Heat treatment to NACE MR0175

notes: Other non-standard plating/coating options are available. Treatment code 5 for seal material Inconel® 718 only.

ORDERInG ExAMPLE 1

M C x C S 5 0 0 0 - 1 n U

Wills Rings® C

Internal pressure

(seal on OD)

Free Height

0.125"

Standard wall

(0.020")

Seal diameter

Øda = 5.000"

Therefore groove diameter

Ød7 = 5.000 + CTCV

= 5.000 + 0.017

Ød7 = 5.017"

Quality

Characteristic

code

- is standard

Characteristic

number

1 is standard

Material

Inconel® X750

Silver at one layer

Standard age harden

(short cycle)

2

ORDERInG ExAMPLE 2

M C y B L 1 5 0 0 - 1 L R

Wills Rings® C

External pressure

(seal on ID)

Free Height

0.094"

Standard wall

(0.015")

Seal diameter

Øda = 15.000"

Therefore groove diameter

Ød8 = 15.000 - CTCV

= 15.000 - 0.015

Ød8 = 14.985"

Quality

Characteristic

code

- is standard

Characteristic

number

1 is standard

Material

Inconel® 718

Silver at one layer

Standard age harden

(short cycle)

2

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 101 17.10.2016 13:35:59

102 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

STATIC SEALS · Wills Rings®

� Compression Loads to Seat Wills Rings®

Seating the seal is the process of compressing it to the correct depth, such that it forms an effective seal.

When Wills Rings® are located in a housing, a specific load must be applied to the flanges to seat the seals correctly.

The required seating load must be calculated for each seal and must be exceeded by the system load used to secure the sealing flanges together. The system pressure for internal pressure systems also has an effect on the clamping forces. This pressure acts on an area inside the seal diameter causing an extra load on the clamping system.

Minimum seating load required: LT = L1 + L2Where LT = Total required seating load L1 = Load to seat seal L2 = Load caused by internal system pressure

The securing system must be sufficiently strong to withstand the pressure and temperature effects during system operation. Most Wills Rings® are available in standard and thin wall sections. Generally, standard wall seals should be used wherever possible. A standard wall thickness ring is stronger and forms a more effective seal. A thin wall seal should be used to provide lower seating loads if required.

Factors affecting the system design and the seating load of a seal are: - Loss of bolt strength at elevated temperatures

- Increases in pressure at elevated temperatures

- Creep losses/relaxation over time

- The bolt loads holding the system must be sufficient to seat Wills Rings® and withstand the system pressure

- The system flanges must be strong enough to avoid deformation

notes:Wills Rings® C can be hardened to modify the seal resilience. The seating load figures given in Table 58 are for standard treatment seals only (Code Number 2 - short cycle age- hardened). If a non-standard seal treatment is used, see Table 55 for options, then the correct material factor must be used in the seating load calculation, see Table 56 and Table 57.

All figures given for seating loads are typical values only.It is recommended that seal users apply an appropriate safety margin in all calculations for the seating loads relative to the sealing requirements.

Tests should be conducted to establish suitability of the clamping system.

Table 55: Wills Rings® C

Code Treatment

1 Work-harden

2 Age-harden (short cycle)

3 Age-harden (long cycle)

4 Solution anneal and age-harden

5 Heat treat to NACE MR0175

Hardness/Seal ResilienceAge-hardened Wills Rings® C have higher seal resilience. This is required for silver coated Wills Rings® C in order to apply sufficient seating force to deform the coating.

Age-hardening (short cycle) is adequate for normal sealing. Age-hardening (long cycle) can be used to provide higher seating loads offering greater seal resilience which assists with sealing in extreme conditions.

The hardness treatment code must be included in the Wills Rings® C part numbers. See the ordering example on page 97.

Heat treatment to NACE MR0175 can also be specified for Wills Rings® O in material Inconel® 718, using the material code 5.

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 102 17.10.2016 13:35:59

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 103Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Wills Rings®

� Calculating Seating Loads

Table 58: Compressive Load for Standard Wall Wills Rings®

Cross Section Size Code

Wills Rings® O Wills Rings® C

Wall Thickness Seating Load

CircumferenceWall Thickness

Seating Load Circumference

mm inch mm inch n/mm lb/inch mm inch n/mm lb/inch

0.89 0.035 thin J 0.15 0.006 100 571 - - - -

1.59 0.063 std A 0.36 0.014 161 919 0.25 0.010 51 291

thin K 0.15 0.010 98 560 0.15 0.006 15 86

2.38 0.094 std B 0.46 0.018 198 1131 0.38 0.015 69 394

thin L 0.25 0.010 52 297 0.25 0.010 28 160

3.18 0.125 std C 0.51 0.020 176 1,005 0.51 0.020 100 571

thin M 0.25 0.010 65 371 0.38 0.015 62 354

3.97 0.156 std D 0.64 0.025 253 1,445 0.61 0.024 111 634

thin N 0.25 0.010 46 263 0.41 0.016 46 263

4.76 0.187 std E 0.81 0.032 280 1,599 0.76 0.030 141 805

thin O 0.25 0.010 37 212 0.51 0.020 63 360

6.35 0.250 std F 1.02 0.040 100 571 - - - -

thin P 0.51 0.020 52 297 0.64 0.025 66 377

7.94 0.313 std G 1.27 0.050 330 1,884 - - - -

9.53 0.375 std H 1.52 0.060 380 2,170 - - - -

thin R 0.51 0.020 85 485 - - - -

The compressive load required to correctly seat specific Wills Rings® in the recommended groove depends on the seal diameter, seal free height, wall thickness and seal material according to the following expression: L1 = M x K x Dm x mWhere L1 = Load to seat the seal (N) M = Material factor (see Table 56 or Table 57) K = Load in N/mm seal circumference

(see Table 58) Dm = Median (sealing) diameter of the seal,

da - d2 (mm) m = Pythagoras constant (3.142)

Table 56: Material Factor Wills Rings® O

Material Factor M

Stainless steel AISI 316L (1.4435) 1.00

Stainless steel AISI 321 (1.4541) 1.00

Inconel® 600 1.10

Inconel® 718 1.10

Mild steel 0.75

Copper 0.75

Table 57: Material Factor Wills Rings® C Condition

Material Factor M

Inconel® X750 0.85

Inconel® 718 1.00

notes:Use M x 0.75 for work harden Use M x 1.20 for age-harden (long cycle)

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 103 17.10.2016 13:35:59

104 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

STATIC SEALS · Wills Rings®

Figure 46: Graph detailing load vs. deflection comparison of two Wills Rings® types

note:It is not recommended to compress the seal less than the recommended amount in order to reduce the amount of load required to seat the seal. Using deeper grooves to reduce seating load could have an adverse effect on sealing efficiency. If lower seating loads are required, the correct seal type should be chosen with the correct coating.

The compressive load required to correctly seat specific Wills Rings® in the recommended groove depends on the seal type, seal diameter, free height, wall thickness and seal material, as described on the previous page.

Figure 46 is a graph showing how seal types compare to each other for a given seal cross section, wall thickness and

diameter. Typically standard wall Wills Rings® O will require twice the seating load of standard wall Wills Rings® C.

Table 58 on the previous page gives typical seating loads for each type and cross section of Wills Rings® and the graph below demonstrates how these measurements are taken.

0 0.20.1 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6

Load

(N)

Displacement (mm)

20000

40000

60000

80000

Metal Seal ComparisonLoad vs. De�ection Graph for 2.38mm, 0.094 inch Cross-Section Standard Wall,

102.4mm, 4.031 inch OD

C seal Spring back= 0.09 mm

O Ring C Seal

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 104 17.10.2016 13:36:00

STATIC SEALS

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 105Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

HiMod®HiMod®HiModFlatseal™HiModFlatseal™HiModIdeal for stress-sensitive flanges, fiber reinforced plastic (FRP) equipment or reactors

Excellent media resistance to lyes and acids

Compatible with oils, greases, acids, alkalis, solvents, refrigerants, water and steam

High residual stress

Resistant to cold flow

High mechanical resistance

Temperature range from -210 °C to +260 °C / -346 °F to +500 °F

Unlimited shelf life

Excellent leakage properties

Compliance with FDA, TA Luft - German fugitive emission regulation, Regulation (EC) 1935/2004

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 105 17.10.2016 13:36:05

STATIC SEALS · HiMod® Flatseal™

106 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 106 17.10.2016 13:36:05

HiMod® Flatseal™

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 107Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

� HiMod® Flatseal™

DESCRIPTIOn

The HiMod® Flatseal™ range consists of flat gaskets made from the proprietary HiMod® material, offering superior performance compared with conventional flat gaskets. They are compliant with virtually all relevant standards.

The product is die-cut and is available in any standard or customer specified dimension. The HiMod® Flatseal™ products are manufactured in facilities that comply with ISO/TS 16949 and ISO 14001, meaning complete transparency in all areas of production and a high degree of reliability and security for customers.

A number of compounds have been specially developed for the demanding applications of the food, beverage and pharmaceutical market.

For more detailed information on specific HiMod® Flatseal™ products, see the relevant flyer available from tss.trelleborg.com or contact your local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions marketing company.

� HiMod® FlatSeal™ 10

DESCRIPTIOn

The balanced raw material combination, consisting of high-quality aramide fibers, special fillers and nitrile butadiene rubber (NBR) makes this product suitable for a wide variety of standard applications ideal for use in average temperatures and pressures.

In addition to the benefits for all of the HiMod® Flatseal™ range, HiMod® Flatseal™ 10 also offers:

- Good media resistance and stress relaxation

- Excellent performance in average temperatures and pressures

- Leakage less than the limits specified in DIN 3535-6

- Anti-stick coating on one side

- Compliances in accordance with:

• DVGW - German association for gas and water

• KTW - German recommendation for use with drinking water

• W270 - Microbiological suitability for use with drinking water

• WRAS - Water Research Advisory Scheme

• 1935/2004 - EU regulation on materials and articles intended to come into contact with food

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 107 17.10.2016 13:36:06

STATIC SEALS · HiMod® Flatseal™

108 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

� HiMod® FlatSeal™ 17

DESCRIPTIOn

HiMod® FlatSeal™ 17 is based on an innovative blend of high-quality aramid fibers, special functional fillers and nitrile butadiene rubber (NBR). The new material combines the characteristics of fiber gaskets with the positive properties of elastomers, thus making it possible to produce a unique performance profile.

In addition to the benefits for all of the HiMod® Flatseal™ range, HiMod Flatseal™ 17 also offers:

- Excellent adaptability to unevenness at minimum surface pressure levels

- Very low leakage levels even when surface pressure is extremely low

- Stable long-term properties at operational temperatures

- Good resistance to media and aging

- Smooth processability and safe handling even with complex gasket outlines

- Compliances in accordance with:

• DVGW - German association for gas and water

• FDA 177.2600 Rubber - US Food and Drug Administration

• 1935/2004 - EU regulation on materials and articles intended to come into contact with food

� HiMod® FlatSeal™ 20

DESCRIPTIOn

HiMod® Flatseal™ 20 is a new and more efficient generation of graphite gaskets reinforced with aramid fibres. A considerable reduction in leakage in combination with excellent residual stress and chemical resistance levels are achieved thanks to careful graphite structural design and ingenious process engineering.

In addition to the benefits for all of the HiMod® Flatseal™ range, HiMod Flatseal™ 20 also offers:

- Very high long-term pressure resistance

- Compatibility with a high proportion of media commonly used in the food, beverage and pharmaceutical industries including oils,greases, acids, alkalis, solvents, refrigerants, water and steam

- Good temperature resistance

- Extended life, reducing intervals for planned maintenance

- Compensation for flange unevenness and roughness

- Performance while being environmentally-friendly and solvent-free

- Leakage less than limits specified in DIN 3535-6

- Blowout resistance

- Compliance to fugitive emissions standards

- Compliances in accordance with:

• BAM - German Federal Institute for Materials Research and Testing

• DVGW - German association for gas and water

• KTW - German recommendation for use with drinking water

• W270 - Microbiological suitability for use with drinking water

• WRAS - Water Research Advisory Scheme

• TA-Luft - German fugitive emission regulation TA Luft [leakage rate < 10-4 mbar•l/(s•m)]

• 1935/2004 - EU regulation on materials and articles intended to come into contact with food

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 108 17.10.2016 13:36:06

HiMod® Flatseal™

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 109Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

� HiMod® FlatSeal™ 41

DESCRIPTIOn

A modified PTFE with mineral filler. With an extremely high compressibility, the HiMod® FlatSeal™ 41 is suitable for use in stress-sensitive flanges, such as glass, ceramic and fiber-reinforced plastic (FRP) flanges. It has been shown to reduce downtime and increase machine reliability and availability.

In addition to the benefits for all of the HiMod® FlatSeal™ range, HiMod® FlatSeal™ 41 also offers:

- Excellent anti-stick properties

- Compensation for minor damage or unevenness in the flange surface

- High compressibility

- Excellent media resistance to most lyes and acids throughout the pH range (pH levels 0-14)

- Compatibility with oils, greases, acids, alkalis, solvents, refrigerants, water and steam

- Resistance to cold flow

- Wide temperature range performance from -210 °C to +260 °C / -346 °F to +500 °F

- Unlimited shelf life

- Excellent leakage properties

- Compliances in accordance with:

• TA-Luft - German fugitive emission regulation TA Luft [leakage rate < 10-4 mbar•l/(s•m)]

• FDA 177.1550 Perfluorocarbon - - US Food and Drug Administration

• 1935/2004 EU regulation on materials and articles intended to come into contact with food

� HiMod® FlatSeal™ 43

DESCRIPTIOn

A modified PTFE with silica, HiMod® FlatSeal™ 43 offers a balance between chemical resistance and reduced creep properties.

In addition to the benefits for all of the HiMod® FlatSeal™ range, HiMod® FlatSeal™ 43 also offers:

- Excellent media resistance to most lyes and acids throughout the pH range (pH levels 0-14)

- Concentrated acid resistance

- Compatibility with oils, greases, acids, alkalis, solvents, refrigerants, water and steam

- High residual stress

- Resistance to cold flow

- High mechanical resistance at high pressure (vacuum to 8.3 MPa / 1,203 psi)

- Wide temperature range performance from -210 °C to +260 °C / -346 °F to +500 °F

- Unlimited shelf life

- Excellent leakage properties

- Compliances in accordance with:

• DVGW - German association for gas and water

• BAM - German Federal Institute for Materials Research and Testing

• TA-Luft - German fugitive emission regulation TA Luft [leakage rate < 10-4 mbar•l/(s•m)]

• FDA 177.1550 Perfluorocarbon - US Food and Drug Administration

• 1935/2004 - EU regulation on materials and articles intended to come into contact with food

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 109 17.10.2016 13:36:06

STATIC SEALS · HiMod® Flatseal™

110 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

� HiMod® FlatSeal™ 45

DESCRIPTIOn

100% multi-directional expanded PTFE. Offering superior performance compared to conventional polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) flat gaskets with nearly universal chemical resistance, resistance to creep, cold flow and pressure. These properties make this the perfect material for glass-lined flanges, FRP equipment or in process-industry reactors for the food, beverage and pharmaceutical market.

In addition to the benefits for all of the HiMod® FlatSeal™ range, HiMod® FlatSeal™ 45 also offers:

- Unrivalled chemical resistance

- High resistantce to creep and cold flow

- Compensation for low bolt-forces and flange irregularities

- High mechanical resistance at high pressure (vacuum to 10 MPa / 1,450 psi)

- Wide temperature range performance from -210 °C to +260 °C / -346 °F to +500 °F

- Unlimited shelf life

- Excellent leakage properties

- Compliances in accordance with:

• BAM - German Federal Institute for Materials Research and Testing

• TA-Luft - German fugitive emission regulation TA Luft [leakage rate < 10-4 mbar•l/(s•m)]

• FDA 177.1550 Perfluorocarbon - US Food and Drug Administration

• 1935/2004 - EU regulation on materials and articles intended to come into contact with food

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 110 17.10.2016 13:36:06

Linear SeaLS

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 111Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

LinearSealsLinearSealsLinear

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 111 17.10.2016 13:36:11

112 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

LINEAR SEALS

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 112 17.10.2016 13:36:11

LINEAR SEALS

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 113Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Turcon®VarisealTurconVarisealTurcon ®

Good dynamic and static sealing

Very low coefficient of friction

Very good dry-running properties

Operating temperature -196 °C to +302 °C / -320 °F to +575 °F

Very good thermal resistance

Almost universal chemical compatibility

Permanent elasticity unaffected by contact with chemicals

Capable of sealing at high speeds up to 15 m/s / 50 ft/s

Capable of withstanding high pressures above 200 MPa / 29,000 psi when using Back-up Rings and special custom designs

High resistance to wear

No extrusion into gaps

Withstands aggressive and abrasive process media

Unlimited shelf life

Compact form

Standard products are available from 2 mm / 0.079 inch up to 2,500 mm / 8 ft 2 inch custom manufactured intermediate sizes, inch sizes or special geometries

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 113 17.10.2016 13:36:14

LINEAR SEALS · Turcon® Variseal®

114 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 114 17.10.2016 13:36:14

Turcon® Variseal®

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 115Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

� Turcon® Variseal®

DESCRIPTIOn

The Turcon® Variseal® range is made up of single-acting spring-energized seals that are used in dynamic and static situations. Turcon® Variseal® is available in a range of geometries and designs that allow the optimum profile to be selected for a wide range of applications.

Turcon® Variseal® is chosen when high resistance to chemical media is required, if the seal needs to operate in extremes of temperature and where good extrusion or compression characteristics are needed.

Turcon® Variseal® has three main design characteristics:1. Application specific U-shaped seal profile2. Spring geometry suited to the particular application3. Proven high-performance Turcon® or Zurcon® polymers

METHOD OF OPERATIOn

The Turcon® Variseal® spring supplies the load required for sealing at low pressures (Figure 47). The U-shaped jacket allows fluid pressure to energize the sealing lips, so total sealing pressure rises with increasing operating pressure (Figure 48).

Turcon® Variseal®

Figure 47: Turcon® Variseal® without system pressure

Turcon® Variseal®

P

Figure 48: Turcon® Variseal® with system pressure

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 115 17.10.2016 13:36:15

LINEAR SEALS · Turcon® Variseal®

116 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

� Turcon® Variseal® M2S

DESCRIPTIOn

Turcon® Variseal® M2S is a single-acting seal consisting of a U-shaped jacket and a V-shaped corrosion resistant spring. Variseal® M2S has an asymmetric seal profile. The heavy profile of its dynamic lip is optimized, offering long service life and a good scraping ability even in media with high viscosity.

Turcon® Variseal® M2S

V-Shaped springP

Figure 49: Turcon® Variseal® M2S

AREAS OF APPLICATIOn

- Hydraulic components with highly viscous media

- Pharmaceutical processing

- Food and beverage processing

- Processing of pastes etc.

- Media with particle ingress

ADVAnTAGES

- Suitable for reciprocating and light duty rotary movement

- Excellent scraping ability

- High abrasion resistance

- Dimensionally stable

- Resistant to most fluids and chemicals

- Excellent resistance to aging

- Available in Hi-Clean version

- Interchangeable with O-Ring and Back-up Ring in most cases

TECHnICAL DATA

Operating Pressure:

20 MPa / 2,900 psi Maximum dynamic load, 40 MPa / 5,800 psi Maximum static load (207 MPa / 30,000 psi with custom designs)

Speed: Reciprocating up to 15 m/s / 50 ft/s Rotating up to 1.27 m/s / 250 fpm

Operating Temperature:

-70 °C to +300 °C / -94 °F to +572 °F Special Turcon® and Zurcon® materials as well alternative spring materials are available for applications outside this temperature range

Media Compatibility:

Fluids of medium to high viscosity or containing hard particles

IMPORTAnT nOTE

The above data are maximum values and cannot be used at the same time. e.g. the maximum operating speed depends on material type, pressure, temperature and gap value. Temperature range also dependent on media.

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 116 17.10.2016 13:36:15

Turcon® Variseal®

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 117Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

� Turcon® Variseal® H

DESCRIPTIOn

Turcon® Variseal® H is a single-acting seal consisting of a U-shaped jacket and a helical wound corrosion resistant spring.The helical spring of Variseal® H features high spring loading, which gives excellent sealing integrity at low pressure. Variseal® H is suitable for dynamic applications and ideal in static applications.

Turcon® Variseal® H

Helical springP

Figure 50: Turcon® Variseal® H

AREAS OF APPLICATIOn

- Food equipment and processing

- Pharmaceutical processing

- Vacuum applications

- Gas chromatographs

ADVAnTAGES

- High contact pressure

- Excellent sealing integrity in gas and fluid applications

- Withstands rapid changes in temperature

- Good sealing ability when surfaces are not ideal

- Excellent resistance to aging

- Interchangeable with O-Ring and Back-up Ring in most cases

TECHnICAL DATA

Operating Pressure:

20 MPa / 2,900 psi Maximum dynamic load, 40 MPa / 5,800 psi Maximum static load (207 MPa / 30,000 with custom designs)

Operating Temperature:

-100 °C to +200 °C / -148 °F to +392 °F

Media Compatibility:

Virtually all fluids, chemicals and gases

IMPORTAnT nOTE

The above data are maximum values and cannot be used at the same time. e.g. the maximum operating speed depends on material type, pressure, temperature and gap value. Temperature range also dependent on media.

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 117 17.10.2016 13:36:16

LINEAR SEALS · Turcon® Variseal®

118 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

GROOVE COnFIGURATIOnS

Split Housing

Split Piston Stepped Piston Solid Piston

Stepped Housing Solid Housing

r1

30°

30°

A C

A HC

d N m

in.

D1 m

in.

DN

min

.

D2 m

in.

30°

30°

30°

30°

r2

r2

r1

r1

d 1 m

in.

EE

H

d 2 m

in.

r1 r1

r1

Figure 51: Turcon® Variseal® Groove Configurations

Table 59: Dimensions for Groove Designs – Metric

Series

Rod / Piston Groove Dimensions

A Chamfer

r1 Maximum

Radius

C Minimum Chamfer

r2 Maximum

Radius

E Minimum

Step Height

H Minimum Chamfer

000 0.25/0.38 0.25 0.70 0.13 0.40 1.20

100 0.38/0.51 0.38 1.10 0.13 0.60 1.50

200 0.38/0.51 0.38 1.25 0.18 0.70 2.50

300 0.51/0.69 0.38 1.40 0.25 0.80 4.50

400 0.51/0.69 0.51 1.60 0.25 0.90 6.00

500 0.76/1.02 0.51 2.60 0.38 1.50 11.00

Table 60: Groove Design for Rod – Metric

Series

Rod Diameter Recommendations

Ø dn Minimum

Type M2S, H

Ø d1 Minimum

Type M2S, H

Ø d2 Minimum

M2S H

000 3.00 20.00 31.75 25.40

100 6.00 30.00 69.85 63.50

200 10.00 35.00 111.13 107.95

300 20.00 40.00 298.45 228.60

400 35.00 45.00 495.30 400.05

500 80.00 80.00 762.00 635.00

Table 61: Groove Design for Piston – Metric

Series

Piston Diameter Recommendations

Ø Dn Minimum

Type M2S, H

Ø D1 Minimum

Type M2S, H

Ø D2 Minimum

M2S H

000 6.00 11.50 34.93 19.05

100 10.00 17.50 50.80 28.58

200 16.00 20.00 69.85 44.45

300 28.00 28.00 104.78 60.33

400 45.00 45.00 139.70 95.25

500 100.00 100.00 254.00 203.20

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 118 17.10.2016 13:36:17

Turcon® Variseal®

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 119Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Table 63: Groove Design for Rod – Inch

Series

Rod Diameter Recommendations

Ø dn Minimum

Type M2S, H

Ø d1 Minimum

Type M2S, H

Ø d2 Minimum

M2S H

000 0.118 0.787 1.250 1.000

100 0.236 1.181 2.750 2.500

200 0.394 1.378 4.375 4.250

300 0.787 1.575 11.750 9.000

400 1.378 1.772 19.500 15.750

500 3.150 3.150 30.000 25.000

Table 64: Groove Design for Piston – Inch

Series

Piston Diameter Recommendations

Ø Dn Minimum

Type M2S, H

Ø D1 Minimum

Type M2S, H

Ø D2 Minimum

M2S H

000 0.236 0.453 1.375 0.750

100 0.394 0.689 2.000 1.125

200 0.630 0.787 2.750 27.395

300 1.102 1.102 4.125 2.375

400 1.772 1.772 5.500 3.750

500 3.937 3.937 10.000 8.000

Split Housing

Split Piston Stepped Piston Solid Piston

Stepped Housing Solid Housing

r1

30°

30°

A C

A HC

d N m

in.

D1 m

in.

DN

min

.

D2 m

in.

30°

30°

30°

30°

r2

r2

r1

r1

d 1 m

in.

EE

H

d 2 m

in.

r1 r1

r1

Figure 52: Turcon® Variseal® Groove Configurations

Table 62: Dimensions for Groove Designs – Inch

Series

Rod / Piston Groove Dimensions

A Chamfer

r1 Maximum

Radius

C Minimum Chamfer

r2 Maximum

Radius

E Minimum

Step Height

H Minimum Chamfer

000 0.010 / 0.015 0.016 0.028 0.005 0.016 0.047

100 0.015 / 0.020 0.016 0.043 0.005 0.024 0.059

200 0.015 / 0.020 0.024 0.050 0.007 0.028 0.098

300 0.020 / 0.027 0.031 0.055 0.010 0.031 0.177

400 0.020 / 0.027 0.031 0.063 0.010 0.035 0.236

500 0.030 / 0.040 0.031 0.102 0.015 0.059 0.433

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 119 17.10.2016 13:36:17

LINEAR SEALS · Turcon® Variseal®

120 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

InSTALLATIOn RECOMMEnDATIOnS FOR ROD SEALS – TyPES MS2 AnD H – METRIC

RVC RVE

Variseal® M2S Variseal® H

r1

L1h

Sd ND1

Figure 53: Installation Drawing

Table 65: Installation Dimensions – Metric

Series number for Types

Rod Diameter dn h9 D1 L1 r1 Radial Clearance Smax

M2S HStandard Range

Extended Range

Groove Diameter

Groove Width

Radius 2 MPa

10 MPa

20 MPa

40 MPa

H9 +0.2 Max

RVC0 RVE0 3.0 - 9.9 3.0 - 40.0 dN + 2.9 2.4 0.4 0.20 0.10 0.08 0.05

RVC1 RVE1 10.0 - 19.9 6.0 - 200.0 dN + 4.5 3.6 0.4 0.25 0.15 0.10 0.07

RVC2 RVE2 20.0 - 39.9 10.0 - 400.0 dN + 6.2 4.8 0.6 0.35 0.20 0.15 0.08

RVC3 RVE3 40.0 - 119.9 20.0 - 700.0 dN + 9.4 7.1 0.8 0.50 0.25 0.20 0.10

RVC4 RVE4 120.0 - 999.9 35.0 - 1600.0 dN + 12.2 9.5 0.8 0.60 0.30 0.25 0.12

RVC5 RVE5 1000.0 - 2500.9 80.0 - 2500.0 dN + 19.0 15.0 0.8 0.90 0.50 0.40 0.20

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 120 17.10.2016 13:36:18

Turcon® Variseal®

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 121Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

InSTALLATIOn RECOMMEnDATIOnS FOR ROD SEALS – TyPES M2S AnD H – InCH

RVC RVE

Variseal® M2S Variseal® H

r1

L1

hd ND

1

S

Figure 54: Installation Drawing

Table 66: Installation Dimensions – Inch

Series number for Types

h L1 r1 Radial Clearance Smax

M2S HGroove Depth

Groove Width

Radius300 psi 1,500 psi 3,000 psi 5,000 psi

+0.010 Max

RVCA RVEA 0.062 0.094 0.016 0.008 0.004 0.003 0.002

RVCB RVEB 0.093 0.141 0.016 0.010 0.006 0.004 0.003

RVCC RVEC 0.125 0.188 0.024 0.014 0.008 0.006 0.003

RVCD RVED 0.187 0.281 0.031 0.020 0.010 0.008 0.004

RVCE RVEE 0.250 0.375 0.031 0.024 0.012 0.010 0.005

RVCG RVEG 0.375 0.591 0.031 0.030 0.015 0.012 0.006

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 121 17.10.2016 13:36:18

LINEAR SEALS · Turcon® Variseal®

122 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Table 67: Part number System for Rod Turcon® Variseal®

Article CodeCross-

SectionSize Class

Food-Grade

MaterialsSpring Material Spring Load

RVC Variseal M2S

RVE Variseal H

Metric

0 1,45

1 2,25

2 3,10

3 4,70

4 6,10

5 9,50

Inch

A 0.062

B 0.093

C 0.125

D 0.187

E 0.250

G 0.375

nBxxx Inch Dash #

0xxxx Rod dia <1000 mm (dia x 10.0)

xxxxx Rod dia. >= 1000 mm (dia x 1.0)

Rxxxx Rod dia <10.0 inch (dia x 1000.0)

Kxxxx Rod dia. >= 10.0 inch (dia x 100.0)

- Industrial MF1

MF2

MF3

MF4

MF5

MF6

Z80

Z81

S Stainless Steel

H Hastelloy

E Elgiloy

Standard load for each

design

RVC

M Medium

R Hi Clean

RVE

H Heavy

ORDERInG ExAMPLE 1 – METRIC

R V C 3 0 0 8 0 0 - M F 1

Cross-Section 4.70 mm

Size Leading indicator is 0 therefore 0800 represents a 80.0 mm rod diameter

Class Industrial

Jacket Material MF1

S R

Spring Material Stainless steelMedium spring loadHi-Clean Silicone

Design Rod SealVariseal M2S

ORDERInG ExAMPLE 2 – InCH

R V C C n B 2 3 0 - M F 4

Cross-Section 200 series (0.125 Inch)

Size Leading indicator is NB therefore 230 is an inch dash number

Class Industrial

Jacket Material MF4

S M

Spring Material Stainless steelMedium spring load

Design Rod SealVariseal M2S

ORDERInG ExAMPLE 3 – InCH

R V E D R 3 4 0 0 - M F 3

Cross-Section 300 series (0,187 Inch)

Size Leading indicator is R therefore 3400 represents a 3.400 inch rod diameter

Class Industrial

Jacket Material MF3

S H

Spring Material Stainless steelHeavy spring load

Design Rod SealVariseal H

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 122 17.10.2016 13:36:19

Turcon® Variseal®

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 123Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 123 17.10.2016 13:36:19

LINEAR SEALS · Turcon® Variseal®

124 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

InSTALLATIOn RECOMMEnDATIOnS FOR PISTOn SEALS – TyPES M2S AnD H – METRIC

PVC PVE

Variseal® M2S Variseal® H

hd 1D

N

S

r1

L1

Figure 55: Installation Drawing

Table 68: Installation Dimensions – Metric

Series number for Types

Bore Diameter Dn H9 d1 L1 r1 Radial Clearance Smax

M2S HStandard Range

Extended Range1)

Groove Diameter

Groove Width

Radius2 MPa

10 MPa

20 MPa

40 MPa

h9 +0.2 Max

PVC0 PVE0 6.0 - 13.9 6.0 - 40.0 DN - 2.9 2.4 0.4 0.20 0.10 0.08 0.05

PVC1 PVE1 14.0 - 24.9 10.0 - 200.0 DN - 4.5 3.6 0.4 0.25 0.15 0.10 0.07

PVC2 PVE2 25.0 - 45.9 16.0 - 400.0 DN - 6.2 4.8 0.6 0.35 0.20 0.15 0.08

PVC3 PVE3 46.0 - 124.9 28.0 - 700.0 DN - 9.4 7.1 0.8 0.50 0.25 0.20 0.10

PVC4 PVE4 125.0 - 999.9 45.0 - 1,600.0 DN - 12.2 9.5 0.8 0.60 0.30 0.25 0.12

PVC5 PVE5 1,000.0 - 2,500.0 100.0 - 2,500.0 DN - 19.0 15.0 0.8 0.90 0.50 0.40 0.20

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 124 17.10.2016 13:36:20

Turcon® Variseal®

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 125Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

InSTALLATIOn RECOMMEnDATIOnS FOR PISTOn SEALS – TyPES M2S AnD H – InCH

PVC PVE

Variseal® M2S Variseal® H

hd 1D

N

S

r1

L1

Figure 56: Installation Drawing

Table 69: Installation Dimensions – Inch

Series number for Types

h L1 r1 Radial Clearance Smax

M2S HGroove Depth

Groove Width

Radius300 psi 1,500 psi 3,000 psi 5,000 psi

+0.010 Max

PVCA PVEA 0.062 0.094 0.016 0.008 0.004 0.003 0.002

PVCB PVEB 0.093 0.141 0.016 0.010 0.006 0.004 0.003

PVCC PVEC 0.125 0.188 0.024 0.014 0.008 0.006 0.003

PVCD PVED 0.187 0.281 0.031 0.020 0.010 0.008 0.004

PVCE PVEE 0.250 0.375 0.031 0.024 0.012 0.010 0.005

PVCF PVEF 0.375 0.591 0.031 0.030 0.015 0.012 0.006

Table 70: Diameter Tolerance

Seal ID Dn d10.125 to 0.374

+0.000 -0.001

+0.001 -0.000

0.375 to 2.999

+0.000 -0.002

+0.002 -0.000

3.000 to 7.999

+0.000 -0.003

+0.003 -0.000

8.000 & up

+0.000 -0.004

+0.004 -0.000

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 125 17.10.2016 13:36:20

LINEAR SEALS · Turcon® Variseal®

126 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Table 71: Part number System for Piston Turcon® Variseal®

Article CodeCross-

SectionSize Class

Food-Grade

MaterialsSpring Material Spring Load

PVC Variseal M2S

PVE Variseal H

Metric

0 1.45

1 2.25

2 3.10

3 4.70

4 6.10

5 9.50

Inch

A 0.062

B 0.093

C 0.125

D 0.187

E 0.250

G 0.375

nBxxx Inch Dash #

0xxxx Bore dia <1,000 mm (dia x 10.0)

xxxxx Bore dia. >= 1,000 mm (dia x 1.0)

Rxxxx Bore dia <10.0 inch (dia x 1000.0)

Kxxxx Bore dia. >= 1,000 inch (dia x 1.0)

- Industrial MF1

MF2

MF3

MF4

MF5

MF6

Z80

Z81

S Stainless Steel

H Hastelloy

E Elgiloy

Standard load for each

design

PVC

M Medium

R Hi Clean

PVE

H Heavy

ORDERInG ExAMPLE 1 – METRIC

R V C 3 0 0 8 0 0 - M F 1

Cross-Section 4.70 mm

Size Leading indicator is 0 therefore 0800 represents a 80.0 bore diameter

Class Industrial

Jacket Material MF1

S R

Spring Material Stainless steelMedium spring loadHi-Clean Silicone

Design Piston SealVariseal M2S

ORDERInG ExAMPLE 2 – InCH

R V C C n B 2 3 0 - M F 4

Cross-Section 200 series (0.125 Inch)

Size Leading indicator is NB therefore 230 is an inch dash number

Class Industrial

Jacket Material MF4

S M

Spring Material Stainless steelMedium spring load

Design Piston SealVariseal M2S

ORDERInG ExAMPLE 3 – InCH

R V E D R 3 4 0 0 - M F 3

Cross-Section 300 series (0.187 Inch)

Size Leading indicator is R therefore 3400 represents a 3.400 inch bore diameter

Class Industrial

Jacket Material MF3

S H

Spring Material Stainless steelHeavy spring load

Design Piston SealVariseal H

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 126 17.10.2016 13:36:21

Turcon® Variseal®

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 127Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Rod/Face Seal

Sealing Piston

Double Decker

Conical Seal

Seal to overcome largeeccentricity.

Double acting sealing pistonfor a.o. filling machines.

Can be adapted to anygroove dimension.With encapsulated spring.

This isolates the springfrom the media.

Turcon® Roto Variseal®

CryogenicDesign optimised for lowtemperature use. Minimizes effect of contraction forces.

Turcon® Roto® Variseal®

Helical Sanitary

Turcon® Roto Variseal®

Sanitary

With encapsulated spring.This isolates the springfrom the media.For static applications.

High Pressure SystemSealing system for extremepressures or big extrusion gaps.

Variseal® Mini-pistonDesign for small applications,such as pipettes.

Captive Variseal® HProtects against pressure surges.

Sealing PistonCompact sealing piston.

Figure 57: Special Variseals

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 127 17.10.2016 13:36:21

LINEAR SEALS · Turcon® Variseal®

128 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

� Turcon® Variseal® Ultra-Clean™

DESCRIPTIOn

Turcon® Variseal® Ultra-Clean™ offers the ultimate in cleanliness, making it ideal for use in processing equipment where maintaining an ultra clean system is a priority. In this unique design, the spring required to activate the seal is fully enclosed within a Turcon® PTFE-based case. In food, beverage and pharmaceutical production this ensures there is no dead space for bacteria to be caught.

Variseal® Ultra-Clean

Helical springP

Figure 58: Turcon® Variseal® Ultra-Clean™

AREAS OF APPLICATIOn

- For piston, rod - static, reciprocating and rotary applications

- To prevent downtime in pharmaceutical and serum production

- Mixed process streams in multipurpose equipment where seals are exposed to a variety of extremely aggressive cleaning solvents and CIP fluids

- Low and high temperature environments

- Filling equipment for fruit juices

ADVAnTAGES

- Excellent wear and friction characteristics

- Compatible with virtually all chemicals

- Unrivalled cleanability in food, beverage and pharmaceutical applications

- Materials available compliant to FDA 21 CFR 177.1550, 3-A, USP Class VI, Cytotoxicity <USP 87>, NSF and the EU Machinery Directive

- Easy retrofit into standard O-Ring and Variseal® grooves

TECHnICAL DATA

Operating Pressure:

Withstands high pressures up to 3 MPa / 435 psi

Speed: Reciprocating up to 5 m/s / 16 ft/s Rotating up to 0.1 m/s / 0.3 ft/s

Operating Temperature:

253 °C to +200 °C / -423 °F to +392 °F Special Turcon® and Zurcon® materials as well as alternative spring materials are available for applications outside this temperature range

Media Compatibility:

Compatible with virtually all chemicals

IMPORTAnT nOTE

The above data are maximum values and cannot be used at the same time. e.g. the maximum operating speed depends on material type, pressure, temperature and gap value. Temperature range also dependent on media.

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 128 17.10.2016 13:36:22

Turcon® Variseal®

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 129Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

� Turcon® Variseal® PS™

DESCRIPTIOn

The Variseal® PS™ has been developed to provide equipment manufacturers and end users with a sealing solution compatible with virtually all chemical media.

This high performing seal type has been designed with a Turcon® PTFE based sealing body, encompassing a polymeric spring which has been tailored to give precisely the correct seal energization at low pressures, while maintaining high pressure sealing integrity by assistance from the system media pressure. The polymer spring and Turcon® jacket both have unrivalled chemical compatibility performance – far superior to any existing FKM or FFKM O-Rings.

The Variseal® PS™ has ultra-low leach out of impurities and no outgassing as seen with rubber O-Rings. Therefore this product is ideally suited for use in food, beverage and pharmaceutical applications.

Variseal® PSTM

PEEK springP

Figure 59: Turcon® Variseal® PS™

AREAS OF APPLICATIOn

- Suitable for dynamic and static applications

- Suitable for piston, rod, face, rotary, reciprocating and static situation

ADVAnTAGES

- Easily retrofitted into standard Variseal® and O-Ring grooves including to MIL-G-5514F, DIN 3771, ISO 6194 and AS-568

- Ultra-low leach out and no outgassing

- Materials available compliant to USP Class VI, Cytotoxicity <USP 87>, NSF, EU Machinary Directive, FDA 21 CFR 177.1550 and 3-A

- Can be supplied cleanroom washed and packed to class 100

- Compatible with virtually all chemicals

- Excellent wear and friction characteristics

TECHnICAL DATA

Operating Pressure:

Withstands high pressures up to 40 MPa / 5,800 psi Vacuum sealing 5.3 x 10-8 mbar/l/s-1 / 4.7 x 10-8 psi/in3/s-1 per mm length of seal circumference

Speed: Reciprocating up to 5 m/s / 16 ft/s Rotating up to 0.1 m/s / 0.3 ft/s

Operating Temperature:

253 °C to +260 °C / -423 °F to +500 °F Special Turcon® and Zurcon® materials as well as alternative spring materials are available for applications outside this temperature range

Media Compatibility:

Compatible with virtually all chemicals

IMPORTAnT nOTE

The above data are maximum values and cannot be used at the same time. e.g. the maximum operating speed depends on material type, pressure, temperature and gap value. Temperature range also dependent on media.

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 129 17.10.2016 13:36:23

LINEAR SEALS · Turcon® Variseal®

130 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 130 17.10.2016 13:36:23

LINEAR SEALS

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 131Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Turcon®Turcon®TurconGlyd RingTurconGlyd RingTurcon ®High operational reliability

Robust seal design

Double-acting

Very low friction

Very low wear, long service life

Stick-slip-free operation

High static / dynamic tightness

Simple housing design - one piece piston / gland possible

Easy installation

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 131 17.10.2016 13:36:26

LINEAR SEALS · Turcon® Glyd Ring®

132 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 132 17.10.2016 13:36:26

Turcon® Glyd Ring®

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 133Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

DESCRIPTIOnTurcon® Glyd Ring® is a very effective and reliable low friction seal. It is particularly suitable as a rod or piston seal in both high and low pressure systems.

The double-acting Glyd Ring® is a combination of a Turcon®

based slipper seal and an energizing O-Ring. It has an interference fit, which together with the squeeze of the O-Ring, ensures a good sealing effect even at low pressure. At higher system pressures, the O-Ring is energized by the fluid, pushing the Glyd Ring® against the sealing face with increased force.

The geometry of the Glyd Ring® ensures good static sealing and allows the lubricating hydrodynamic fluid film to be built under the seal in linear applications.

nOTCHES

To ensure that rapid energizing of the seal takes place at sudden changes of pressure and direction of motion, radial notches on both sides of the seal are manufactured.

P Turcon® Seal

O-Ring

Notch

Figure 60: Turcon® Glyd Ring®

For the piston seal version, notches are standard on the following series and diameters:PG 42 for bore diameter > 30 mm / 1.181 inchPG 44 for bore diameter > 20 mm / 0.787 inchPG 46 for bore diameter > 40 mm / 1.575 inchStandard rod seal version is delivered without notches.

ADVAnTAGES

- No stick-slip effect when starting for smooth operation

- Minimum static and dynamic friction for a minimum energy loss and operating temperature

- Suitable for non-lubricating fluids, depending on seal material for optimum design flexibility

- High wear resistance ensures long service life

- Installation grooves according to ISO 7425

- No adhesive effect to the mating surface during long periods of inactivity or storage

- Suitable for most hydraulic fluids, modern hardware materials and surface finishes depending on material selected

- Suitable for new environmentally friendly hydraulic fluids

- Available for all piston / rod diameters up to 2,700 / 2,600 mm (106 / 102 inch)

APPLICATIOnS ExAMPLES

Over several decades, Turcon® Glyd Ring® has been successfully implemented in numerous applications as double acting rod / piston seals for hydraulic components such as:

- Chemical processing equipment

- Filling machines

- Robotics

- Handling machinery

- Manipulators

- Hydraulic cylinders (actuators)

- Valves

- Fittings

- Testing machinery

- High and low speed hydraulics

� Turcon® Glyd Ring®

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 133 17.10.2016 13:36:28

LINEAR SEALS · Turcon® Glyd Ring®

134 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

TECHnICAL DATA

Operating Conditions:

Turcon® Glyd Ring® are recommended for linear (with a length of stroke at least twice the groove width) and helical movements.

Pressure: Up to 60 MPa / 8,702 psi

Speed: Up to 15 m/s / 2,950 fpm

Frequency: Up to 5 Hz.

Temperature: -45 °C to +150 °C* / -49 °F to +302 °F* (depending on O-Ring material)

Media: Mineral oil based hydraulic fluids, flame retardant hydraulic fluids, environmentally-friendly hydraulic fluids (bio-oils), phosphate ester, water, air and others. Depending on the seal and O-Ring material compatibility.

Clearance: The maximum permissible radial clearance Smax is shown in Table 72, as a function of the operating pressure and functional diameter.

IMPORTAnT nOTE

The above data are maximum values and cannot be used at the same time, e.g. the maximum operating speed depends on material type, pressure, temperature and gap value. emperature range also depends on the media.

*) IMPORTAnT nOTE FOR THE PISTOn VERSIOn:

In case of unpressurized applications in temperatures below 0 °C / +32 °F contact your local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions marketing company for more information!

SURFACE FInISH RECOMMEnDATIOn

Recommended surface of Piston / Rod is described in the Hardware & Design Expertise chapter from page 13 to 16.

RECOMMEnDED MATERIALS

The following material combinations have proven effective for food, beverage and pharmaceutical fluid applications:

Glyd Ring® in Turcon® MF6:

All round material with excellent sealing performance in light to medium duty fluid and gas applications with requirements for compliance to various regulations. MF6 is the Turcon® material in compliance with most food, beverage and pharmaceutical regulations (see Table 13 on page 33).

O-Ring: EPDM 70 Shore A E (according to temperature, required approvals and availability)

Set Code: MF6E

ALTERnATIVE

Glyd Ring® in Turcon® MF4:All-round material for use with lubricating fluids and fluids with limited lubrication (e.g. water) in linear or rotary applications. Surface texture is not suitable for gas sealing.

O-Ring: NBR 70 Shore A N FKM 70 Shore A V (according to temperature, required approvals and availability)

Set Code: MF4N or MF4V

Other seal ring materials and elastomers are available on request. Contact your local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions marketing company for more information.

STAnDARD HyDRAULIC APPLICATIOnS

The following material combination has proven effective for light to heavy hydraulic applications:Glyd Ring® in Turcon® M12:

All round material for applications with linear or helical movements in mineral oils, flame retardant hydraulic fluids, phosphate ester, bio-oils or fluids with low lubricating properties.

O-Ring: NBR 70 Shore A N FKM 70 Shore A V (depending on the temperature)

Set Code: M12N or M12V

Specialized Turcon® materials are available for all applications.

InSTALLATIOn OF TURCOn® GLyD RInG®

The seal is preferably installed in a closed groove. Glyd Ring®

for piston and rod is installed according to information on page 20 to 23.

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 134 17.10.2016 13:36:28

Turcon® Glyd Ring®

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 135Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 135 17.10.2016 13:36:28

LINEAR SEALS · Turcon® Glyd Ring®

136 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

� Installation Recommendation / Rod – Metric

rmax. 0.3 d N D1

L1r1

P P

d 2

S

Figure 61: Installation Drawing

Table 72: Installation Dimensions – Standard Recommendations – Metric

Rod Diameter dn f8/h9 Groove

Diameter*

Groove Width

Radius Radial Clearance

Smax**

O-Ring Cross-

SectionSeries no. RG 43 Series no. RG 45 Series no. RG 41 Standard

Application Light

Application Heavy Duty Application

D1 H9 L1 +0.2 r1 10

MPa 20

MPa 40

MPa d2

3 - 7.9 8 - 18.9 - dN + 4.9 2.2 0.4 0.30 0.20 0.15 1.78 8 - 18.9 19 - 37.9 - dN + 7.3 3.2 0.6 0.40 0.25 0.15 2.62 19 - 37.9 38 - 199.9 8 - 18.9 dN + 10.7 4.2 1.0 0.40 0.25 0.20 3.53 38 - 199.9 200 - 255.9 19 - 37.9 dN + 15.1 6.3 1.3 0.50 0.30 0.20 5.33

200 - 255.9 256 - 649.9 38 - 199.9 dN + 20.5 8.1 1.8 0.60 0.35 0.25 7.00 256 - 649.9 650 - 999.9 200 - 255.9 dN + 24.0 8.1 1.8 0.60 0.35 0.25 7.00 650 - 999.9 1,000 256 - 649.9 dN + 27.3 9.5 2.5 0.70 0.50 0.30 8.40

1,000 - 2,600*** - 650 - 999.9 dN + 38.0 13.8 3.0 1.00 0.70 0.60 12.00

* Installation with groove dimensions to ISO 7425-2 is also recommendable.

** At pressures > 40 MPa use diameter tolerance H8/f8 (bore/rod) in area of the seal or consult your local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions marketing company for alternative material or profiles. Slydring® / Wear Rings are not applicable at very small radial clearances; consult the Hydraulic Seals - Linear catalog for more information.

*** O-Rings with 12 mm cross section are delivered as a special profile ring.

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 136 17.10.2016 13:36:28

Turcon® Glyd Ring®

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 137Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Table 73: Installation Dimensions / TSS Part no. – Metric

Rod Diameter

Groove Diameter

Groove Width TSS Part no.

O-Ring Size

dn f8/h9 D1 H9 L1 +0.2

3.0 7.9 2.2 RG4300030 4.47 x 1.78

6.0 10.9 2.2 RG4300060 7.65 x 1.78

8.0 12.9 2.2 RG4500080 9.50 x 1.80

10.0 14.9 2.2 RG4500100 11.80 x 1.80

12.0 16.9 2.2 RG4500120 13.20 x 1.80

12.0 19.3 3.2 RG4300120 14.50 x 2.65

14.0 18.9 2.2 RG4500140 15.60 x 1.78

14.0 21.3 3.2 RG4300140 17.12 x 2.62

15.0 22.3 3.2 RG4300150 18.00 x 2.65

16.0 23.3 3.2 RG4300160 18.72 x 2.62

18.0 25.3 3.2 RG4300180 20.29 x 2.62

20.0 30.7 4.2 RG4300200 23.40 x 3.53

28.0 38.7 4.2 RG4300280 32.92 x 3.53

25.0 35.7 4.2 RG4300250 29.75 x 3.53

28.0 38.7 4.2 RG4300280 32.92 x 3.53

30.0 40.7 4.2 RG4300300 34.52 x 3.53

32.0 42.7 4.2 RG4300320 36.09 x 3.53

35.0 45.7 4.2 RG4300350 37.69 x 3.53

36.0 46.7 4.2 RG4300360 40.87 x 3.53

40.0 55.1 6.3 RG4300400 43.82 x 5.33

The rod diameters in bold type are in accordance with the recommendations of ISO 3320. Other dimensions and all intermediate sizes up to 2,600 mm diameter including inch sizes can be supplied. All O-Rings with 12 mm cross section are delivered as a special profile ring. For full installation dimension tables and additional information on the Turcon® Glyd Ring®, see the Hydraulic Seals - Linear catalog.

note:For seal assemblies requiring compliance with industry standards and governmental regulations, O-Ring energizers need to be ordered separately from the seal. Contact your local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions marketing company for assistance.

Material Code (Seal Ring)

TSS Series No.

TSS Article No.

Material Code (O-Ring)

Rod diameter x 10*Quality Index (Standard)

Type (Standard)**

MF6 NRG43 -0 0800

* For diameters dN ≥ 1,000 mm multiply only by factor 1. Example: RG43 for diamater dN 1,200 mm

TSS Article No.: RG43x1200 - MF6

** Ordering Glyd Ring® with radial notches, use suffix “N” in the fifth character, for diameter dN <1,000 mm.

ORDERInG ExAMPLE

Turcon® Glyd Ring®, complete with O-Ring, standard application:

Series: RG43 (from Table 72)

Rod Diameter: dN = 80.0 mm

TSS Part no.: RG4300800 (from Table 73)

Select the material from the Material Overview Pages. The corresponding code numbers are appended to the TSS Part No. (from Table 73).Together these form the TSS Article Number. The TSS Article Number for all intermediate sizes not shown in Table 73 can be determined following the example opposite.

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 137 17.10.2016 13:36:29

LINEAR SEALS · Turcon® Glyd Ring®

138 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Rod Diameter

Groove Diameter

Groove Width TSS Part no.

O-Ring Size

dn f8/h9 D1 H9 L1 +0.2

42.0 57.1 6.3 RG4300420 46.99 x 5.33

45.0 60.1 6.3 RG4300450 50.17 x 5.33

48.0 63.1 6.3 RG4300480 53.34 x 5.33

50.0 65.1 6.3 RG4300500 56.52 x 5.33

52.0 67.1 6.3 RG4300520 56.52 x 5.33

55.0 70.1 6.3 RG4300550 59.69 x 5.33

56.0 71.1 6.3 RG4300560 62.87 x 5.33

60.0 75.1 6.3 RG4300600 66.04 x 5.33

63.0 78.1 6.3 RG4300630 69.22 x 5.33

65.0 80.1 6.3 RG4300650 69.22 x 5.33

70.0 85.1 6.3 RG4300700 75.57 x 5.33

75.0 90.1 6.3 RG4300750 81.92 x 5.33

80.0 95.1 6.3 RG4300800 85.09 x 5.33

85.0 100.1 6.3 RG4300850 91.44 x 5.33

90.0 105.1 6.3 RG4300900 94.62 x 5.33

95.0 110.1 6.3 RG4300950 100.97 x 5.33

100.0 115.1 6.3 RG4301000 107.32 x 5.33

105.0 120.1 6.3 RG4301050 110.49 x 5.33

110.0 125.1 6.3 RG4301100 116.84 x 5.33

115.0 130.1 6.3 RG4301150 120.02 x 5.33

120.0 135.1 6.3 RG4301200 126.37 x 5.33

125.0 140.1 6.3 RG4301250 129.54 x 5.33

130.0 145.1 6.3 RG4301300 135.89 x 5.33

135.0 150.1 6.3 RG4301350 142.24 x 5.33

140.0 155.1 6.3 RG4301400 145.42 x 5.33

145.0 160.1 6.3 RG4301450 151.77 x 5.33

160.0 175.1 6.3 RG4301600 164.47 x 5.33

170.0 185.1 6.3 RG4301700 177.17 x 5.33

180.0 195.1 6.3 RG4301800 183.52 x 5.33

190.0 205.1 6.3 RG4301900 196.22 x 5.33

200.0 220.5 8.1 RG4302000 208.90 x 7.00

210.0 230.5 8.1 RG4302100 215.27 x 7.00

220.0 240.5 8.1 RG4302200 227.97 x 7.00

230.0 250.5 8.1 RG4302300 240.67 x 7.00

240.0 260.5 8.1 RG4302400 253.37 x 7.00

250.0 270.5 8.1 RG4302500 266.07 x 7.00

280.0 300.5 8.1 RG4502800 291.47 x 7.00

300.0 320.5 8.1 RG4503000 304.17 x 7.00

320.0 340.5 8.1 RG4503200 329.57 x 7.00

350.0 370.5 8.1 RG4503500 354.97 x 7.00

The rod diameters in bold type are in accordance with the recommendations of ISO 3320. Other dimensions and all intermediate sizes up to 2,600 mm diameter including inch sizes can be supplied. All O-Rings with 12 mm cross section are delivered as a special profile ring. For full installation dimension tables and additional information on the Turcon® Glyd Ring®, see the Hydraulic Seals - Linear catalog.

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 138 17.10.2016 13:36:29

Turcon® Glyd Ring®

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 139Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Rod Diameter

Groove Diameter

Groove Width TSS Part no.

O-Ring Size

dn f8/h9 D1 H9 L1 +0.2

360.0 380.5 8.1 RG4503600 367.67 x 7.00

400.0 420.5 8.1 RG4504000 405.26 x 7.00

500.0 520.5 8.1 RG4505000 506.86 x 7.00

600.0 620.5 8.1 RG4506000 608.08 x 7.00

700.0 727.3 9.5 RG4307000 713.00 x 8.40

800.0 827.3 9.5 RG4308000 813.00 x 8.40

900.0 927.3 9.5 RG4309000 913.00 x 8.40

1000.0 1027.3 9.5 RG45X1000 1,013.00 x 8.40

1500.0 1538.0 13.8 RG43X1500 1,516.00 x 12.00

2000.0 2038.0 13.8 RG43X2000 2,016.00 x 12.00

2600.0 2638.0 13.8 RG43X2600 2,616.00 x 12.00

The rod diameters in bold type are in accordance with the recommendations of ISO 3320. Other dimensions and all intermediate sizes up to 2,600 mm diameter including inch sizes can be supplied. All O-Rings with 12 mm cross section are delivered as a special profile ring. For full installation dimension tables and additional information on the Turcon® Glyd Ring®, see the Hydraulic Seals - Linear catalog.

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 139 17.10.2016 13:36:30

LINEAR SEALS · Turcon® Glyd Ring®

140 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

� Installation Recommendation / Rod – Inch

rmax. 0.012 inches d N D1

L1r1

SP P

d 2

Figure 62: Installation Drawing

Table 74: Installation Dimensions – Standard Recommendations – Inch

TSS Series

no.

Rod Diameter

dn f8/h9

Groove Diameter*

Groove Width

Radius Radial Clearance

Smax**

O-Ring Cross-

Section

Standard Application

Light Application

Heavy Duty Application

D1 H9 L1

+0.08 r1

10 MPa 1,500

psi

20 MPa 3,000

psi

40 MPa 5,800

psi d2

RG00 0.313 - 0.624 0.625 - 1.624 - dN + 0.193 0.087 0.015 0.020 0.012 0.008 0.070

RG01 0.625 - 1.624 1.625 - 3.249 - dN + 0.287 0.126 0.025 0.024 0.016 0.008 0.103

RG02 1.625 - 3.249 3.250 - 5.374 0.625 - 1.624 dN + 0.421 0.165 0.025 0.024 0.016 0.008 0.139

RG03 3.250 - 5.374 5.375 -12.999 1.625 - 3.249 dN + 0.594 0.248 0.035 0.031 0.020 0.012 0.210

RG04 5.375 - 12.999 13.000 - 26.000 3.250 - 5.374 dN + 0.807 0.319 0.035 0.031 0.020 0.012 0.275

RG05 13.000 - 26.000 - 5.375 - 13.000 dN + 0.945 0.319 0.035 0.035 0.020 0.016 0.275

* Installation with groove dimensions to ISO 7425-2 is possible.

** At pressures > 40 MPa (5,800 psi) use diameter tolerance H8/f8 (bore/rod) in area of the seal or consult your local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions marketing com-pany for alternative materials or profiles.

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 140 17.10.2016 13:36:30

Turcon® Glyd Ring®

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 141Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

ORDERInG ExAMPLE

Turcon® Glyd Ring®, complete with O-Ring, standard

application:

Series: RG02 (from Table 74)

Rod Diameter: dN = 1.625 inches

TSS Part no.: RG0201625 (from Table 75)

Select the material from the Material Overview Pages.

The corresponding code numbers are appended to the TSS Part No. (from Table 75).

Together these form the TSS Article Number.

The TSS Article Number for all intermediate sizes not shown in Table 75 can be determined following the example opposite.

To order parts with notches substitute “N“ for “0“ in 3rd digit.

Quality Index (Standard)

TSS Series No.

TSS Article No.

Material Code (Seal Ring)Material Code (O-Ring)

Cross-section SizeRod diameter x 1000*

Without notch (Standard)(substitute “N” if notch is required)

-2 MF6RG 01625 N0

* For diameters dN 20 inches consult your local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions

marketing company for a special Article Number.

note:For seal assemblies requiring compliance to industry standards and governmental regulations, O-Ring energizers need to be ordered separately from the seal. Contact your local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions marketing company for further assistance.

Rod Diameter

Groove Diameter

Groove Width TSS Part no.

dn f8/h9 D1 H9 L1 +.008

0.500 0.693 0.087 RG0000500

0.563 0.756 0.087 RG0000563

0.625 0.912 0.126 RG0100625

0.688 0.975 0.126 RG0100688

0.750 1.037 0.126 RG0100750

0.813 1.100 0.126 RG0100813

0.875 1.162 0.126 RG0100875

0.938 1.225 0.126 RG0100938

1.000 1.287 0.126 RG0101000

1.063 1.350 0.126 RG0101063

1.125 1.412 0.126 RG0101125

1.188 1.475 0.126 RG0101188

1.250 1.537 0.126 RG0101250

1.313 1.600 0.126 RG0101313

1.375 1.662 0.126 RG0101375

1.438 1.725 0.126 RG0101438

1.500 1.787 0.126 RG0101500

1.563 1.850 0.126 RG0101563

1.625 2.046 0.165 RG0201625

1.688 2.109 0.165 RG0201688

1.750 2.171 0.165 RG0201750

1.813 2.234 0.165 RG0201813

Rod Diameter

Groove Diameter

Groove Width TSS Part no.

dn f8/h9 D1 H9 L1 +.008

1.875 2.296 0.165 RG0201875

1.938 2.359 0.165 RG0201938

2.000 2.421 0.165 RG0202000

2.125 2.546 0.165 RG0202125

2.250 2.796 0.165 RG0202250

2.375 2.796 0.165 RG0202375

2.500 2.921 0.165 RG0202500

2.625 3.046 0.165 RG0202625

2.750 3.171 0.165 RG0202750

2.875 3.296 0.165 RG0202875

3.000 3.421 0.165 RG0203000

3.125 3.546 0.165 RG0203125

3.250 3.844 0.248 RG0303250

3.375 3.969 0.248 RG0303375

3.500 4.094 0.248 RG0303500

3.625 4.219 0.248 RG0303625

3.750 4.344 0.248 RG0303750

3.875 4.469 0.248 RG0303875

4.000 4.594 0.248 RG0304000

4.125 4.719 0.248 RG0304125

4.250 4.844 0.248 RG0304250

4.375 4.969 0.248 RG0304375

Table 75: Installation Dimensions / TSS Part no. – Inch

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 141 17.10.2016 13:36:31

LINEAR SEALS · Turcon® Glyd Ring®

142 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Rod Diameter

Groove Diameter

Groove Width TSS Part no.

dn f8/h9 D1 H9 L1 +.008

4.500 5.094 0.248 RG0304500

4.625 5.219 0.248 RG0304625

4.750 5.344 0.248 RG0304750

4.875 5.469 0.248 RG0304875

5.000 5.594 0.248 RG0305000

5.125 5.719 0.248 RG0305125

5.250 5.844 0.248 RG0305250

5.375 6.182 0.319 RG0405375

5.500 6.307 0.319 RG0405500

5.625 6.432 0.319 RG0405625

5.750 6.557 0.319 RG0405750

6.000 6.807 0.319 RG0406000

6.250 7.057 0.319 RG0406250

6.500 7.307 0.319 RG0406500

6.750 7.557 0.319 RG0406750

7.000 7.807 0.319 RG0407000

7.250 8.057 0.319 RG0407250

7.500 8.307 0.319 RG0407500

7.750 8.557 0.319 RG0407750

8.000 8.807 0.319 RG0408000

8.250 9.057 0.319 RG0408250

8.500 9.307 0.319 RG0408500

8.750 9.557 0.319 RG0408750

9.000 9.807 0.319 RG0409000

9.250 10.057 0.319 RG0409250

Rod Diameter

Groove Diameter

Groove Width TSS Part no.

dn f8/h9 D1 H9 L1 +.008

9.500 10.307 0.319 RG0409500

9.750 10.557 0.319 RG0409750

10.000 10.807 0.319 RG0410000

10.500 11.307 0.319 RG0410500

11.000 11.807 0.319 RG0411000

11.500 12.307 0.319 RG0411500

12.000 12.945 0.319 RG0512000

12.500 13.445 0.319 RG0512500

13.000 13.945 0.319 RG0513000

13.500 14.445 0.319 RG0513500

14.000 14.945 0.319 RG0514000

14.500 15.445 0.319 RG0514500

15.000 15.945 0.319 RG0515000

15.500 16.445 0.319 RG0515500

16.000 16.945 0.319 RG0516000

16.500 17.445 0.319 RG0516500

17.000 17.945 0.319 RG0517000

17.500 18.445 0.319 RG0517500

18.000 18.945 0.319 RG0518000

18.500 19.445 0.319 RG0518500

19.000 19.945 0.319 RG0519000

19.500 20.445 0.319 RG0519500

20.000 20.945 0.319 RG0520000

The sizes listed in bold font are preferred sizes (more likely to be available for immediate shipment).

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 142 17.10.2016 13:36:31

Turcon® Glyd Ring®

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 143Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 143 17.10.2016 13:36:31

LINEAR SEALS · Turcon® Glyd Ring®

144 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

� Installation Recommendation / Piston – Metric

S

L1rmax. 0.3

r1

d 2

DN

d 1

Figure 63: Installation Drawing

Table 76: Installation Dimensions – Standard Recommendations – Metric

Bore Diameter Dn H9

Groove Diameter

Groove Width

Radius Radial Clearance

Smax*

O-Ring Cross-

SectionSeries no. PG 44 Series no. PG 46 Series no. PG 42 Standard

Application Light

Application Heavy Duty Application

d1 h9 L1 +0.2 r1 10 MPa 20 MPa 40 MPa d2

8 - 14.9 15 - 39.9 - DN - 4.9 2.2 0.4 0.30 0.20 0.15 1.78

15 - 39.9 40 - 79.9 - DN - 7.5 3.2 0.6 0.40 0.25 0.15 2.62

40 - 79.9 80 - 132.9 15 - 39.9 DN - 11.0 4.2 1.0 0.40 0.25 0.20 3.53

80 - 132.9 133 - 329.9 40 - 79.9 DN - 15.5 6.3 1.3 0.50 0.30 0.20 5.33

133 - 329.9 330 - 669.9 80 - 132.9 DN - 21.0 8.1 1.8 0.60 0.35 0.25 7.00

330 - 669.9 670 - 999.9 133 - 329.9 DN - 24.5 8.1 1.8 0.60 0.35 0.25 7.00

670 - 999.9 1,000 - 1,200 330 - 669.9 DN - 28.0 9.5 2.5 0.70 0.50 0.30 8.40

1,000 - 2,700** - 670.0 - 999.9 DN - 38.0 13.8 3.0 1.00 0.70 0.60 12.00

Installation with groove dimensions to ISO 7425-1

* At pressures > 40 MPa use diameter tolerance H8/f8 (bore/piston) in area of the seal or consult your local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions marketing company for alternative material or profiles. Slydring® / Wear Rings are not applicable at very small radial clearances (S). Consult the Hydraulic Seals – Linear catalog for more information.

** O-Rings with 12 mm cross section are delivered as a special profile ring.

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 144 17.10.2016 13:36:32

Turcon® Glyd Ring®

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 145Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

ORDERInG ExAMPLE

Turcon® Glyd Ring®, complete with O-Ring, standard

application:

Series: PG44 (from Table 76)

Piston Diameter: DN = 80.0 mm

TSS Part no.: PG4400800 (from Table 77)

Select the material from the Material Overview Pages.

The corresponding code numbers are appended to the TSS Part Number in Table 77.

Together they form the TSS Article Number.

The TSS Article Number for all intermediate sizes not shown in Table 77 can be determined following the example opposite.

Material Code (Seal Ring)

TSS Series No.

TSS Article No.

Material Code (O-Ring)

Bore diameter x 10*Quality Index (Standard)

Type (Standard)

MF6 NPG44 -0 0800

* For diameters DN ≥ 1,000 mm multiply only by factor 1. Example: PG44 for diameter DN 1,200 mm

TSS Article No.: PG44x1200 - MF6

note:For seal assemblies requiring compliance to industry standards and governmental regulations, O-Ring energizers need to be ordered separately from the seal. Contact your local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions marketing company for further assistance.

Table 77: Installation Dimensions / TSS Part no. – Metric

Bore Dia. Groove

Dia. Groove Width TSS Part no. O-Ring Size

Dn H9 d1 h9 L1 +0.2

8.0 3.1 2.2 PG4400080 2.90 x 1.78

10.0 5.1 2.2 PG4400100 4.80 x 1.80

12.0 7.1 2.2 PG4400120 6.70 x 1.80

14.0 9.1 2.2 PG4400140 8.75 x 1.80

15.0 7.5 3.2 PG4400150 7.59 x 2.62

16.0 11.1 2.2 PG4600160 10.82 x 1.78

16.0 8.5 3.2 PG4400160 7.59 x 2.62

18.0 13.1 2.2 PG4600180 12.42 x 1.78

18.0 10.5 3.2 PG4400180 9.19 x 2.62

19.05 11.55 3.2 PG4400190 10.77 x 2.62

20.0 15.1 2.2 PG4600200 14.00 x 1.78

20.0 12.5 3.2 PG4400200 12.37 x 2.62

21.0 13.5 3.2 PG4400210 12.37 x 2.62

22.0 17.1 2.2 PG4600220 17.17 x 1.78

22.0 14.5 3.2 PG4400220 13.94 x 2.62

24.0 16.5 3.2 PG4400240 15.54 x 2.62

25.0 20.1 2.2 PG4600250 18.77 x 1.78

25.0 17.5 3.2 PG4400250 17.12 x 2.62

25.0 14.0 4.2 PG4200250 13.87 x 3.53

25.4 20.5 2.2 PG4600254 17.12 x 2.62

28.0 20.5 3.2 PG4400280 20.29 x 2.62

30.0 22.5 3.2 PG4400300 21.89 x 2.62

32.0 27.1 2.2 PG4600320 26.70 x 1.78

32.0 24.5 3.2 PG4400320 23.47 x 2.62

32.0 21.0 4.2 PG4200320 20.22 x 3.53

35.0 27.5 3.2 PG4400350 26.64 x 2.62

Bore Dia. Groove

Dia. Groove Width TSS Part no. O-Ring Size

Dn H9 d1 h9 L1 +0.2

35.0 24.0 4.2 PG4200350 23.40 x 3.53

36.0 28.5 3.2 PG4400360 28.24 x 2.62

38.0 30.5 3.2 PG4400380 29.82 x 2.62

40.0 32.5 3.2 PG4600400 31.42 x 2.62

40.0 29.0 4.2 PG4400400 28.17 x 3.53

42.0 31.0 4.2 PG4400420 29.75 x 3.53

44.45 36.95 3.2 PG4600444 36.17 x 2.62

45.0 34.0 4.2 PG4400450 32.92 x 3.53

48.0 37.0 4.2 PG4400480 36.09 x 3.53

50.0 42.5 3.2 PG4600500 40.94 x 2.62

50.0 39.0 4.2 PG4400500 37.70 x 3.53

50.0 34.5 6.3 PG4200500 32.69 x 5.33

50.8 43.3 3.2 PG4600508 42.52 x 2.62

50.8 39.8 4.2 PG4400508 37.70 x 3.53

52.0 41.0 4.2 PG4400520 40.87 x 3.53

53.0 42.0 4.2 PG4400530 40.87 x 3.53

55.0 44.0 4.2 PG4400550 44.04 x 3.53

57.0 46.0 4.2 PG4400570 44.04 x 3.53

58.0 47.0 4.2 PG4400580 47.22 x 3.53

60.0 49.0 4.2 PG4400600 47.22 x 3.53

62.0 51.0 4.2 PG4400620 50.39 x 3.53

63.0 52.0 4.2 PG4400630 50.39 x 3.53

63.0 47.5 6.3 PG4200630 46.99 x 5.33

65.0 54.0 4.2 PG4400650 53.57 x 3.53

68.0 57.0 4.2 PG4400680 56.74 x 3.53

70.0 59.0 4.2 PG4400700 56.74 x 3.53

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 145 17.10.2016 13:36:32

LINEAR SEALS · Turcon® Glyd Ring®

146 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Bore Dia.

Groove Dia.

Groove Width TSS Part no. O-Ring SIze

Dn H9 d1 h9 L1 +0.2

70.0 54.5 6.3 PG4200700 53.34 x 5.33

75.0 64.0 4.2 PG4400750 63.09 x 3.53

75.0 59.5 6.3 PG4200750 56.52 x 5.33

80.0 69.0 4.2 PG4600800 66.27 x 3.53

80.0 64.5 6.3 PG4400800 62.87 x 5.33

80.0 59.0 8.1 PG4200800 58.00 x 7.00

82.5 67.0 6.3 PG4400825 66.04 x 5.33

85.0 69.5 6.3 PG4400850 69.22 x 5.33

85.0 64.0 8.1 PG4200850 63.00 x 7.00

90.0 79.0 4.2 PG4600900 78.97 x 3.53

90.0 74.5 6.3 PG4400900 72.39 x 5.33

90.0 69.0 8.1 PG4200900 68.00 x 7.00

95.0 84.0 4.2 PG4600950 82.14 x 3.53

95.0 79.5 6.3 PG4400950 78.74 x 5.33

95.0 74.0 8.1 PG4200950 73.00 x 7.00

100.0 89.0 4.2 PG4601000 88.49 x 3.53

100.0 84.5 6.3 PG4401000 81.92 x 5.33

100.0 79.0 8.1 PG4201000 78.00 x 7.00

101.6 86.1 6.3 PG4401016 85.09 x 5.33

105.0 94.0 4.2 PG4601050 91.67 x 3.53

105.0 89.5 6.3 PG4401050 88.27 x 5.33

108.0 92.5 6.3 PG4401080 91.44 x 5.33

110.0 99.0 4.2 PG4601100 98.02 x 3.53

110.0 94.5 6.3 PG4401100 91.44 x 5.33

110.0 89.0 8.1 PG4201100 88.00 x 7.00

115.0 99.5 6.3 PG4401150 97.79 x 5.33

120.0 109.0 4.2 PG4601200 107.54 x 3.53

120.0 104.5 6.3 PG4401200 100.97 x 5.33

120.0 99.0 8.1 PG4201200 98.00 x 7.00

125.0 114.0 4.2 PG4601250 113.89 x 3.53

125.0 109.5 6.3 PG4401250 107.32 x 5.33

125.0 104.0 8.1 PG4201250 103.00 x 7.00

127.0 111.5 6.3 PG4401270 110.49 x 5.33

130.0 114.5 6.3 PG4401300 113.67 x 5.33

130.0 109.0 8.1 PG4201300 108.00 x 7.00

132.0 121.0 4.2 PG4601320 120.24 x 3.53

135.0 114.0 8.1 PG4401350 113.67 x 7.00

140.0 124.5 6.3 PG4601400 123.19 x 5.33

140.0 119.0 8.1 PG4401400 116.84 x 7.00

145.0 129.5 6.3 PG4601450 126.37 x 5.33

145.0 124.0 8.1 PG4401450 123.19 x 7.00

150.0 134.5 6.3 PG4601500 132.72 x 5.33

150.0 129.0 8.1 PG4401500 126.37 x 7.00

155.0 134.0 8.1 PG4401550 132.72 x 7.00

Bore Dia.

Groove Dia.

Groove Width TSS Part no. O-Ring SIze

Dn H9 d1 h9 L1 +0.2

160.0 144.5 6.3 PG4601600 142.24 x 5.33

160.0 139.0 8.1 PG4401600 135.89 x 7.00

165.0 144.0 8.1 PG4401650 142.24 x 7.00

170.0 149.0 8.1 PG4401700 145.42 x 7.00

175.0 154.0 8.1 PG4401750 151.77 x 7.00

180.0 164.5 6.3 PG4601800 164.47 x 5.33

180.0 159.0 8.1 PG4401800 158.12 x 7.00

190.0 169.0 8.1 PG4401900 164.47 x 7.00

194.0 178.5 6.3 PG4601940 177.17 x 5.33

200.0 184.5 6.3 PG4602000 183.52 x 5.33

200.0 179.0 8.1 PG4402000 177.17 x 7.00

205.0 184.0 8.1 PG4402050 183.52 x 7.00

210.0 189.0 8.1 PG4402100 183.52 x 700

215.0 194.0 8.1 PG4402150 189.87 x 7.00

220.0 199.0 8.1 PG4402200 196.22 x 7.00

230.0 214.5 6.3 PG4602300 208.92 x 5.33

230.0 209.0 8.1 PG4402300 208.90 x 7.00

240.0 219.0 8.1 PG4402400 215.27 x 7.00

250.0 229.0 8.1 PG4402500 227.97 x 7.00

250.0 225.5 8.1 PG4202500 215.27 x 7.00

250.0 234.5 6.3 PG4602500 234.32 x 5.33

254.0 233.0 8.1 PG4402540 227.97 x 7.00

260.0 239.0 8.1 PG4402600 240.67 x 7.00

265.0 244.0 8.1 PG4402650 240.67 x 7.00

268.0 247.0 8.1 PG4402680 240.67 x 7.0

270.0 249.0 8.1 PG4402700 240.67 x 7.00

280.0 259.0 8.1 PG4402800 253.37 x 7.00

290.0 269.0 8.1 PG4402900 266.07 x 7.00

300.0 279.0 8.1 PG4403000 278.77 x 7.00

300.0 275.5 8.1 PG4203000 266.07 x 7.00

304.8 283.8 8.1 PG4403048 278.77 x 7.00

310.0 289.0 8.1 PG4403100 278.77 x 7.00

320.0 299.0 8.1 PG4403200 291.47 x 7.00

320.0 295.5 8.1 PG4203200 291.47 x 7.00

330.0 305.5 8.1 PG4403300 304.17 x 7.00

340.0 315.5 8.1 PG4403400 316.87 x 7.00

350.0 325.5 8.1 PG4403500 316.87 x 7.00

360.0 335.5 8.1 PG4403600 329.57 x 7.00

370.0 345.5 8.1 PG4403700 342.27 x 7.00

380.0 355.5 8.1 PG4403800 354.97 x 7.00

400.0 375.5 8.1 PG4404000 367.67 x 7.00

420.0 395.5 8.1 PG4404200 393.07 x 7.00

430.0 405.5 8.1 PG4404300 405.26 x 7.00

440.0 415.5 8.1 PG4404400 405.26 x 7.00

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 146 17.10.2016 13:36:33

Turcon® Glyd Ring®

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 147Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Bore Dia.

Groove Dia.

Groove Width

TSS Part no.

O-Ring Size

Dn H9 d1 h9 L1 +0.2 450.0 425.5 8.1 PG4404500 417.96 x 7.00

460.0 435.5 8.1 PG4404600 430.66 x 7.00

480.0 455.5 8.1 PG4404800 456.06 x 7.00

500.0 475.5 8.1 PG4405000 468.76 x 7.00

555.0 530.5 8.1 PG4405550 506.86 x 7.00

600.0 575.5 8.1 PG4406000 557.66 x 7.00

640.0 615.5 8.1 PG4406400 608.08 x 7.00

660.0 635.5 8.1 PG4406600 633.48 x 7.00

700.0 672.0 9.5 PG4407000 670.00 x 8.40

710.0 682.0 9.5 PG4407100 680.00 x 8.40

740.0 712.0 9.5 PG4407400 710.00 x 8.40

780.0 752.0 9.5 PG4407800 750.00 x 8.40

800.0 772.0 9.5 PG4408000 770.00 x 8.40

900.0 872.0 9.5 PG4409000 870.00 x 8.40

1,000.0 972.0 9.5 PG46X1000 970.00 x 8.40

1,000.0 962.0 13.8 PG44X1000 960.00 x 12.00

Bore Dia.

Groove Dia.

Groove Width

TSS Part no.

O-Ring Size

Dn H9 d1 h9 L1 +0.2 1,050.0 1,022.0 9.5 PG46X1050 1,020.00 x 8.40

1,065.0 1,027.0 13.8 PG44X1065 1,025.00 x 12.00

1,070.0 1,032.0 13.8 PG44X1070 1,030.00 x 12.00

1,200.0 1,172.0 9.5 PG46X1200 1,170.00 x 8.40

1,200.0 1,162.0 13.8 PG44X1200 1,160.00 x 12.00

1,225.0 1,187.0 13.8 PG44X1225 1,185.00 x 12.00

1,500.0 1,462.0 13.8 PG44X1500 1,460.00 x 12.00

2,000.0 1,962.0 13.8 PG44X2000 1,960.00 x 12.00

2,700.0 2,662.0 13.8 PG44X2700 2,660.00 x 12.00

All dimensions in bold type are suitable for installation in grooves to ISO 7425/1, bore dia. in accordance with ISO 3320. Other dimensions and all intermediate sizes up to 2,700 mm dia. including inch sizes can be supplied.

All O-Rings with 12 mm cross section are delivered as a special profile ring.

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 147 17.10.2016 13:36:33

LINEAR SEALS · Turcon® Glyd Ring®

148 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

� Installation Recommendation / Piston – Inch

S

L1

r1

d 2

DN

d 1

rmax. 0.012 inches

Figure 64: Installation Drawing

Table 78: Installation Dimensions – Standard Recommendations – Inch

TSS Series

no.

Rod Diameter

Dn H9

Groove Diameter

Groove Width

Radius Radial Clearance

Smax*

O-Ring Cross-

Section

Standard Application

Light Application

Heavy Duty Application

d1 h9 L1

+0.08 r1

10 MPa 1,500

psi

20 MPa 3,000

psi

40 MPa 5,800

psi d2

PG00 0.312 - 0.562 0.625 - 1.500 - DN - 0.193 0.087 0.015 0.020 0.012 0.008 0.070

PG01 0.562 - 1.563 1.563 - 3.125 - DN - 0.295 0.126 0.025 0.024 0.016 0.008 0.103

PG02 1.563 - 3.125 3.125 - 5.250 0.562 - 1.563 DN - 0.433 0.165 0.025 0.024 0.016 0.008 0.139

PG03 3.125 - 5.250 5.250 - 12.500 1.563 - 3.125 DN - 0.610 0.248 0.035 0.031 0.020 0.012 0.210

PG04 5.250 - 12.500 12.500 - 26.000 3.125 - 5.250 DN - 0.827 0.319 0.035 0.031 0.020 0.012 0.275

PG05 12.500 - 26.000 - 5.250 - 12.500 DN - 0.965 0.319 0.035 0.035 0.020 0.016 0.275

* At pressures > 40 MPa (5,800 psi) use diameter tolerance H8/f8 (bore/piston) in area of the seal.

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 148 17.10.2016 13:36:34

Turcon® Glyd Ring®

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 149Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

ORDERInG ExAMPLE

Turcon® Glyd Ring®, complete with O-Ring, standard

application:

Series: PG02 (from Table 78)

Piston Diameter:

DN = 2.500 inches

TSS Part no.: PG0202500 (from Table 79)

Select the material from the Material Overview Pages.

The corresponding code numbers are appended to the TSS Part Number (from Table 79).

Together they form the TSS Article Number.

The TSS Article Number for all intermediate sizes not shown in Table 79 can be determined following the example opposite.

Quality Index (Standard)

TSS Series No.

TSS Article No.

Material Code (Seal Ring)Material Code (O-Ring)

Cross SectionFunction Bore Dia. x 1000

0=std, N=with notches

-2 MF6PG 02500 N0

For diameters DN 100 inches consult your Trelleborg Sealing Solutions marke-ting company for a custom article number.

note:For seal assemblies requiring compliance to industry standards and governmental regulations, O-Ring energizers need to be ordered separately from the seal. Contact your local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions marketing company for further assistance.

Table 79: Installation Dimensions / TSS Part no. – Inch

Bore Diameter

Groove Diameter

Groove Width TSS Part no.

Dn H9 d1 h9 L1 +.008

0.500 0.307 0.087 PG0000500

0.563 0.370 0.087 PG0000563

0.625 0.330 0.126 PG0100625

0.688 0.393 0.126 PG0100688

0.750 0.455 0.126 PG0100750

0.813 0.518 0.126 PG0100813

0.875 0.580 0.126 PG0100875

0.938 0.643 0.126 PG0100938

1.000 0.705 0.126 PG0101000

1.063 0.768 0.126 PG0101063

1.125 0.830 0.126 PG0101125

1.188 0.893 0.126 PG0101188

1.250 0.955 0.126 PG0101250

1.313 1.018 0.126 PG0101313

1.375 1.080 0.126 PG0101375

1.438 1.143 0.126 PG0101438

1.500 1.205 0.126 PG0101500

1.563 1.268 0.126 PG0101563

1.625 1.192 0.165 PG0201625

1.688 1.255 0.165 PG0201688

1.750 1.317 0.165 PG0201750

1.813 1.380 0.165 PG0201813

1.875 1.442 0.165 PG0201875

1.938 1.505 0.165 PG0201938

Bore Diameter

Groove Diameter

Groove Width TSS Part no.

Dn H9 d1 h9 L1 +.008

2.000 1.567 0.165 PG0202000

2.125 1.692 0.165 PG0202125

2.250 1.817 0.165 PG0202250

2.375 1.942 0.165 PG0202375

2.500 2.067 0.165 PG0202500

2.626 2.193 0.165 PG0202625

2.750 2.317 0.165 PG0202750

2.875 2.442 0.165 PG0202875

3.000 2.567 0.165 PG0203000

3.125 2.692 0.165 PG0203125

3.250 2.640 0.248 PG0303250

3.375 2.765 0.248 PG0303375

3.500 2.890 0.248 PG0303500

3.625 3.015 0.248 PG0303625

3.750 3.140 0.248 PG0303750

3.875 3.265 0.248 PG0303875

4.000 3.390 0.248 PG0304000

4.125 3.515 0.248 PG0304125

4.250 3.640 0.248 PG0304250

4.375 3.765 0.248 PG0304375

4.500 3.890 0.248 PG0304500

4.625 4.015 0.248 PG0304625

4.750 4.140 0.248 PG0304750

4.875 4.265 0.248 PG0304875

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 149 17.10.2016 13:36:34

LINEAR SEALS · Turcon® Glyd Ring®

150 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Bore Diameter

Groove Diameter

Groove Width TSS Part no.

Dn H9 d1 h9 L1 +.008

5.000 4.390 0.248 PG0305000

5.125 4.515 0.248 PG0305125

5.250 4.640 0.248 PG0305250

5.375 4.548 0.319 PG0405375

5.500 4.673 0.319 PG0405500

5.625 4.798 0.319 PG0405625

5.750 4.923 0.319 PG0405750

6.000 5.173 0.319 PG0406000

6.250 5.423 0.319 PG0406250

6.500 5.673 0.319 PG0406500

6.750 5.923 0.319 PG0406750

7.000 6.173 0.319 PG0407000

7.250 6.423 0.319 PG0407250

7.500 6.673 0.319 PG0407500

7.750 6.923 0.319 PG0407750

8.000 7.173 0.319 PG0408000

8.250 7.423 0.319 PG0408250

8.500 7.673 0.319 PG0408500

8.750 7.923 0.319 PG0408750

9.000 8.173 0.319 PG0409000

9.250 8.423 0.319 PG0409250

9.500 8.673 0.319 PG0409500

9.750 8.923 0.319 PG0409750

10.000 9.173 0.319 PG0410000

Bore Diameter

Groove Diameter

Groove Width TSS Part no.

Dn H9 d1 h9 L1 +.008

10.500 9.673 0.319 PG0410500

11.000 10.173 0.319 PG0411000

11.500 10.673 0.319 PG0411500

12.000 11.173 0.319 PG0412000

12.500 11.673 0.319 PG0412500

13.000 12.035 0.319 PG0513000

13.500 12.535 0.319 PG0513500

14.000 13.035 0.319 PG0514000

14.500 13.535 0.319 PG0514500

15.000 14.035 0.319 PG0515000

15.500 14.535 0.319 PG0515500

16.000 15.035 0.319 PG0516000

16.500 15.535 0.319 PG0516500

17.000 16.035 0.319 PG0517000

17.500 16.535 0.319 PG0517500

18.000 17.035 0.319 PG0518000

18.500 17.535 0.319 PG0518500

19.000 18.035 0.319 PG0519000

19.500 18.535 0.319 PG0519500

20.000 19.035 0.319 PG0520000

The sizes listed in bold font are preferred sizes (more likely to be available for immediate shipment). Other dimensions and all intermediate sizes up to 106 inches (2,700mm) diameter can be supplied.

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 150 17.10.2016 13:36:35

LINEAR SEALS

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 151Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Turcon® Turcon® TurconGlyd RingTurconGlyd RingTurcon ® ARG/APGSingle- and double-acting slipper seal

For low pressure fluid and pneumatic applications

Flexible seal profile for high static / dynamic sealing

Simple housing design – typically for one piece piston / gland

Very low friction

Very low wear

Stick-slip-free operation

Small installation space

High operating temperature possible

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 151 17.10.2016 13:36:37

LINEAR SEALS · Turcon® Glyd Ring® ARG / APG

152 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 152 17.10.2016 13:36:37

Turcon® Glyd Ring® ARG / APG

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 153Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

DESCRIPTIOn

The original Turcon® Glyd Ring® series PG59 / RG58 have been applied to low pressure applications because its shallow cross section provides a flexible and adaptive sealing element specifically

suited to this type of system.Based on experience with this seal type, Trelleborg Sealing Solutions has developed Turcon® Glyd Ring® ARG / APG to meet demanding dynamic requirements in both pneumatic and low pressure fluid systems.To secure low friction and sufficient fluid sealing from Turcon®

Glyd Ring® for food, beverage and pharmaceutical applications, the squeeze on the O-Ring energizer has been increased compared to the standard installation for Turcon® Glyd Ring®

APG / ARG in pneumatic applications.The new groove dimensions are shown in bold in Table 81 and Table 83.The geometry provides consistent static sealing from the thin and flexible profile and the length of the contact area.The curved profile towards the O-Ring presents an increased contact force at the corners of the seal for efficient dynamic sealing performance in reciprocating applications. This shape also keeps the seal “locked” in the groove for easy seal and rod installation.

Figure 65: Turcon® Glyd Ring® ARG / APG

The high proportion of elastomer compared to Turcon® material creates maximum flexibility for Turcon® Glyd Ring® ARG / APG and provides good sealing effect even at very low pressures.To ensure stable radial sealing force throughout the diameter

ranges, the Turcon® Glyd Ring® ARG / APG makes use of a specific design concept to ensure constant O-Ring squeeze for all diameters. This is achieved by adjusting the radial thickness of the seal ring for each diameter according to the dimensions of the recommended O-Ring size.By including the influence of circumferential stretching or compression of the O-Ring cord in the calculations, the corresponding variations on sealing force are eliminated. In this way, it has become possible to design the seal series at a constant and uniform O-Ring squeeze in the installed state.For rod seals, the squeeze is sufficient to match the f8/h9 tolerances of typical commercial piston rods, and application of the rod seal series is accordingly straightforward.For piston seals, the squeeze is also sufficient to match the recommended bore tolerance H9 throughout the diameter ranges as listed in the installation tables.

O-RingGlyd Ring®

SR

h

D d L1

Figure 66: The geometry of Turcon® Glyd Ring® APG

Figure 67: The Turcon® Glyd Ring® APG / ARG is ideal for filling machines

� Turcon®Glyd Ring®ARG / APG

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 153 17.10.2016 13:36:40

LINEAR SEALS · Turcon® Glyd Ring® ARG / APG

154 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

APPLICATIOnS ExAMPLES

Turcon® Glyd Ring® has been successfully implemented in a wide variety of applications, such as:

- Chemical processing equipment

- Filling machines

- Robotics

- Handling machinery

- Manipulators

- Hydraulic cylinders (Actuators)

- Valves

- Fittings

- Testing machinery

- Low speed hydraulics

- High speed hydraulics

- Low temperature hydraulics

- High temperature hydraulics

ADVAnTAGES

- High operating temperature possible (+150 °C / +302 °F) Suitable for dry operation (non-lubricated) depending on seal material.

- No stick-slip effect when starting for smooth operation.

- Minimum static and dynamic coefficient of friction for a minimum loss of energy.

- High wear resistance ensures long service life.

- No adhesive effect to the mating surface during long period of inactivity or storage.

- Suitable for most modern hardware materials and surface finish depending on material selected.

- Available for rod diameters up to 999.9 mm / 40 inch.

For rod diameters >999.9 mm / 40 inch and up to 2,600 mm / 100 inch use the RG45 series Turcon® Glyd Ring®. For bore diameters >999.9 mm / 40 inch and up to 2,700 mm / 106 inch use the PG46 series Turcon® Glyd Ring®.

notchesTo ensure rapid energizing of the seal at sudden changes of pressure and direction of motion, the seal can be delivered with radial “notches” on both sides.

Notches are only recommended for double-acting service (Figure 68). For ordering of Turcon® Glyd Ring® with notches see pages 156 and 160.

P

Notch

Figure 68: Turcon® Glyd Ring® ARG with notches on both sides

TECHnICAL DATA

Operating Conditions:

Turcon® Glyd Ring® ARG /APG is recommended for reciprocating movements (with a length of stroke at least twice the groove width).

Pressure: Up to 5 MPa (max. 15 MPa)Up to 725 psi (max. 2,175 psi)

Speed: Up to 5 m/s (max.15 m/s lubricated)Up to 16 ft/s (max. 49 ft/s lubricated)

Frequency: Up to 5 Hz (lubricated)

Temperature: -45 °C to +150 °C* / -49 °F to +302 °F* (depending on O-Ring Material)

Media: Virtually all fluids depending on the seal and O-Ring material compatibility

Clearance: The maximum radial clearance Smax is shown in Table 80 and Table 81, as a function of the operating pressure and functional diameter.

IMPORTAnT nOTE

The above data are maximum values and cannot be used at the same time. e.g. the maximum operating speed depends on material type, pressure, temperature and gap value. Temperature range also dependent on media.

*For Piston Seals:In the case of unpressurized applications in temperatures below 0 °C, contact your local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions marketing company for more information.

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 154 17.10.2016 13:36:41

Turcon® Glyd Ring® ARG / APG

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 155Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

MATERIALS

Standard Applications

Turcon® Seal: Turcon® MF6 Temperature -45 °C to +150 °C / -49 °F to +302 °F

O-Ring: NBR 70 Shore A FKM 70 Shore A (according to temperature, required approvals and availability)

Alternative

Turcon® Seal: Turcon® MF4 Temperature -45 °C to +150 °C / -49 °F to +302 °F

O-Ring: NBR 70 Shore A FKM 70 Shore A (according to temperature, required approvals and availability)

Other seal ring materials and elastomers are available on request. Contact your local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions marketing company for more information.

STAnDARD HyDRAULIC APPLICATIOnS

For components with reciprocating movements, lubrication and/or high temperatures:

Turcon® Seal: Turcon® M12 Temperature -45 °C to- +150 °C / -49 °F to +302 °F

O-Ring: NBR 70 Shore A N FKM 70 Shore A V (depending on the temperature)

Set Code: M12N or M12V

Installation of Turcon® Glyd Ring® ARG and APGThese seals are preferably installed in closed grooves. The installation procedures are the same as for a piston seal, see page 23.

InstallationInstall the O-Ring in the groove followed by stretching the Turcon® ring over the piston.

When Turcon® Glyd Ring® is mounted over a wear ring groove an installation sleeve must be used.

It is important to remove all sharp edges and burrs from the groove and tube before installation.

Table 80: Closed Groove Installation

Seal Series no.

Piston Turcon® Glyd Ring® with notch can be installed above the following

diametersMaterial

MF3, MF4, MF6, M12, T46

Material Z80 / Z81

APG0 DN ≥ 10 mm DN ≥ 15 mm

APG1 DN ≥ 16 mm DN ≥ 22 mm

APG2 DN ≥ 18 mm DN ≥ 22 mm

APG3 DN ≥ 40 mm DN ≥ 46 mm

APG4 DN ≥ 110 mm DN ≥ 110 mm

APG8 DN ≥ 150 mm DN ≥ 150 mm

Minimum diameters for Turcon® Glyd Ring® APG with notches for closed groove installation.

For Turcon® Glyd Ring® APG without notches, use column with MF6 for material Z80 and Z81.

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 155 17.10.2016 13:36:41

LINEAR SEALS · Turcon® Glyd Ring® ARG / APG

156 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Installation Recommendation Turcon® Glyd Ring® ARG for “FLUID”

S

D1

d N

L1r1

rmax. 0.3

d 2

Figure 69: Installation Drawing

Table 81: Special Installation Dimensions for Rod – Metric

Series no.

Rod Diameter

dn f8/h9

Groove Diameter

Groove Width

Radius max.

Radial Clearance

Smax.

O-Ring Cross-

Section

Standard Range Available Range D1 H9 L1 +0.15 r1 0 - 5 MPa d2

ARG0 3.0 - 14.9 3.0 - 49.9 dn + 3.9 2.10 0.5 0.25 1.78

ARG1 15.0 - 29.9 6.0 - 119.9 dn + 5.8 3.00 0.5 0.50 2.62

ARG2 30.0 - 59.9 7.0 - 399.9 dn + 7.2 4.00 0.8 0.50 3.53

ARG3 60.0 - 199.9 16.0 - 799.9 dn + 12.1 5.90 1.3 0.70 5.33

ARG4 200.0 - 399.9 110.0 - 799.9 dn + 14.2 7.80 1.5 0.90 7.00

ARG8 400.0 - 999.9 150.0 - 999.9 dn + 17.3 7.80 1.5 0.90 7.00

The special groove dimensions for fluid applications are shown in bold.

ORDERInG ExAMPLE

Turcon® Glyd Ring® ARG complete with O-Ring. Standard application.

Series: ARG3 from Table 81

Rod Diameter: dN = 80 mm

TSS Part no.: ARG300800 from Table 82

Select the material from Table 13. The corresponding material code numbers are appended to the TSS Part No.

Together they form the TSS Article Number.

Other dimensions and all intermediate sizes up to 999.9 mm diameter can be supplied.

For rod diameters >999.9 mm and up to 2,600 mm use the RG45 series Turcon® Glyd Ring®.

Material Code (Seal Ring)

TSS Series No.

TSS Article No.

Material Code (O-Ring)

Rod diameter x 10Quality Index (Standard)

Type (Standard)*

Z80 NARG3 -0 0800

* When ordering Turcon® Glyd Ring® ARG with radial notches, use suffix “N” in the fifth character.

note: For seal assemblies requiring compliance to industry standards or government regulations, O-Ring energizers need to be ordered separately from the seal. Contact your local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions marketing company for further assistance.

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 156 17.10.2016 13:36:42

Turcon® Glyd Ring® ARG / APG

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 157Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Rod Dia.

Groove Dia.

Groove Width TSS Part no. O-Ring

Sizesdn f8/h9

D1 H9

L1 +0.15

3.0* 6.9 2.10 ARG000030 3.68 x 1.78

4.0* 7.9 2.10 ARG000040 4.47 x 1.78

5.0* 8.9 2.10 ARG000050 5.60 x 1.80

5.5* 9.4 2.10 ARG000055 6.07 x 1.78

6.0 9.9 2.10 ARG000060 6.70 x 1.80

7.0* 10.9 2.10 ARG000070 7.65 x 1.78

8.0* 11.9 2.10 ARG000080 8.75 x 1.80

9.0 12.9 2.10 ARG000090 9.50 x 1.80

10.0* 13.9 2.10 ARG000100 10.60 x 1.80

10.0* 15.8 3.00 ARG100100 10.77 x 2.62

11.0* 14.9 2.10 ARG000110 11.80 x 1.80

12.0 15.9 2.10 ARG000120 12.42 x 1.78

12.0* 17.8 3.00 ARG100120 12.37 x 2.62

14.0* 19.8 3.00 ARG100140 14.50 x 2.65

15.0* 20.8 3.00 ARG100150 15.54 x 2.62

16.0* 21.8 3.00 ARG100160 17.12 x 2.62

18.0* 23.8 3.00 ARG100180 18.72 x 2.62

18.0* 25.2 4.00 ARG200180 18.66 x 3.53

19.0 24.8 3.00 ARG100190 20.29 x 2.62

20.0 25.8 3.00 ARG100200 20.29 x 2.62

20.0* 27.2 4.00 ARG200200 20.22 x 3.53

22.0 27.8 3.00 ARG100220 23.47 x 2.62

22.0* 29.2 4.00 ARG200220 21.82 x 3.53

23.0* 30.2 4.00 ARG200230 23.40 x 3.53

24.0 29.8 3.00 ARG100240 25.07 x 2.62

25.0 30.8 3.00 ARG100250 25.07 x 2.62

25.0* 32.2 4.00 ARG200250 25.00 x 3.53

25.4 31.2 3.00 ARG100254 26.64 x 2.62

26.0* 33.2 4.00 ARG200260 26.58 x 3.53

28.0 33.8 3.00 ARG100280 28.24 x 2.62

28.0* 35.2 4.00 ARG200280 28.17 x 3.53

30.0* 37.2 4.00 ARG200300 31.35 x 3.53

32.0* 39.2 4.00 ARG200320 32.92 x 3.53

33.0* 40.2 4.00 ARG200330 34.52 x 3.53

35.0* 42.2 4.00 ARG200350 36.09 x 3.53

36.0* 43.2 4.00 ARG200360 36.09 x 3.53

38.0* 45.2 4.00 ARG200380 37.69 x 3.53

38.0* 50.1 5.90 ARG300380 40.64 x 5.33

40.0 47.2 4.00 ARG200400 40.87 x 3.53

40.0* 52.1 5.90 ARG300400 40.64 x 5.33

Rod Dia.

Groove Dia.

Groove Width TSS Part no. O-Ring

Sizesdn f8/h9

D1 H9

L1 +0.15

42.0 49.2 4.00 ARG200420 44.04 x 3.53

44.0* 56.1 5.90 ARG300440 46.99 x 5.33

45.0 52.2 4.00 ARG200450 44.04 x 3.53

45.0* 57.1 5.90 ARG300450 46.99 x 5.33

48.0 55.2 4.00 ARG200480 47.22 x 3.53

50.0 57.2 4.00 ARG200500 50.39 x 3.53

50.0* 62.1 5.90 ARG300500 53.34 x 5.33

50.8 58 4.00 ARG200508 51.50 x 3.55

53.0* 65.1 5.90 ARG300530 56.52 x 5.33

55.0 62.2 4.00 ARG200550 56.74 x 3.53

56.0 63.2 4.00 ARG200560 56.74 x 3.53

56.0* 68.1 5.90 ARG300560 56.52 x 5.33

60.0* 72.1 5.90 ARG300600 62.87 x 5.33

63.0* 75.1 5.90 ARG300630 66.04 x 5.33

65.0* 77.1 5.90 ARG300650 66.04 x 5.33

68.0* 80.1 5.90 ARG300680 69.22 x 5.33

70.0* 82.1 5.90 ARG300700 72.39 x 5.33

75.0* 87.1 5.90 ARG300750 78.74 x 5.33

76.2 88.3 5.90 ARG300762 78.74 x 5.33

79.0* 91.1 5.90 ARG300790 81.92 x 5.33

80.0* 92.1 5.90 ARG300800 81.92 x 5.33

82.5 94.6 5.90 ARG300825 85.09 x 5.33

85.0* 97.1 5.90 ARG300850 88.27 x 5.33

88.0* 100.1 5.90 ARG300880 91.44 x 5.33

90.0* 102.1 5.90 ARG300900 91.44 x 5.33

95.0* 107.1 5.90 ARG300950 97.79 x 5.33

98.0* 110.1 5.90 ARG300980 100.97 x 5.33

100.0* 112.1 5.90 ARG301000 104.14 x 5.33

101.6 113.7 5.90 ARG301016 104.14 x 5.33

105.0* 117.1 5.90 ARG301050 107.32 x 5.33

107.0* 119.1 5.90 ARG301070 110.49 x 5.33

110.0* 122.1 5.90 ARG301100 113.67 x 5.33

115.0* 132.3 7.80 ARG401150 116.84 x 7.00

117.0* 134.3 7.80 ARG401170 120.02 x 7.00

120.0* 132.1 5.90 ARG301200 123.19 x 5.33

123.0* 140.3 7.80 ARG401230 123.19 x 7.00

125.0 137.1 5.90 ARG301250 126.37 x 5.33

125.0* 142.3 7.80 ARG401250 126.37 x 7.00

130.0* 147.3 7.80 ARG401300 132.72 x 7.00

133.0* 150.3 7.80 ARG401330 135.89 x 7.00

Table 82: Special Fluid Installation Dimensions / Standard Part no. – Metric

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 157 17.10.2016 13:36:42

LINEAR SEALS · Turcon® Glyd Ring® ARG / APG

158 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Rod Dia.

Groove Dia.

Groove Width TSS Part no. O-Ring

Sizesdn f8/h9

D1 H9

L1 +0.15

135.0* 152.3 7.80 ARG401350 135.89 x 7.00

140.0 152.1 5.90 ARG301400 142.24 x 5.33

140.0* 157.3 7.80 ARG401400 142.24 x 7.00

142.0* 159.3 7.80 ARG401420 142.24 x 7.00

145.0* 162.3 7.80 ARG401450 145.42 x 7.00

150.0 162.1 5.90 ARG301500 151.77 x 5.33

150.0* 167.3 7.80 ARG401500 151.77 x 7.00

155.0* 172.3 7.80 ARG801550 158.12 x 7.00

160.0 172.1 5.90 ARG301600 164.47 x 5.33

160.0* 177.3 7.80 ARG801600 164.47 x 7.00

165.0 177.1 5.90 ARG301650 170.82 x 5.33

165.0* 182.3 7.80 ARG801650 170.82 x 7.00

170.0* 187.3 7.80 ARG801700 177.17 x 7.00

175.0* 192.3 7.80 ARG801750 177.17 x 7.00

180.0 192.1 5.90 ARG301800 183.52 x 5.33

180.0* 197.3 7.80 ARG801800 183.52 x 7.00

190.0 202.1 5.90 ARG301900 196.22 x 5.33

190.0* 207.3 7.80 ARG801900 196.22 x 7.00

194.0 206.1 5.90 ARG301940 196.22 x 5.33

195.0* 212.3 7.80 ARG801950 202.57 x 7.00

200.0* 217.3 7.80 ARG402000 202.57 x 7.00

220.0* 237.3 7.80 ARG402200 215.27 x 7.00

230.0* 247.3 7.80 ARG402300 227.97 x 7.00

Rod Dia.

Groove Dia.

Groove Width TSS Part no. O-Ring

Sizesdn f8/h9

D1 H9

L1 +0.15

250.0 267.3 7.80 ARG402500 253.37 x 7.00

280.0 297.3 7.80 ARG402800 278.77 x 7.00

300.0 317.3 7.80 ARG403000 304.17 x 7.00

320.0 337.3 7.80 ARG403200 316.87 x 7.00

350.0 367.3 7.80 ARG403500 354.97 x 7.00

360.0 377.3 7.80 ARG403600 367.67 x 7.00

400.0 417.3 7.80 ARG804000 405.26 x 7.00

450.0 467.3 7.80 ARG804500 456.06 x 7.00

500.0 517.3 7.80 ARG805000 506.86 x 7.00

550.0 567.3 7.80 ARG805500 557.66 x 7.00

600.0 617.3 7.80 ARG806000 608.08 x 7.00

700.0 717.3 7.80 ARG807000 704.49 x 7.00

800.0 817.3 7.80 ARG808000 804.49 x 7.00

900.0 917.3 7.80 ARG809000 904.49 x 7.00

950.0 967.3 7.80 ARG809500 954.49 x 7.00

999.9 1017.2 7.80 ARG809999 1,004.39 x 7.00

The rod diameters in bold type comply with the recommendations of ISO 3320

* Standard diameter for the original Turcon® Glyd Ring® RG58

Other dimensions and all intermediate sizes up to 999.9 mm diameter can be supplied. For rod diameters >999.9 mm and up to 2,600 mm use the RG45 series Turcon® Glyd Ring®.

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 158 17.10.2016 13:36:43

Turcon® Glyd Ring® ARG / APG

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 159Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 159 17.10.2016 13:36:43

LINEAR SEALS · Turcon® Glyd Ring® ARG / APG

160 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

� Installation Recommendation Turcon® Glyd Ring® APG for “FLUID” – Metric

rmax. 0.3S

L1

r1

d 2

DN

d 1

Figure 70: Installation Drawing

Table 83: Special Installation Dimensions for Piston – Metric

Series no.

Bore Diameter

Dn H9

Groove Diameter

Groove Width

Radius max.

Radial Clearance

Smax.

O-Ring Cross-

SectionStandard Range Available Range d1 h8 L1 +0.15 r1 0 - 5 MPa d2

APG0 8.0 - 13.9 6.0 - 49.9 Dn - 3.9 2.10 0.5 0.25 1.78

APG1 14.0 - 29.9 10.0 - 119.9 Dn - 5.8 3.00 0.5 0.50 2.62

APG2 30.0 - 79.9 15.0 - 399.9 Dn - 7.2 4.00 0.8 0.50 3.53

APG3 80.0 - 132.9 40.0 - 799.9 Dn - 12.1 5.90 1.3 0.70 5.33

APG4 133.0 - 249.9 110.0 - 799.9 Dn - 14.2 7.80 1.5 0.90 7.00

APG8 250.0 - 999.9 150.0 - 999.9 Dn - 17.3 7.80 1.5 0.90 7.00

The special groove dimensions for fluid applications are shown in bold.

ORDERInG ExAMPLE

Turcon® Glyd Ring® APG complete with O-Ring. Standard application.

Series APG8 from Table 83

Piston Diameter: DN = 270 mm

TSS Part no.: APG802700 from Table 84

Select the material from Table 13. The corresponding material code numbers are appended to the TSS Part No.

Together they form the TSS Article Number.

Other dimensions and all intermediate sizes up to 999.9 mm diameter can be supplied.

For bore diameters >999.9 mm and up to 2,700 mm use the PG46 series Turcon® Glyd Ring®.

Material Code (Seal Ring)

TSS Series No.

TSS Article No.

Material Code (O-Ring)

Bore diameter x 10Quality Index (Standard)

Type (Standard)*

Z80 NAPG8 -0 2700

* When ordering Turcon® Glyd Ring® with radial notches, use suffix “N” in the fifth character.

note: For seal assemblies requiring compliance to industry standards and government regulations, O-Ring energizers need to be ordered separately from the seal. Contact your local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions marketing company for further assistance.

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 160 17.10.2016 13:36:44

Turcon® Glyd Ring® ARG / APG

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 161Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Piston Dia.

Groove Dia.

Groove Width TSS Part no. O-Ring

SizesDn H9 d1 h8 L1+0.15

8.0* 4.1 2.10 APG000080 3.68 x 1.78

9.0* 5.1 2.10 APG000090 4.80 x 1.80

10.0* 6.1 2.10 APG000100 5.60 x 1.80

11.0* 7.1 2.10 APG000110 6.70 x 1.80

12.0* 8.1 2.10 APG000120 7.65 x 1.78

14.0 8.2 3.00 APG100140 7.59 x 2.62

15.0 9.2 3.00 APG100150 9.19 x 2.62

16.0* 10.2 3.00 APG100160 9.19 x 2.62

18.0* 12.2 3.00 APG100180 12.37 x 2.62

19.0* 13.2 3.00 APG100190 12.37 x 2.62

20.0* 14.2 3.00 APG100200 13.94 x 2.62

22.0* 16.2 3.00 APG100220 15.54 x 2.62

24.0 18.2 3.00 APG100240 17.12 x 2.62

25.0* 19.2 3.00 APG100250 18.72 x 2.62

25.4 19.6 3.00 APG100254 18.72 x 2.62

27.0* 21.2 3.00 APG100270 20.29 x 2.62

28.0 22.2 3.00 APG100280 21.89 x 2.62

28.0* 20.8 4.00 APG200280 20.22 x 3.53

30.0* 22.8 4.00 APG200300 21.82 x 3.53

32.0* 24.8 4.00 APG200320 23.40 x 3.53

34.0* 26.8 4.00 APG200340 26.58 x 3.53

35.0* 27.8 4.00 APG200350 26.58 x 3.53

36.0 28.8 4.00 APG200360 28.17 x 3.53

37.0* 29.8 4.00 APG200370 28.17 x 3.53

38.0* 30.8 4.00 APG200380 29.75 x 3.53

40.0* 32.8 4.00 APG200400 31.35 x 3.53

42.0* 34.8 4.00 APG200420 34.52 x 3.53

43.0* 35.8 4.00 APG200430 34.52 x 3.53

44.0* 36.8 4.00 APG200440 36.09 x 3.53

45.0 37.8 4.00 APG200450 36.09 x 3.53

48.0 40.8 4.00 APG200480 40.87 x 3.53

50.8 43.6 4.00 APG200508 40.87 x 3.53

55.0* 42.9 5.90 APG300550 40.64 x 5.33

58.0 50.8 4.00 APG200580 50.39 x 3.53

58.0* 45.9 5.90 APG300580 43.82 x 5.33

60.0 52.8 4.00 APG200600 51.50 x 3.55

60.0* 47.9 5.90 APG300600 46.99 x 5.33

63.0 55.8 4.00 APG200630 53.57 x 3.53

63.0* 50.9 5.90 APG300630 50.17 x 5.33

65.0 57.8 4.00 APG200650 56.74 x 3.53

Piston Dia.

Groove Dia.

Groove Width TSS Part no. O-Ring

SizesDn H9 d1 h8 L1+0.15

67.0* 54.9 5.90 APG300670 53.34 x 5.33

70.0* 57.9 5.90 APG300700 56.52 x 5.33

72.0* 59.9 5.90 APG300720 56.52 x 5.33

75.0* 62.9 5.90 APG300750 59.69 x 5.33

76.2 69.0 4.00 APG200762 66.27 x 3.53

80.0* 67.9 5.90 APG300800 66.04 x 5.33

82.0* 69.9 5.90 APG300820 69.22 x 5.33

82.5 70.4 5.90 APG300825 69.22 x 5.33

85.0* 72.9 5.90 APG300850 72.39 x 5.33

90.0* 77.9 5.90 APG300900 75.57 x 5.33

92.0* 79.9 5.90 APG300920 78.74 x 5.33

95.0* 82.9 5.90 APG300950 81.92 x 5.33

100.0* 87.9 5.90 APG301000 85.09 x 5.33

101.6 89.5 5.90 APG301016 88.27 x 5.33

102.0* 89.9 5.90 APG301020 88.27 x 5.33

105.0* 92.9 5.90 APG301050 91.44 x 5.33

108.0* 95.9 5.90 APG301080 94.62 x 5.33

110.0* 97.9 5.90 APG301100 94.62 x 5.33

115.0* 102.9 5.90 APG301150 100.97 x 5.33

118.0* 105.9 5.90 APG301180 104.14 x 5.33

120.0* 107.9 5.90 APG301200 107.32 x 5.33

125.0* 112.9 5.90 APG301250 110.49 x 5.33

130.0* 115.8 7.80 APG401300 113.67 x 7.00

135.0* 120.8 7.80 APG401350 120.02 x 7.00

137.0* 122.8 7.80 APG401370 120.02 x 7.00

140.0* 125.8 7.80 APG401400 123.19 x 7.00

143.0* 128.8 7.80 APG401430 126.37 x 7.00

145.0* 130.8 7.80 APG401450 129.54 x 7.00

150.0* 135.8 7.80 APG401500 132.72 x 7.00

153.0* 138.8 7.80 APG401530 135.89 x 7.00

155.0* 140.8 7.80 APG401550 139.07 x 7.00

160.0* 145.8 7.80 APG401600 142.24 x 7.00

165.0* 150.8 7.80 APG401650 148.59 x 7.00

170.0* 155.8 7.80 APG401700 151.77 x 7.00

175.0 160.8 7.80 APG401750 158.12 x 7.00

180.0 165.8 7.80 APG401800 164.47 x 7.00

180.0* 162.7 7.80 APG801800 158.12 x 7.00

185.0* 167.7 7.80 APG801850 164.47 x 7.00

190.0* 172.7 7.80 APG401900 170.82 x 7.00

195.0* 177.7 7.80 APG801950 177.17 x 7.00

Table 84: Special Fluid Installation Dimensions / Standard Part no. – Metric

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 161 17.10.2016 13:36:44

LINEAR SEALS · Turcon® Glyd Ring® ARG / APG

162 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Piston Dia.

Groove Dia.

Groove Width TSS Part no. O-Ring

SizesDn H9 d1 h8 L1+0.15

200.0 182.7 7.80 APG402000 183.52 x 7.00

200.0* 182.7 7.80 APG802000 177.17 x 7.00

210.0 192.7 7.80 APG402100 189.87 x 7.00

210.0* 192.7 7.80 APG802100 189.87 x 7.00

215.0* 197.7 7.80 APG802150 196.22 x 7.00

220.0 202.7 7.80 APG402200 202.57 x 7.00

220.0* 202.7 7.80 APG802200 202.57 x 7.00

230.0 212.7 7.80 APG402300 215.27 x 7.00

240.0 222.7 7.80 APG402400 227.97 x 7.00

250.0 232.7 7.80 APG802500 227.97 x 7.00

260.0 242.7 7.80 APG802600 240.67 x 7.00

270.0 252.7 7.80 APG802700 253.37 x 7.00

280.0 262.7 7.80 APG802800 253.37 x 7.00

300.0 282.7 7.80 APG803000 278.77 x 7.00

320.0 302.7 7.80 APG803200 304.17 x 7.00

350.0 332.7 7.80 APG803500 329.57 x 7.00

Piston Dia.

Groove Dia.

Groove Width TSS Part no. O-Ring

SizesDn H9 d1 h8 L1+0.15

400.0 382.7 7.80 APG804000 380.37 x 7.00

450.0 432.7 7.80 APG804500 430.66 x 7.00

500.0 482.7 7.80 APG805000 481.38 x 7.00

550.0 532.7 7.80 APG805500 532.26 x 7.00

600.0 582.7 7.80 APG806000 582.68 x 7.00

700.0 682.7 7.80 APG807000 681.51 x 7.00

800.0 782.7 7.80 APG808000 781.51 x 7.00

900.0 882.7 7.80 APG809000 881.51 x 7.00

950.0 932.7 7.80 APG809500 931.51 x 7.00

999.9 982.6 7.80 APG809999 981.41 x 7.00

The bore diameters in bold type comply with the recommendations of ISO 3320

* Standard diameter for the original Turcon® Glyd Ring® PG59 series

Other dimensions and all intermediate sizes up to 999.9 mm diameter can be supplied. For bore diameters >999.9 mm and up to 2,700 mm use the PG46 series Turcon® Glyd Ring®.

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 162 17.10.2016 13:36:44

LINEAR SEALS

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 163Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Turcon®Turcon®TurconGlyd RingTurconGlyd RingTurcon ®Glyd Ring®Glyd Ring THigh operational reliability

Increased hardware clearance possible

Double-acting

Very low friction

Very low wear, long service life

Stick-slip-free operation

High static / dynamic tightness

Simple housing design - one piece piston / gland possible

Easy Installation

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 163 17.10.2016 13:36:47

LINEAR SEALS · Turcon® Glyd Ring® T

164 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 164 17.10.2016 13:36:47

Turcon® Glyd Ring® T

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 165Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

� Turcon® Glyd Ring® T*

DESCRIPTIOn

Turcon® Glyd Ring® T is a further technical development of Turcon® Glyd Ring®. It is fully interchangeable with the earlier Glyd Ring® seals in

all new applications.

The main benefits of the patented seal concept are provided by the innovative functional principle of the trapezoidal profile cross-section.

The sides of seal profile tapers towards the seal surface. The profile can thus retain the robust and compact form typical of piston seals without losing any of the flexibility required to achieve a pressure-related maximum compression (Figure 71).

P Turcon® Seal Ring

O-Ring

Figure 71: Turcon® Glyd Ring® T

The edge angle of Glyd Ring® T permits an additional degree of freedom and enables a slight tilting movement of the seal. The maximum compression is thus always shifted towards the area of the seal edge directly exposed to the pressure.

On the low-pressure edge of the seal, Glyd Ring® T only exhibits zones with neutral strains without compressive or shearing loads, thus effectively reducing the danger of gap extrusion. The resulting benefits are as follows:

ADVAnTAGES

- Very good static tightness

- Increased clearance possible (approximately +50%), depending on the operating conditions

- Due to the larger extrusion gap, safe use even with soiled media

- Low friction, no stick-slip effect

- Simple groove design, one-piece pistons possible

- Steep increase of contact pressure on the product side gives clear advantages in piston fillers for difficult products with fruit pips, like strawberry jam or curd.

- Installation grooves to ISO 7425

- Adaptable to the operating conditions due to a wide range of possible materials (Turcon®, Zurcon®)

- Available for all piston/rod diameters up to 2,700 mm (106 inch) / 2,600 mm (102 inch).

APPLICATIOn ExAMPLES

Turcon® Glyd Ring® T is the recommended sealing element for single- and double-acting inside sealing of hydraulic components such as:

- Chemical processing equipment

- Filling machines with piston dosing units

- Robotics

- Handling machinery

- Manipulators

- Hydraulic cylinders (Actuators)

- Valves

- Fittings

- Testing machinery

Single acting hydraulic cylinderTest conditions: HLP 46, 80°C, Pressure cycle 0/30 MPa,piston moving in pressure direction.

Cycles

Accu

mul

ated

leak

age

Turcon® Glydring®

PG4400600-T46

Turcon® Glydring® TPT0300600-T46

Figure 72: Dynamic leakage Turcon® Glyd Ring® T/ Turcon® Glyd Ring® as a single-

acting piston seal

* Patent No.: DE 4140833C3 EP 0582593 Japan 2799367 USA 5,433,452

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 165 17.10.2016 13:36:49

LINEAR SEALS · Turcon® Glyd Ring® T

166 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

TECHnICAL DATA

Operating conditions

Pressure: Up to 60 MPa / 8,700 psi

Speed: Up to 15 m/s / 2,952 fpm

Temperature: -45 °C to +150 °C*) / -45 °F to +32 °F*) (depending on O-Ring material)

Media: Food products like jam or curd, highly-viscous products like honey, fluids (bio-oils), phosphate ester, water, air and others, depending on the seal and O-Ring material compatibility

Clearance: The maximum permissible radial clearance Smax is shown in Table 87, as a function of the operating pressure and functional diameter.

IMPORTAnT nOTE

The above data are maximum values and cannot be used at the same time, e.g. the maximum operating speed depends on material type, pressure, temperature and gap value. Temperature range also depends on the media.

*) IMPORTAnT nOTE FOR THE PISTOn VERSIOn:

In case of unpressurized applications in temperatures below 0 °C / +32 °F contact your local Trellleborg Sealing Solutions marketing company for more information!

SURFACE FInISH RECOMMEnDATIOn

Recommended surface of Piston / Rod is described in the Hardware & Design Expertise chapter from page 13 to 16.

SERIES

Different cross-section sizes are recommended as a function of the seal diameters.

Table 87 and Table 88 show the relationship between the series number according to the seal diameter range and the different application class sizes. These application classes are:

Standard application: General applications with no exceptional operating conditions.

Light application: Applications with demands for reduced friction or for smaller grooves.

Heavy-duty application: For exceptional operating loads such as high pressures, pressure peaks, etc.

RECOMMEnDED MATERIALS

Standard ApplicationsThe following material combinations have proven effective for food, beverage and pharmaceutical fluid applications:

Glyd Ring® T in Turcon® MF6:All round material with high sealing effect for light to medium applications in fluids and gases with requirements for compliance to various regulations. MF6 is the Turcon® material in compliance with most food, beverage and pharmaceutical regulations (see Table 13 on page 33).

O-Ring: EPDM 70 Shore A E (according to temperature, required approvals and availability)

Set Code: MF6E

AlternativeGlyd Ring® T in Turcon® MF4:All-round material for use with lubricating fluids and fluids with limited lubrication (e.g. water). Surface texture is not suitable for gas sealing.

O-Ring: NBR 70 Shore A N FKM 70 Shore A V (according to temperature, required approvals and availability)

Other seal ring materials and elastomers are available on request. Contact your local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions marketing company for more information.

Standard Hydraulic ApplicationsThe following material combination has proven effective for light to heavy duty hydraulic applications:

Glyd Ring® T in Turcon® M12:All round material for applications with linear or helical movements in mineral oils, flame retardant hydraulic fluids, phosphate ester, bio-oils or fluids with low lubricating properties.

O-Ring: NBR 70 Shore A N FKM 70 Shore A V (depending on the temperature)

Set code: M12N or M12V

Specialized Turcon® materials are available for all applications.

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 166 17.10.2016 13:36:49

Turcon® Glyd Ring® T

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 167Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Table 85: Available Range for Piston Seals – Metric

Series no. Piston Diameter dn f8/h9

RT00 2.0 - 130.0

RT01 4.0 - 240.0

RT02 6.0 - 450.0

RT03 12.0 - 650.0

RT04 38.0 - 650.0

RT08 200.0 - 999.9

RT05 256.0 - 999.9

RT05X 1,000.0 - 1,200.0

RT06 650.0 - 999.9

RT06X 1,000.0 - 2,600.0

For the recommended range see Table 87.

Table 86: Available Range for Rod Seals – Metric

Series no. Rod Diameter Dn H9

PT00 8.0 - 140.0

PT01 8.0 - 200.0

PT02 16.0 - 380.0

PT03 40.0 - 480.0

PT04 80.0 - 700.0

PT08 133.0 - 999.9

PT05 310.0 - 999.9

PT05X 1,000.0 - 1,200.0

PT06 750.0 - 999.9

PT06X 1,000.0 - 2,700.0

For the recommended range see Table 87.

Installation of Turcon® Glyd Ring® TThe seal is preferably installed in a closed groove. Glyd Ring®

T for piston and rod is installed according to information on pages 20 to 23.

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 167 17.10.2016 13:36:49

LINEAR SEALS · Turcon® Glyd Ring® T

168 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

� Installation Recommendation Rod – Metric

D1

r1L1

rmax. 0.3 d NSP P

d 2

Figure 73: Installation Drawing

Table 87: Installation Dimensions – Standard Recommendations – Metric

Series no. Rod Diameter dn f8/h9

Groove Diameter*

Groove Width

Radius Radial Clearance Smax**

O-Ring Size

Standard Application

Light Application

Heavy Duty Application

D1 H9 L1 +0.2 r1 10 MPa 20 MPa 40 MPa d2

RT00 3 - 7.9 8 - 18.9 - dN + 4.9 2.2 0.4 0.30 0.20 0.15 1.78

RT01 8 - 18.9 19 - 37.9 - dN + 7.3 3.2 0.6 0.40 0.25 0.15 2.62

RT02 19 - 37.9 38 - 199.9 8 - 18.9 dN + 10.7 4.2 1.0 0.50 0.30 0.20 3.53

RT03 38 - 199.9 200 - 255.9 19 - 37.9 dN + 15.1 6.3 1.3 0.70 0.40 0.25 5.33

RT04 200 - 255.9 256 - 649.9 38 - 199.9 dN + 20.5 8.1 1.8 0.80 0.60 0.35 7.00

RT08 256 - 649.9 650 - 999.9 200 - 255.9 dN + 24.0 8.1 1.8 0.90 0.70 0.40 7.00

RT05 650 - 999.9 - 256 - 649.9 dN + 27.3 9.5 2.5 1.00 0.80 0.50 8.40

RT05X - 1,000 - 1,2000 - dN + 27.3 9.5 2.5 1.00 0.80 0.50 8.40

RT06*** - - 650 - 999.9 dN + 38.0 13.8 3.0 1.20 0.90 0.60 12.00

RT06X*** 1,000 - 2,6000 - - dN + 38.0 13.8 3.0 1.20 0.90 0.60 12.00

* Installation with groove dimensions to ISO 7425-2 is also recommendable. ** At pressures > 40 MPa use diameter tolerance H8/f8 (bore/rod) in area of the seal or consult your local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions marketing company for

alternative material or profiles. Slydring®/Wear Rings are not applicable at very small radial clearances; consult the Hydraulic Seals - Linear catalog.

*** O-Rings with 12 mm cross section are delivered as a special profile ring.

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 168 17.10.2016 13:36:50

Turcon® Glyd Ring® T

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 169Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

ORDERInG ExAMPLE

Turcon® Glyd Ring® T, complete with O-Ring, standard application:

Series: RT03 (from Table 87)

Rod Diameter: dN = 80.0 mm

TSS Part no.: T0300800 (from Table 88)

Select the material from the Material Overview Pages.

The corresponding code numbers are appended to the TSS Part Number (from Table 88).

Together these form the TSS Article Number.

The TSS Article Number for all intermediate sizes not shown in Table 88 can be determined following the example opposite.

Material Code (Seal Ring)

TSS Series No.

TSS Article No.

Material Code (O-Ring)

Rod diameter x 10*Quality Index (Standard)

Type (Standard)

MF6 NRT03 -0 0800

* For diameters dN ≥ 1,000 mm multiply only by factor 1 Example: RT06 for diameter dN 1,200 mm TSS Article No.: RT06X1200 - MF6N

note:For seal assemblies requiring compliance to industry standards and governmental regulations, O-Ring energizers need to be ordered separately from the seal. Contact your local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions marketing company for further assistance.

Rod Dia.

Groove Dia.

Groove Width TSS Part

no.O-Ring Size

dn f8/h9 D1 H9 L1

+0.20

3.0 7.9 2.2 RT0000030 4.47 x 1.78

6.0 10.9 2.2 RT0000060 7.65 x 1.78

8.0 12.9 2.2 RT0000080 9.50 x 1.80

10.0 14.9 2.2 RT0000100 11.80 x 1.80

12.0 16.9 2.2 RT0000120 14.00 x 1.78

12.0 19.3 3. RT0100120 14.50 x 2.65

14.0 18.9 2.2 RT0000140 15.60 x 1.78

14.0 21.3 3.2 RT0100140 17.12 x 2.62

15.0 22.3 3.2 RT0100150 18.00 x 2.65

16.0 23.3 3.2 RT0100160 18.72 x 2.62

18.0 25.3 3.2 RT0100180 20.29 x 2.62

20.0 30.7 4.2 RT0200200 23.40 x 3.53

22.0 32.7 4.2 RT0200220 26.58 x 3.53

25.0 35.7 4.2 RT0200250 29.75 x 3.53

28.0 38.7 4.2 RT0200280 32.92 x 3.53

30.0 40.7 4.2 RT0200300 34.52 x 3.53

32.0 42.7 4.2 RT0200320 36.09 x 3.53

35.0 45.7 4.2 RT0200350 37.69 x 3.53

36.0 46.7 4.2 RT0200360 40.87 x 3.53

40.0 55.1 6.3 RT0300400 43.82 x 5.33

42.0 57.1 6.3 RT0300420 46.99 x 5.33

45.0 60.1 6.3 RT0300450 50.17 x 5.33

Rod Dia.

Groove Dia.

Groove Width TSS Part

no.O-Ring Size

dn f8/h9 D1 H9 L1

+0.20

48.0 63.1 6.3 RT0300480 53.34 x 5.33

50.0 65.1 6.3 RT0300500 56.52 x 5.33

52.0 67.1 6.3 RT0300520 56.52 x 5.33

55.0 70.1 6.3 RT0300550 59.69 x 5.33

56.0 71.1 6.3 RT0300560 62.87 x 5.33

60.0 75.1 6.3 RT0300600 66.04 x 5.33

63.0 78.1 6.3 RT0300630 69.22 x 5.33

65.0 80.1 6.3 RT0300650 69.22 x 5.33

70.0 85.1 6.3 RT0300700 75.57 x 5.33

75.0 90.1 6.3 RT0300750 81.92 x 5.33

80.0 95.1 6.3 RT0300800 85.09 x 5.33

85.0 00.1 6.3 RT0300850 91.44 x 5.33

90.0 105.1 6.3 RT0300900 94.62 x 5.33

95.0 110.1 6.3 RT0300950 100.97 x 5.33

100.0 115.1 6.3 RT0301000 107.32 x 5.33

105.0 120.1 6.3 RT0301050 110.49 x 5.33

110.0 125.1 6.3 RT0301100 116.84 x 5.33

115.0 130.1 6.3 RT0301150 120.02 x 5.33

120.0 135.1 6.3 RT0301200 126.37 x 5.33

125.0 140.1 6.3 RT0301250 129.54 x 5.33

130.0 145.1 6.3 RT0301300 135.89 x 5.33

135.0 150.1 6.3 RT0301350 142.24 x 5.33

Table 88: Installation Dimensions / TSS Part no. – Metric

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 169 17.10.2016 13:36:50

LINEAR SEALS · Turcon® Glyd Ring® T

170 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Rod Dia.

Groove Dia.

Groove Width TSS Part

no.O-Ring Size

dn f8/h9 D1 H9 L1

+0.20

140.0 155.1 6.3 RT0301400 145.42 x 5.33

145.0 160.1 6.3 RT0301450 151.77 x 5.33

160.0 175.1 6.3 RT0301600 164.47 x 5.33

170.0 185.1 6.3 RT0301700 177.17 x 5.33

180.0 195.1 6.3 RT0301800 183.52 x 5.33

190.0 205.1 6.3 RT0301900 196.22 x 5.33

200.0 220.5 8.1 RT0402000 208.90 x 7.00

210.0 230.5 8.1 RT0402100 215.27 x 7.00

220.0 240.5 8.1 RT0402200 227.97 x 7.00

230.0 250.5 8.1 RT0402300 240.67 x 7.00

240.0 260.5 8.1 RT0402400 253.37 x 7.00

250.0 270.5 8.1 RT0402500 266.07 x 7.00

280.0 300.5 8.1 RT0402800 291.47 x 7.00

300.0 320.5 8.1 RT0403000 304.17 x 7.00

320.0 340.5 8.1 RT0403200 329.57 x 7.00

350.0 370.5 8.1 RT0403500 354.97 x 7.00

360.0 380.5 8.1 RT0403600 367.67 x 7.00

400.0 420.5 8.1 RT0404000 405.26 x 7.00

Rod Dia.

Groove Dia.

Groove Width TSS Part

no.O-Ring Size

dn f8/h9 D1 H9 L1

+0.20

500.0 520.5 8.1 RT0405000 506.86 x 7.00

600.0 620.5 8.1 RT0406000 608.08 x 7.00

700.0 727.3 9.5 RT0507000 713.00 x 8.40

800.0 827.3 9.5 RT0508000 813.00 x 8.40

900.0 927.3 9.5 RT0509000 913.00 x 8.40

1,000.0 1,027.3 9.5 RT05X1000 1,013.00 x 8.40

1,500.0 1,538.0 13.8 RT06X1500 1,516.00 x 12.00

2,000.0 2,038.0 13.8 RT06X2000 2,016.00 x 12.00

2,600.0 2,638.0 13.8 RT06X2600 2,616.00 x 12.00

The rod diameters in bold type are in accordance with the recommendations of ISO 3320.

Other dimensions and all intermediate sizes up to 2,600 mm diameter including inch sizes can be supplied.

All O-Rings with 12 mm cross section are delivered as a special profile ring.

For full installation dimension tables and additional information on the Turcon®

Glyd Ring®, see the Hydraulic Seals - Linear catalog.

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 170 17.10.2016 13:36:51

Turcon® Glyd Ring® T

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 171Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 171 17.10.2016 13:36:51

LINEAR SEALS · Turcon® Glyd Ring® T

172 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

� Installation Recommendation Rod – Inch

rmax. 0.012 inches D1

r1L1

d NSP P

d 2

Figure 74: Installation Drawing

Table 89: Installation Dimensions – Standard Recommendations – Inch

Series no.

Rod Diameter dn f8/h9

Groove Diameter*

Groove Width

Radius Radial Clearance Smax**

O-Ring Size

Standard Application

Light Application

Heavy Duty Application

D1 H9 L1 +.008 r1 10 MPa 1,500

psi

20 MPa 3,000

psi

40 MPa 5,800

psi

d2

RT10 - 0.313 - 0.624 - dN + 0.193 0.087 0.020 0.020 0.012 0.008 0.070

RT11 0.313 - 0.624 0.625 - 1.624 - dN + 0.287 0.126 0.020 0.024 0.016 0.008 0.103

RT12 0.625 - 1.624 1.625 - 3.249 0.313 -0 .624 dN + 0.421 0.165 0.025 0.024 0.016 0.008 0.139

RT13 1.625 - 7.749 3.250 - 5.374 0.625 - 1.624 dN + 0.594 0.248 0.030 0.031 0.020 0.012 0.210

RT14 7.750 - 9.999 5.375 - 12.999 1.625 - 3.249 dN + 0.807 0.319 0.035 0.031 0.020 0.012 0.275

RT15 10.000 - 20.000 13.000 - 26.000 3.250 - 5.375 dN + 0.945 0.319 0.035 0.035 0.020 0.016 0.275

* Installation with groove dimensions to ISO 7425-2 is possible. ** At pressures > 40 MPa (5,800 psi) use diameter tolerance H8/f8 (bore/rod) in area of the seal.

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 172 17.10.2016 13:36:51

Turcon® Glyd Ring® T

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 173Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Table 90: Installation Dimensions / TSS Part no. – Inch

Rod Diameter

Groove Diameter

Groove Width TSS Part no.

dn f8/h9 D1 H9 L1 +.008

0.500 0.693 0.087 RT1000500

0.563 0.756 0.087 RT1000563

0.625 0.912 0.126 RT1100625

0.688 0.975 0.126 RT1100688

0.750 1.037 0.126 RT1100750

0.813 1.100 0.126 RT1100813

0.875 1.162 0.126 RT1100875

0.938 1.225 0.126 RT1100938

1.000 1.287 0.126 RT1101000

1.063 1.350 0.126 RT1101063

1.125 1.412 0.126 RT1101125

1.188 1.475 0.126 RT1101188

1.250 1.537 0.126 RT1101250

1.313 1.600 0.126 RT1101313

1.375 1.662 0.126 RT1101375

1.438 1.725 0.126 RT1101438

1.500 1.787 0.126 RT1101500

1.563 1.850 0.126 RT1101563

1.625 2.046 0.165 RT1201625

1.688 2.109 0.165 RT1201688

1.750 2.171 0.165 RT1201750

1.813 2.234 0.165 RT1201813

1.875 2.296 0.165 RT1201875

1.938 2.359 0.165 RT1201938

2.000 2.421 0.165 RT1202000

2.125 2.546 0.165 RT1202125

Rod Diameter

Groove Diameter

Groove Width TSS Part no.

dn f8/h9 D1 H9 L1 +.008

2.250 2.796 0.165 RT1202250

2.375 2.796 0.165 RT1202375

2.500 2.921 0.165 RT1202500

2.625 3.046 0.165 RT1202625

2.750 3.171 0.165 RT1202750

2.875 3.296 0.165 RT1202875

3.000 3.421 0.165 RT1203000

3.125 3.546 0.165 RT1203125

3.250 3.844 0.248 RT1303250

3.375 3.969 0.248 RT1303375

3.500 4.094 0.248 RT1303500

3.625 4.219 0.248 RT1303625

3.750 4.344 0.248 RT1303750

3.875 4.469 0.248 RT1303875

4.000 4.594 0.248 RT1304000

4.125 4.719 0.248 RT1304125

4.250 4.844 0.248 RT1304250

4.375 4.969 0.248 RT1304375

4.500 5.094 0.248 RT1304500

4.625 5.219 0.248 RT1304625

4.750 5.344 0.248 RT1304750

4.875 5.469 0.248 RT1304875

5.000 5.594 0.248 RT1305000

5.125 5.719 0.248 RT1305125

5.250 5.844 0.248 RT1305250

5.375 6.182 0.319 RT1405375

ORDERInG ExAMPLE

Turcon® Glyd Ring® T, complete with O-Ring, standard application:

Series: RT14 (from Table 89)

Rod Diameter: dN = 8.0 inches

TSS Part no.: RT1408000 (from Table 90)

Select the material from the Material Overview Pages.

The corresponding code numbers are appended to the TSS Part No. (from Table 90).

Together these form the TSS Article Number.

The TSS Article Number for all intermediate sizes not shown in Table 90 can be determined following the example opposite.

Material code (O-Ring)

TSS Series No.

TSS Article No.

Quality Index (Standard)Material code (Seal ring)

Rod diameter x 1000

MF6 NRT14 -08000

For diameters dN ≥ 20 inches consult your local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions marketing company for a special article number.

note:For seal assemblies requiring compliance to industry standards and governmental regulations, O-Ring energizers need to be ordered separately from the seal. Contact your local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions marketing company for further assistance.

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 173 17.10.2016 13:36:52

LINEAR SEALS · Turcon® Glyd Ring® T

174 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Rod Diameter

Groove Diameter

Groove Width TSS Part no.

dn f8/h9 D1 H9 L1 +.008

5.500 6.307 0.319 RT1405500

5.625 6.432 0.319 RT1405625

5.750 6.557 0.319 RT1405750

6.000 6.807 0.319 RT1406000

6.250 7.057 0.319 RT1406250

6.500 7.307 0.319 RT1406500

6.750 7.557 0.319 RT1406750

7.000 7.807 0.319 RT1407000

7.250 8.057 0.319 RT1407250

7.500 8.307 0.319 RT1407500

7.750 8.557 0.319 RT1407750

8.000 8.807 0.319 RT1408000

8.250 9.057 0.319 RT1408250

8.500 9.307 0.319 RT1408500

8.750 9.557 0.319 RT1408750

9.000 9.807 0.319 RT1409000

9.250 10.057 0.319 RT1409250

9.500 10.307 0.319 RT1409500

9.750 10.557 0.319 RT1409750

10.000 10.807 0.319 RT1410000

10.500 11.307 0.319 RT1410500

11.000 11.807 0.319 RT1411000

Rod Diameter

Groove Diameter

Groove Width TSS Part no.

dn f8/h9 D1 H9 L1 +.008

11.500 12.307 0.319 RT1411500

12.000 12.945 0.319 RT1512000

12.500 13.445 0.319 RT1512500

13.000 13.945 0.319 RT1513000

13.500 14.445 0.319 RT1513500

14.000 14.945 0.319 RT1514000

14.500 15.445 0.319 RT1514500

15.000 15.945 0.319 RT1515000

15.500 16.445 0.319 RT1515500

16.000 16.945 0.319 RT1516000

16.500 17.445 0.319 RT1516500

17.000 17.945 0.319 RT1517000

17.500 18.445 0.319 RT1517500

18.000 18.945 0.319 RT1518000

18.500 19.445 0.319 RT1518500

19.000 19.945 0.319 RT1519000

19.500 20.445 0.319 RT1519500

20.000 20.945 0.319 RT1520000

The sizes listed in bold font are preferred sizes (more likely to be available for immediate shipment).

Other dimensions and all intermediate sizes up to 106 inches (2,700 mm) diameter can be supplied.

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 174 17.10.2016 13:36:52

Turcon® Glyd Ring® T

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 175Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 175 17.10.2016 13:36:52

LINEAR SEALS · Turcon® Glyd Ring® T

176 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

� Installation Recommendation Piston – Metric

S

L1rmax. 0.3

r1

d 2

DN

d 1

Figure 75: Installation Drawing

Table 91: Installation Dimensions – Standard Recommendations – Metric

Series-no.

Bore Diameter Dn H9

Groove Diameter

Groove Width

Radius Radial Clearance

Smax* O-Ring Size

Standard Application

Light Application

Heavy Duty Application

d1 h9 L1 +0.2 r1 10 MPa 20 MPa 40 MPa d2

PT00 8 - 14.9 15 - 39.9 - DN - 4.9 2.2 0.4 0.40 0.30 0.20 1.78

PT01 15 - 39.9 40 - 79.9 - DN - 7.5 3.2 0.6 0.60 0.50 0.30 2.62

PT02 40 - 79.9 80 - 132.9 15 - 39.9 DN - 11.0 4.2 1.0 0.70 0.50 0.30 3.53

PT03 80 - 132.9 133 - 329.9 40 - 79.9 DN - 15.5 6.3 1.3 0.80 0.60 0.40 5.33

PT04 133 - 329.9 330 - 669.9 80 - 132.9 DN - 21.0 8.1 1.8 0.80 0.60 0.40 7.00

PT08 330 - 669.9 670 - 999.9 133 - 329.9 DN - 24.5 8.1 1.8 0.90 0.70 0.50 7.00

PT05 670 - 999.9 - 310 - 669.9 DN - 28.0 9.5 2.5 1.00 0.80 0.60 8.40

PT05X - 1,000 - 1,200 - DN - 28.0 9.5 2.5 1.00 0.80 0.60 8.40

PT06** - - 670 - 999.9 DN - 38.0 13.8 3.0 1.20 0.90 0.70 12.00

PT06X** 1,000 - 2,700 - - DN - 38.0 13.8 3.0 1.20 0.90 0.70 12.00

* At pressures > 40 MPa use diameter tolerance H8/f8 (bore/piston) in area of the seal or consult your local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions marketing company for alternative material or profiles. Slydring® / Wear Rings are not applicable at very small radial clearances (S). Consult the Hydraulic Seals - Linear catalog for more information.

** O-Rings with 12 mm cross section are delivered as a special profile ring.

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 176 17.10.2016 13:36:53

Turcon® Glyd Ring® T

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 177Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Bore Dia.

Groove Dia.

Groove Width TSS Part

no. O-Ring Size

Dn H9 d1 h9 L1 +0.2

8.0 3.1 2.2 PT0000080 2.90 x 1.78

10.0 5.1 2.2 PT0000100 4.80 x 1.80

12.0 7.1 2.2 PT0000120 6.70 x 1.80

14.0 9.1 2.2 PT0000140 8.75 x 1.80

15.0 7.5 3.2 PT0100150 7.59 x 2.62

16.0 11.1 2.2 PT0000160 10.82 x 1.78

16.0 8.5 3.2 PT0100160 7.59 x 2.62

18.0 13.1 2.2 PT0000180 12.42 x 1.78

18.0 10.5 3.2 PT0100180 9.19 x 2.62

19.05 11.55 3.2 PT0100190 10.77 x 2.62

20.0 15.1 2.2 PT0000200 14.00 x 1.78

20.0 12.5 3.2 PT0100200 12.37 x 2.62

21.0 13.5 3.2 PT0100210 12.37 x 2.62

22.0 17.1 2.2 PT0000220 17.17 x 1.78

22.0 14.5 3.2 PT0100220 13.94 x 2.62

24.0 16.5 3.2 PT0100240 15.54 x 2.62

25.0 20.1 2.2 PT0000250 18.77 x 1.78

25.0 17.5 3.2 PT0100250 17.12 x 2.62

25.0 14.0 4.2 PT0200250 13.87 x 3.53

25.4 20.5 2.2 PT0000254 17.12 x 2.62

28.0 20.5 3.2 PT0100280 20.29 x 2.62

30.0 22.5 3.2 PT0100300 21.89 x 2.62

32.0 27.1 2.2 PT0000320 26.70 x 1.78

32.0 24.5 3.2 PT0100320 23.47 x 2.62

Bore Dia.

Groove Dia.

Groove Width TSS Part

no. O-Ring Size

Dn H9 d1 h9 L1 +0.2

32.0 21.0 4.2 PT0200320 20.22 x 3.53

35.0 27.5 3.2 PT0100350 26.64 x 2.62

35.0 24.0 4.2 PT0200350 23.40 x 3.53

36.0 28.5 3.2 PT0100360 28.24 x 2.62

38.0 30.5 3.2 PT0100380 29.82 x 2.62

40.0 32.5 3.2 PT0100400 31.42 x 2.62

40.0 29.0 4.2 PT0200400 28.17 x 3.53

42.0 31.0 4.2 PT0200420 29.75 x 3.53

44.45 36.95 3.2 PT0100444 36.17 x 2.62

45.0 34.0 4.2 PT0200450 32.92 x 3.53

48.0 37.0 4.2 PT0200480 36.09 x 3.53

50.0 42.5 3.2 PT0100500 40.94 x 2.62

50.0 39.0 4.2 PT0200500 37.70 x 3.53

50.0 34.5 6.3 PT0300500 32.69 x 5.33

50.8 43.3 3.2 PT0100508 42.52 x 2.62

50.8 39.8 4.2 PT0200508 37.70 x 3.53

52.0 41.0 4.2 PT0200520 40.87 x 3.53

53.0 42.0 4.2 PT0200530 40.87 x 3.53

55.0 44.0 4.2 PT0200550 44.04 x 3.53

57.0 46.0 4.2 PT0200570 44.04 x 3.53

58.0 47.0 4.2 PT0200580 47.22 x 3.53

60.0 49.0 4.2 PT0200600 47.22 x 3.53

62.0 51.0 4.2 PT0200620 50.39 x 3.53

63.00 52.0 4.2 PT0200630 50.39 x 3.53

Table 92: Installation Dimensions / TSS Part no. – Metric

ORDERInG ExAMPLE

Turcon® Glyd Ring® T, complete with O-Ring, standard application:

Series: PT03 (from Table 91)

Piston Diameter: DN = 80.0 mm

TSS Part no.: PT0300800 (from Table 92)

Select the material from the Material Overview Pages.

The corresponding code numbers are appended to the TSS Part Number (from Table 92).

Together they form the TSS Article Number.

The TSS Article Number for all intermediate sizes not shown in Table 92 can be determined following the example opposite.

Material Code (Seal Ring)

TSS Series No.

TSS Article No.

Material Code (O-Ring)

Cylinder diameter x 10*Quality Index (Standard)

Type (Standard)

MF6 NPT03 -0 0800

* For diameters DN ≥ 1,000 mm multiply only by factor 1. Example: PT06 for diameter DN 1,200 mm TSS Article No.: PT06x1200 - MF6N

note:For seal assemblies requiring compliance to industry standards and governmental regulations O-Ring energizers need to be ordered separately from the seal. Contact your local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions marketing company for further assistance.

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 177 17.10.2016 13:36:54

LINEAR SEALS · Turcon® Glyd Ring® T

178 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Bore Dia.

Groove Dia.

Groove Width TSS Part

no. O-Ring Size

Dn H9 d1 h9 L1 +0.2

63.0 47.5 6.3 PT0300630 46.99 x 5.33

65.0 54.0 4.2 PT0200650 53.57 x 3.53

68.0 57.0 4.2 PT0200680 56.74 x 3.53

70.0 59.0 59.0 PT0200700 56.74 x 3.53

70.0 54.5 54.5 PT0300700 53.34 x 5.33

75.0 64.0 64.0 PT0200750 63.09 x 3.53

75.0 59.5 6.3 PT0300750 56.52 x 3.53

80.0 69.0 4.2 PT0200800 66.27 x 3.53

80.0 64.5 6.3 PT0300800 62.87 x 5.33

80.0 59.0 8.1 PT0400800 58.00 x 7.00

82.5 67.0 6.3 PT0300825 66.04 x 5.33

85.0 69.5 6.3 PT0300850 69.22 x 5.33

85.0 64.0 8.1 PT0400850 63.00 x 7.00

90.0 79.0 4.2 PT0200900 78.97 x 3.53

90.0 74.5 6.3 PT0300900 72.39 x 5.33

90.0 69.0 8.1 PT0400900 68.00 x 7.00

95.0 84.0 4.2 PT0200950 82.14 x 3.53

95.0 79.5 6.3 PT0300950 78.74 x 5.33

95.0 74.0 8.1 PT0400950 73.00 x 7.00

100.0 89.0 4.2 PT0201000 88.49 x 3.53

100.0 84.5 6.3 PT0301000 81.92 x 5.33

100.0 79.0 8.1 PT0401000 78.00 x 7.00

101.6 86.1 6.3 PT0301016 85.09 x 5.33

105.0 94.0 4.2 PT0201050 91.67 x 3.53

105.0 89.5 6.3 PT0301050 88.27 x 5.33

108.0 92.5 6.3 PT0301080 91.44 x 5.33

110.0 99.0 4.2 PT0201100 98.02 x 3.53

110.0 94.5 6.3 PT0301100 91.44 x 5.33

110.0 89.0 8.1 PT0401100 88.00 x 7.00

115.0 99.5 6.3 PT0301150 97.79 x 5.33

120.0 109.0 4.2 PT0201200 107.54 x 3.53

120.0 104.5 6.3 PT0301200 100.97 x 5.33

120.0 99.0 8.1 PT0401200 98.00 x 7.00

125.0 114.0 4.2 PT0201250 113.89 x 3.53

125.0 109.5 6.3 PT0301250 107.32 x 5.33

125.0 104.0 8.1 PT0401250 103.00 x 7.00

127.0 111.5 6.3 PT0301270 110.49 x 5.33

130.0 114.5 6.3 PT0301300 113.67 x 5.33

130.0 109.0 8.1 PT0401300 108.00 x 7.00

132.0 121.0 4.2 PT0201320 120.24 x 3.53

135.0 114.0 8.1 PT0401350 113.67 x 7.00

140.0 124.5 6.3 PT0301400 123.19 x 5.33

Bore Dia.

Groove Dia.

Groove Width TSS Part

no. O-Ring Size

Dn H9 d1 h9 L1 +0.2

140.0 119.0 8.1 PT0401400 116.84 x 7.00

145.0 129.5 6.3 PT0301450 126.37 x 5.33

145.0 124.0 8.1 PT0401450 123.19 x 7.00

150.0 134.5 6.3 PT0301500 132.72 x 5.33

150.0 129.0 8.1 PT0401500 126.37 x 7.00

155.0 134.0 8.1 PT0401550 132.72 x 7.00

160.0 144.5 6.3 PT0301600 142.24 x 5.33

160.0 139.0 8.1 PT0401600 135.89 x 7.00

165.0 144.0 8.1 PT0401650 142.24 x 7.00

170.0 149.0 8.1 PT0401700 145.42 x 7.00

175.0 154.0 8.1 PT0401750 151.77 x 7.00

180.0 164.5 6.3 PT0301800 164.47 x 5.33

180.0 159.0 8.1 PT0401800 158.12 x 7.00

190.0 169.0 8.1 PT0401900 164.47 x 7.00

194.0 178.5 6.3 PT0301940 177.17 x 5.33

200.0 184.5 6.3 PT0302000 183.52 x 5.33

200.0 179.0 8.1 PT0402000 177.17 x 7.00

205.0 184.0 8.1 PT0402050 183.52 x 7.00

210.0 189.0 8.1 PT0402100 183.52 x 7.00

215.0 194.0 8.1 PT0402150 189.87 x 7.00

220.0 199.0 8.1 PT0402200 196.22 x 7.00

230.0 214.5 6.3 PT0302300 208.92 x 5.33

230.0 209.0 8.1 PT0402300 208.92 x 7.00

240.0 219.0 8.1 PT0402400 215.27 x 7.00

250.0 229.0 8.1 PT0402500 227.97 x 7.00

250.0 225.5 8.1 PT0802500 215.27 x 7.00

250.0 134.5 6.3 PT0302500 234.32 x 5.33

254.0 233.0 8.1 PT0402540 227.97 x 7.00

260.0 239.0 8.1 PT0402600 240.67 x 7.00

265.0 244.0 8.1 PT0402650 240.67 x 7.00

268.0 247.0 8.1 PT0402680 240.67 x 7.00

270.0 249.0 8.1 PT0402700 240.67 x 7.00

280.0 259.0 8.1 PT0402800 253.37 x 7.00

290.0 269.0 8.1 PT0402900 266.07 x 7.00

300.0 279.0 8.1 PT0403000 278.77 x 7.00

300.0 275.5 8.1 PT0803000 266.07 x 7.00

304.8 283.8 8.1 PT0403048 278.77 x 7.00

310.0 289.0 8.1 PT0403100 278.77 x 7.00

320.0 299.0 8.1 PT0403200 291.47 x 7.00

320.0 295.5 8.1 PT0803200 291.47 x 7.00

330.0 305.5 8.1 PT0803300 304.17 x 7.00

340.0 315.5 8.1 PT0803400 316.87 x 7.00

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 178 17.10.2016 13:36:54

Turcon® Glyd Ring® T

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 179Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Bore Dia.

Groove Dia.

Groove Width TSS Part

no. O-Ring Size

Dn H9 d1 h9 L1 +0.2

350.0 325.5 8.1 PT0803500 316.87 x 7.00

360.0 335.5 8.1 PT0803600 329.57 x 7.00

370.0 345.5 8.1 PT0803700 342.27 x 7.00

380.0 355.5 8.1 PT0803800 354.97 x 7.00

400.0 375.5 8.1 PT0804000 367.67 x 7.00

420.0 395.5 8.1 PT0804200 393.07 x 7.00

430.0 405.5 8.1 PT0804300 405.26 x 7.00

440.0 415.5 8.1 PT0804400 405.26 x 7.00

450.0 425.5 8.1 PT0804500 417.96 x 7.00

460.0 435.5 8.1 PT0804600 430.66 x 7.00

480.0 455.5 8.1 PT0804800 456.06 x 7.00

500.0 475.5 8.1 PT0805000 468.76 x 7.00

555.0 530.5 8.1 PT0805550 506.86 x 7.00

600.0 575.5 8.1 PT0806000 557.66 x 7.00

640.0 615.5 8.1 PT0806400 608.08 x 7.00

660.0 635.5 8.1 PT0806600 633.48 x 7.00

700.0 672.0 9.5 PT0507000 670.00 x 8.40

710.0 682.0 9.5 PT0507100 680.00 x 8.40

740.0 712.0 9.5 PT0507400 710.00 x 8.40

780.0 752.0 9.5 PT0507800 750.00 x 8.40

Bore Dia.

Groove Dia.

Groove Width TSS Part

no. O-Ring Size

Dn H9 d1 h9 L1 +0.2

800.0 772.0 9.5 PT0508000 770.00 x 8.40

900.0 872.0 9.5 PT0509000 870.00 x 8.40

1,000.0 972.0 9.5 PT05X1000 970.00 x 8.40

1,000.0 962.0 13.8 PT06X1000 960.00 x 12.00

1,050.0 1,022.0 9.5 PT05X1050 1,020.00 x 8.40

1,065.0 1,027.0 13.8 PT06X1065 1,025.00 x 12.00

1,070.0 1,032.0 13.8 PT06X1070 1,030.00 x 12.00

1,200.0 1,172.0 9.5 PT05X1200 1,170.00 x 8.40

1,200.0 1,162.0 13.8 PT06X1200 1,160.00 x 12.00

1,225.0 1,187.0 13.8 PT06X1225 1,185.00 x 12.00

1,500.0 1,462.0 13.8 PT06X1500 1,460.00 x 12.00

2,000.0 1,962.0 13.8 PT06X2000 1,960.00 x 12.00

2,700.0 2,662.0 13.8 PT06X2700 2,660.00 x 12.00

All dimensions in bold type are suitable for installation in grooves to ISO 7425/1, bore dia. in accordance with ISO 3320.

Other dimensions and all intermediate sizes up to 2,700 mm diameter including inch sizes can be supplied.

All O-Rings with 12 mm cross section are delivered as a special profile ring.

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 179 17.10.2016 13:36:55

LINEAR SEALS · Turcon® Glyd Ring® T

180 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

� Installation Recommendation Piston – Inch

rmax. 0.012 inchesS

L1

r1

d 2

DN

d 1

Figure 76: Installation Drawing

Table 93: Installation Dimensions – Standard Recommendations – Inch

Series no.

Bore Diameter Dn H9

Groove Diameter*

Groove Width

RadiusRadial Clearance

Smax*O-Ring Size

Standard Application

Light Application

Heavy Duty Application

d1 h9 L1

+.008 r1

10 MPa 1,500

psi

20 MPa 3,000

psi

40 MPa 5,800

psi d2

PT10 0.312 - 0.562 0.625 - 1.500 - DN + 0.193 0.087 0.015 0.020 0.012 0.008 0.070

PT11 0.562 - 1.563 1.563 - 3.125 - DN + 0.295 0.126 0.025 0.024 0.016 0.008 0.103

PT12 1.563 - 3.125 3.125 - 5.250 0.560 - 1.563 DN + 0.433 0.165 0.025 0.024 0.016 0.008 0.139

PT13 3.125 - 5.250 5.250 - 12.500 1.563- 3.125 DN + 0.610 0.248 0.035 0.031 0.020 0.012 0.210

PT14 5.250 - 12.500 12.500 - 26.000 3.125 - 5.250 DN + 0.827 0.319 0.035 0.031 0.020 0.012 0.275

PT15 12.500 - 26.000 - 5.250 - 12.500 DN + 0.965 0.319 0.035 0.035 0.020 0.016 0.275

* At pressures > 40 MPa (5,800 psi) use diameter tolerance H8/f8 (bore/rod) in area of the seal. The radial clearance is valid for material Turcon® T46 at +140 °F (+60 °C).

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 180 17.10.2016 13:36:55

Turcon® Glyd Ring® T

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 181Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Table 94: Installation Dimensions / TSS Part no. – Inch

Bore Diameter

Groove Diameter

Groove Width TSS Part no.

Dn H9 d1 h9 L1 +.008

0.500 0.307 0.087 PT1000500

0.563 0.370 0.087 PT1000563

0.625 0.330 0.126 PT1100625

0.688 0.393 0.126 PT1100688

0.750 0.455 0.126 PT1100750

0.813 0.518 0.126 PT1100813

0.875 0.580 0.126 PT1100875

0.938 0.643 0.126 PT1100938

1.000 0.705 0.126 PT1101000

1.063 0.768 0.126 PT1101063

1.125 0.830 0.126 PT1101125

1.188 0.893 0.126 PT1101188

1.250 0.955 0.126 PT1101250

1.313 1.018 0.126 PT1101313

1.375 1.080 0.126 PT1101375

1.438 1.143 0.126 PT1101438

1.500 1.205 0.126 PT1101500

1.563 1.268 0.126 PT1101563

1.625 1.192 0.165 PT1201625

1.688 1.255 0.165 PT1201688

1.750 1.317 0.165 PT1201750

1.813 1.380 0.165 PT1201813

1.875 1.442 0.165 PT1201875

1.938 1.505 0.165 PT1201938

Bore Diameter

Groove Diameter

Groove Width TSS Part no.

Dn H9 d1 h9 L1 +.008

2.000 1.567 0.165 PT1202000

2.125 1.692 0.165 PT1202125

2.250 1.817 0.165 PT1202250

2.375 2.375 0.165 PT1202375

2.500 2.500 0.165 PT1202500

2.625 2.625 0.165 PT1202625

2.750 2.317 0.165 PT1202750

2.875 2.442 0.165 PT1202875

3.000 2.567 0.16 PT1203000

3.125 2.692 0.165 PT1203125

3.250 2.640 0.248 PT1303250

3.375 2.765 0.248 PT1303375

3.500 2.890 0.248 PT1303500

3.625 3.015 0.248 PT1303625

3.750 3.140 0.248 PT1303750

3.875 3.265 0.248 PT1303875

4.000 3.390 0.248 PT1304000

4.125 3.515 0.248 PT1304125

4.250 3.640 0.248 PT1304250

4.375 3.765 0.248 PT1304375

4.500 3.890 0.248 PT1304500

4.625 4.015 0.248 PT1304625

4.750 4.140 0.248 PT1304750

4.875 4.265 0.248 PT1304875

ORDERInG ExAMPLE

Turcon® Glyd Ring® T, complete with O-Ring, standard application:

Series: PT12 (from Table 93)

Piston Diameter: DN = 3.000 inches

TSS Part no.: PT1203000 (from Table 94)

Select the material from the Material Overview Pages.

The corresponding code numbers are appended to the TSS Part Number (from Table 94).

Together they form the TSS Article Number.

The TSS Article Number for all intermediate sizes not shown in Table 94 can be determined following the example opposite.

Turcon Seal Ring Material Code

TSS Series No.

TSS Article No.

Turel Elastomer Material Code

Functional Bore dia x 1000Quality Index

Cross Section Series

MF6 NPT -12 03000

For diameters DN ≥ 26 inches consult your local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions marketing company for a special article number.

note:For seal assemblies requiring compliance to industry standards and governmental regulations, O-Ring energizers need to be ordered separately from the seal. Contact your local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions marketing company for further assistance.

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 181 17.10.2016 13:36:56

LINEAR SEALS · Turcon® Glyd Ring® T

182 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Bore Diameter

Groove Diameter

Groove Width TSS Part no.

Dn H9 d1 h9 L1 +.008

5.000 4.390 0.248 PT1305000

5.125 4.515 0.248 PT1305125

5.250 4.640 0.248 PT1305250

5.375 4.548 0.319 PT1405375

5.500 4.673 0.319 PT1405500

5.625 4.798 0.319 PT1405625

5.750 4.923 0.319 PT1405750

6.000 5.173 0.319 PT1406000

6.250 5.423 0.319 PT1406250

6.500 5.673 0.319 PT1406500

6.750 5.923 0.319 PT1406750

7.000 6.173 0.319 PT1407000

7.250 6.423 0.319 PT1407250

7.500 6.673 0.319 PT1407500

7.750 6.923 0.319 PT1407750

8.000 7.173 0.319 PT1408000

8.250 7.423 0.319 PT1408250

8.500 7.673 0.319 PT1408500

8.750 7.923 0.319 PT1408750

9.000 8.173 0.319 PT1409000

9.250 8.423 0.319 PT1409250

9.500 8.673 0.319 PT1409500

9.750 8.923 0.319 PT1409750

10.000 9.173 0.319 PT1410000

Bore Diameter

Groove Diameter

Groove Width TSS Part no.

Dn H9 d1 h9 L1 +.008

10.500 9.673 0.319 PT1410500

11.000 10.173 0.319 PT1411000

11.500 10.673 0.319 PT1411500

12.000 11.173 0.319 PT1412000

12.500 11.673 0.319 PT1412500

13.000 12.035 0.319 PT1513000

13.500 12.535 0.319 PT1513500

14.000 13.035 0.319 PT1514000

14.500 13.535 0.319 PT1514500

15.000 14.035 0.319 PT1515000

15.500 14.535 0.319 PT1515500

16.000 15.035 0.319 PT1516000

16.500 15.535 0.319 PT1516500

17.000 16.035 0.319 PT1517000

17.500 16.535 0.319 PT1517500

18.000 17.035 0.319 PT1518000

18.500 17.535 0.319 PT1518500

19.000 18.035 0.319 PT1519000

19.500 18.535 0.319 PT1519500

20.000 19.035 0.319 PT1520000

The sizes listed in bold font are preferred sizes (more likely to be available for immediate shipment).

Other dimensions and all intermediate sizes up to 106 inches (2,700 mm) diameter can be supplied.

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 182 17.10.2016 13:36:56

LINEAR SEALS

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 183Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Quad-Ring®

Avoids twisting in the groove

Low friction

Excellent sealing effect

Lubricant reservoir improves start-up

Mold line lies away from critical sealing lips

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 183 17.10.2016 13:36:58

LINEAR SEALS · Quad-Ring®

184 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 184 17.10.2016 13:36:59

Quad-Ring®

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 185Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

� Quad-Ring®

DESCRIPTIOn

Quad-Ring® is a four-lipped seal with a specially developed sealing profile.

A wide range of elastomer materials for both standard and special applications allow practically all liquid and gaseous media to be sealed.

Quad-Ring® seals are vulcanized as a continuous ring. They are characterized by their annular form with a four lipped profile. Their dimensions are specified with the inside diameter d1 and the cross-section W (Figure 77).

d1

W

W

Figure 77: Quad-Ring® seal dimensioning

Quad-Ring® are supplied to American O-Ring Standard AS 568.

ADVAnTAGES

In contrast to the O-Ring, the Quad-Ring® has the following advantages: - Avoids twisting in the groove. Due to its special profile, the

seal does not tend to roll in the groove during reciprocating movement.

- Low friction.

- Very good sealing efficiency. Due to an improved pressure profile cross-section, a high sealing effect is achieved.

- A lubricant reservoir formed between the sealing lips improves start up.

- Unlike an O-Ring, the mold line flash lies in the trough, between and away from the critical sealing lips.

METHOD OF OPERATIOn

Quad-Ring® is a self energizing double-acting sealing element. The forces act in a radial or axial direction due to the installation, giving the Quad-Ring® its initial leak-tightness (initial squeeze). These forces are superimposed by the system pressure.

An overall sealing force is created which increases with increasing system pressure (Figure 78). Under pressure, the seal behaves in a similar way to a fluid with high viscosity and the pressure is transmitted uniformly to all sides.

Quad-Ring® seal

Without compression

With compression

With compression and pressure activated

P

Figure 78: Quad-Ring® seal squeeze with and without system pressure

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 185 17.10.2016 13:36:59

LINEAR SEALS · Quad-Ring®

186 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

� Applications

FIELDS OF APPLICATIOn

Quad-Ring® can be used for a wide range of different applications.Quad-Ring® is used predominantly for dynamic sealing functions. Its use is always limited by the pressure to be sealed and the velocity.

Dynamic applications - For sealing of reciprocating pistons, rods, plungers, etc.

- For sealing oscillating, rotating or spiral movements on shafts, spindles, rotary transmission leadthroughs, etc.

Static applications - As a radial-static seal, e.g. for bushings, covers, pipes, etc.

- As an axial-static seal, e.g. for flanges, plates, caps, etc.

- As an energizer element for elastomer energized hydraulic seals where there is a risk of the O-Ring twisting.

QUAD-RInG® SEAL FOR ROTARy APPLICATIOn

In applications with small cyclic periods of activity, Quad-Ring® can also be used for sealing rotating shafts. The following points according to the rotary seal principle should be observed.

The rotary seal principle is based on the fact that an elongated elastomer ring contracts when heated (Joule effect). With the normal design criteria, the seal ring inside diameter d1 will be slightly smaller than the shaft diameter, and the heat generated by friction would cause the ring to contract even more. This results in a higher pressure on the rotating shaft so that a lubricating film is prevented from forming under the seal and even higher friction occurs. The result would be increased wear and a premature failure of the seal.

Using the rotary seal principle, this is prevented by the seal ring being selected so that its inside diameter is approximately 2 to 5 percent larger than the shaft diameter to be sealed. The installation in the groove means that the seal ring is compressed radially and is pressed against the shaft by the groove diameter. The seal ring is thus slightly corrugated in the groove, a fact which helps to improve the lubrication.

The rotary seal principle can be neglected at peripheral speeds of less than 0.5 m/s / 98 fpm.

When using the Quad-Ring® as a rotary seal, the use of a suitable surface coating is recommended. Consult the information given in our brochure "Friction-free Running" or contact your local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions marketing company for further details.

TECHnICAL DATA

Quad-Ring® can be used for a wide range of applications. The choice of a suitable material is determined by the temperature, pressure and media. In order to assess the suitability of Quad-Ring® as a sealing element for a given application, the interaction of all the operating parameters have to be taken into consideration.

Working pressure, dynamic application:

Reciprocating up to   5 MPa (725 psi) without Back-up Ringup to 30 MPa (4,450 psi) with Back-up Ring

Rotatingup to 15 MPa (2,175 psi) with Back-up Ring

Working pressure, static application:

up to  5 MPa (725 psi) without Back-up Ringup to 40 MPa (5,800 psi) with Back-up Ring

Speed: Reciprocating: up to 0.5 m/s (98 fpm)

Rotating: briefly up to 2.0 m/s (394 fpm)

Operating temperature range:

depending on material and media resistance, for:General applications, nBR: -30 °C to +100 °C / -22 °F to +212 °F

General applications, FKM: -18 °C to +200 °C / 0° F to +392 °F

When assessing the application criteria, the transient peak, continuous operating temperature and the cyclic duration factor must be taken into consideration. For rotating applications, the increases in temperature due to frictional heat must be taken into account.

Media:With the large range of materials, each with different properties, which are now available, it is possible to seal against practically all liquids, gases and chemicals. Consult the Chemical Compatibility Guide for information on the optimum material for your application or contact your local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions marketing company.

IMPORTAnT nOTE

For more information on the Quad-Ring, see the full Quad-Ring catalog available on the Trelleborg Sealing Solutions website or contact your local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions marketing company. Quad-Ring is a registered trademark of MRC.

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 186 17.10.2016 13:37:00

Quad-Ring®

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 187Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

� Installation Recommendations for Quad-Ring® – Metric

r1

r1

W

W

t 1

t 1

t

S

S

b3 b1 h

b2

b 4

Figure 79: Installation drawing

Table 95: Installation Dimensions – Metric

Cord Diameter

W

Groove DimensionsRadius 3)

r1

Radial Gap

Smax.

Groove Depth * 1) Groove Width **

Dynamic t1 +0.05

Static t/h +0.05

b1, b4 +0.2 b2 +0.2 b3 +0.2

1.02 0.80 0.75 1.20 2) 2) 0.10 0.03

1.27 1.00 0.90 1.40 2) 2) 0.10 0.03

1.52 1.25 1.15 1.70 2) 2) 0.22 0.04

1.78 1.50 1.40 2.00 2) 2) 0.22 0.05

2.62 2.30 2.25 3.00 2) 2) 0.30 0.08

3.53 3.20 3.10 4.00 2) 2) 0.40 0.08

5.33 4.90 4.75 6.00 2) 2) 0.40 0.10

7.00 6.40 6.20 8.00 2) 2) 0.60 0.10

Explanation for *, **, see the following page.

1) O-Ring grooves can be generally used. Friction may be higher with dynamic applications. Back-up Rings must be adapt. 2) When using Back-up Rings, the groove is to be increased by the Back-up Ring thickness. 3) If a Back-up Ring is used, the recommended radius should always be r1 = 0.25 ±0.2 mm.

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 187 17.10.2016 13:37:00

LINEAR SEALS · Quad-Ring®

188 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

GEnERAL nOTES

* The values quoted for groove depth are average values and apply under medium load conditions in hydraulic applications. For eccentric piston positions or bending of the rod and in vacuum and low-pressure applications, the groove depth should be reduced and/or the initial squeeze increased.

** If a greater swelling of the seal material is anticipated, the groove width can be increased by up to approximately 20%. The installation dimensions apply to NBR Quad-Ring®

seals. All molds for Quad-Ring® production are designed to compensate for the shrinkage behavior of NBR materials.

Therefore the inside diameter and cross section of Quad-Ring®

seals manufactured from elastomers with a higher shrinkage, such as VMQ or FKM, may differ slightly. FKM Quad-Ring®

seals generally will have slightly smaller dimensions than the corresponding NBR sizes.

Owing to this, in particular cases the groove depth must be adapted, or rather reduced, depending on the application and the nominal sizes of the seal.

As a guide value for the higher shrinkage of FKM materials, a difference of approximately 0.5 % may be assumed. Exact values depend on the material and may deviate from this.

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 188 17.10.2016 13:37:00

ROTARY SEALS

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 189Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

RotarySealsRotarySealsRotary

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 189 17.10.2016 13:37:02

190 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

ROTARY SEALS

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 190 17.10.2016 13:37:02

ROTARY SEALS

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 191Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Turcon®Turcon®TurconRoto Glyd RingTurconRoto Glyd RingTurcon ®Double-acting rotary seal

Low friction

Stick-slip-free operation

Lubricant reservoir

Simple one piece housing design

Available for shaft and bore application

No vulcanization to mating surface

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 191 17.10.2016 13:37:04

ROTARY SEALS · Turcon® Roto Glyd Ring®

192 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 192 17.10.2016 13:37:04

Turcon® Roto Glyd Ring®

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 193Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

� Turcon® Roto Glyd Ring®

DESCRIPTIOn

The double-acting Turcon® Roto Glyd Ring® is used to seal shafts, axles, cylinder bores, rotary manifolds, and swivels with rotary, helical or oscillating movement. It consists of a seal ring in high-grade Turcon® material activated by an elastomeric O-Ring.

Notch

Notch

Turcon® Seal Ring

O-Ring

Grooves

PP

Figure 80: Turcon® Roto Glyd Ring®

The contact surface profile of the seal ring is specially designed for use at high-pressure and low sliding speeds.

METHOD OF OPERATIOn

The double-acting performance of the seal follows from the symmetrical cross section, which allows the seal to respond to pressure in both directions. Initial contact pressure is provided by radial compression of the O-Ring. When the system pressure is increased, the O-Ring transforms this into additional contact pressure. The contact pressure of the seal is thereby automatically adjusted so sealing is ensured under all service conditions.

Depending on the profile cross section of the seal, the contact surface has none, one or two continuous machined grooves. These improve seal efficiency by increasing the specific surface load pressure against the sealed surface. They also form a lubricant reservoir and reduce friction.

Seal Pro�les Roto Glyd Ring®

TG30 andTG40 Series

TG31, TG32 andTG41, TG42 Series

All other TG3_ and TG4_ Series

Figure 81: Cross section profiles depending on Series No.

nOTCH

To assure that a rapid activation of the seal takes place at sudden changes of pressure and direction of motion, radial notches are machined on both sides of the seal ring.

ADVAnTAGES

- Initial contact pressure of Roto Glyd Ring® is available for shaft and bore sealing applications

- Double-acting seal

- Low friction

- Lubricant reservoir

- Stick-slip free operation

- No vulcanizing to mating surfaces

- Simple groove design

- Small groove dimensions

- For use at high-pressure and low sliding-speeds

- Available in most materials and in all sizes up to 2,600 mm / 102 inch for shaft seals and to 2,700 mm / 106 inch mm for piston seals

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 193 17.10.2016 13:37:05

ROTARY SEALS · Turcon® Roto Glyd Ring®

194 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

FRICTIOnAL POWER

Guide values for the frictional power P can be determined from the graph in Figure 82. They are shown as a function of the sliding speed and operating pressure for a shaft diameter of 50 mm / 2 inch with an oil temperature of +60° C / +140 °F. At higher temperatures, these application limits must be reduced.

Formula for other diameters d:

P = P50 x (d) [W]( 50 mm )

Fric

tiona

l Pow

er P

50 (W

)

Friction at constant rotation

0

100

200

300

400

10Pressure MPa

20 30

1 m/s

0.5 m/s

0.25 m/s

0.15 m/s

Shaft 50 mm60 ºC

Figure 82: Frictional power for Turcon® Roto Glyd Ring®

The guide values apply for constant operating conditions. Changes in operating conditions such as pressure fluctuations or alternating directions of shaft rotation can result in considerably higher friction values.

Surface Finish RecommendationRecommended surface of Piston / Rod is described in the Hardware & Design Expertise chapter on pages 11 to 14.

O-Ring SizeO-Ring for Roto Glyd Ring® are preferably selected to suit the groove diameter:

For shaft seals the O-Ring should have an outside diameter equal to or smaller than the groove diameter.

For bore seals the O-Ring should have an inside diameter equal to or smaller than the groove diameter.

TyPICAL APPLICATIOnS

Roto Glyd Ring® is used as a double acting rotary seal for hydraulic and pneumatic equipment in sectors such as: - Rotary distributors, e.g. in bottle cleaning machines

- High pressure valve stems

- Manipulators

- Pivoting motors in mobile hydraulic and machine tools

- Hydraulic motors

- Blow molding machines

- Rotary shut-off valves in viscous product fillers

- Top drives

- Rotary tables

TECHnICAL DATA

Seal performance is influenced by such factors as lubrication capability of the sealed medium and heat dissipation in the hardware, meaning that testing should always be performed.

With good lubrication, the following values can be used as guidance:

Operating Conditions

Pressure: Up to 30 MPa / 4,351 psi

Speed: Up to 0.2 m/s / 0.7 ft/s

pv: Up to 2.5 MPa m/s / 1,189 psi ft/s The value must be reduced for diameters < 50 mm / 1.968 inch.

Temperature: -45 °C to +200 °C*) / -49 °F to +392 °F*) depending on O-Ring elastomer and medium

Media: CIP and SIP fluids, beverages, mineral oil-based hydraulic fluids, flame-retardant hydraulic fluids, environmentally-friendly hydraulic fluids (bio-oils), water and others, depending on seal and elastomer material.

IMPORTAnT nOTE

The above data are maximum values and cannot be used at the same time. E.g. the maximum operating speed depends on material type, pressure, temperature and gap value.

*) IMPORTAnT nOTE FOR THE PISTOn VERSIOn:

In case of unpressurized applications in temperatures below 0 °C / +32 °F contact your local Trellleborg Sealing Solutions marketing company for more information!

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 194 17.10.2016 13:37:06

Turcon® Roto Glyd Ring®

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 195Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

RECOMMEnDED MATERIALS

The following material combinations have proven effective for food, beverage and pharmaceutical fluid applications:

Turcon® Roto Glyd Ring® in Turcon® MF4 All round material choice for Turcon® Roto Glyd Ring® in lubricating fluids and other fluids with limited lubrication e. g. water:

O-Ring: NBR 70 Shore A N HNBR 70 Shore A H (according to temperature media, required approvals and availability)

Set code: MF4N, MF4V or MF4H

Turcon® Roto Glyd Ring® in Turcon® MF6 All round material with high sealing effect for light to medium fluid applications in various fluids with requirements for compliance to various regulations:

O-Ring: NBR 70 Shore A N FKM 70 Shore A V HNBR 70 Shore A H (according to temperature media, required approvals and availability)

Set code: MF6N, MF6V or MF6H

Turcon® Roto Glyd Ring® in Zurcon® Z80 / Z81 For applications with air, gases and risk of high abrasive wear Zurcon® Z80 / Z81 are recommended.

(temperature -45 °C to +80 °C / -49 °F to +176 °F)

O-Ring: NBR 70 Shore A N FKM 70 Shore A V (according to media and required approvals)

Set code: Z80N, Z81N, Z80V or Z81V

Z80 / Z81 are for slow turning motions and not for constant rotation.

Other Turcon® and Zurcon® materials are available on request.

Other O-Ring EPDM 70 Shore A Ematerials: FFKM 75 Shore A J (according to temperature, required approvals

and availability)

Special O-Rings with approvals have to be ordered separately. In this case, the last digit in the material code of the Turcon®

Roto Glyd Ring® becomes obsolete (see table on next page).

Installation of Turcon® Roto Glyd Ring®

The seal is preferably installed in a closed groove. The installation procedure is the same as for a piston or rod seal, see page 21 and 23.

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 195 17.10.2016 13:37:06

ROTARY SEALS · Turcon® Roto Glyd Ring®

196 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

� Installation Recommendations for Rod Seals – Metric

L1

S rmax. 0.3

r1

D1

d N

d 2

P

Figure 83: Installation Drawing

Table 96: Installation Dimensions – Standard Recommendations – Metric

Series number

Shaft Diameterdn f8/h9

Groove Diameter

D1 H9

Groove Width

L1 +0.2

Radius r1

Radial ClearanceSmax*

O-Ring Cross-

Sectiond2

no. of grooves in the

sealing surface

Recommended Range

Available Range

10 MPa

20 MPa

30 MPa

TG30 6 - 18.9 6 - 130.0 dN + 4.9 2.20 0.40 0.20 0.15 - 1.78 0

TG31 19 - 37.9 10 - 245.0 dN + 7.5 3.20 0.60 0.25 0.20 0.15 2.62 1

TG32 38 - 199.9 19 - 455.0 dN + 11.0 4.20 1.00 0.30 0.25 0.20 3.53 1

TG33 200 - 255.9 38 - 655.0 dN + 15.5 6.30 1.30 0.35 0.30 0.25 5.33 2

TG34 256 - 649.9 120 - 655.0 dN + 21.0 8.10 1.80 0.40 0.35 0.30 7.00 2

TG35 650 - 999.9 650 - 999.9 dN + 28.0 9.50 2.50 0.45 0.40 0.35 8.40 2

TG35X 1,000 - 2,500 - dN + 28.0 9.50 2.50 0.45 0.40 0.35 8.40 2

* At pressures > 30 MPa: Use diameter tolerance H8/f8 (bore / shaft) in area of seal. At pressures > 10 MPa it is recommended to choose the next larger cross section according to the column “Available range“ i.e. for shaft ø 80 mm: TG 33 00 800-.

ORDERInG ExAMPLE

Turcon® Roto Glyd Ring®, complete with O-Ring, standard application:

Series: TG32 from Table 96

Cod Shaft diameter: dN = 80.0 mm

TSS Part no.: TG3200800 from Table 97

Select the material from the Material Section. The corresponding code numbers are appended to the TSS Part No. Together they form the TSS Article No.

The TSS Article No. for all intermediate sizes not shown in Table 97 can be determined following the example opposite.

note:For seal assemblies requiring compliance to industry regulations, O-Ring energizers need to be ordered separately

from the seal. Contact your local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions marketing company for further assistance.

Material Code (Seal Ring)

Series No.

TSS Article No.

Material Code (O-Ring)

Shaft diameter x 10**Quality Index (Standard)

Type (Standard)

MF4 NTG32 -0 0800

** For diameters dN ≥ 1000.0 mm multiply only by factor 1. Example: TG35 for diameter dN 1200.0 mm TSS Article No.: TG35X1200 – MF4N

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 196 17.10.2016 13:37:07

Turcon® Roto Glyd Ring®

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 197Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Shaft Dia.

Groove Dia.

Groove Width TSS

Part no.sO-Ring Sizes

dn f8/h9 D1 H9 L1 +0.20

6.0 10.9 2.2 TG3000060 7.65 x 1.78

8.0 12.9 2.2 TG3000080 9.50 x 1.80

10.0 14.9 2.2 TG3000100 11.80 x 1.80

12.0 16.9 2.2 TG3000120 13.20 x 1.80

14.0 18.9 2.2 TG3000140 15.60 x 1.78

15.0 19.0 2.2 TG3000150 17.17 x 1.78

16.0 20.9 2.2 TG3000160 17.17 x 1.78

18.0 22.9 2.2 TG3000180 19.00 x 1.80

20.0 27.5 3.2 TG3100200 21.89 x 2.62

22.0 29.5 3.2 TG3100220 25.07 x 2.62

25.0 32.5 3.2 TG3100250 28.24 x 2.62

28.0 35.5 3.2 TG3100280 31.42 x 2.62

30.0 37.5 s3.2 TG3100300 32.99 x 2.62

32.0 39.5 3.2 TG3100320 34.59 x 2.62

35.0 42.5 3.2 TG3100350 37.77 x 2.62

36.0 43.5 3.2 TG3100360 39.34 x 2.62

40.0 51.0 4.2 TG3200400 44.04 x 3.53

42.0 53.0 4.2 TG3200420 47.22 x 3.53

45.0 56.0 4.2 TG3200450 50.39 x 3.53

48.0 59.0 4.2 TG3200480 53.57 x 3.53

50.0 61.0 4.2 TG3200500 53.57 x 3.53

52.0 63.0 4.2 TG3200520 56.74 x 3.53

55.0 66.0 4.2 TG3200550 59.92 x 3.53

56.0 67.0 4.2 TG3200560 59.92 x 3.53

60.0 71.0 4.2 TG3200600 63.09 x 3.53

63.0 74.0 4.2 TG3200630 66.27 x 3.53

65.0 76.0 4.2 TG3200650 69.44 x 3.53

70.0 81.0 4.2 TG3200700 75.79 x 3.53

75.0 86.0 4.2 TG3200750 78.97 x 3.53

80.0 91.0 4.2 TG3200800 85.32 x 3.53

85.0 96.0 4.2 TG3200850 88.49 x 3.53

90.0 101.0 4.2 TG3200900 94.84 x 3.53

95.0 106.0 4.2 TG3200950 101.19 x 3.53

100.0 111.0 4.2 TG3201000 104.37 x 3.53

105.0 116.0 4.2 TG3201050 110.72 x 3.53

110.0 121.0 4.2 TG3201100 113.89 x 3.53

115.0 126.0 4.2 TG3201150 120.24 x 3.53

Shaft Dia.

Groove Dia.

Groove Width TSS

Part no.sO-Ring Sizes

dn f8/h9 D1 H9 L1 +0.20

120.0 131.0 4.2 TG3201200 123.42 x 3.53

125.0 136.0 4.2 TG3201250 129.77 x 3.53

130.0 141.0 4.2 TG3201300 136.12 x 3.53

135.0 146.0 4.2 TG3201350 139.29 x 3.53

140.0 151.0 4.2 TG3201400 145.64 x 3.53

150.0 161.0 4.2 TG3201500 158.34 x 3.53

160.0 171.0 4.2 TG3201600 164.69 x 3.53

170.0 181.0 4.2 TG3201700 177.39 x 3.53

180.0 191.0 4.2 TG3201800 183.74 x 3.53

190.0 201.0 4.2 TG3201900 196.44 x 3.53

200.0 215.5 6.3 TG3302000 208.92 x 5.33

210.0 225.5 6.3 TG3302100 215.27 x 5.33

220.0 235.5 6.3 TG3302200 227.97 x 5.33

230.0 245.5 6.3 TG3302300 234.32 x 5.33

240.0 255.5 6.3 TG3302400 247.02 x 5.33

250.0 265.5 6.3 TG3302500 253.37 x 5.33

280.0 301.0 8.1 TG3402800 291.47 x 7.00

300.0 321.0 8.1 TG3403000 304.17 x 7.00

320.0 341.0 8.1 TG3403200 329.57 x 7.00

350.0 371.0 8.1 TG3403500 354.97 x 7.00

360.0 381.0 8.1 TG3403600 367.67 x 7.00

400.0 421.0 8.1 TG3404000 405.26 x 7.00

500.0 521.0 8.1 TG3405000 506.86 x 7.00

600.0 621.0 8.1 TG3406000 608.08 x 7.00

700.0 728.0 9.5 TG3507000 712.90 x 8.40*

800.0 828.0 9.5 TG3508000 812.90 x 8.40*

900.0 928.0 9.5 TG3509000 912.90 x 8.40*

1,000.0 1,028.0 9.5 TG35X1000 1,012.90 x 8.40*

1,500.0 1,528.0 9.5 TG35X1500 1,512.90 x 8.40*

2,000.0 2,028.0 9.5 TG35X2000 2,012.90 x 8.40*

2,500.0 2,528.0 9.5 TG35X2500 2,512.90 x 8.40*

The shaft diameters in bold type correspond to the recommendations of ISO 3320.

Other dimensions and all intermediate sizes up to 2,600 mm diameter including inch sizes can be supplied.

* Theoretical ideal O-Ring size.

Table 97: Standard Installation Dimensions / TSS Part no. – Metric

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 197 17.10.2016 13:37:07

ROTARY SEALS · Turcon® Roto Glyd Ring®

198 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

� Installation Recommendations for Piston Seals – Metric

P

S

L1rmax. 0.3

r1

d 2

DN

d 1

Figure 84: Installation Drawing

Table 98: Installation Dimensions – Standard Recommendations – Metric

Series no.

Bore Diameter Dn H9

Groove Diameter

d1 h9

Groove Width

L1 +0.2

Radius

r1

Radial ClearanceSmax*

O-Ring Cross

Section d2

no. of grooves in the

sealing surface

Recommended Range

Available

Range 10

MPa 20

MPa 30

MPa

TG40 8 - 39.9 8 - 135.0 DN - 4.9 2.20 0.40 0.20 0.15 - 1.78 0

TG41 40 - 79.9 14 - 250.0 DN - 7.5 3.20 0.60 0.25 0.20 0.15 2.62 1

TG42 80 - 132.9 22 - 460.0 DN - 11.0 4.20 1.00 0.30 0.25 0.20 3.53 1

TG43 133 - 329.9 40 - 675.0 DN - 15.5 6.30 1.30 0.35 0.30 0.25 5.33 2

TG44 330 - 669.9 133 - 690.0 DN - 21.0 8.10 1.80 0.40 0.35 0.30 7.00 2

TG45 670 - 999.9 - DN - 28.0 9.50 2.50 0.45 0.40 0.35 8.40 2

TG45X 1,000 - 2,600 - DN - 28.0 9.50 2.50 0.45 0.40 0.35 8.40 2

* At pressures > 30 MPa: Use diameter tolerance H8/f8 (bore / shaft) in area of seal. At pressures > 10 MPa it is recommendable to choose the next larger cross section according to the column “Available range“ i.e. for bore ø 80 mm: TG 43 00 800-.

ORDERInG ExAMPLE

Roto Glyd Ring®, complete with O-Ring, standard application:

Series: TG42 from Table 98

Shaft diameter: DN = 80.0 mm

TSS Part no.: TG4200800 from Table 99

Select the material from Material Section. The corresponding code numbers are appended to the TSS Part No. Together they form the TSS Article Number.

The TSS Article Number for all intermediate sizes not shown in Table 99 can be determined following the example opposite.

note:For seal assemblies requiring compliance to industry regulations, O-Ring energizers need to be ordered separately

from the seal. Contact your local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions marketing company for further assistance.

Material Code (Seal Ring)

Series No.

TSS Article No.

Material Code (O-Ring)

Bore diameter x 10**Quality Index (Standard)

Type (Standard)

MF4 NTG42 -0 0800

** For diameters DN ≥ 1,000 mm multiply only by factor 1. Example: TG35 for diameter DN 1,200 mm TSS Article No.: TG45X1200 – MF4N

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 198 17.10.2016 13:37:08

Turcon® Roto Glyd Ring®

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 199Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Bore Dia.

Groove Dia.

Groove Width TSS

Part no.O-Ring

DimensionsDn H9 d1 h9 L1 +0.2

10.0 5.1 2.2 TG4000100 4.80 x 1.80

12.0 7.1 2.2 TG4000120 6.70 x 1.80

14.0 9.1 2.2 TG4000140 8.75 x 1.80

15.0 10.1 2.2 TG4000150 9.50 x 1.80

16.0 11.1 2.2 TG4000160 10.60 x 1.80

18.0 13.1 2.2 TG4000180 12.42 x 1.78

20.0 15.1 2.2 TG4000200 14.00 x 1.78

22.0 17.1 2.2 TG4000220 17.17 x 1.78

25.0 20.1 2.2 TG4000250 19.00 x 1.80

28.0 23.1 2.2 TG4000280 21.95 x 1.78

30.0 25.1 2.2 TG4000300 25.12 x 1.78

32.0 27.1 2.2 TG4000320 26.70 x 1.78

35.0 30.1 2.2 TG4000350 29.87 x 1.78

40.0 32.5 3.2 TG4100400 31.42 x 2.62

42.0 34.5 3.2 TG4100420 32.99 x 2.62

45.0 37.5 3.2 TG4100450 36.17 x 2.62

48.0 40.5 3.2 TG4100480 39.34 x 2.62

50.0 42.5 3.2 TG4100500 40.94 x 2.62

52.0 44.5 3.2 TG4100520 44.12 x 2.62

55.0 47.5 3.2 TG4100550 45.69 x 2.62

56.0 48.5 3.2 TG4100550 47.29 x 2.62

60.0 52.5 3.2 TG4100600 52.07 x 2.62

63.0 55.5 3.2 TG4100630 53.64 x 2.62

65.0 57.5 3.2 TG4100650 56.82 x 2.62

70.0 62.5 3.2 TG4100700 61.60 x 2.62

75.0 67.5 3.2 TG4100750 66.34 x 2.62

80.0 69.0 4.2 TG4200800 66.27 x 3.53

85.0 74.0 4.2 TG4200850 72.62 x 3.53

90.0 79.0 4.2 TG4200900 78.97 x 3.53

95.0 84.0 4.2 TG4200950 82.14 x 3.53

100.0 89.0 4.2 TG4201000 88.49 x 3.53

110.0 99.0 4.2 TG4201100 98.02 x 3.53

115.0 104.0 4.2 TG4201150 101.19 x 3.53

120.0 109.0 4.2 TG4201200 107.54 x 3.53

125.0 114.0 4.2 TG4201250 113.89 x 3.53

130.0 119.0 4.2 TG4201300 117.07 x 3.53

Bore Dia.

Groove Dia.

Groove Width TSS

Part no.O-Ring

DimensionsDn H9 d1 h9 L1 +0.2

135.0 119.5 6.3 TG4301350 116.84 x 5.33

140.0 124.5 6.3 TG4301400 123.19 x 5.33

150.0 134.5 6.3 TG4301500 132.72 x 5.33

160.0 144.5 6.3 TG4301600 142.24 x 5.33

170.0 154.5 6.3 TG4301700 151.77 x 5.33

180.0 164.5 6.3 TG4301800 164.47 x 5.33

190.0 174.5 6.3 TG4301900 170.82 x 5.33

200.0 184.5 6.3 TG4302000 183.52 x 5.33

210.0 194.5 6.3 TG4302100 189.87 x 5.33

220.0 204.5 6.3 TG4302200 202.57 x 5.33

230.0 214.5 6.3 TG4302300 208.92 x 5.33

240.0 224.5 6.3 TG4302400 221.62 x 5.33

250.0 234.5 6.3 TG4302500 234.32 x 5.33

280.0 264.5 6.3 TG4302800 266.07 x 5.33

300.0 284.5 6.3 TG4303000 278.77 x 5.33

320.0 304.5 6.3 TG4303200 304.17 x 5.33

350.0 329.0 8.1 TG4403500 329.57 x 7.00

400.0 379.0 8.1 TG4404000 367.67 x 7.00

420.0 399.0 8.1 TG4404200 393.07 x 7.00

450.0 429.0 8.1 TG4404500 417.96 x 7.00

480.0 459.0 8.1 TG4404800 456.06 x 7.00

500.0 479.0 8.1 TG4405000 468.76 x 7.00

600.0 579.0 8.1 TG4406000 582.68 x 7.00

700.0 672.0 9.5 TG4507000 670.30 x 8.40

800.0 772.0 9.5 TG4508000 770.30 x 8.40

900.0 872.0 9.5 TG4509000 870.30 x 8.40

1,000.0 972.0 9.5 TG45X1000 970.30 x 8.40

1,500.0 1,472.0 9.5 TG45X1500 1,470.30 x 8.40

2,000.0 1,972.0 9.5 TG45X2000 1,970.30 x 8.40

2,500.0 2,472.0 9.5 TG45X2500 2,470.30 x 8.40

The bore diameters in bold type correspond to the recommendations of ISO 3320.

Other dimensions and all intermediate sizes up to 2,700 mm diameter including inch sizes can be supplied.

* Theoretical ideal O-Ring size.

Table 99: Standard Installation Dimensions / TSS Part no. – Metric

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 199 17.10.2016 13:37:09

ROTARY SEALS · Turcon® Roto Glyd Ring®

200 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 200 17.10.2016 13:37:09

ROTARY SEALS

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 201Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Turcon®Turcon®TurconRoto Glyd RingTurconRoto Glyd RingTurcon ® KSingle- and semi double-acting rotary seal

Partly pressure balanced by relief groove

Very low friction

Stick-slip-free operation

Simple one piece housing design

Available for shaft and bore application

No vulcanization to mating surface

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 201 17.10.2016 13:37:10

ROTARY SEALS · Turcon® Roto Glyd Ring® K

202 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 202 17.10.2016 13:37:11

Turcon® Roto Glyd Ring® K

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 203Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

� Turcon® Roto Glyd Ring® K

DESCRIPTIOn

Turcon® Roto Glyd Ring® K is used to seal shafts, axles, bores, rotary manifolds and swivels with rotary, helical or oscillating movement. It consists of a seal ring in high-grade Turcon®

material activated by an elastomer O-Ring.

Turcon® Roto Glyd Ring® K is supplied with an axial pressure relief groove. As illustrated in Figure 85, the continuous radial groove is on one side linked to the pressure chamber.

The seal is thus relieved of pressure from one side and can be used for higher pv values than Turcon® Roto Glyd Ring®.

Notch

Relief Groove

Turcon® Seal Ring

O-Ring

Notch

Groove

Relief Groove

P

Figure 85: Turcon® Roto Glyd Ring® K with pressure relief

Preferably the Turcon® Roto Glyd Ring® K version is used as a single-acting seal because of its asymmetric appearance although “a semi double-acting” sealing function is maintained.The contact surface profile of the seal ring is specially designed for use at high pressure and low sliding speeds.

This Turcon® Roto Glyd Ring® version is identified in the TSS Article Number by a “K“ at the 5th digit (see ordering examples).For this seal the direction of installation must be observed.

METHOD OF OPERATIOn

Initial contact pressure of Turcon® Roto Glyd Ring® K is provided by radial compression of the O-Ring. When the system pressure is increased, the O-Ring transforms this into additional contact pressure. The contact pressure of the seal is thereby automatically adjusted so sealing is ensured under all service conditions.

The single-acting performance of the seal follows from the asymmetrical cross section which allows the seal to respond to high pressure in one direction.

The axial pressure relief groove connecting the pressurized fluid to the circumferential center groove ensures a pressure balance of more than half of the seal contact area (except the minor contribution of pressure from the O-Ring). This reduces the seal friction by one a half compared to the double-acting Turcon® Roto Glyd Ring®.

As the K version still has full sealing contact and hold pressure from both directions it can act as a double-acting rotary seal. The relieved side must be installed on the side with the higher pressure.

The unrelieved side of the seal is only for low pressure, which should not exceed 3 MPa / 435 psi as it is not sufficiently supported to prevent extrusion from high pressure. Furthermore, the whole contact area of the seal will then contribute to the friction value.

P

Figure 86: Correct installation of Turcon® Roto Glyd Ring® K

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 203 17.10.2016 13:37:11

ROTARY SEALS · Turcon® Roto Glyd Ring® K

204 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

TECHnICAL DATA

Seal performance is further influenced by such factors as lubrication capability of the sealed medium and heat dissipation in the hardware. Testing in application should always be carried out.With good lubrication, the following values can be assumed as a guide:

Operating Conditions

Pressure: Up to 30 MPa / 4,351 psi (from pressure relieved side)Up to 3 MPa / 435 psi (from pressure unrelieved side)

Speed: Up to 0.2 m/s / 0.656 ft/s

pv: Up to 2.5 MPa m/s / 71,359 psi ft/min The value must be reduced for diameters < 50 mm / 2 inch.

Temperature: -45 °C to +200 °C*) / -49 °F to +392 °F*) depending on O-Ring elastomer and medium

Media: Mineral oil-based hydraulic fluids, flame-retardant hydraulic fluids, environmentally-friendly hydraulic fluids (bio-oils), water, air and others, depending on seal and elastomer material.

IMPORTAnT nOTE

The above data are maximum values and cannot be used at the same time. E.g. the maximum operating speed depends on material type, pressure, temperature and gap value.

*) IMPORTAnT nOTE FOR THE PISTOn VERSIOn:

In case of unpressurized applications in temperatures below 0 °C / +32 °F contact our application engineers for assistance!

FRICTIOnAL POWER

Guide values for the frictional power P can be determined from the graph in Figure 87. They are shown as a function of the sliding speed and operating pressure for a shaft diameter of 50 mm / 2 inch with an oil temperature of +60° C / +140 °F. At higher temperatures, these application limits must be reduced.

Formula for other diameters d:

P = P50 x (d) [W]

( 50 mm )

nOTCH

To assure that a rapid activation of the seal takes place at sudden changes of pressure and direction of motion, radial notches are machined on both sides of the seal ring.

ADVAnTAGES

- Single- and semi double-acting rotary seal

- Available for shaft and bore sealing applications

- Simple groove design

- Small groove dimensions

- Very low friction

- Stick-slip free operation

- No vulcanizing to mating surfaces

- For use at high-pressure and low sliding speeds

TyPICAL APPLICATIOnS

Turcon® Roto Glyd Ring® K is preferably used as a single acting rotary seal for hydraulic and pneumatic equipment in sectors such as: - End Caps of rotary distributors and unions

- High pressure valve stems

- Manipulators

- Hydraulic motors

- Pivoting motors in mobile hydraulic and machine tools

- Blow molding machines

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 204 17.10.2016 13:37:12

Turcon® Roto Glyd Ring® K

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 205Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Fric

tiona

l Pow

er P

50

(W)

Friction at constant rotation

0

100

200

300

400

10Pressure MPa

20 30

1 m/s

0.5 m/s

0.25 m/s

0.15 m/s

Shaft 50 mm60 ºC

Figure 87: Frictional power for Turcon® Roto Glyd Ring® K

The guide values apply for constant operating conditions. Changes in operating conditions such as pressure fluctuations or alternating directions of shaft rotation can result in considerably higher friction values.

Surface Finish RecommendationRecommended surfaces of Piston / Rod are described in the Hardware & Design Expertise chapter from page 11 to 14.

O-Ring SizeO-Ring for Roto Glyd Ring® K are preferably selected to suit the groove diameter.For shaft seals, the O-Ring should have an outside diameter equal to or smaller than the groove diameter.For piston seals, the O-Ring should have an inside diameter equal to or smaller than the groove diameter.

RECOMMEnDED MATERIALS

The following material combinations have proven effective for food, beverage and pharmaceutical fluid applications:

Turcon® Roto Glyd Ring® K in Turcon® MF4 All round material choice for Turcon® Roto Glyd Ring® K in lubricating fluids and other fluids with limited lubrication e. g. water:

O-Ring: NBR 70 Shore A N HNBR 70 Shore A H (according to temperature media, required approvals and availability)

Set code: MF4N, MF4V or MF4H

All round material with high sealing effect for light to medium fluid applications in various fluids with requirements for compliance to various regulations:

O-Ring: NBR 70 Shore A N FKM 70 Shore A V HNBR 70 Shore A H (according to temperature media, required approvals and availability)

Set code: MF6N, MF6V or MF6H

Turcon® Roto Glyd Ring® K in Zurcon® Z80 / Z81 For applications with air, gases and risk of high abrasive wear Zurcon® Z80 / Z81 are recommended.

(temperature -45 °C to +80 °C / -49 °F to +176 °F)

O-Ring: NBR 70 Shore A FKM V 70 Shore A (according to media and required approvals)

Set code: Z80N, Z81N, Z80V or Z81V

Z80 / Z81 are for slow turning motions and not for constant rotation.

Other Turcon® and Zurcon® materials are available on request.

Other O-Ring EPDM 70 Shore Amaterials: FFKM J 75 Shore A (according to temperature, required approvals

and availability)

Special O-Rings with approvals have to be ordered separately. In this case, the last digit in the material code of the Roto Glyd Ring® K becomes obsolete.

InSTALLATIOn OF TURCOn® ROTO GLyD RInG® K

For this seal the direction of installation must carefully be observed.

The side with the pressure relief must be installed at the side with highest system pressure.

The seal is preferably installed in a closed groove. The installation procedure for piston and shaft seal, see page 18 to 21.

Relief GrooveRelief Groove P

Figure 88: Correct installation of Turcon® Roto Glyd Ring® K

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 205 17.10.2016 13:37:12

ROTARY SEALS · Turcon® Roto Glyd Ring® K

206 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

� Installation Recommendations for Shaft Seals – Metric

PL1

S rmax. 0.3

r1

D1

d N

d 2

Figure 89: Installation Drawing

Table 100: Installation Dimensions – Standard Recommendations – Metric

Series number

Shaft Diameterdn f8/h9

Groove Diameter

D1 H9

Groove Width

L1 +0.2

Radius

r1

Radial ClearanceSmax*

O-Ring Cross-

Sectiond2

no. of grooves in the

sealing surface

Recommended Range

Available Range

10 MPa

20 MPa

30 MPa

TG31K 19 - 37.9 10 - 245.0 dN + 7.5 3.20 0.60 0.20 0.15 0.10 2.62 1

TG32K 38 - 199.9 19 - 455.0 dN + 11.0 4.20 1.00 0.25 0.20 0.15 3.53 1

TG33K 200 - 255.9 38 - 655.0 dN + 15.5 6.30 1.30 0.30 0.25 0.20 5.33 2

TG34K 256 - 649.9 120 - 655.0 dN + 21.0 8.10 1.80 0.35 0.30 0.25 7.00 2

TG35K 650 - 999.9 650 - 999.9 dN + 28.0 9.50 2.50 0.40 0.35 0.30 8.40 2

* At pressures > 30 MPa: Use diameter tolerance H8/f8 (bore / shaft) in area of seal.

At pressures > 10 MPa it is recommendable to choose the next larger cross section according to the column “Available range“ i.e. for shaft ø 80 mm: TG 33 K 0800-.

ORDERInG ExAMPLE

Turcon® Roto Glyd Ring® K, complete with O-Ring, Standard application:

Series: TG32K (from Table 100)

Shaft diameter: dN = 80 mm

TSS Part no.: TG32K0800 (from Table 101)

Select the material from the Material Section. The corresponding code numbers are appended to the TSS Part No. Together they form the TSS Article No.The TSS Article No. for all intermediate sizes not shown in Table 101 can be determined following the example opposite.

note: For seal assemblies requiring compliance to industry regulations, O-Ring energizers need to be ordered separately from the seal. Contact your local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions marketing company for further assistance.

Material Code (Seal Ring)

Series No.

TSS Article No.

Material Code (O-Ring)

Bore diameter x 10**Quality Index (Standard)

Type (Standard)

MF4 NTG32 -K 0800

** For diameters dN ≥ 1,000 mm only with TSS Special Article Number.

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 206 17.10.2016 13:37:13

Turcon® Roto Glyd Ring® K

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 207Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Shaft Dia.

Groove Dia.

Groove Width TSS

Part no.O-Ring

Dimensiondn f8/h9

D1 H9L1

+0.20

20.0 27.5 3.2 TG31K0200 21.89 x 2.62

22.0 29.5 3.2 TG31K0220 25.07 x 2.62

25.0 32.5 3.2 TG31K0250 28.24 x 2.62

28.0 35.5 3.2 TG31K0280 31.42 x 2.62

30.0 37.5 3.2 TG31K0300 32.99 x 2.62

32.0 39.5 3.2 TG31K0320 34.59 x 2.62

35.0 42.5 3.2 TG31K0350 37.77 x 2.62

36.0 43.5 3.2 TG31K0360 39.34 x 2.62

40.0 51.0 4.2 TG32K0400 44.04 x 3.53

42.0 53.0 4.2 TG32K0420 47.22 x 3.53

45.0 56.0 4.2 TG32K0450 50.39 x 3.53

48.0 59.0 4.2 TG32K0480 53.57 x 3.53

50.0 61.0 4.2 TG32K0500 53.57 x 3.53

52.0 63.0 4.2 TG32K0520 56.74 x 3.53

55.0 66.0 4.2 TG32K0550 59.92 x 3.53

56.0 67.0 4.2 TG32K0560 59.92 x 3.53

60.0 71.0 4.2 TG32K0600 63.09 x 3.53

63.0 74.0 4.2 TG32K0630 66.27 x 3.53

65.0 76.0 4.2 TG32K0650 69.44 x 3.53

70.0 81.0 4.2 TG32K0700 75.79 x 3.53

75.0 86.0 4.2 TG32K0750 78.97 x 3.53

80.0 91.0 4.2 TG32K0800 85.32 x 3.53

85.0 96.0 4.2 TG32K0850 88.49 x 3.53

90.0 101.0 4.2 TG32K0900 94.84 x 3.53

95.0 106.0 4.2 TG32K0950 101.19 x 3.53

100.0 111.0 4.2 TG32K1000 104.37 x 3.53

105.0 116.0 4.2 TG32K1050 110.72 x 3.53

110.0 121.0 4.2 TG32K1100 113.89 x 3.53

115.0 126.0 4.2 TG32K1150 120.24 x 3.53

120.0 131.0 4.2 TG32K1200 123.42 x 3.53

125.0 136.0 4.2 TG32K1250 129.77 x 3.53

130.0 141.0 4.2 TG32K1300 136.12 x 3.53

Shaft Dia.

Groove Dia.

Groove Width TSS

Part no.O-Ring

Dimensiondn f8/h9

D1 H9L1

+0.20

135.0 146.0 4.2 TG32K1350 139.29 x 3.53

140.0 151.0 4.2 TG32K1400 145.64 x 3.53

150.0 161.0 4.2 TG32K1500 158.34 x 3.53

160.0 171.0 4.2 TG32K1600 164.69 x 3.53

170.0 181.0 4.2 TG32K1700 177.39 x 3.53

180.0 191.0 4.2 TG32K1800 183.74 x 3.53

190.0 201.0 4.2 TG32K1900 196.44 x 3.53

200.0 215.5 6.3 TG33K2000 208.92 x 5.33

210.0 225.5 6.3 TG33K2100 215.27 x 5.33

220.0 235.5 6.3 TG33K2200 227.97 x 5.33

230.0 245.5 6.3 TG33K2300 234.32 x 5.33

240.0 255.5 6.3 TG33K2400 247.02 x 5.33

250.0 265.5 6.3 TG33K2500 253.37 x 5.33

280.0 301.0 8.1 TG34K2800 291.47 x 7.00

300.0 321.0 8.1 TG34K3000 304.17 x 7.00

320.0 341.0 8.1 TG34K3200 329.57 x 7.00

350.0 371.0 8.1 TG34K3500 354.97 x 7.00

360.0 381.0 8.1 TG34K3600 367.67 x 7.00

400.0 421.0 8.1 TG34K4000 405.26 x 7.00

500.0 521.0 8.1 TG34K5000 506.86 x 7.00

600.0 621.0 8.1 TG34K6000 608.08 x 7.00

700.0 728.0 9.5 TG35K7000 712.90 x 8.40*

800.0 828.0 9.5 TG35K8000 812.90 x 8.40*

900.0 928.0 9.5 TG35K9000 912.90 x 8.40*

The Shaft diameters in bold type correspond to the recommendations of ISO 3320.

Other dimensions and all intermediate sizes up to 999.9 mm diameter including inch sizes can be supplied. For diameters ≥ 1,000.0 mm only with TSS Special Article Number.

* Theoretical ideal O-Ring size

Table 101: Standard Installation Dimensions / TSS Part no. – Metric

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 207 17.10.2016 13:37:14

ROTARY SEALS · Turcon® Roto Glyd Ring® K

208 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

� Installation Recommendations for Piston Seals – Metric

P

r1

S

L1rmax. 0.3

d 2

DN

d 1

Figure 90: Installation Drawing

Table 102: Installation Dimensions – Standard Recommendations – Metric

Series number

Bore DiameterDn H9

Groove Diameter

d1 h9

Groove Width

L1 +0.2

Radius

r1

Radial ClearanceSmax*

O-Ring Cross-

Section d2

no. of grooves in the

sealing surface

Recommended Range

Available Range

10 MPa

20 MPa

30 MPa

TG41K 40 - 79.9 14 - 250.0 DN - 7.5 3.20 0.60 0.20 0.15 0.10 2.62 1

TG42K 80 - 132.9 22 - 460.0 DN - 11.0 4.20 1.00 0.25 0.20 0.15 3.53 1

TG43K 133 - 329.9 40 - 675.0 DN - 15.5 6.30 1.30 0.30 0.25 0.20 5.33 2

TG44K 330 - 669.9 133 - 690.0 DN - 21.0 8.10 1.80 0.35 0.30 0.25 7.00 2

TG45K 670 - 999.9 - DN - 28.0 9.50 2.50 0.40 0.35 0.30 8.40 2

* At pressures > 30 MPa: Use diameter tolerance H8/f8 (bore / piston) in area of seal.

At pressures > 10 MPa it is recommended to choose the next larger cross section according to the column “Available range“ i.e. for bore ø 80 mm: TG 43 K 0800-.

ORDERInG ExAMPLE

Turcon® Roto Glyd Ring® K complete with O-Ring, Standard application:

Series: TG42K (from Table 102)

Shaft diameter: DN = 80.0 mm

TSS Part no.: TG42K0800 (from Table 103)

Select the material from the Material Section. The corresponding code numbers are appended to the TSS Part No. Together they form the TSS Article No.The TSS Article No. for all intermediate sizes not shown in Table 103 can be determined following the example opposite.

note: For seal assemblies requiring compliance to industry regulations, O-Ring energizers need to be ordered separately from the seal. Contact your local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions marketing company for further assistance.

Material Code (Seal Ring)

Series No.

TSS Article No.

Material Code (O-Ring)

Bore diameter x 10**Quality Index (Standard)

Type (Standard)

MF4 NTG42 -K 0800

** For diameters DN ≥ 1,000 mm only with TSS Special Article Number.

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 208 17.10.2016 13:37:15

Turcon® Roto Glyd Ring® K

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 209Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Bore Dia.

Groove Dia.

Groove Width TSS

Part no.O-Ring

DimensionsDn f8/h9

d1 h9L1

+0.20

25.0 17.5 3.2 TG41K0250 17.12 x 2.62

28.0 20.5 3.2 TG41K0280 20.29 x 2.62

30.0 22.5 3.2 TG41K0300 21.89 x 2.62

32.0 24.5 3.2 TG41K0320 23.47 x 2.62

35.0 27.5 3.2 TG41K0350 26.64 x 2.62

40.0 32.5 3.2 TG41K0400 31.42 x 2.62

42.0 34.5 3.2 TG41K0420 32.99 x 2.62

45.0 37.5 3.2 TG41K0450 36.17 x 2.62

48.0 40.5 3.2 TG41K0480 39.34 x 2.62

48.0 37.0 4.2 TG42K0480 36.09 x 3.53

50.0 39.0 4.2 TG42K0500 37.69 x 3.53

52.0 41.0 4.2 TG42K0520 40.87 x 3.53

55.0 44.0 4.2 TG42K0550 44.04 x 3.53

56.0 45.0 4.2 TG42K0560 44.04 x 3.53

60.0 49.0 4.2 TG42K0600 47.22 x 3.53

63.0 52.0 4.2 TG42K0630 50.39 x 3.53

65.0 54.0 4.2 TG42K0650 53.57 x 3.53

70.0 59.0 4.2 TG42K0700 56.74 x 3.53

75.0 64.0 4.2 TG42K0750 63.09 x 3.53

80.0 69.0 4.2 TG42K0800 66.27 x 3.53

85.0 74.0 4.2 TG42K0850 72.62 x 3.53

90.0 79.0 4.2 TG42K0900 78.97 x 3.53

95.0 84.0 4.2 TG42K0950 82.14 x 3.53

100.0 89.0 4.2 TG42K1000 88.49 x 3.53

110.0 99.0 4.2 TG42K1100 98.02 x 3.53

115.0 104.0 4.2 TG42K1150 101.19 x 3.53

120.0 109.0 4.2 TG42K1200 107.54 x 3.53

125.0 114.0 4.2 TG42K1250 113.89 x 3.53

125.0 109.5 6.3 TG43K1250 107.32 x 5.33

130.0 114.5 6.3 TG43K1300 113.67 x 5.33

135.0 119.5 6.3 TG43K1350 116.84 x 5.33

140.0 124.5 6.3 TG43K1400 123.19 x 5.33

Bore Dia.

Groove Dia.

Groove Width TSS

Part no.O-Ring

DimensionsDn f8/h9

d1 h9L1

+0.20

150.0 134.5 6.3 TG43K1500 132.72 x 5.33

160.0 144.5 6.3 TG43K1600 142.24 x 5.33

170.0 154.5 6.3 TG43K1700 151.77 x 5.33

180.0 164.5 6.3 TG43K1800 164.47 x 5.33

190.0 174.5 6.3 TG43K1900 170.82 x 5.33

200.0 184.5 6.3 TG43K2000 183.52 x 5.33

210.0 194.5 6.3 TG43K2100 189.87 x 5.33

220.0 204.5 6.3 TG43K2200 202.57 x 5.33

230.0 214.5 6.3 TG43K2300 208.92 x 5.33

240.0 224.5 6.3 TG43K2400 221.62 x 5.33

250.0 234.5 6.3 TG43K2500 234.32 x 5.33

280.0 264.5 6.3 TG43K2800 266.07 x 5.33

300.0 284.5 6.3 TG43K3000 278.77 x 5.33

320.0 304.5 6.3 TG43K3200 304.17 x 5.33

350.0 334.5 6.3 TG43K3500 329.57 x 5.33

400.0 379.0 8.1 TG44K4000 367.67 x 7.00

420.0 399.0 8.1 TG44K4200 393.07 x 7.00

450.0 429.0 8.1 TG44K4500 417.96 x 7.00

480.0 459.0 8.1 TG44K4800 456.06 x 7.00

500.0 479.0 8.1 TG44K5000 468.76 x 7.00

600.0 579.0 8.1 TG44K6000 582.68 x 7.00

700.0 672.0 9.5 TG45K7000 670.30 x 8.40*

800.0 772.0 9.5 TG45K8000 770.30 x 8.40*

900.0 872.0 9.5 TG45K9000 870.30 x 8.40*

The Bore diameters in bold type correspond to the recommendations of ISO 3320.

Other dimensions and all intermediate sizes up to 999.9 mm diameter including inch sizes can be supplied. For diameters ≥ 1,000.0 mm only with TSS Special Article Number.

* Theoretical ideal O-Ring size

Table 103: Standard Installation Dimensions / TSS Part no. – Metric

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 209 17.10.2016 13:37:15

ROTARY SEALS · Turcon® Roto Glyd Ring® K

210 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 210 17.10.2016 13:37:15

ROTARY SEALS

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 211Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Turcon®Turcon®TurconRoto VarisealTurconRoto VarisealTurcon ®Suitable for rotary, reciprocating and static service

Remains tight in the groove even when subject to oscillating or helical movements

Low coefficient of friction

Protects against mechanical torsion

Good scraping effect

Stick-slip-free operating for precise control

High abrasion resistance and dimensional stability

Withstands rapid changes in temperature

Excellent resistance to aging

Unidirectional seal

Anti-rotation flange secures seal in hardware

Unlimited shelf life

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 211 17.10.2016 13:37:17

ROTARY SEALS · Turcon® Roto Variseal®

212 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 212 17.10.2016 13:37:17

Turcon® Roto Variseal®

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 213Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

� Turcon® Roto Variseal®

DESCRIPTIOn

Turcon® Roto Variseal® is excellent in rotary, reciprocating and static applications when there is a need to lock the seal in the groove.

The standard Variseal® for rotary applications, Turcon® Roto Variseal® is a single-acting seal consisting of a U-shaped jacket and a V-shaped corrosion-resistant spring.

Turcon® Roto Variseal® has a flanged heel, which prevents the seal from rotating in the groove and a short heavy dynamic lip that reduces friction. This gives a long service life and good scraping ability, even in media of high viscosity.

Turcon® Roto Variseal®

V-Shaped Spring

Retaining ange

P

Figure 91: Turcon® Roto Variseal®

AREAS OF APPLICATIOn

- Rotary shafts on general hydraulic applications

- Rotating and pivoting arms

- Rotating distributor shafts

- Rotary couplings

- Drive shafts

TECHnICAL DATA

Operating Pressure: Maximum dynamic load: 15 MPa / 2,175 psi Maximum static load: 25 MPa / 3,626 psi

Speed: Reciprocating up to 10 m/s / 1,980 fpm Rotating up to 2 m/s / 390 fpm

Temperature: -70 °C to +300 °C / -94 °F to +572 °F

Media Compatibility: Virtually all fluids, chemicals and gases

IMPORTAnT nOTE

The above data are maximum values and cannot be used at the same time. e.g. the maximum operating speed depends on material type, pressure, temperature and gap value.emperature range also dependent on media.

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 213 17.10.2016 13:37:18

ROTARY SEALS · Turcon® Roto Variseal®

214 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

FRICTIOnAL FORCE

Indicative values for frictional force are included in the figure below. Frictional force is given as a function of sliding speed and operating pressure for a shaft diameter of 50 mm / 2 inch at an oil temperature of +60°C / +140 °F. The operating limits are lower at higher temperatures.

Indicative values for other shaft diameters can be calculated from the formula:

dP P50 x 50 mm

( ) [W]

(0)0 10 20 30

100

200

300

400

(1450) (2900) (4350)

1 m/s(3.28 ft/s)

0.5 m/s(1.64 ft/s)

0.25 m/s(0.82 ft/s)

0.15 m/s(0.50 ft/s)

Shaft 50 mm / 2 in+60 ºC / +140 ºF

Pressure MPa (psi)

Fric

tion

Pow

er (W

)

Figure 92: Frictional Force for Turcon® Roto Variseal®

The indicative values apply for constant operating conditions. Changes in these, such as pressure fluctuations or direction of rotation can result in significantly higher frictional values.

APPLICATIOn LIMITS

The maximum operating limits for temperature, pressure and speed are dependent upon one another and therefore cannot all apply at the same time.

The lubrication properties of the media to be sealed and heat dissipation must also be taken into consideration.

The following PV values can be used as general guidelines:

Poor lubrication up to PV = 2 MPa x m/s (950 psi x ft/s)

Good lubrication up to PV = 5 MPa x m/s (2,375 psi x ft/s)

Very good cooling up to PV = 8 MPa x m/s (3,800 psi x ft/s)

These values are lower for diameters < 50 mm / 2 inches. Tests of these characteristics are recommended to establish application limits.

MATInG SURFACE MATERIALS

Sealing of applications with rotating movements require very good mating surfaces. A minimum hardness 55 HRC is recommended to a hardening depth of at least 0.3 mm / 0.012 inch.

Particular attention must be paid to coated surfaces and good heat dissipation through the coating is required.

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 214 17.10.2016 13:37:18

Turcon® Roto Variseal®

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 215Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 215 17.10.2016 13:37:18

ROTARY SEALS · Turcon® Roto Variseal®

216 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

� Installation Recommendations for Rod – Metric

blend radius

dS d 1

30°

L1r1

TVM

L2

d 2

k

Figure 93: Installation Drawing

Table 104: Installation Dimensions – Metric

Series no.

Rod Diameter d d1 d2 L1 L2 k r1Radial Clearance

Smax

Standard Range

Extended

Range

Groove Diameter

Flange Diameter

Groove Width

Flange Groove

Diameter

Lead-in Chamfer

Radius 2 MPa

10 MPa

20 MPa

H9 H10 Min Max

TVM1 5.0 - 19.9 5.0 - 200.0 d + 5.0 d + 9.0 3.6 0.85 +0.10 0.8 0.4 0.25 0.15 0.10

TVM2 20.0 - 39.9 10.0 - 400.0 d + 7.0 d + 12.5 4.8 1.35 +0.15 1.1 0.4 0.35 0.20 0.15

TVM3 40.0 - 399.9 20.0 - 700.0 d + 10.5 d + 17.5 7.1 1.80 +0.20 1.4 0.6 0.50 0.25 0.20

TVM4 400.0 - 999.9 35.0 - 999.9 d + 14.0 d + 22.0 9.5 2.80 +0.20 1.6 0.8 0.60 0.30 0.25

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 216 17.10.2016 13:37:19

Turcon® Roto Variseal®

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 217Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

� Installation Recommendations for Rod – Inch

blend radius

dS d 1

30°

L1r1

TVM

L2

d 2

k

Figure 94: Installation Drawing

Table 105: Installation Dimensions – Inch

Series no.

Rod Diameter d h9 d1 d2 L1 L2 k r1Radial Clearance

Smax

Standard Range

Extended Range

Groove Diameter

Flange Diameter

Groove Width Flange Groove

DiameterLead-in Chamfer

Radius 2 MPa

10 MPa

20 MPa

H9 H10 Min Max

TVM1 0.187 - 0.749 0.187 - 8.000 d + 0.197 d + 0.354 0.141 0.033 +.004 0.031 0.016 0.010 0.006 0.004

TVM2 0.750 - 1.499 0.375 - 16.000 d + 0.276 d + 0.492 0.189 0.053 +.006 0.043 0.016 0.014 0.008 0.006

TVM3 1.500 - 14.999 0.750 - 28.000 d + 0.413 d + 0.689 0.280 0.071 +.008 0.055 0.024 0.020 0.010 0.008

TVM4 15.000 -39.999 1.500 - 39.999 d + 0.551 d + 0.866 0.374 0.110 +.008 0.063 0.031 0.024 0.012 0.010

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 217 17.10.2016 13:37:19

ROTARY SEALS · Turcon® Roto Variseal®

218 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Table 106: Part number System for Roto Variseal®

Article CodeCross-

SectionSize Classification

Seal Material

Spring Material

Spring Load

TVM Roto Variseal®

Metric1 2.502 3.503 5.254 7.00

Inches1 0.0982 0.1383 0.2074 0.276

0xxx Rod dia < 1,000 mm (dia x 10.0)xxxx Rod dia. >= 1,000 mm (dia x 1.0)

Rxxx Rod dia < 10.0 Inch (dia x 1,000.0)Kxxx Rod dia. >= 10.0 Inch (dia x 100.0)

- Industrial MF1 MF2 MF3 MF4 MF5 MF6

S Stainless Steel H Hastelloy E Elgiloy

M Medium R Hi-Clean*

* Available with spring groove high temperature silicone

ORDERInG ExAMPLE 1 – METRIC

T V M 3 0 0 8 0 0 S M

Spring MaterialStainless Steel Medium spring load

Jacket MaterialMF4

SizeLeading indicator is 0 therefore 0800 represents a 80.0 mm shaft diameter

Cross-section5.25 mm

DesignRotary SealsRoto Variseal®

ClassificationIndustrial

F 4M-

ORDERInG ExAMPLE 2 – InCH

T V M 3 R 2 5 0 0 S R

Spring MaterialStainless Steel Medium spring loadHi-Clean Silicone

Jacket MaterialMF6

SizeLeading indicator is R therefore 2500 represents a 2.500 inch shaft diameter

Cross-section0.207 inch

DesignRotary SealsRoto Variseal®

ClassificationIndustrial

F 6M-

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 218 17.10.2016 13:37:20

Turcon® Roto Variseal®

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 219Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Rod/Face Seal

Sealing Piston

Double Decker

Conical Seal

Seal to overcome largeeccentricity.

Double acting sealing pistonfor a.o. filling machines.

Can be adapted to anygroove dimension.With encapsulated spring.

This isolates the springfrom the media.

Turcon® Roto Variseal®

CryogenicDesign optimised for lowtemperature use. Minimizes effect of contraction forces.

Turcon® Roto® Variseal®

Helical Sanitary

Turcon® Roto Variseal®

Sanitary

With encapsulated spring.This isolates the springfrom the media.For static applications.

High Pressure SystemSealing system for extremepressures or big extrusion gaps.

Variseal® Mini-pistonDesign for small applications,such as pipettes.

Captive Variseal® HProtects against pressure surges.

Sealing PistonCompact sealing piston.

Figure 95: Special Variseals

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 219 17.10.2016 13:37:20

ROTARY SEALS · Turcon® Roto Variseal®

220 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 220 17.10.2016 13:37:21

ROTARY SEALS

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 221Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Turcon®Turcon®TurconRoto VL SealTurconRoto VL SealTurcon ®Single-acting seal for rotary, turning and oscillating movements

Lubricant reservoir

Very low friction

Stick-slip-free operation

Simple one piece housing design

Available for shaft and bore application

No vulcanization to mating surface

Installed in standard O-Ring housing

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 221 17.10.2016 13:37:23

ROTARY SEALS · Turcon® Roto VL Seal®

222 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 222 17.10.2016 13:37:23

Turcon® Roto VL Seal®

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 223Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

� Turcon®Roto VL Seal®

DESCRIPTIOn

Turcon®Roto VL Seal®is a single-acting rotary shaft seal with the same groove dimensions as standard O-Rings, see Figure 96.

The design is optimized for friction, leakage and service life.

Roto VL Seal®offers improved performance in terms of high dynamic sealing efficiency, low friction and static sealing by an elastomer component.

PTurcon® Seal

O-Ring

Figure 96: Turcon®Roto VL Seal®

Turcon®Roto VL Seal®covers both shaft and bore installations but as a single-acting seal, it is primarily applicable as a shaft seal.

METHOD OF OPERATIOn

The single-acting Roto VL Seal®is a combination of a Turcon®based slipper seal and an energizing O-Ring. It has an interference fit, which together with the squeeze of the O-Ring, ensures a good sealing effect even at low pressure. At higher system pressures the O-Ring is energized by the fluid, pushing the Roto VL Seal®against the sealing face with increased force.

Turcon®Roto VL Seal®has very high static sealing effect in the groove provided by the O-Ring. This is protected from damage under pressure cycles by the supporting concave seal back and also keeps it in position at high working pressure.

ADVAnTAGES

- Standard O-Ring groove dimensions, , ISO 6194 and AS 4716

- For rotary, turning and helical movements

- Low to high pressures

- Available for shaft and bore sealing applications

- Low friction

- Stick-slip-free starting

- High static sealing effect

- High dimensional stability

- Lubricant reservoir

- Available in Turcon®and Zurcon®materials

- Available in all sizes up to 2,600 mm / 102 inch for shaft seals and to 2,700 mm / 106 inch for bore seals

APPLICATIOnS ExAMPLES

The seal is used in hydraulics and general machine construction as an alternative to other single-acting seals according to their individual advantages in: - Food processing, blenders and mixers

- Cam valves for products containing e.g. fruit pieces

- Hydraulic swivels

- Rotary distributors

- Valve spindles

- Hydraulic steering units

- Rotary swivel valves

- Rotator for handling devices

- Vane actuators / motors

- Hydraulic motors

- Pump shafts

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 223 17.10.2016 13:37:23

ROTARY SEALS · Turcon® Roto VL Seal®

224 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

TECHnICAL DATA

Seal performance is influenced by such factors as lubrication capability of the sealed medium and heat dissipation in the hardware, therefore testing should always be carried out.With good lubrication, the following values can be assumed:

Operating Conditions

Movement: Rotary, intermittent, helical or oscillating

Pressure: Up to 20 MPa ( 2,900 psi) with continuous rotation Up to 30 MPa ( 4,350 psi) at slow turning motion

Speed: Up to 2 m/s / 393 fpm and/or 1,000 rpm according to seal material

Temperature: Turcon®materials: -40 °C to +120 °C*) (+150 °C slow turning) -40 °F to +248 °F*) (+302 °F slow turning) according to O-Ring materialZurcon®Z80 / Z81: -40 °C to +60 °C*) / -40 °F to +140 °F*) (+93 °C / +200 °F slow turning) according to O-Ring material

Media: Water and beverages, viscous food products, mineral oil-based hydraulic fluids, flame-retardant hydraulic fluids, environmentally-friendly hydraulic fluids (bio-oils), depending on seal and elastomer material.

Availability: Shaft diameters from 6 to 2,600 mm / 0.236 to 102 inchBore diameters from 10 to 2,700 mm / 0.393 to 106 inch

Caution with: - Operating at temperatures above +80 °C / +176 °F, use O-Rings in HNBR or FKM

- Rotary service on shafts and bores with poor heat dissipation

- Shaft and bores with hardness below 50 HRC

- Constant rotation for Zurcon®materials

IMPORTAnT nOTE

The above data are maximum values and cannot be used at the same time. E.g. the maximum operating speed depends on material type, pressure, temperature and gap value.

IMPORTAnT nOTE FOR THE BORE VERSIOn:

In case of unpressurized applications in temperatures below 0 °C / +32 °F, please contact your local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions marketing company for more information.

RADIAL nOTCH

Turcon®Roto VL Seal®can be delivered with radial notches on the ”back side” (low pressure side). This is an advantage when the seal is used in rotary applications. If pressurized fluid is trapped between the seal and groove corner, notches can prevent the seal from rotating in the groove. (See ordering examples).

P Turcon® Seal Ring

Notch

O-Ring

Figure 97: Turcon®Roto VL Seal®with radial notch

FRICTIOnAL POWER

Guide values for the frictional power (P) can be determined from the graph in Figure 98. They are shown as a function of the sliding speed and operating pressure for a shaft diameter of 50 mm / 2 inch with an oil temperature of +60 °C / +140 °F. At higher temperatures, these application limits must be reduced.

Formula for other diameters d:

P = P50 x (d) [W]

( 50 mm )

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 224 17.10.2016 13:37:24

Turcon® Roto VL Seal®

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 225Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Fric

tiona

l Pow

er P

50

(W)

Friction at constant rotation

0

100

200

300

400

10(1450) (2900) (4351)

Pressure MPa (psi)

20 30

1 m/s /196 fpm

0.5 m/s /98 fpm

0.25 m/s /49 fpm

0.15 m/s /29 fpm

Shaft 50 mm / 1.968 inch+60 ºC / +140 ºF

Figure 98: Frictional power for Turcon®Roto VL Seal®

The guide values apply for constant operating conditions. Pressure fluctuations or alternating directions of shaft rotation can result in considerably higher friction values.

O-RInG SIZE

The O-Rings for Roto VL Seal®are selected to suit the groove diameter; for shaft seals, the O-Ring should have an OD equal to or smaller than groove diameter, for bore seals the O-Ring should have an ID equal to or smaller than the groove diameter.

RECOMMEnDED MATERIALS

The following material combinations have proven effective for food, beverage and pharmaceutical fluid applications:

Turcon® Roto VL Seal® in Turcon® MF4 All round material choice for the Roto VL Seal®in lubricating fluids and other fluids with limited lubrication e. g. water:

O-Ring: NBR 70 Shore A N FKM 70 Shore A V HNBR 70 Shore A H (according to temperature and required approvals)

Set code: MF4N, MF4V or MF4H

Turcon® Roto VL Seal® in Turcon® MF6 All round material with high sealing effect for light to medium fluid applications. For fluids with requirements for compliance to various regulations:

O-Ring: NBR 70 Shore A N FKM 70 Shore A V HNBR 70 Shore A H (according to temperature, required approvals and availability)

Set code: MF6N, MF6V or MF6H

Turcon® Roto VL Seal® in Zurcon® Z80 / Z81 Applications with air, gases and risk of high abrasive wear Zurcon®Z80 / Z81 are recommended.

(temperature -45 °C to +80 °C / -49 °F to +176 °F)

O-Ring: NBR 70 Shore A N (according to temperature and required approvals)

Set code: Z80N or Z81N

Z80 / Z81 are for slow and not constant rotation.

Other Turcon®and Zurcon®materials are available on request.

Other O-Ring materials:

NBR 70 Shore A N FKM 70 Shore A V HNBR 70 Shore A H (according to temperature, required approvals and availability)

Special O-Rings with approvals have to be ordered separately. In this case, the last digit in the material code of the Roto VL Seal®becomes obsolete (see table next page).

Surface Finish Recommendation Shaft and bore surface finish for rotary motion must have no machining leads and be free from scratches, nicks or defects as well as any contamination. For the rotating surface and the seal groove plunge grinding is recommended for the finishing process.

Mating Surface MaterialsSurface hardness is recommended to be above 55 HRc, hardness depth minimum 0.3 mm / 0.012 inch. In certain circumstances such as low circumferential velocity, good lubrication and no contamination, surfaces with hardness levels below 55 HRc are suitable.

Coated surfaces must be finished with particular care:

- Chrome-plating must not peel off in service.

- Good heat dissipation must be assured by the coating.

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 225 17.10.2016 13:37:24

ROTARY SEALS · Turcon® Roto VL Seal®

226 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

InSTALLATIOn OF ROTO VL SEAL®

Roto VL Seal®is dimensionally interchangeable with seals for O-Ring housings, like VL Seal®, Double Delta®and Variseal®M2.

Groove dimensions, radial clearances and recommended seal series in relation to diameter are as illustrated in Table 108 and Table 110.

Roto VL Seal®is preferably installed in closed grooves. Depending on type and size, installation in split grooves is also possible.

The installation procedure is the same as for piston or rod seals, see pages 18 to 21.Lead-in chamfer, see Table 6 on page 16.

Roto VL Seal®with Semi-open GrooveIf improved cleanability and access for CIP fluids is required, a semi-open groove is recommended. The installation gap dimensions for this kind of installation can be found in Table 107.

D1

D2

d N

Figure 99: Installation of Turcon®Roto VL Seal®with Semi-open Groove

Table 107: Installation Dimensions – Semi-open Groove – Metric

Rod Diameter dn f8/h9 Groove Diameter

D1 H9

Groove Diameter

D2

Series no.

Standard Range

Available Range

TE110 10 - 19.9 6 - 100.0 dn + 4.5 dn + 2.8

TE120 20 - 39.9 10 - 200.0 dn + 6.2 dn + 4.1

TE130 40 - 119.9 20 - 400.0 dn + 9.4 dn + 5.7

TE140 120 - 399.9 35 - 650.0 dn + 12.2 dn + 8.5

TE150 400 - 649.9 125 - 999.9 dn + 15.9 dn + 11.2

TE160 650 - 999.9 400 - 999.9 dn + 19.0 dn + 13.4

TE16X - 1,000 - 2,600 dn + 19.0 dn + 13.4

DN

d 2 d 1

Figure 100: Installation of Turcon®Roto VL Seal®with Semi-open Groove

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 226 17.10.2016 13:37:25

Turcon® Roto VL Seal®

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 227Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 227 17.10.2016 13:37:25

ROTARY SEALS · Turcon® Roto VL Seal®

228 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

� Installation Recommendations for Shaft Seals – Metric

PL1

S rmax. 0.3

d2r1

D1

d N

Figure 101: Installation Drawing

Table 108: Installation Dimensions – Standard Recommendations – Metric

Shaft DiameterGroove

DiameterGroove Width

Radius Radial ClearanceO-Ring

Cross-Section

dn f8/h9

D1 H9

L1 +0.2

r1 Smax* d2

Series number

Recommended Range

Available Range

10 MPa 20 MPa 30 MPa

TE110 10 - 19.9 6 - 100.0 dn + 4.5 3.6 0.4 0.20 0.15 - 1.78

TE120 20 - 39.9 10 - 200.0 dn + 6.2 4.8 0.6 0.25 0.20 0.15 2.62

TE130 40 - 119.9 20 - 400.0 dn + 9.4 7.1 0.8 0.30 0.25 0.20 3.53

TE140 120 - 399.9 35 - 650.0 dn + 12.2 9.5 0.8 0.35 0.30 0.25 5.33

TE150 400 - 649.9 125 - 999.9 dn + 15.9 12.2 0.8 0.40 0.35 0.30 7.00

TE160 650 - 999.9 400 - 999.9 dn + 19.0 15.0 0.8 0.45 0.40 0.35 8.40

TE16X 1,000 - 2,600 - dn+ 19.0 15.0 0.8 0.45 0.40 0.35 8.40

* At pressures > 30 MPa: Use diameter tolerance H8/f8 (bore / shaft) in area of seal.

ORDERInG ExAMPLE

Roto VL Seal®complete with O-Ring, standard application:

Series: TE130 (from Table 108)

Shaft diameter: dN = 75.0 mm

TSS Part no.: TE1300750 (from Table 109)

Select the material from the Material Section. The corresponding code numbers are appended to the TSS Part No. Together they form the TSS Article Number.

The TSS Article No. for all intermediate sizes not shown in Table 109 can be determined following the example opposite.

note: For seal assemblies requiring compliance to industry standards or governmental regulations, O-Ring energizers need to be ordered separately from the seal. Contact your local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions marketing company for further assistance.

Material Code (Seal Ring)

Series No.

TSS Article No.

Material Code (O-Ring)

Shaft diameter x 10*Quality Index (Standard)

Type (Standard)**

MF4 NTE13 -0 0750

* For diameters dN ≥ 1000 mm multiply only by factor 1. Example: TE16X for diameter dN 1,200 mm

TSS Article No.: TE16X1200-MF4N

** Use suffix “N” for seals with radial notches, for diameter dN <1,000 mm (Figure 97). (Radial notches for diameter dN ≥ 1,000 mm TSS Special Article Number is required).

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 228 17.10.2016 13:37:26

Turcon® Roto VL Seal®

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 229Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Shaft Dia.

Groove Dia.

Groove Width TSS

Part no.O-Ring Sizedn

f8/h9D1 H9

L1 +0.20

6.0 10.5 3.6 TE1100060 7.10 x 1.80

8.0 12.5 3.6 TE1100080 9.25 x 1.78

10.0 14.5 3.6 TE1100100 11.20 x 1.80

12.0 16.5 3.6 TE1100120 13.20 x 1.80

14.0 18.5 3.6 TE1100140 15.60 x 1.78

15.0 19.5 4.8 TE1100150 16.32 x 1.78

16.0 20.5 4.8 TE1100160 17.17 x 1.78

18.0 22.5 4.8 TE1100180 19.00 x 1.80

20.0 26.2 4.8 TE1200200 21.89 x 2.62

22.0 28.2 4.8 TE1200220 23.47 x 2.62

25.0 31.2 4.8 TE1200250 26.64 x 2.62

28.0 34.2 4.8 TE1200280 29.82 x 2.62

30.0 36.2 4.8 TE1200300 31.42 x 2.62

32.0 38.2 4.8 TE1200320 34.59 x 2.62

35.0 41.2 4.8 TE1200350 36.17 x 2.62

36.0 42.2 4.8 TE1200360 37.77 x 2.62

40.0 49.4 7.1 TE1300400 44.04 x 3.53

42.0 51.4 7.1 TE1300420 44.04 x 3.53

45.0 54.4 7.1 TE1300450 47.22 x 3.53

48.0 57.4 7.1 TE1300480 50.39 x 3.53

50.0 59.4 7.1 TE1300500 53.57 x 3.53

52.0 61.4 7.1 TE1300520 56.74 x 3.53

55.0 64.4 7.1 TE1300550 59.92 x 3.53

56.0 65.4 7.1 TE1300560 59.92 x 3.53

60.0 69.4 7.1 TE1300600 63.09 x 3.53

63.0 72.4 7.1 TE1300630 66.27 x 3.53

65.0 74.4 7.1 TE1300650 69.44 x 3.53

70.0 79.4 7.1 TE1300700 72.62 x 3.53

75.0 84.4 7.1 TE1300750 78.97 x 3.53

80.0 89.4 7.1 TE1300800 82.14 x 3.53

85.0 94.4 7.1 TE1300850 88.49 x 3.53

90.0 99.4 7.1 TE1300900 94.84 x 3.53

95.0 104.4 7.1 TE1300950 98.02 x 3.53

100.0 109.4 7.1 TE1301000 104.37 x 3.53

105.0 114.4 7.1 TE1301050 107.54 x 3.53

110.0 119.4 7.1 TE1301100 113.89 x 3.53

115.0 124.4 7.1 TE1301150 117.07 x 3.53

120.0 132.2 9.5 TE1401200 123.19 x 5.33

125.0 137.2 9.5 TE1401250 129.54 x 5.33

130.0 142.2 9.5 TE1401300 132.72 x 5.33

Shaft Dia.

Groove Dia.

Groove Width TSS

Part no.O-Ring Sizedn

f8/h9D1 H9

L1 +0.20

135.0 147.2 9.5 TE1401350 139.07 x 5.33

140.0 152.2 9.5 TE1401400 145.42 x 5.33

150.0 162.2 9.5 TE1401500 158.12 x 5.33

160.0 172.2 9.5 TE1401600 164.47 x 5.33

170.0 182.2 9.5 TE1401700 177.17 x 5.33

180.0 192.2 9.5 TE1401800 183.52 x 5.33

190.0 202.2 9.5 TE1401900 196.22 x 5.33

200.0 212.2 9.5 TE1402000 202.57 x 5.33

210.0 222.2 9.5 TE1402100 215.27 x 5.33

220.0 232.2 9.5 TE1402200 227.97 x 5.33

230.0 242.2 9.5 TE1402300 234.32 x 5.33

240.0 252.2 9.5 TE1402400 247.02 x 5.33

250.0 262.2 9.5 TE1402500 253.37 x 5.33

280.0 292.2 9.5 TE1402800 291.47 x 5.33

300.0 312.2 9.5 TE1403000 304.17 x 5.33

320.0 332.2 9.5 TE1403200 329.57 x 5.33

350.0 362.2 9.5 TE1403500 354.97 x 5.33

360.0 372.2 9.5 TE1403600 365.00 x 5.30

400.0 415.9 12.2 TE1504000 405.26 x 7.00

500.0 515.9 12.2 TE1505000 506.86 x 7.00

600.0 615.9 12.2 TE1506000 608.08 x 7.00

700.0 719.0 15.0 TE1607000 703.90 x 8.40*

800.0 819.0 15.0 TE1608000 803.90 x 8.40*

900.0 919.0 15.0 TE1609000 903.90 x 8.40*

1,000.0 1,019.0 15.0 TE16X1000 1,003.90 x 8.40*

1,500.0 1,519.0 15.0 TE16X1500 1,503.90 x 8.40*

2,000.0 2,019.0 15.0 TE16X2000 2,003.90 x 8.40*

The shaft diameters in bold type correspond to the recommendations of ISO 3320.

Other dimensions and all intermediate sizes up to 2,600 mm diameter including inch sizes can be supplied.

* Theoretical ideal O-Ring size.

Table 109: Standard Installation Dimensions / TSS Part no. – Metric

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 229 17.10.2016 13:37:27

ROTARY SEALS · Turcon® Roto VL Seal®

230 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

� Installation Recommendations for Bore Seals – Metric

P

S

L1rmax. 0.3

r1DN

d 1

d2

Figure 102: Installation Drawing

Table 110: Installation Dimensions – Standard Recommendations – Metric

Bore DiameterGroove

DiameterGroove Width

Radius Radial ClearanceO-Ring

Cross-Section

Dn H9

d1 h9

L1 +0.2

r1 Smax* d2

Series number

Recommended Range

Available Range

10 MPa 20 MPa 30 MPa

TE210 14 - 24.9 10 - 100.0 Dn - 4.5 3.6 0.4 0.20 0.15 - 1.78

TE220 25 - 45.9 16 - 200.0 Dn - 6.2 4.8 0.6 0.25 0.20 0.15 2.62

TE230 46 - 124.9 28 - 400.0 Dn - 9.4 7.1 0.8 0.30 0.25 0.20 3.53

TE240 125 - 399.9 45 - 650.0 Dn - 12.2 9.5 0.8 0.35 0.30 0.25 5.33

TE250 400 - 649.9 125 - 999.9 Dn - 15.9 12.2 0.8 0.40 0.35 0.30 7.00

TE260 650 - 999.9 400 - 999.9 Dn - 19.0 15.0 0.8 0.45 0.40 0.35 8.40

TE26X 1,000 - 2,700 - Dn - 19.0 15.0 0.8 0.45 0.40 0.35 8.40

* At pressures > 30 MPa: Use diameter tolerance H8/f8 (bore / shaft) in area of seal.

ORDERInG ExAMPLE

Roto VL Seal®complete with O-Ring, standard application:

Series: TE230 (from Table 110)

Shaft diameter: DN = 80.0 mm

TSS Part no.: TE2300750 (from Table 111)

Select the material from the Material Section. The corresponding code numbers are appended to the TSS Part No. Together they form the TSS Article Number.

The TSS Article No. for all intermediate sizes not shown in Table 111 can be determined following the example opposite.

note: For seal assemblies requiring compliance to industry standards or governmental regulations, O-Ring energizers need to be ordered separately from the seal. Contact your local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions marketing company for further assistance.

Material Code (Seal Ring)

Series No.

TSS Article No.

Material Code (O-Ring)

Bore diameter x 10*Quality Index (Standard)

Type (Standard)**

MF4 NTE23 -0 0250

* For diameters DN ≥ 1,000 mm multiply only by factor 1. Example: TE26X for diameter DN 1,200 mm

TSS Article No.: TE26X1200-MF4N

** Use suffix “N” for seals with radial notches, for diameter DN < 1,000 mm (Figure 97). (Radial notches for diameter DN ≥ 1,000 mm TSS Special Article Number is required).

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 230 17.10.2016 13:37:28

Turcon® Roto VL Seal®

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 231Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Table 111: Standard Installation Dimensions / TSS Part no. – Metric

Shaft Dia.

Groove Dia.

Groove Width TSS

Part no.O-Ring SizeDn

H9d1 h9

L1 +0.20

10.0 5.5 3.6 TE2100100 5.28 x 1.78

12.0 7.5 3.6 TE2100120 7.10 x 1.80

14.0 9.5 3.6 TE2100140 9.25 x 1.78

15.0 10.5 3.6 TE2100150 9.50 x 1.80

16.0 11.5 3.6 TE2100160 11.20 x 1.80

18.0 13.5 3.6 TE2100180 13.20 x 1.80

20.0 15.5 3.6 TE2100200 15.60 x 1.78

22.0 17.5 3.6 TE2100220 17.17 x 1.78

25.0 18.8 4.8 TE2200250 18.00 x 2.65

28.0 21.8 4.8 TE2200280 21.89 x 2.62

30.0 23.8 4.8 TE2200300 23.47 x 2.62

32.0 25.8 4.8 TE2200320 25.07 x 2.62

35.0 28.8 4.8 TE2200350 28.24 x 2.62

40.0 33.8 4.8 TE2200400 32.99 x 2.62

42.0 35.8 4.8 TE2200420 34.59 x 2.62

45.0 38.8 4.8 TE2200450 37.77 x 2.62

48.0 38.6 7.1 TE2300480 37.69 x 3.53

50.0 40.6 7.1 TE2300500 40.87 x 3.53

52.0 42.6 7.1 TE2300520 40.87 x 3.53

55.0 45.6 7.1 TE2300550 44.04 x 3.53

56.0 46.6 7.1 TE2300560 44.04 x 3.53

60.0 50.6 7.1 TE2300600 50.39 x 3.53

63.0 53.6 7.1 TE2300630 53.57 x 3.53

65.0 55.6 7.1 TE2300650 53.57 x 3.53

70.0 60.6 7.1 TE2300700 59.92 x 3.53

75.0 65.6 7.1 TE2300750 66.27 x 3.53

80.0 70.6 7.1 TE2300800 69.44 x 3.53

85.0 75.6 7.1 TE2300850 75.79 x 3.53

90.0 80.6 7.1 TE2300900 78.97 x 3.53

95.0 85.6 7.1 TE2300950 85.32 x 3.53

100.0 90.6 7.1 TE2301000 91.67 x 3.53

110.0 100.6 7.1 TE2301100 101.19 x 3.53

115.0 105.6 7.1 TE2301150 104.37 x 3.53

120.0 110.6 7.1 TE2301200 110.72 x 3.53

125.0 112.8 9.5 TE2401250 113.67 x 5.33

130.0 117.8 9.5 TE2401300 116.84 x 5.33

135.0 122.8 9.5 TE2401350 123.19 x 5.33

140.0 127.8 9.5 TE2401400 126.37 x 5.33

150.0 137.8 9.5 TE2401500 135.89 x 5.33

160.0 147.8 9.5 TE2401600 145.42 x 5.33

Shaft Dia.

Groove Dia.

Groove Width TSS

Part no.O-Ring SizeDn

H9d1 h9

L1 +0.20

170.0 157.8 9.5 TE2401700 158.12 x 5.33

180.0 167.8 9.5 TE2401800 164.47 x 5.33

190.0 177.8 9.5 TE2401900 177.17 x 5.33

200.0 187.8 9.5 TE2402000 189.87 x 5.33

210.0 197.8 9.5 TE2402100 196.22 x 5.33

220.0 207.8 9.5 TE2402200 208.92 x 5.33

230.0 217.8 9.5 TE2402300 215.27 x 5.33

240.0 227.8 9.5 TE2402400 227.97 x 5.33

250.0 237.8 9.5 TE2402500 234.32 x 5.33

280.0 267.8 9.5 TE2402800 266.07 x 5.33

300.0 287.8 9.5 TE2403000 291.47 x 5.33

320.0 307.8 9.5 TE2403200 304.17 x 5.33

350.0 337.8 9.5 TE2403500 329.57 x 5.33

400.0 384.1 12.2 TE2504000 380.37 x 7.00

420.0 404.1 12.2 TE2504200 405.26 x 7.00

450.0 434.1 12.2 TE2504500 430.66 x 7.00

480.0 464.1 12.2 TE2504800 468.76 x 7.00

500.0 484.1 12.2 TE2505000 481.38 x 7.00

600.0 584.1 12.2 TE2506000 582.68 x 7.00

700.0 681.0 15.0 TE2607000 679.30 x 8.40*

800.0 781.0 15.0 TE2608000 779.30 x 8.40*

900.0 881.0 15.0 TE2609000 879.30 x 8.40*

1,000.0 981.0 15.0 TE26X1000 979.30 x 8.40*

1,500.0 1,481.0 15.0 TE26X1500 1,479.30 x 8.40*

2,000.0 1,981.0 15.0 TE26X2000 1,979.30 x 8.40*

The bore diameters in bold type comply with the recommendations of ISO 3320.

Other dimensions and all intermediate sizes up to 2,700 mm diameter including inch sizes can be supplied.

* Theoretical ideal O-Ring size.

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 231 17.10.2016 13:37:28

ROTARY SEALS · Turcon® Roto VL Seal®

232 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 232 17.10.2016 13:37:28

ScraperS

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 233Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Scrapers

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 233 17.10.2016 13:37:34

234 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

SCRAPERS

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 234 17.10.2016 13:37:34

SCRAPERS

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 235Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Turcon®Turcon®TurconExcluderTurconExcluderTurcon ®FPrevents ingress of contaminants into sealing systems

Protects sealing systems from damage by contaminants

Improved radial flexibility

Improved sealing function due to O-Ring arrangement

Easier installation in closed groove

Very low friction

Stick-slip-free operation

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 235 17.10.2016 13:37:36

SCRAPERS · Turcon® Excluder® F

236 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 236 17.10.2016 13:37:36

Turcon® Excluder® F

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 237Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

� Turcon® Excluder® F

DESCRIPTIOn

Turcon® Excluder® F is a double-acting scraper with a scraper lip, respectively sealing lip, positioned back-to-back. The scraper is installed with two O-Rings as elastic energizing elements. The O-Rings maintain the pressure of the scraper lips against the sliding surface and compensate deflections of the piston rod.

Turcon® Scraper

O-Ring

P

Figure 103: Turcon® Excluder® F

Excluder® F Functions - Scrape contaminants from the retracting piston rod protects

the system from ingress of contaminants.

- Hold back the residual fluid film on the extending piston rod on the medium side.

Excluder® F is preferably used in conjunction with rod seals such as Turcon® Stepseal® 2K or Zurcon® Rimseal, i.e. seals with a hydrodynamic back-pumping function. Application wise, the Excluder® F is placed between Excluder® 2 and Excluder®

5 for medium to "light-heavy" duty such as in the following applications.

APPLICATIOn ExAMPLES

Excluder® F is for light to medium duty applications such as in: - Piston fillers

- Sampling valves

- Valve stems of seat valves

- Hydraulic cylinders within food filling or packaging machines

- Pneumatic and mechanical actuators exposed to cleaning fluids or high temperatures

- Automation

- Robotics

ADVAnTAGES

- Outstanding sliding properties

- Stick-slip-free

- Tough scraper particulary in Zurcon® materials

- Can compensate deflections of the piston rod or plunger

- Very good scraping effect even against firmly adhered dirt and other contaminants

- Very good sealing effect from the inside against the residual oil film adhering to the surface of the piston rod

- Very high resistance to hydraulic media, processing and cleaning fluids; dependent on O-Ring material

- Available for diameters from 19 to 1,500 mm / 0.750 to 59.0 inch

- ISO/DIN 6195 Type D installation on recommended dimensions from ø 40 to ø 140 mm / ø 1.575 to ø 5.512 inch

TECHnICAL DATA

Operating conditions

Speed: 15 m/s / 50 ft/s for Turcon® materials2 m/s / 6.5 ft/s for Zurcon® Z80 / Z81

Temperature: -45 °C to +200 °C / -49 °F to +392 °F for Turcon® materials-60 °C to +80 °C / -76 °F to +176 °F for Zurcon® Z80 / Z81(depending on O-Ring materials)

Media: Mineral oil-based hydraulic fluids, flame retardant fluids, environmentally-friendly hydraulic fluids (bio-oils), phosphate ester, water, steam, pharmaceutical powders, CIP/SIP fluids, air and others, depending on scraper and O-Ring material compatibility.

IMPORTAnT nOTE

The above data are maximum values and cannot be used at the same time. e.g. the maximum operating speed depends on material type, environment, temperature and media.

Surface Finish RecommendationRecommended surface of Piston / Rod is described in the Hardware & Design Expertise chapter from page 11 to 14

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 237 17.10.2016 13:37:37

SCRAPERS · Turcon® Excluder® F

238 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

MATERIALS

The following material combinations have proven effective for food, beverage and pharmaceutical fluid applications:

TURCOn ®ExCLUDER ®F In TURCOn ®MF6

All round material for light to medium fluid applications with linear, short stroke or helical movements in various fluids and with requirements for compliance to various regulations.

Temperature -45 °C to +200 °C / -49 °F to +392 °F

O-Ring: NBR 70 Shore A N FKM 70 Shore A V EPDM 70 Shore A E FFKM 75 Shore A J (according to media,temperature, required approvals and availability)

For lubricating and limited lubricating fluids, e.g. water:

TURCOn®ExCLUDER®F In TURCOn ®MF4

Recommendable for linear, short stroke and turning movements. Not suitable for gases:

Temperature -45 °C to +200 °C / -49 °F to +392 °F

O-Ring: NBR 70 Shore A N FKM 70 Shore A V EPDM 70 Shore A E FFKM 75 Shore A J (according to media, temperature, required approvals and availability)

TURCOn®ExCLUDER®F In ZURCOn ®Z80 / Z81

Applications with air, gases and risk of high abrasive wear ZurconR Z80 / Z81 are recommended

Temperature -45 °C to +80 °C / -49 °F to +176 °F

O-Ring: NBR 70 Shore A N FKM 70 Shore A V EPDM 70 Shore A E FFKM 75 Shore A J (according to media, required approvals and availability)

For Standard Hydraulic Applications:

TURCOn®ExCLUDER®F In TURCOn®M12

All round material for hydraulic applications with reciprocating, short stroke or helical movements in various standard hydraulic fluids:

Temperature -45 °C to +200 °C / -49 °F to +392 °F

O-Ring: NBR 70 Shore A N FKM 70 Shore A V (according to media, temperature and availability)

Set code: M12N or M12V

Other scraper ring materials and elastomers are available on request, see Table 9 on page 31 and Table 11 on page 32.

Installation of Excluder® FThe scraper is preferably installed in a closed groove. The installation procedure is the same as for a rod seal, see page 20 to 23.

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 238 17.10.2016 13:37:37

Turcon® Excluder® F

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 239Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 239 17.10.2016 13:37:37

SCRAPERS · Turcon® Excluder® F

240 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

� Installation Recommendation – Metric

60° d 2

L3

rmax. 0.3

r1

D3

D4

d Nmin. 1.0

a

Figure 104: Installation Drawing

Table 112: Installation Dimensions – Standard Recommendations – Metric

Series no.

Rod dn f8/h9

Groove Diameter

Groove Width

Bore Diameter

RadiusStep Width

O-Ring Cross-

Section

Recommended Range

Available Range

D3H9

L3+0.2

D4H11

r1max.

amin.

d2

WEF0 19 - 39.9 19 - 130 dN + 7.6 4.2 dN + 1.0 0.4 3.0 1.78

WEF1 40 - 69.9 30 - 250 dN + 8.8 6.3 dN + 1.5 1.0 3.0 2.62

WEF2 70 - 139.9 50 - 450 dN + 12.2 8.1 dN + 2.0 1.2 4.0 3.53

WEF3 140 - 399.9 80 - 650 dN + 16.0 11.5 dN + 2.0 2.0 5.0 5.33

WEF4 400 - 649.9 180 - 650 dN + 24.0 15.5 dN + 2.5 2.5 8.0 7.00

WEF5 650 - 999.9 300 - 999.9 dN + 27.3 18.0 dN + 2.5 2.5 10.0 8.40

WEF5X* 1,000 - 1,500.0 1,000 - 1,500 dN + 27.3 18.0 dN + 2.5 2.5 10.0 8.40

ORDERInG ExAMPLE

Turcon® Excluder® F complete with O-Rings, standard application:

Series: WEF1 (from Table 112)

Rod diameter: dN = 50.0 mm

TSS Part no.: WEF100500 (from Table 113)

Select the material from the Material Section.

The corresponding code numbers are appended to the TSS Part No. Together these form the TSS Article Number.

The TSS Article Number for all intermediate sizes not shown in Table 113 can be determined following the example opposite.

Special O-Rings with approvals have to be ordered separately. In this case, the last digit in the material code of Excluder® F becomes obsolete.

Material Code (Seal Ring)

Series No.

TSS Article No.

Material Code (O-Ring)

Rod diameter (mm) x 10*Quality Index (Standard)

Type (Standard)

MF6 NWEF1 -0 0500

* For diameters dN ≥ 1,000 mm multiply only by factor 1. Example: WEF5X for diameter dN 1,200 mm TSS Article No.: WEF5x1200 – MF6

note:For seal assemblies requiring compliance to industry regulations, O-Ring energizers need to be ordered separately from the seal. Contact your local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions marketing company for further assistance.

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 240 17.10.2016 13:37:38

Turcon® Excluder® F

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 241Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Table 113: Installation Dimensions / TSS Part numbers – Metric

Rod Diameter

Groove Diameter

Groove Width

Bore Diameter

Radius Step Width TSS Part no.

O-Ring Size

dn f8/h9 D3 H9 L3 +0.2 D4 H11 r1 max. a min.

19.0 26.6 4.2 20.0 0.4 3.0 WEF000190 23.52 x 1.78

20.0 27.6 4.2 21.0 0.4 3.0 WEF000200 23.52 x 1.78

25.0 32.6 4.2 26.0 0.4 3.0 WEF000250 29.87 x 1.78

28.0 35.6 4.2 29.0 0.4 3.0 WEF000280 33.05 x 1.78

30.0 37.6 4.2 31.0 0.4 3.0 WEF000300 34.65 x 1.78

32.0 39.6 4.2 33.0 0.4 3.0 WEF000320 36.27 x 1.78

35.0 42.6 4.2 36.0 0.4 3.0 WEF000350 39.45 x 1.78

36.0 43.6 4.2 37.0 0.4 3.0 WEF000360 41.00 x 1.78

38.0 45.6 4.2 39.0 0.4 3.0 WEF000380 41.00 x 1.78

40.0*) 48.8 6.3 41.5 0.8 3.0 WEF100400 44.12 x 2.62

42.0 50.8 6.3 43.5 0.8 3.0 WEF100420 45.69 x 2.62

45.0*) 53.8 6.3 46.5 0.8 3.0 WEF100450 48.90 x 2.62

50.0*) 58.8 6.3 51.5 0.8 3.0 WEF100500 53.64 x 2.62

55.0 63.8 6.3 56.5 0.8 3.0 WEF100550 58.42 x 2.62

56.0*) 64.8 6.3 57.5 0.8 3.0 WEF100560 59.99 x 2.62

60.0 68.8 6.3 61.5 0.8 3.0 WEF100600 63.17 x 2.62

63.0*) 71.8 6.3 64.5 0.8 3.0 WEF100630 66.34 x 2.62

65.0 73.8 6.3 66.5 0.8 3.0 WEF100650 67.95 x 2.62

70.0*) 82.2 8.1 72.0 1.0 4.0 WEF200700 75.79 x 3.53

75.0 87.2 8.1 77.0 1.0 4.0 WEF200750 78.97 x 3.53

80.0*) 92.2 8.1 82.0 1.0 4.0 WEF200800 85.32 x 3.53

85.0 97.2 8.1 87.0 1.0 4.0 WEF200850 88.49 x 3.53

90.0*) 102.2 8.1 92.0 1.0 4.0 WEF200900 94.84 x 3.53

95.0 107.2 8.1 97.0 1.0 4.0 WEF200950 101.19 x 3.53

100.0*) 112.2 8.1 102.0 1.0 4.0 WEF201000 104.37 x 3.53

105.0 117.2 8.1 107.0 1.0 4.0 WEF201050 110.72 x 3.53

110.0*) 122.2 8.1 112.0 1.0 4.0 WEF201100 113.89 x 3.53

115.0 127.2 8.1 117.0 1.0 4.0 WEF201150 120.24 x 3.53

120.0 132.2 8.1 122.0 1.0 4.0 WEF201200 123.42 x 3.53

125.0*) 137.2 8.1 127.0 1.0 4.0 WEF201250 129.77 x 3.53

130.0 142.2 8.1 132.0 1.0 4.0 WEF201300 136.12 x 3.53

135.0 147.2 8.1 137.0 1.0 4.0 WEF201350 139.29 x 3.53

140.0*) 152.2 8.1 142.0 1.0 4.0 WEF201400 145.64 x 3.53

140.0 156.0 11.5 142.0 2.0 5.0 WEF301400 145.42 x 5.33

145.0 161.0 11.5 147.0 2.0 5.0 WEF301450 148.49 x 5.33

150.0 166.0 11.5 152.0 2.0 5.0 WEF301500 155.00 x 5.30

155.0 171.0 11.5 157.0 2.0 5.0 WEF301550 158.12 x 5.33

160.0 176.0 11.5 162.0 2.0 5.0 WEF301600 164.47 x 5.33

165.0 181.0 11.5 167.0 2.0 5.0 WEF301650 170.82 x 5.33

170.0 186.0 11.5 172.0 2.0 5.0 WEF301700 175.00 x 5.30

175.0 191.0 11.5 177.0 2.0 5.0 WEF301750 180.00 x 5.30

180.0 196.0 11.5 182.0 2.0 5.0 WEF301800 183.52 x 5.33

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 241 17.10.2016 13:37:39

SCRAPERS · Turcon® Excluder® F

242 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Rod Diameter

Groove Diameter

Groove Width

Bore Diameter

Radius Step Width TSS Part no.

O-Ring Size

dn f8/h9 D3 H9 L3 +0.2 D4 H11 r1 max. a min.

185.0 201.0 11.5 187.0 2.0 5.0 WEF301850 189.87 x 5.33

190.0 206.0 11.5 192.0 2.0 5.0 WEF301900 196.22 x 5.33

195.0 211.0 11.5 197.0 2.0 5.0 WEF301950 196.22 x 5.33

200.0 216.0 11.5 202.0 2.0 5.0 WEF302000 202.57 x 5.33

210.0 226.0 11.5 212.0 2.0 5.0 WEF302100 215.27 x 5.33

220.0 236.0 11.5 222.0 2.0 5.0 WEF302200 227.97 x 5.33

230.0 246.0 11.5 232.0 2.0 5.0 WEF302300 234.32 x 5.33

240.0 256.0 11.5 242.0 2.0 5.0 WEF302400 247.02 x 5.33

250.0 266.0 11.5 252.0 2.0 5.0 WEF302500 253.37 x 5.33

260.0 276.0 11.5 262.0 2.0 5.0 WEF302600 266.07 x 5.33

270.0 286.0 11.5 272.0 2.0 5.0 WEF302700 278.77 x 5.33

280.0 296.0 11.5 282.0 2.0 5.0 WEF302800 290.00 x 5.30

290.0 306.0 11.5 292.0 2.0 5.0 WEF302900 291.47 x 5.33

300.0 316.0 11.5 302.0 2.0 5.0 WEF303000 304.17 x 5.33

310.0 326.0 11.5 312.0 2.0 5.0 WEF303100 315.00 x 5.30

320.0 336.0 11.5 322.0 2.0 5.0 WEF303200 329.57 x 5.33

330.0 346.0 11.5 332.0 2.0 5.0 WEF303300 329.57 x 5.33

340.0 356.0 11.5 342.0 2.0 5.0 WEF303400 345.00 x 5.30

350.0 366.0 11.5 352.0 2.0 5.0 WEF303500 354.97 x 5.33

360.0 376.0 11.5 362.0 2.0 5.0 WEF303600 365.00 x 5.30

370.0 386.0 11.5 372.0 2.0 5.0 WEF303700 365.00 x 5.30

380.0 396.0 11.5 382.0 2.0 5.0 WEF303800 387.00 x 5.30

390.0 406.0 11.5 392.0 2.0 5.0 WEF303900 380.37 x 5.33

400.0 416.0 11.5 402.0 2.0 5.0 WEF304000 405.26 x 5.33

400.0 424.0 15.5 402.5 2.5 8.0 WEF404000 412.00 x 7.00

420.0 444.0 15.5 422.5 2.5 8.0 WEF404200 430.66 x 7.00

440.0 464.0 15.5 442.5 2.5 8.0 WEF404400 450.00 x 7.00

460.0 484.0 15.5 462.5 2.5 8.0 WEF404600 468.76 x 7.00

480.0 504.0 15.5 482.5 2.5 8.0 WEF404800 494.16 x 7.00

500.0 524.0 15.5 502.5 2.5 8.0 WEF405000 506.86 x 7.00

525.0 549.0 15.5 527.5 2.5 8.0 WEF405250 532.26 x 7.00

550.0 574.0 15.5 552.5 2.5 8.0 WEF405500 557.66 x 7.00

575.0 599.0 15.5 577.5 2.5 8.0 WEF405750 582.68 x 7.00

600.0 624.0 15.5 602.5 2.5 8.0 WEF406000 608.08 x 7.00

625.0 649.0 15.5 627.5 2.5 8.0 WEF406250 633.48 x 7.00

650.0 677.3 18.0 652.5 2.5 10.0 WEF506500 649.00 x 8.40

675.0 702.3 18.0 677.5 2.5 10.0 WEF506750 686.80 x 8.40

700.0 727.3 18.0 702.5 2.5 10.0 WEF507000 715.00 x 8.40

725.0 752.3 18.0 727.5 2.5 10.0 WEF507250 740.00 x 8.40

750.0 777.3 18.0 752.5 2.5 10.0 WEF507500 760.00 x 8.40

775.0 802.0 18.0 777.5 2.5 10.0 WEF507750 786.80 x 8.40

800.0 827.3 18.0 802.5 2.5 10.0 WEF508000 810.00 x 8.40

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 242 17.10.2016 13:37:39

Turcon® Excluder® F

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 243Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Rod Diameter

Groove Diameter

Groove Width

Bore Diameter

Radius Step Width TSS Part no.

O-Ring Size

dn f8/h9 D3 H9 L3 +0.2 D4 H11 r1 max. a min.

825.0 852.3 18.0 827.5 2.5 10.0 WEF508250 836.80 x 8.40

850.0 877.3 18.0 852.5 2.5 10.0 WEF508500 865.00 x 8.40

875.0 902.3 18.0 877.5 2.5 10.0 WEF508750 888.00 x 8.40

900.0 927.3 18.0 902.5 2.5 10.0 WEF509000 918.00 x 8.40

925.0 952.3 18.0 927.5 2.5 10.0 WEF509250 936.80 x 8.40

950.0 977.3 18.0 952.5 2.5 10.0 WEF509500 959.10 x 8.40

975.0 1,002.3 18.0 977.5 2.5 10.0 WEF509750 990.00 x 8.40

999.9 1,027.2 18.0 1,002.4 2.5 10.0 WEF509999 1,014.00 x 8.40

The rod diameters in bold type comply with the recommendations of ISO 3320*) Installation in grooves according to ISO 6195 Type DOther dimensions and all intermediate sizes up to 1,500 mm diameter including inch sizes can be supplied upon request.

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 243 17.10.2016 13:37:39

SCRAPERS · Turcon® Excluder® F

244 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

� Installation Recommendation – Inch

60° d 2

L3

rmax. 0.012

r1

D3

D4

d Nmin. 0.04

a

Figure 105: Installation Drawing

Table 114: Installation Dimensions – Standard Recommendations – Inch

Series no.

Rod dn f8/h9

Groove Diameter

Groove Width

Bore Diameter

RadiusStep Width

O-Ring Cross-

Section

Recommended Range

Available Range

D3 H9

L3 +0.2

D4 H11

r1 max.

a min.

d2

WEF0 0.748 – 1.571 0.748 – 5.118 dN + 0.299 0.165 dN + 0.039 0.016 0.118 0.070

WEF1 1.575 – 2.752 1.181 – 9.843 dN + 0.346 0.248 dN + 0.059 0.039 0.118 0.103

WEF2 2.756 – 5.508 1.969 – 17.717 dN + 0.480 0.319 dN + 0.079 0.047 0.157 0.139

WEF3 5.512 – 15.741 3.150 – 25.591 dN + 0.630 0.453 dN + 0.079 0.079 0.196 0.210

WEF4 15.748 – 25.587 7.086 – 25.591 dN + 0.945 0.610 dN + 0.098 0.098 0.315 0.276

WEF5 25.591 – 39.366 11.811 – 39.366 dN + 1.075 0.709 dN + 0.098 0.098 0.394 0.331

WEF5X* 39.370 – 59.055 39.370 – 59.055 dN +1.075 0.709 dN + 0.098 0.098 0.394 0.331

ORDERInG ExAMPLE

Turcon® Excluder® F complete with O-Rings, standard application:

Series: WEF1 (from Table 114)

Rod diameter: dN = 1.969 in (50 mm)

TSS Part no.: WEF100500

Select the material from the Material Section.

The corresponding code numbers are appended to the TSS Part No. Together these form the TSS Article Number.

The TSS Article Number for all sizes can be determined following the example opposite.

Special O-Rings with approvals have to be ordered separately. In this case, the last digit in the material code of the Excluder®

becomes obsolete.

Material Code (Seal Ring)

Series No.

TSS Article No.

Material Code (O-Ring)

Rod diameter (mm) x 10*Quality Index (Standard)

Type (Standard)

MF6 NWEF1 -0 0500

* For diameters dN ≥ 39.370 in multiply only by factor 1 Example: WEF5X for diameter dN 47.244 in (1200 mm) TSS Article No.: WEF5x1200 – MF6

note:For seal assemblies requiring compliance to industry regulations, O-Ring energizers need to be ordered separately from the seal. Contact your local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions marketing company for further assistance.

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 244 17.10.2016 13:37:40

SCRAPERS

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 245Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Scraper ASWSimple groove design

Very good scraping effect, wear resistant

No tilting or twisting in the groove

Simple installation

Flush fitting with the outer surface

Suitable for magnetic applications

Materials compatible with virtually all media, both system and cleaning

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 245 17.10.2016 13:37:43

SCRAPERS · Scraper ASW

246 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 246 17.10.2016 13:37:43

Scraper ASW

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 247Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

� Scraper ASW

DESCRIPTIOn

The Scraper ASW is a single-acting polyurethane scraper. In WUAW5 material, this part is machined only.

Figure 106: Scraper ASW

The special feature of this scraper is an additional supporting bead on the inner surface. It prevents tilting or twisting of the scraper in the groove. At the same time, this support improves firm seating in the groove, thus preventing the penetration of impurities via the back of the scraper. This represents a technical improvement compared with similar scraper types. Flush fitting with the front allows for easy cleaning.

ADVAnTAGES

- Simple groove design

- Very good scraping effect, wear resistant

- No tilting or twisting in the groove

- Simple installation

- Flush fitting with the outer surface

TECHnICAL DATA

Speed: Up to 1 m/s / 3 ft/s

Temperature: -20 °C to +115 °C / -4 °F to +239 °F

Media: Pharmaceutical powders, meat, juices, dry food

IMPORTAnT nOTE

The above data are maximum values and cannot be used at the same time, e.g. the maximum operating speed depends on material type, pressure, temperature and gap value. emperature range also depends on the media.

MATERIAL

The standard material is wear resistant, food grade polyurethane.

Applications with product contact: - Meat processing equipment

- Bakery equipment

- Powder handling equipment

- Pharmaceutical presses

Applications without product contact: - Valves

- Filling machines

Standard material: Polyurethane, 95 Shore A Material No. WUAW5

Color: White

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 247 17.10.2016 13:37:44

SCRAPERS · Scraper ASW

248 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

� Installation Recommendation

D4

d N

L3rmax. 0.4 mm/ 0.016 in

rmax. 0.4 mm/ 0.016 in

a

B

D3

Figure 107: Installation Drawing

ORDERInG ExAMPLE

Scraper ASW

Rod diameter: dN = 50.0 mm / 1.969 in

TSS Part no.: WSW000500 (from Table 115)

Material: WUAW5

To order parts in inch sizes, follow the metric ordering example but convert the rod diameter from inch to mm and multiply by 10.

Material Code

TSS Series No.

TSS Article No.

Rod diameter x 10 (mm)Quality Index T=Machined

Type (Standard)

WUAW5WSW0 T0 0500

Table 115: Installation Dimensions / TSS part numbers – Metric

Rod Diameter

Groove Diameter

Groove Width

Bore Diameter

Step Width

Width TSS Part no.

dn f8/h9 D3 H9 L3 +0.2 D4 H11 a min B

6.0 10.0 2.0 9.0 1.0 4.0 WSW000060

8.0 14.0 2.6 12.0 1.0 5.0 WSW000080

10.0 16.0 2.6 14.0 1.0 5.0 WSW000100

12.0 18.0 2.6 16.0 1.0 5.0 WSW000120

14.0 20.0 2.6 18.0 1.0 5.0 WSW000140

16.0 24.0 4.0 22.0 1.0 7.0 WSW000160

18.0 26.0 4.0 24.0 1.0 7.0 WSW000180

20.0 28.0 4.0 26.0 1.0 7.0 WSW000200

The rod diameters in bold type comply with the recommendations of ISO 3320. Other dimensions are available on request. A split groove is required up to 14 mm / 0.551 in diameter.

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 248 17.10.2016 13:37:45

Scraper ASW

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 249Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Rod Diameter

Groove Diameter

Groove Width

Bore Diameter

Step Width

Width TSS Part no.

dn f8/h9 D3 H9 L3 +0.2 D4 H11 a min B

22.0 30.0 4.0 28.0 1.0 7.0 WSW000220

24.0 32.0 4.0 30.0 1.0 7.0 WSW000240

25.0 33.0 4.0 31.0 1.0 7.0 WSW000250

28.0 36.0 4.0 34.0 1.0 7.0 WSW000280

30.0 38.0 4.0 36.0 1.0 7.0 WSW000300

32.0 40.0 4.0 38.0 1.0 7.0 WSW000320

34.0 42.0 4.0 40.0 1.0 7.0 WSW000340

35.0 43.0 4.0 41.0 1.0 7.0 WSW000350

36.0 44.0 4.0 42.0 1.0 7.0 WSW000360

38.0 46.0 4.0 44.0 1.0 7.0 WSW000380

40.0 48.0 4.0 46.0 1.0 7.0 WSW000400

42.0 50.0 4.0 48.0 1.0 7.0 WSW000420

45.0 53.0 4.0 51.0 1.0 7.0 WSW000450

50.0 58.0 4.0 56.0 1.0 7.0 WSW000500

52.0 60.0 4.0 58.0 1.0 7.0 WSW000520

55.0 63.0 4.0 61.0 1.0 7.0 WSW000550

56.0 64.0 4.0 62.0 1.0 7.0 WSW000560

60.0 68.0 4.0 66.0 1.0 7.0 WSW000600

63.0 71.0 4.0 69.0 1.0 7.0 WSW000630

65.0 73.0 4.0 71.0 1.0 7.0 WSW000650

70.0 78.0 4.0 76.0 1.0 7.0 WSW000700

75.0 83.0 4.0 81.0 1.0 7.0 WSW000750

80.0 88.0 4.0 86.0 1.0 7.0 WSW000800

85.0 93.0 4.0 91.0 1.0 7.0 WSW000850

90.0 98.0 4.0 96.0 1.0 7.0 WSW000900

100.0 108.0 4.0 106.0 1.0 7.0 WSW001000

105.0 113.0 4.0 111.0 1.0 7.0 WSW001050

110.0 122.0 5.5 119.0 1.5 10.0 WSW001100

120.0 132.0 5.5 129.0 1.5 10.0 WSW001200

125.0 137.0 5.5 134.0 1.5 10.0 WSW001250

140.0 152.0 5.5 149.0 1.5 10.0 WSW001400

The rod diameters in bold type comply with the recommendations of ISO 3320. Other dimensions are available on request. A split groove is required up to 14 mm / 0.551 in diameter.

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 249 17.10.2016 13:37:45

SCRAPERS · Scraper ASW

250 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 250 17.10.2016 13:37:46

Bearings

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 251Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Bearings

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 251 17.10.2016 13:37:47

252 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

BEARINGS

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 252 17.10.2016 13:37:47

BEARINGS

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 253Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Slydring® Slydring® Slydring -Wear RingSlydringWear RingSlydring

Prevent metal-to-metal contact

High load bearing capacity in both static and dynamic operation

Even distribution of high radial forces

Very wear resistant, providing long service life

Low friction characteristics

Damp mechanical vibrations

Easy installation

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 253 17.10.2016 13:37:50

BEARINGS · Slydring® - Wear Ring

254 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 254 17.10.2016 13:37:50

Slydring® - Wear Ring

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 255Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

� Choice of Slydring®

DESCRIPTIOn

The purpose of polymer bearings is to guide the piston and rod within cylindrical applications, carrying any transverse forces which may occur. They prevent metal-to-metal contact, optimizing the performance of the sealing system.

Bearings are needed to protect primary seal components and hardware so optimum sealing performance and service life can be achieved.

Cost-effective, polymer bearings are very wear resistant, providing long service life. They offer high load bearing capacity in static and dynamic operation, have good friction characteristics and dampen mechanical vibrations. They also eliminate local stress concentrations, galling between components and hydrodynamic problems in the guide system. In addition, they protect against diesel effect where combustion of pockets of oil vapor caused by rapid changes of pressure can damage seals.

BEARInG FEATURES

Though bearings appear to be simple in design, their function of preventing metal-to-metal contact within a sealing system is complex. Selection of the correct material and configuration is critical to ensure optimized performance and service life.

Non-metallic guide rings offer major benefits compared with traditional metallic guides:

- High load bearing capacity

- Eliminates local stress concentrations

- Wear-resistant, long service lives

- Metal/plastic pairing eliminates fretting and seizure

- Low friction

- Damping of vibrations

- Good wiping effect, embedding of foreign particles possible

- Protection of the seal against "dieseling"

- Free choice of material for the metal components as they are not used as guides

- Eliminates hydrodynamic pressure problems in the guide system

- Simple closed groove, easy installation

- Low service costs

Chamfered or radiused to avoid interferencewith groove �llet thatcould increase friction.

radi

al h

eigh

t(+

.000”/

-.002”)

(+.0

5m

m/-

0.0

0 m

m)

(+.000”/-.010”)(+.00mm/-0.25mm)

axial width

Figure 108: Bearing Features

MATERIALS

In view of the different demands made on piston and rod guides, various Slydring® materials are available:

- Highly wear-resistant, low friction, specially modified Turcite®

materials for low to medium duty with limited radial forces

- HiMod® materials with friction-reducing fillers for medium to heavy duty

- Orkot® fabric composite materials for heavy duty and high radial forces

- Zurcon® high-modulus thermoplastic provides long-service life in high loads and temperatures

In order to choose the most suitable Slydring®, it is first necessary to know all the required functional parameters. Table 116 can be used for initial pre-selection of the Slydring®

and the materials.

The piston and rod Slydring® are interchangeable if the difference in size is taken into consideration, e.g. piston Slydring®, diameter 100 x 2.5 mm thick can be used as a rod Slydring® diameter 95 x 2.5 mm thick.

Depending on the material and dimensions of the Slydring®, the thickness tolerance is in the range from +0.00/-0.08 mm except for Turcite® Slydring® Article GP41 + GR41 and GP43 + GR43 where it is +0.02/-0.03 mm.

Contact your local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions marketing company for further information on specific applications and special technical questions.

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 255 17.10.2016 13:37:51

BEARINGS · Slydring® - Wear Ring

256 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Table 116: Selection Criteria for Slydring®

Slydring® Application Standard1) Installation Material

Type

Field of Application

Mating Surface ISOSize

Range

Recommended Slydring® MaterialLi

ght

Med

ium

Hea

vy

Turcon® /

Turcite®

Zurcon® Sly-dring®

Valves • • -Steel

Stainless Steel

Aluminium

ISO 10766

Off-the-roll up to

diameter 4,200 mm /

165 inch (Not Z81)

Turcon® MF42)

Turcon® MF62)

Rotary Manifolds • • -

Gas Equipment • • -

Pneumatics • - -

Food Processing • • - Steel Mild Steel

Steel, hardchromed Stainless Steel

Aluminium Ceramic Coating

Water Hydraulics • • -

Dry Application • • -

Pneumatics • • -

Orkot® Slydring®

Filling Machines - • •

Steel Steel, hardchromed

Cast iron Ceramic Coatings Stainless Steel

ISO 10766

Rings up to diameter

1,600 mm /

62 inch

Orkot® C321Orkot® C333Orkot® C410

Bottle Blowing Machines - • •

Carton Box Folding Machines - • •

Meat Processing Equipment - • •

Meat Cutting Equipment - • •

Blister Packing Machines - • •

Form-, Fill-, Sealing Machines - • •Valves, Pumps, Conveyors, Drive Cylinders

- • •

Bearings for Bottle Lifting Devices

- • •

Machined Cams for Packaging Machines

- • •

HiMod® Slydring®

Standard Cylinders - • •

Steel

Steel, hardchromed

Cast iron

ISO 10766

Rings up to diameter

900 mm / 35 inch

HiMod® HM871HiMod® HM872HiMod® HM873

Filling Machines - • •Valves, Pumps, Conveyors, Drive Cylinders

- • •

Bearings for Bottle Lifting Devices

- • •

Machined Cams for Packing Machines

- • •

1) For Slydring® to other standards e.g. to French standard NF E 48-037, contact your local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions marketing company.

2) Consult your local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions marketing company for more information as to specific material choice. When using Turcon® MF4 or MF6 for seals and scrapers, it is recommended to use the same material for the Slydring® component.

DEFInITIOn OF PRODUCT COnTACT SURFACE – 3-A SAnITARy STAnDARDS InC.

Manufacturers of equipment should move away from standard industrial plastic materials and utilize materials that are certified for food contact applications. Because, according to 3-A, food contact surfaces are not only surfaces that are in

direct contact with food, but also surfaces, from which product, fluids or other material may drain, drop, diffuse or be drawn into the product.

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 256 17.10.2016 13:37:51

Slydring® - Wear Ring

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 257Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

D

FT

T

Figure 109: Bearing T

The large effective bearing area of non-metallic Slydring® gives low maximum contact pressure.

Radial forces can vary within wide ranges and cannot always be predicted. A safety factor of at least 2 is recommended when calculating:

Tmin = F x f ______ D x Pr

Where:F = Maximum radial load [N]f = Safety factordN / DN = Rod / Bore diameter [mm]Pr = Radial Slydring® pressure [N/mm²]Tmin = Minimum Slydring® width

Example:dN = 60 mmF = 40.000 Nt = 40 °Cf = 2Slydring® material Orkot® C380 Pr = 100 N/mm2

Tmin = 40.000 x 2 = 13.3 mm 60 x 100

From Table 122, a groove with a width of 15 mm (Series GR73) or 2 grooves with width of 9.7 mm (Series GR69) are selected. The Installation of two strips is recommended as this gives a wider guide length.

CALCULATE BEARInG LEnGTH

A rough estimate of the number and width of the bearings required within an application can be calculated from the formula below.

FORMS OF SUPPLy

Two characteristics must be observed:

1) TyPE OF CUT

Figure 110 shows the most commonly used angle cut. Rings with other types of cut are available on request. Design codes are shown in Table 118.

Angle cut, standard design

Straight cut, special design

Step cut, special design

Note: “Z” is the gap size for Turcite® and Zurcon® Slydring®

“Z1” is the gap size for HiMod® and Orkot® Slydring®

Z1

Z

Z

Z

Figure 110: Type of cut

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 257 17.10.2016 13:37:52

BEARINGS · Slydring® - Wear Ring

258 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

2) DESIGn TyPE

Slydring® have a rectangular cross section with rounded or chamfered edges, thus preventing the levels of edge forces in the corner radii of the grooves from becoming too high. The chamfers also serve to facilitate installation.

Slydring® are supplied with the gap necessary (dimension Z or Z1). The ring ends are finished as standard with an angle cut.Depending on material, Slydring® are supplied as split rings or as strip material.

Strip material is available in rolls or precut to size as listed in Table 117.

Table 117: Forms of Supply for Slydring®

Material

Ring Diameter

mm (inch)

Cut Strip for Diameter

mm (inch)

Off-the-Roll

Turcon® MF4 / MF6

-8 - 4,200

(0.314 - 165)see

Table 119

Zurcon® Z80 / Z81

on request 30 - 4,200

(1.181 - 165)on request

Orkot® C321 up to 1,600

(62)

Orkot® C333 up to 1,600

(62)

Orkot® C410up to 1,600

(62)

HiMod® HM871up to 900 (up to 35)

HiMod® HM872up to 900 (up to 35)

HiMod® HM873up to 900 (up to 35)

Table 118: Design Codes for Cut

Material

Turcon® Zurcon® HiMod® Orkot®

MF4 MF6

Z80 HM871 HM872 HM873

C321 C333 C410

Code for cut

Strip

With Teardrop

Structure*

Strip

Without Teardrop Structure

Strip

Without Teardrop Structure

Ring

Without Teardrop Structure

Ring

Without Teardrop Structure

Angle cut 0 L 0 0 0

Straight cut B D D D H

Step cut C C E E E G

Design Code 0, in bold types are the standard Slydring® versions.

* Standard for Turcon® MF4 and MF6 may not be a stock item.

Teardrop structure: A detailed description can be found in the Hydraulic Seals - Linear catalog.

Teardrop structure, design code "0" offers better retaining of lubricants. Even surface without teardrop structure, design code "L" offers better cleanability properties.

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 258 17.10.2016 13:37:52

Slydring® - Wear Ring

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 259Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

ZURCOn® Z80

Zurcon® Z80 is a UHMW-PE (ultra high molecular weight polyethylene) material preferred for use in water hydraulics and pneumatics due to excellent friction and wear properties. For food and medical applications, use Zurcon® Z81, which meets the requirements in FDA CFR 21, Commission Regulation (EU), No. 1935/2004 and No.10/2011 and USP 26 Chapter 88.

ADVAnTAGES

- Good lubrication and wear performance

- Self-lubricating

- Low friction value

- No water absorption

- In compliance with FDA

- Excellent resistance to chemicals

- High wear resistance

APPLICATIOn ExAMPLES

- Water hydraulics

- Dry pneumatics

- Presses

- Filling machines

- Food processing

- Medical equipment

- Ceramic coated hydraulics

TECHnICAL DATA

Velocity, linear: Max. 2.0 m/s (6.561 ft/s)

Temperature: -60 °C to +80 °C (+100 °C) / -76 °F to +176 °F (+212°F)

Media: Mineral oil-based hydraulic fluids, flame retardant hydraulic fluids, environmentally friendly hydraulic fluids (bio-oils), phosphate ester, water, gases, dry air and others.

Radial Slydring®

pressure Pr:

Max. 25 MPa at +25 °C / Max. 3,625 psi at +77 °F Max. 8 MPa from +60 °C to +80 °C / Max. 1,160 psi from +140 °F to +176 °F

When calculating the width of Zurcon® Slydring® it is recommended to use a safety factor f=2 (see page 257).

Table 119: Serial numbers for Zurcon® Slydring® Z80

Piston Serial no.

Rod Serial no.

Off-the-roll TSS Article no.

Groove Width

L2mm

(inch)

Ring Thickness

Wmm

(inch)

GP41 GR41 GM4100000-

Z80 2.50

(0.098)1.55

(0.061)

GP43 GR43 GM4300000-

Z80 4.00

(0.157)1.55

(0.061)

GP65 GR65 GM6500000-

Z80 5.60

(0.157)2.50

(0.984)

GP69 GR69 GM6900000-

Z80 9.70

(0.157)2.50

(0.984)

GP73 GR73 GM7300000-

Z80 15.00

(0.591)2.50

(0.984)

GP75 GR75 GM7500000-

Z80 25.00

(0.984)2.50

(0.984)

Further dimensions on request.

Table 120: Zurcon® Slydring® Length of the Roll

Zurcon® Z80 / Z81 Ring Thickness Length of the Roll

m (ft)W

mm (inch)25.0 (82.021) 1.55 (0.061)

15.0 (49.213) 2.50 (0.984)

Off-the-roll material can only be supplied as complete rolls.

Zurcon® from the roll, calculation of the linear length, see the Hydraulic Seals - Linear catalog.

IMPORTAnT nOTE

The afore stated limits for pressure and speed are maximum values individually. Friction heat generated by the combination of pressure and speed may cause local heat built-up. Care should be taken not to apply high values for pressure and speed at the same time.

� Zurcon® Slydring® for Piston and Rod

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 259 17.10.2016 13:37:53

260 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

BEARINGS · Turcite®/Turcon® Slydring® - Wear Ring

DESCRIPTIOn

Turcite®/ Turcon® Slydring® are used as piston and rod guides due to their outstanding friction behavior, stick-slip free running and good resistance to high temperatures and chemicals.

Slydring® are available off-the-roll to length as listed in the

� Turcite®/ Turcon® Slydring® for Piston and Rod

ADVAnTAGES

- No stick-slip effect when starting for smooth operation even at very low speeds

- Minimum static and dynamic friction coefficient for low operating temperature and energy loss

- Outstanding lubrication conditions further improved by the teardrop structure

- Suitable for non lubricating fluids depending on Turcite®

material for optimum design flexibility

- High wear resistance ensures long service life

- Installation grooves according to ISO 10766

- Suitable for most hydraulic fluids in relation with the majority of modern hardware materials and surface finish depending on material selected.

- Suitable for new environmentally-friendly hydraulic fluids

- The embedding of foreign particles is enhanced

- Good damping effect, absorbs vibrations

T

DN

d 2

Figure 111: Piston guide

T

d 2 d N

Figure 112: Rod guide

Slydring® catalog. Sections cut to size ready for installation are available for according to Table 117.

Slydring® have a rectangular cross-section and are chamfered for easy installation into the groove.

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 260 17.10.2016 13:37:53

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 261Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Turcite®/Turcon® Slydring® - Wear Ring

APPLICATIOn ExAMPLES

Turcite®/ Turcon® Slydring® can be applied in demanding applications as a standard guiding element for hydraulic operated pistons, plus for piston rods with special requirements in: - Viscous product fillers

- Bottle lifting cylinders

- Chain cam bearings

- Lid bearings of meat cutters

- Valve stem bearings

TECHnICAL DATA

The Turcite® / Turcon® Slydring® with angle cut is recommended for reciprocating movements

Speed: Up to 15 m/s Up to 49 ft/s

Temperature: -60 °C to +150 °C (+200 °C) / -76 °F to +302 °F (+392 °F)

Media: Mineral oil-based hydraulic fluids, flame retardant hydraulic fluids, environmentally-friendly hydraulic fluids (bio-oils), water, air and others, depending on the Turcite®/Turcon® material compatibility.

Clearance: The maximum permissible radial clearance Smax depends on the actual sealing system.

Tolerance: Depending on the material and dimensions of the Slydring®, the thickness tolerance is in the range from +0.00/-0.08 mm except for Turcite®/Turcon® Slydring® Article GP41 + GR41 and GP43 + GR43 where it is +0.02/-0.03 mm.

Radial Slydring® pressure Pr:

Max. 15 MPa at +25 °C / 2,175 psi at +77 °F Max. 12 MPa at +80 °C / 1,740 psi at +176 °F Max. 8 MPa at +120 °C / 1,160 psi at +248 °F

When calculating the width of Turcite®/Turcon® Slydring® it is recommended to use a safety factor f=2 (see page 260).

With Turcite®/Turcon® materials, the allowed surface pressure decreases with increasing temperatures. The load bearing ability for dynamic applications depends primarily on the operating temperature, which should therefore generally not exceed +150 °C (+302 °F).

IMPORTAnT nOTE

The afore stated limits for pressure and speed are maximum values individually. Friction heat generated by the combination of pressure and speed may cause local heat built-up. Care should be taken not to apply high values for pressure and speed at the same time.

MATERIALS

Standard Application:For hydraulic components with reciprocating movement in mineral oils or media with good lubricating performance. Low friction, high resistance to wear, heat and chemicals: Turcite® T47 (bronze-filled)Turcite® M12 (Mineral fibre/additive-filled)

Special Application:Turcon® MF4Turcon® MF6Refer to the Trelleborg Sealing Solutions Hydraulic Seals catalog for more information on industrial grade materials.

Table 121: Serial numbers for Turcite®/Turcon® Slydring® in T47, T51, M12, MF4 and MF6

Piston Serial no.

Rod Serial no.

Off-the-roll Seri-al no.

Groove Width L2

Ring Thick-ness W

GP06 GR06 GM0600000- 6.00 1.00

GP22 GR22 GM2200000- 3.20 1.50

GP31 GR31 GM3100000- 10.00 1.50

GP41 GR41 GM4100000- 2.50 1.55

GP43 GR43 GM4300000- 4.00 1.55

GP49 GR49 GM4900000- 9.70 2.00

GP53 GR53 GM5300000- 15.00 2.00

GP64 GR64 GM6400000- 4.20 2.50

GP65 GR65 GM6500000- 5.60 2.50

GP67 GR67 GM6700000- 6.30 2.50

GP68 GR68 GM6800000- 8.10 2.50

GP69 GR69 GM6900000- 9.70 2.50

GP73 GR73 GM7300000- 15.00 2.50

GP74 GR74 GM7400000- 20.00 2.50

GP75 GR75 GM7500000- 25.00 2.50

GP76 GR76 GM7600000- 30.00 2.50

GP94 GR94 GM9400000- 20.00 3.00

GP98 GR98 GM9800000- 25.00 4.00

GP99 - GM9900000- 9.70 4.00

Further dimensions on request

Dimensions in bold are suitable for installation in grooves according to ISO 10766

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 261 17.10.2016 13:37:54

262 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

BEARINGS · Turcite®/Zurcon® Slydring® - Wear Ring

� Installation Recommendation, Turcite® and Zurcon® Slydring® for Piston According to ISO 10766 Groove Dimensions – Metric

L2

S1rmax. 0.2 mm / 0.008 inch

rmax. 0.2 mm / 0.008 inchDN

d 2

W

Z

Figure 113: Installation Drawing

Table 122: Installation Dimensions – Metric

Serial no.Bore Diameter1) Groove Diameter Groove Width Ring Thickness Ring Gap

Dn H9 d2 h8 L2 +0.2 W Z

GP41 8 - 20.0 DN - 3.10 2.50 1.55 3)

GP43 10 - 50.0 DN - 3.10 4.00 1.55 3)

GP65 16 - 140.0 DN - 5.00 5.60 2.50 3)

GP69 60 - 220.0 DN - 5.00 9.70 2.50 3)

GP73 130 - 400.0 DN - 5.00 15.00 2.50 3)

GP75 280 - 999.9 DN - 5.00 25.00 2.50 3)

GP75X 1,000 - 4,200.0 DN - 5.00 25.00 2.50 3)

GP98 280 - 999.9 DN - 8.00 25.00 4.00 3)

GP98X 1,000 - 2,200.0 DN - 8.00 25.00 4.00 3)

GP992) 100 - 999.9 DN - 8.00 9.70 4.00 3)

1) Recommended diameter ranges 2) Non ISO 10766 standard 3) Calculation of the linear length, see the Hydraulic Seals - Linear catalog.

For Slydring® to other standards, e.g. French standard NF E 48-037, contact your local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions marketing company.

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 262 17.10.2016 13:37:54

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 263Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Turcite®/Zurcon® Slydring® - Wear Ring

ORDERInG ExAMPLE

Slydring® for piston diameter DN = 100.0 mm Series GP69 from Table 122

Groove width: 9.70 mm, ring thickness: 2.50 mm

Material: Turcite® MF4 (other materials see Table 116)

Standard design:

With angle cut and teardrop structure Design code: 0

TSS Part no.: GP6901000 (from Table 145)

The TSS Article Number can be formed from the example below.

Material No.

TSS Series No.

TSS Article No.

Bore diameter x 10Quality Index (Standard)

Design code, standard

MF4GP69 -0 1000

ORDERInG ExAMPLE FOR Dn ≥1,000 MM

Slydring® for piston diameter DN = 2,700.0 mm Series GP75X from Table 122

Groove width: 25.00 mm, ring thickness: 2.50 mm

TSS Part no.: GP75X2700 (from Table 145)

The TSS Article Number can be formed from the example below:

Material No.

TSS Series No.

TSS Article No.

Bore diameter x 1*Quality Index (Standard)

Design code

MF6GP75 -X 2700

* For diameters DN ≥ 1,000 mm multiply only by factor 1.

Table 123: Radial Clearance S14) – Metric

Bore Dia. Dn S1 min. S1 max.8 - 20 0.20 0.30

20 - 100 0.25 0.40

101 - 250 0.30 0.60

251 - 500 0.40 0.80

501 - 1,000 0.50 1.10

>1,001 0.60 1.20

4) Specifications valid only in the area of the Slydring®, but not for the seal area. If the radial clearance S for the chosen seals is smaller than S1 min. there is risk for metal-to-metal contact.

Table 124: Surface Roughness – Metric

Parameter

Mating Surface μm Groove Surface

μmTurcite®

MaterialsZurcon®

Materials

Rmax 0.63 - 4.00 1.00 - 4.00 < 16.0

Rz 0.40 - 2.50 0.63 - 2.50 < 10.0

Ra 0.05 - 0.40 0.10 - 0.40 < 2.5

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 263 17.10.2016 13:37:55

264 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

BEARINGS · Turcite®/Zurcon® Slydring® - Wear Ring

� Installation Recommendation, Turcite® and Zurcon® Slydring® for Rod According to ISO 10766 Groove Dimensions – Metric

rmax. 0.2 mm / 0.008 inch

rmax. 0.2 mm / 0.008 inch

L2

S1

D2

d N

W

Z

Figure 114: Installation Drawing

Table 125: Installation Dimensions – Metric

Serial no.Rod Diameter1) Groove Diameter Groove Width Ring Thickness Ring Gap

dn f8/h9 D2 H8 L2 +0.2 W Z

GR41 8 - 20.0 dN +3.10 2.50 1.55 2)

GR43 10 - 50.0 dN +3.10 4.00 1.55 2)

GR65 15 - 140.0 dN +5.00 5.60 2.50 2)

GR69 20 - 220.0 dN +5.00 9.70 2.50 2)

GR73 80 - 400.0 dN +5.00 15.00 2.50 2)

GR75 200 - 999.9 dN +5.00 25.00 2.50 2)

GR75X 1,000 - 4,200.0 dN +5.00 25.00 2.50 2)

GR98 280 - 999.9 dN +8.00 25.00 4.00 2)

GR98X 1,000 - 2,200.0 dN +8.00 25.00 4.00 2)

1) Recommended diameter ranges 2) Calculation of the linear length

For Slydring® to other standards, e.g. French standard NF E 48-037, contact your local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions marketing company.

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 264 17.10.2016 13:37:55

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 265Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Turcite®/Zurcon® Slydring® - Wear Ring

ORDERInG ExAMPLE

Slydring® for rod diameter dN = 63.0 mm Series GR65 from Table 125

Groove width: 5.60 mm, ring thickness: 2.50 mm

Material: Turcite® MF4 (other materials see Table 116)

Standard design:

With angle cut and teardrop structure Design code: 0

TSS Part no.: GR6500630 (from Table 146)

The TSS Article Number can be formed from the example below:

Material No.

TSS Series No.

TSS Article No.

Rod diameter x 10Quality Index (Standard)

Design code, standard

GR65 -0 0630 MF4

ORDERInG ExAMPLE FOR Dn ≥1,000 MM

Slydring® for rod diameter dN = 2,600.0 mm Series GR75X from Table 125

Groove width: 25.00 mm, ring thickness: 2.50 mm

TSS Part no.: GR75X2600 (from Table 146)

The TSS Article Number can be formed from the example below:

Material No.

TSS Series No.

TSS Article No.

Rod diameter x 1*Quality Index (Standard)

Design code

MF6GR75 -X 2600

* For diameters dN ≥ 1,000 mm multiply only by factor 1.

Table 126: Radial Clearance S13) – Metric

Rod Dia. dn S1 min. S1 max.8 - 20 0.20 0.30

20 - 100 0.25 0.40

101 - 250 0.30 0.60

251 - 500 0.40 0.80

501 - 1,000 0.50 1.10

>1,001 0.60 1.20

3) Specifications valid only in the area of the Slydring®, but not for the seal area. If the radial clearance S for the chosen seals is smaller than S1 min. there is risk for metal-to-metal contact.

Table 127: Surface Roughness

Parameter

Mating Surface μmGroove

Surface μmTurcite®

MaterialsZurcon®

Materials

Rmax 0.63 - 4.00 1.00 - 4.00 < 16.0

Rz 0.40 - 2.50 0.63 - 2.50 < 10.0

Ra 0.05 - 0.40 0.10 - 0.40 < 2.5

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 265 17.10.2016 13:37:56

266 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

BEARINGS · HiMod® Slydring® - Wear Ring

DESCRIPTIOn

HiMod® Slydring® are made of a special, modified thermoplastic material and can be used in hydraulic cylinders for medium to high loads. Three different grades of material are available:

HiMod® HM871: A special glass fiber reinforced polyacetal

HiMod® HM872: A special glass fiber reinforced heat-stabilized polyamid with PTFE filler

HiMod® HM873: A special glass fiber reinforced heat-stabilized polyamid

HiMod® Slydring® in material HM871, HM872 and HM873 are injection molded to finish parts (mold necessary), or machined from semi-finished tubes. A wide range of standard sizes are available (see Slydring® catalog).

APPLICATIOn ExAMPLES

HiMod® Slydring® (HM871, HM872, HM873) is generally utilized in a wide range of hydraulic equipment such as:

- Standard hydraulic cylinder, medium range

- Food, beverage and pharmaceutical equipment

MATERIALS

HIMOD® HM871

HiMod® HM871 is a polyacetal (POM) based material with glass fibers.

ADVAnTAGES

- Favorable price/performance ratio

- High compressive strength

- Easy installation on pistons and glands (gland bore > 40 mm / 1.575 inch)

- High wear resistance

- Water absorption 0.2 %

- High stiffness

TECHnICAL DATA

Velocity, reciprocating:

Max. 0.8 m/s / 2.625 fps

Temperature: -40 °C to +110 °C / -40 °F to +230 °F

Radial Slydring®

Pressure Pr:

Max. 40 MPa at +25 °C / 5,800 psi at +77 °F Max. 25 MPa > +60 °C / 3,625 psi > +140 °F

When calculating the width of HiMod® Slydring® it is recommended to use a safety factor f=2 (see page 260).

IMPORTAnT nOTE

The afore stated limits for pressure and speed are maximum values individually. Friction heat generated by the combination of pressure and speed may cause local heat built-up. Care should be taken not to apply high values for pressure and speed at the same time.

� HiMod® Slydring® for Piston and Rod

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 266 17.10.2016 13:37:56

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 267Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

HiMod® Slydring® - Wear Ring

HIMOD® HM872

HM872 is a polyamid (PA 6) based material with glass fiber and PTFE filler. The material is heat stabilized.

ADVAnTAGES

- Good price/performance ratio

- High compressive strength even at high temperatures

- High wear resistance

- Easy installation on pistons and glands (gland bore > 30 mm / >1.181 inches)

- Low coefficient of friction

- Good operation under poor lubrication

TECHnICAL DATA

Velocity, reciprocating:

Max. 1.0 m/s / 3.28 fps

Temperature: -40 °C to +130 °C / -40 °F to +266 °F

Radial Slydring®

Pressure Pr:

Max. 75 MPa at 60 °C 10,877 psi at 77 °F Max. 40 MPa >60 °C 5,801 psi >140 °F

When calculating the width of HiMod® Slydring® it is recommended to use a safety factor f=2 (see page 260).

HIMOD® HM873

HM873 is a polyamid (PA 6) based material with glass fibers. The material is heat stabilized.

ADVAnTAGES

- Excellent price/performance ratio

- High compressive strength even at high temperature

- High wear resistance

- Easy installation on pistons and glands (use 1.524 mm / 0.060 inch wall for bores under 38.1 mm / 1.50 inch)

- Low friction

TECHnICAL DATA

Velocity, reciprocating:

-40 °C to +130 °C / -40 °F to +266 °F

Radial Slydring® Pressure Pr:

Max. 75 MPa at 25 °C 10,877 psi at 77 °F Max. 40 MPa >60 °C 5,801 psi >140 °F

Water absorption:

<1 %

When calculating the width of HiMod® Slydring®, it is recommended to use a safety factor f=2 (see page 260).

IMPORTAnT nOTE

The afore stated limits for pressure and speed are maximum values individually. Friction heat generated by the combination of pressure and speed may cause local heat built-up. Care should be taken not to apply high values for pressure and speed at the same time.

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 267 17.10.2016 13:37:56

268 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

BEARINGS · HiMod® Slydring® - Wear Ring

� Installation Recommendation, HiMod® Slydring® for Piston According to ISO 10766 Groove Dimensions – Metric

L2

Z1

S1rmax. 0.2

rmax.

DN

d 2

W

Figure 115: Installation Drawing

Table 128: Installation Dimensions – Metric

Serial no. Bore Diameter1) Groove Diameter Groove Width Ring Thickness

Dn H9 d2 h8 L2 +0.2 W

GP43 10 - 50.0 DN - 3.10 4.00 1.55

GP65 16 - 140.0 DN - 5.00 5.60 2.50

GP69 60 - 220.0 DN - 5.00 9.70 2.50

GP73 130 - 300.0 DN - 5.00 15.00 2.50

GP75 280 - 300.0 DN - 5.00 25.00 2.50

GP98 280 - 300.0 DN - 8.00 25.00 4.00

1) Recommended diameter ranges

For Slydring® to other standards, e.g. French standard NF E 48-037, contact your local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions marketing company.

Table 129: Recommended Radii for Groove Diameter

Dn r max.

8 - 250 0.2

>250 0.4

Table 130: Radial Clearence S12) – Metric

Bore Diameter Dn S1 min. S1 max.8 - 20 0.20 0.30

20 - 100 0.25 0.40

101 - 250 0.30 0.60

251 - 300 0.40 0.80

2) Specifications valid only in the area of the Slydring®, but not for the seal area.

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 268 17.10.2016 13:37:57

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 269Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

HiMod® Slydring® - Wear Ring

Table 131: Recommended Gap – Metric

Dn Ring Gap Z1

10 - 44 1.5 - 3.0

45 - 149 2.0 - 3.5

>150 3.0 - 5.0

ORDERInG ExAMPLESlydring® for bore diameter DN = 100.0 mm Series GP69 from Table 128

Groove width: 9.70 mm, ring thickness: 2.50 mm

Material: HiMod® HM871 (other materials see Table 116)

Standard design:

With angle cut Design code: 0

TSS Article no.:

GP6901000-HM061 (see Slydring® catalog, page 32)

note:HM872 and HM873 material can be ordered by replacing the HM871 material code in the TSS Article Number.

Table 132: Surface Roughness – Metric

ParameterMating Surface μm Groove

Surface μm HiMod® Materials

Rmax 1.00 - 4.00 < 16.0

Rz DIN 0.63 - 2.50 < 10.0

Ra 0.10 - 0.40 < 2.5

Material No.

TSS Series No.

TSS Article No.

Bore diameter x 10Quality Index (Standard)

Design code, standard

HM871GP69 -0 1000

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 269 17.10.2016 13:37:57

270 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

BEARINGS · HiMod® Slydring® - Wear Ring

� Installation Recommendation, HiMod® Slydring® for Rod According to ISO 10766 Groove Dimensions – Metric

Z1

rmax.

L2

S1rmax. 0.2D

2

d N

W

Figure 116: Installation Drawing

Table 133: Installation Dimensions – Metric

Series no. Rod Diameter1) Groove Diameter Groove Width Ring Thickness

dn f8/h9 D2 H8 L2 +0.2 W

GR43 10 - 50.0 dN + 3.10 4.00 1.55

GR65 15 - 140.0 dN + 5.00 5.60 2.50

GR69 20 - 220.0 dN + 5.00 9.70 2.50

GR73 80 - 300.0 dN + 5.00 15.00 2.50

GR75 200 - 300.0 dN + 5.00 25.00 2.50

GR98 280 - 300.0 dN + 8.00 25.00 4.00

1) Recommended diameter ranges

For Slydring® to other standards, e.g. French standard NF E 48-037, contact your local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions marketing company.

Table 134: Recommended Radii for Groove Diameter

dn r max.

8 - 250 0.2

>250 0.4

Table 135: Radial Clearance S12) – Metric

Rod Diameter dn S1 min. S1 max. 8 - 20 0.20 0.30

20 - 100 0.25 0.40

101 - 250 0.30 0.60

251 - 300 0.40 0.80

2) Specifications valid only in the area of the Slydring®, but not for the seal area.

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 270 17.10.2016 13:37:58

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 271Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

HiMod® Slydring® - Wear Ring

Table 136: Recommended Gap – Metric

dn Ring Gap Z1

10 - 39 1.5 - 3.0

40 - 149 2.0 - 3.5

>150 3.0 - 5.0

ORDERInG ExAMPLESlydring® for rod diameter dN = 63.0 mmSeries GR69 from Table 133

Groove width: 9.70 mm, ring thickness: 2.50 mm

Material: HiMod® HM871 (other materials see Table 116)

Standard design:

With angle cut Design code: 0

TSS Article no.:

GR6900630-HM061 (see Slydring® catalog, page 38)

note:HM872 and HM873 material can be ordered by replacing the HM871 material code in the TSS Article Number.

Table 137: Surface Roughness – Metric

Parameter Mating Surface μm Groove

Surface μm HiMod® Materials

Rmax 1.00 - 4.00 < 16.0

Rz DIN 0.63 - 2.50 < 10.0

Ra 0.10 - 0.40 < 2.5

Material No.

TSS Series No.

TSS Article No.

Rod diameter x 10Quality Index (Standard)

Design code, standard

HM871GR69 -0 0630

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 271 17.10.2016 13:37:58

272 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

BEARINGS · Orkot® Slydring® - Wear Ring

DESCRIPTIOn

Orkot® Slydring®, made from fabric-reinforced composite materials, is typically used in hydraulic cylinders exposed to high loads, e.g. mobile hydraulics and presses. The high compressive strength, good sliding behavior and the exceptional wear resistance properties ensure a long service life.

Slydring® of Orkot® fabric composite materials is produced as standard preformed to the intended diameter and ready-to-fit. It is manufactured with an angle cut and already has the necessary gap "Z1".

ADVAnTAGES

- Dimensionally stable and vibration absorbing

- Even distribution of high radial forces

- Good sliding and dry running properties

- High wear resistance

- Good wiping effect

- Long service life.

APPLICATIOn ExAMPLES

Orkot® Slydring® is widely used as a bearing element for heavy duty hydraulic equipment.

TECHnICAL DATA

Velocity: Up to 1 m/s / 3.2 fps with reciprocating movements

Temperature: - 60 °C to + 120 °C / -76 °F to +248 °F

Pr under dynamicconditions(C321, C333, C410):

max. 100 N/mm2 at +25 °C / +77 °F max. 50 N/mm2 > +60 °C / +140 °F

Ultimate compressivestrength

(C321, C333): max. > 300 N/ mm2

(C410): max. 260 N/mm2

When calculating the width of Orkot® Slydring®, it is recommended to use a safety factor f=2 (see page 260).

IMPORTAnT nOTE

The afore stated limits for pressure and speed are maximum values individually. Friction heat generated by the combination of pressure and speed may cause local heat built-up. Care should be taken not to apply high values for pressure and speed at the same time.

MATERIALS

ORKOT® C321 AnD ORKOT® C333

Orkot® C321 and C333 are manufactured from medium weave fabrics with excellent mechanical strength. They are dimensional stable when immersed in water, acids and chemical solutions.

ORKOT® C410

Orkot® C410 comprises a thermosetting resin coated onto medium weave fabrics incorporating a mixture of lubricants. The material possesses excellent dimensional stability in water and oil and demonstrates very good friction and wear properties.

� Orkot® Slydring® for Piston and Rod

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 272 17.10.2016 13:37:58

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 273Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Orkot® Slydring® - Wear Ring

Table 138: Serial numbers for Orkot® Slydring®, ready-to-fit – Metric

Piston Serial no.

Rod Serial no.

Groove Width

Ring Thickness

GP41 GR41 2.5 1.55

GP43 GR43 4.0 1.55

GP47 GR47 6.3 1.55

GP48 GR48 8.1 2.00

GP49 GR49 9.7 2.00

GP51 GR51 10.0 2.00

GP53 GR53 15.0 2.00

GP64 GR64 4.2 2.50

GP65 GR65 5.6 2.50

GP67 GR67 6.3 2.50

GP68 GR68 8.1 2.50

GP69 GR69 9.7 2.50

GP73 GR73 15.0 2.50

GP74 GR74 20.0 2.50

GP75 GR75 25.0 2.50

GP76 GR76 30.0 2.50

GP77 GR77 35.0 2.50

GP93 GR93 15.0 3.00

GP94 GR94 20.0 3.00

GP95 GR95 25.0 3.00

GP96 GR96 30.0 3.00

GP99 GR99 9.7 4.00

GPL2 GRL2 15.0 4.00

GPL3 GRL3 20.0 4.00

GP98 GR98 25.0 4.00

GPL5 GRL5 30.0 4.00

GPL7 GRL7 40.0 4.00

GPL9 GRL9 50.0 4.00

Note that customer specific sizes can be supplied without tooling costs.

InSTALLATIOn RECOMMEnDATIOn

In order to protect the seal and guide system against ingress of foreign particles, we recommend the use of Turcite®

Slydring® in combination with Orkot® Slydring®. The larger face area of these rings (Series GP 99 from Table 138) embeds the contaminant particles when present in the system and keeps them away from the actual guides and seals (Figure 117). Reducing the piston diameter at both ends allows the particles to become embedded on the face side.

Red

uced

pis

ton

diam

eter

at b

oth

ends

Orkot®Orkot®Turcite®Turcite®

Figure 117: Arrangement of the Slydring® on the piston

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 273 17.10.2016 13:37:59

274 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

BEARINGS · Orkot® Slydring® - Wear Ring

Z1

L2

S1r 0.2 max. 0.4

r 0.2 max. 0.4DN

d 2

W

Figure 118: Installation Drawing

Table 139: Installation Dimensions – Metric

Serial no. Bore Diameter1) Groove Diameter Groove Width Ring Thickness Ring Gap2)

Dn H9 d2 h8 L2 +0.2 W Z1

GP43 16 - 50.0 DN - 3.10 4.00 1.55 1 - 3

GP65 16 - 125.0 DN - 5.00 5.60 2.50 2 - 6

GP69 25 - 250.0 DN - 5.00 9.70 2.50 2 - 9

GP73 80 - 500.0 DN - 5.00 15.00 2.50 4 - 17

GP75 125 - 999.9 DN - 5.00 25.00 2.50 6 - 33

GP75X 1,000 - 1,500.0 DN - 5.00 25.00 2.50 33 - 48

GP98 280 - 999.9 DN - 8.00 25.00 4.00 10 - 33

GP98X 1,000 - 1,500.0 DN - 8.00 25.00 4.00 33 - 48

1) Recommended diameter ranges 2) see Figure 119

For Slydring® to other standards, e.g. French standard NF E 48-037, contact your local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions marketing company.

� Installation Recommendation, Orkot® Slydring® for Piston According to ISO 10766 Groove Dimensions – Metric

RADIAL CLEARAnCE S1

The minimum radial gap is to be calculated taking into account: - the fitting tolerances of the hardware

- the tolerance on the ring thickness

- an allowance for wear

- in case of high radial loads an allowance for elastic deformation

- a safety margin to avoid metal-to-metal contact

The gaps S1 can be larger when near to the seal (attention: take care of gap dimension for the seal) thus allowing slight tilting of the piston, still without metal-to-metal contact.

It also allows foreign particles to be wiped away by the Orkot®

Slydring® rather than being squeezed between the metal components. The slot 'Z1' allows fluid to pass across the ring thus preventing fluid pressure build-up which might cause extrusion of the guide ring. To ensure the ring cannot escape out of the groove, it is recommended to observe the following radial gap sizes as maximum: - 0.50 mm / 0.020 inch for GP43

(1.55 mm / 0.061 inch thickness)

- 0.90 mm / 0.035 inch for GP65 to GP75 (2.50 mm / 0.098 inch thickness)

- 1.50 mm / 0.059 inch for GP98 and GP98X (4.00 mm / 0.157 inch thickness)

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 274 17.10.2016 13:37:59

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 275Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Orkot® Slydring® - Wear Ring

Table 140: Recommended Radii for Groove Diameter

Dn r max.

8 - 250 0.2

> 250 0.4

Table 141: Surface Roughness

Parameter Mating Surface μm Groove Surface μm

Rmax 1.00 - 4.00 < 16.0

Rz DIN 0.63 - 2.50 < 10.0

Ra 0.10 - 0.40 < 2.5

Ring Outside Diameter (mm)

Maximum

Minimum

0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 10000

6

12

18

24

30

36

42

Recommended Gap Sizes Z1 for Orkot® Slydring®

Gap

siz

e Z 1

(m

m)

Figure 119: Recommended Gap Sizes Z1 for Orkot® Slydring®

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 275 17.10.2016 13:38:00

276 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

BEARINGS · Orkot® Slydring® - Wear Ring

ORDERInG ExAMPLE

Orkot® Slydring® for bore diameter DN = 100.0 mm Series GP 69 from Table 139

Groove width: 9.7 mm, ring thickness: 2.50 mm

Material: Orkot® C333 (other materials see Table 116)

Standard design:

With angle cut Design code: 0

TSS Part no.: GP6901000 (from Table 145)

Material No.

TSS Series No.

TSS Article No.

Bore diameter x 10Quality Index (Standard)

Design code, standard

C333GP69 -0 1000

The TSS Article No. can be formed from the example above.

ORDERInG ExAMPLE FOR DIAMETER > 1,000 MM

Orkot®Slydring® for bore diameter DN = 1,200.0 mm Series GP75X from Table 139

Groove width: 25.00 mm, ring thickness: 2.50 mm

Material: Orkot® C333

TSS Part no.: GP75X1200 (from Table 145)

Material No.

TSS Series No.

TSS Article No.

Rod diameter x 1*Quality Index (Standard)

Design code

C333GR75 -X 1200

* For diameters ≥ 1,000.0 mm multiply only by factor 1.

note:Orkot® Slydring® for pistons can be used as rod guide ring, for instance.

GP69 0 1000 - C333is identical and can be replaced with

GR69 0 0950 - C333

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 276 17.10.2016 13:38:01

Slydring® - Wear Ring

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 277Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 277 17.10.2016 13:38:01

BEARINGS · Slydring® - Wear Ring

278 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Orkot® Slydring® - Wear Ring

Z1

r 0.2 max. 0.4

rmax. 0.2

L2

S1D

2

d N

W

Figure 120: Installation Drawing

Table 142: Installation Dimensions – Metric

Serial no. Rod Diameter1) Groove Diameter Groove Width Ring Thickness Ring Gap2)

dn f8/h9 D2 H8 L2 +0.2 W Z1

GR43 8 - 50 dN + 3.10 4.00 1.55 1 - 3

GR65 16 - 120 dN + 5.00 5.60 2.50 2 - 6

GR69 25 - 250 dN + 5.00 9.70 2.50 2 - 9

GR73 75 - 500 dN + 5.00 15.00 2.50 4 - 17

GR75 120 - 999.9 dN + 5.00 25.00 2.50 5 - 33

GR75X 1,000 - 1,500 dN + 5.00 25.00 2.50 33 - 49

GR98 280 - 999.9 dN + 8.00 25.00 4.00 10 - 33

GR98X 1,000 - 1,500 dN + 8.00 25.00 4.00 33 - 49

1) Recommended diameter ranges

2) see Figure 121

For Slydring® to other standards, e.g. French standard NF E 48-037, please contact your local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions marketing company.

� Installation Recommendation, Orkot® Slydring® for Rod According to ISO 10766 Groove Dimensions – Metric

RADIAL CLEARAnCE S1

The minimum radial gap is to be calculated taking into account: - the fitting tolerances of the hardware

- the tolerance on the ring thickness

- an allowance for wear

- in case of high radial loads an allowance for elastic deformation

- a safety margin to avoid metal-to-metal contact

The gaps S1 can be larger when near to the seal (attention: take care of gap dimension for the seal) thus allowing slight bending of the rod, still without metal-to-metal contact.

It also allows foreign particles to be wiped away by the Orkot®

Slydring® rather than being squeezed between the metal components. The slot "Z1" allows fluid to pass across the ring thus preventing fluid pressure build-up which might cause extrusion of the guide ring. To ensure the ring cannot escape out of the groove, it is recommended to observe following radial gap sizes as maximum: - 0.50 mm / 0.020 inch for GR43

(1.55 mm / 0.061 inch thickness)

- 0.90 mm / 0.035 inch for GR65 to GR75 (2.50 mm / 0.098 inch thickness)

- 1.50 mm / 0.059 inch for GR98 and GR98X (4.00 mm / 0.157 inch thickness)

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 278 17.10.2016 13:38:01

Slydring® - Wear Ring

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 279Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

BEARINGS · Orkot® Slydring® - Wear Ring

Table 143: Recommended Radii for Groove Bottom

dn r max.

8 - 250 0.2

> 250 0.4

Table 144: Surface Roughness – Metric

Parameter Mating Surface μm Groove Surface μm

Rmax 1.00 - 4.00 < 16.0

Rz DIN 0.63 - 2.50 < 10.0

Ra 0.10 - 0.40 < 2.5

Ring Inside Diameter (mm)

Maximum

Minimum

0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 10000

6

12

18

24

30

36

42

Recommended Gap Sizes Z1 for Orkot® Slydring®

Gap

siz

e Z 1

(m

m)

Figure 121: Recommended Gap Sizes Z1 for Orkot® Slydring®

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 279 17.10.2016 13:38:02

BEARINGS · Slydring® - Wear Ring

280 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Orkot® Slydring® - Wear Ring

ORDERInG ExAMPLE 1 FOR DIAMETER = 63 MM

Orkot® Slydring® for rod diameter dN = 63.0 mm Series GR 65 from Table 142

Groove width: 5.6 mm, ring thickness: 2.50 mm

Material: Orkot® C333 (other materials see Table 116)

Standard design:

With angle cut Design code: 0

TSS Part no.: GR6500630 (from Table 146)

Material No.

TSS Series No.

TSS Article No.

Rod diameter x 10Quality Index (Standard)

Design code, standard

C333GR65 -0 0630

ORDERInG ExAMPLE 2 FOR DIAMETER = 63 MM

Orkot® Slydring® for rod diameter dN = 63.0 mm Series GR 69 from Table 142

Groove width: 9.7 mm, ring thickness: 2.50 mm

Material: Orkot® C333 (other materials see Table 116)

Standard design:

With angle cut Design code: 0

TSS Part no.: GR6500630 (from Table 146)

Material No.

TSS Series No.

TSS Article No.

Rod diameter x 10Quality Index (Standard)

Design code, standard

C333GR69 -0 0630

ORDERInG ExAMPLE FOR DIAMETER >1,000 MM

Orkot® Slydring® for rod diameter dN = 1,200.0 mm Series GR 75X from Table 142

Groove width: 25.0 mm, ring thickness: 2.50 mm

Material: Orkot® C333 (other materials see Table 116)

TSS Part no.: GR75X1200 (from Table 146)

Material No.

TSS Series No.

TSS Article No.

Rod diameter x 1*Quality Index (Standard)

Design code

C333GR75 -X 1200

* For diameters ≥ 1,000.0 mm multiply only by factor 1.

note:Orkot® Slydring® for rods can be used as piston guide ring, for instance.

GR65 0 0630 - C333is identical and can be replaced with

GP65 0 0680 - C333

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 280 17.10.2016 13:38:03

Slydring® - Wear Ring

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 281Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

BEARINGS · Slydring® - Wear Ring

Table 145: Installation Recommendation, Slydring® for Piston according to ISO 10766 Groove Dimensions – Metric

Dimensions

TSS Part no. HiMod® Orkot®Turcite® /

Turcon® / Zurcon®

Bore Diameter

Groove Diameter

Groove Width

Thickness

Dn H9 d2 h8 L2 +0.2 W

8.0 4.9 2.5 1.55 GP4100080 - XXXX *

10.0 6.9 2.5 1.55 GP4100100 - XXXX *

10.0 6.9 4.0 1.55 GP4300100 - XXXX *

12.0 8.9 4.0 1.55 GP4300120 - XXXX * *

14.0 10.9 4.0 1.55 GP4300140 - XXXX *

15.0 11.9 4.0 1.55 GP4300150 - XXXX *

16.0 12.9 4.0 1.55 GP4300160 - xxxx * *

16.0 11.0 5.6 2.50 GP6500160 - xxxx * *

18.0 14.9 4.0 1.55 GP4300180 - XXXX *

18.0 13.0 5.6 2.50 GP6500180 - XXXX * *

20.0 16.9 4.0 1.55 GP4300200 - xxxx * *

20.0 15.0 5.6 2.50 GP6500200 - xxxx * *

22.0 17.0 5.6 2.50 GP6500220 - XXXX * *

24.0 20.9 4.0 1.55 GP4300240 - XXXX * *

25.0 21.9 4.0 1.55 GP4300250 - xxxx * *

25.0 20.0 5.6 2.50 GP6500250 - xxxx * * *

25.0 20.0 9.7 2.50 GP6900250 - XXXX * *

27.0 22.0 5.6 2.50 GP6500270 - XXXX * * *

27.0 22.0 9.7 2.50 GP6900270 - XXXX *

28.0 23.0 5.6 2.50 GP6500280 - XXXX * *

30.0 26.9 4.0 1.55 GP4300300 - xxxx *

30.0 25.0 5.6 2.50 GP6500300 - XXXX * *

30.0 25.0 9.7 2.50 GP6900300 - XXXX * *

32.0 28.9 4.0 1.55 GP4300320 - xxxx * * *

32.0 27.0 5.6 2.50 GP6500320 - xxxx * * *

32.0 27.0 9.7 2.50 GP6900320 - XXXX * *

33.0 28.0 5.6 2.50 GP6500330 - XXXX * * *

35.0 30.0 5.6 2.50 GP6500350 - XXXX * * *

35.0 30.0 9.7 2.50 GP6900350 - XXXX * *

36.0 31.9 4.0 1.55 GP4300360 - XXXX *

36.0 31.0 5.6 2.50 GP6500360 - XXXX * *

36.0 31.0 9.7 2.50 GP6900360 - XXXX *

37.0 32.0 5.6 2.50 GP6500370 - XXXX * *

37.0 32.0 9.7 2.50 GP6900370 - XXXX * *

40.0 36.9 4.0 1.55 GP4300400 - xxxx * *

40.0 35.0 5.6 2.50 GP6500400 - xxxx * * *

40.0 35.0 9.7 2.50 GP6900400 - XXXX * *

41.0 36.0 5.6 2.50 GP6500410 - XXXX * * *

41.0 36.0 9.7 2.50 GP6900410 - XXXX * *

42.0 37.0 5.6 2.50 GP6500420 - XXXX * *

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 281 17.10.2016 13:38:03

BEARINGS · Slydring® - Wear Ring

282 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Dimensions

TSS Part no. HiMod® Orkot®Turcite® /

Turcon® / Zurcon®

Bore Diameter

Groove Diameter

Groove Width

Thickness

Dn H9 d2 h8 L2 +0.2 W

44.0 39.0 5.6 2.50 GP6500440 - XXXX * *

45.0 40.0 5.6 2.50 GP6500450 - XXXX * * *

45.0 40.0 9.7 2.50 GP6900450 - XXXX * *

45.0 40.0 15.0 2.50 GP7300450 - XXXX *

46.0 41.0 9.7 2.50 GP6900460 - XXXX *

48.0 43.0 5.6 2.50 GP6500480 - XXXX * *

50.0 46.9 4.0 1.55 GP4300500 - xxxx *

50.0 45.0 5.6 2.50 GP6500500 - xxxx * * *

50.0 45.0 9.7 2.50 GP6900500 - XXXX * * *

50.0 45.0 15.0 2.50 GP7300500 - XXXX *

51.0 46.0 9.7 2.50 GP6900510 - XXXX * *

51.0 46.0 15.0 2.50 GP7300510 - XXXX *

52.0 47.0 5.6 2.50 GP6500520 - XXXX * * *

53.0 48.0 5.6 2.50 GP6500530 - XXXX *

55.0 50.0 5.6 2.50 GP6500550 - XXXX * * *

55.0 50.0 9.7 2.50 GP6900550 - XXXX * * *

55.0 50.0 15.0 2.50 GP7300550 - XXXX *

57.0 52.0 5.6 2.50 GP6500570 - XXXX * *

57.0 52.0 9.7 2.50 GP6900570 - XXXX * *

58.0 53.0 5.6 2.50 GP6500580 - XXXX * *

58.0 53.0 9.7 2.50 GP6900580 - XXXX * *

60.0 55.0 5.6 2.50 GP6500600 - XXXX * * *

60.0 55.0 9.7 2.50 GP6900600 - XXXX * * *

61.0 56.0 5.6 2.50 GP6500610 - XXXX * * *

62.0 57.0 5.6 2.50 GP6500620 - XXXX * *

62.0 56.0 9.7 2.50 GP6900610 - XXXX * * *

63.0 58.0 5.6 2.50 GP6500630 - xxxx * * *

63.0 58.0 9.7 2.50 GP6900630 - xxxx * * *

65.0 60.0 5.6 2.50 GP6500650 - XXXX * * *

65.0 60.0 9.7 2.50 GP6900650 - XXXX * * *

68.0 63.0 5.6 2.50 GP6500680 - XXXX * * *

68.0 63.0 9.7 2.50 GP6900680 - XXXX * * *

68.0 63.0 15.0 2.50 GP7300680 - XXXX *

70.0 65.0 5.6 2.50 GP6500700 - XXXX * * *

70.0 65.0 9.7 2.50 GP6900700 - XXXX * * *

72.0 67.0 5.6 2.50 GP6500720 - XXXX * *

74.0 69.0 5.6 2.50 GP6500740 - XXXX * *

75.0 70.0 5.6 2.50 GP6500750 - XXXX * * *

75.0 70.0 9.7 2.50 GP6900750 - XXXX * * *

75.0 70.0 15.0 2.50 GP7300750 - XXXX *

80.0 75.0 5.6 2.50 GP6500800 - xxxx * * *

80.0 75.0 9.7 2.50 GP6900800 - xxxx * * *

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 282 17.10.2016 13:38:03

Slydring® - Wear Ring

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 283Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Dimensions

TSS Part no. HiMod® Orkot®Turcite® /

Turcon® / Zurcon®

Bore Diameter

Groove Diameter

Groove Width

Thickness

Dn H9 d2 h8 L2 +0.2 W

80.0 75.0 15.0 2.50 GP7300800 - xxxx *

80.0 75.0 25.0 2.50 GP7500800 - xxxx *

85.0 80.0 5.6 2.50 GP6500850 - XXXX * * *

85.0 80.0 9.7 2.50 GP6900850 - XXXX * * *

85.0 80.0 15.0 2.50 GP7300850 - XXXX *

90.0 85.0 5.6 2.50 GP6500900 - XXXX * * *

90.0 85.0 9.7 2.50 GP6900900 - XXXX * * *

90.0 85.0 15.0 2.50 GP7300900 - XXXX *

95.0 90.0 5.6 2.50 GP6500950 - XXXX * * *

95.0 90.0 9.7 2.50 GP6900950 - XXXX * * *

100.0 95.0 5.6 2.50 GP6501000 - xxxx * * *

100.0 95.0 9.7 2.50 GP6901000 - xxxx * * *

100.0 95.0 15.0 2.50 GP7501000 - xxxx * *

100.0 95.0 25.0 2.50 GP7501000 - xxxx *

105.0 100.0 5.6 2.50 GP6501050 - XXXX * * *

105.0 100.0 9.7 2.50 GP6901050 - XXXX * * *

105.0 100.0 15.0 2.50 GP7301050 - XXXX *

110.0 105.0 9.7 2.50 GP6901100 - XXXX * * *

110.0 105.0 15.0 2.50 GP7301100 - XXXX *

115.0 110.0 9.7 2.50 GP6901150 - XXXX * * *

115.0 110.0 15.0 2.50 GP7301150 - XXXX *

120.0 115.0 9.7 2.50 GP6901200 - XXXX * * *

120.0 115.0 15.0 2.50 GP7301200 - XXXX *

125.0 120.0 5.6 2.50 GP6501250 - xxxx * * *

125.0 120.0 9.7 2.50 GP6901250 - xxxx * * *

125.0 120.0 15.0 2.50 GP7301250 - xxxx * * *

125.0 120.0 25.0 2.50 GP7501250 - xxxx *

130.0 125.0 9.7 2.50 GP6901300 - XXXX * *

130.0 125.0 15.0 2.50 GP7301300 - XXXX * * *

135.0 130.0 9.7 2.50 GP6901350 - XXXX * *

135.0 130.0 15.0 2.50 GP7301350 - XXXX * *

140.0 135.0 9.7 2.50 GP6901400 - xxxx * * *

140.0 135.0 15.0 2.50 GP7301400 - xxxx * * *

140.0 135.0 25.0 2.50 GP7501400 - xxxx *

145.0 140.0 25.0 2.50 GP7501450 - XXXX *

150.0 145.0 9.7 2.50 GP6901500 - XXXX * *

150.0 145.0 15.0 2.50 GP7301500 - XXXX * *

150.0 145.0 25.0 2.50 GP7501500 - XXXX *

160.0 155.0 9.7 2.50 GP6901600 - xxxx * * *

160.0 155.0 15.0 2.50 GP7301600 - xxxx * * *

170.0 165.0 15.0 2.50 GP7301700 - XXXX * *

175.0 170.0 25.0 2.50 GP7501750 - XXXX *

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 283 17.10.2016 13:38:04

BEARINGS · Slydring® - Wear Ring

284 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Dimensions

TSS Part no. HiMod® Orkot®Turcite® /

Turcon® / Zurcon®

Bore Diameter

Groove Diameter

Groove Width

Thickness

Dn H9 d2 h8 L2 +0.2 W

180.0 175.0 9.7 2.50 GP6901800 - xxxx * *

180.0 175.0 15.0 2.50 GP7301800 - xxxx * *

180.0 175.0 25.0 2.50 GP7501800 - XXXX *

190.0 185.0 9.7 2.50 GP6901900 - XXXX * *

190.0 185.0 15.0 2.50 GP7301900 - XXXX * *

200.0 195.0 9.7 2.50 GP6902000 - xxxx * *

200.0 195.0 15.0 2.50 GP7302000 - xxxx * * *

200.0 195.0 25.0 2.50 GP7502000 - XXXX *

205.0 200.0 15.0 2.50 GP7302050 - XXXX * *

210.0 205.0 15.0 2.50 GP7302100 - XXXX * *

220.0 215.0 9.7 2.50 GP6902200 - xxxx * *

220.0 215.0 15.0 2.50 GP7302200 - xxxx * *

220.0 215.0 25.0 2.50 GP7502200 - XXXX *

230.0 225.0 9.7 2.50 GP6902300 - XXXX *

230.0 225.0 15.0 2.50 GP7302300 - XXXX * *

230.0 225.0 25.0 2.50 GP7502300 - XXXX *

240.0 235.0 15.0 2.50 GP7302400 - XXXX *

250.0 245.0 9.7 2.50 GP6902500 - xxxx *

250.0 245.0 15.0 2.50 GP7302500 - XXXX *

280.0 275.0 15.0 2.50 GP7302800 - xxxx *

280.0 275.0 25.0 2.50 GP7502800 - xxxx *

280.0 272.0 25.0 4.00 GP9802800 - XXXX *

300.0 295.0 15.0 2.50 GP7303000 - XXXX *

320.0 315.0 15.0 2.50 GP7303200 - xxxx *

320.0 315.0 25.0 2.50 GP7503200 - xxxx *

320.0 312.0 25.0 4.00 GP9803200 - xxxx *

350.0 345.0 25.0 2.50 GP7503500 - XXXX *

360.0 355.0 15.0 2.50 GP7303600 - XXXX *

360.0 355.0 25.0 2.50 GP7503600 - xxxx *

360.0 352.0 25.0 4.00 GP9803600 - xxxx *

400.0 395.0 15.0 2.50 GP7304000 - xxxx *

400.0 395.0 25.0 2.50 GP7504000 - xxxx *

400.0 392.0 25.0 4.00 GP9804000 - xxxx *

450.0 445.0 15.0 2.50 GP7304500 - xxxx *

450.0 445.0 25.0 2.50 GP7504500 - xxxx *

450.0 442.0 25.0 4.00 GP9804500 - xxxx *

500.0 495.0 15.0 2.50 GP7305000 - xxxx *

500.0 495.0 25.0 2.50 GP7505000 - xxxx *

500.0 492.0 25.0 4.00 GP9805000 - xxxx *

1,000.0 995.0 25.0 2.50 GP75X1000 - XXXX *

2,700.0 2,695.0 25.0 2.50 GP75X2700 - XXXX *

All sizes in bold in the Hydraulic Seals - Linear Slydring® indicate conformance to ISO 10766 and should be preferred for use.

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 284 17.10.2016 13:38:04

Slydring® - Wear Ring

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 285Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Table 146: Installation Recommendation, Slydring® for Rod according to ISO 10766 Groove Dimensions – Metric

Dimensions

TSS Article no. HiMod® Orkot®Turcite® / Turcon® /

Zurcon®

Rod Diameter

Groove Diameter

Groove Width

Thickness

dn f8/h9 D2 H8 L2 +0.2 W

8.0 11.1 2.5 1.55 GR4100080 - XXXX *

10.0 13.1 2.5 1.55 GR4100100 - XXXX *

10.0 13.1 2.5 1.55 GR4300100 - xxxx *

11.0 14.1 4.0 1.55 GR4300110 - XXXX * *

12.0 15.1 4.0 1.55 GR4300120 - xxxx *

14.0 17.1 4.0 1.55 GR4300140 - xxxx *

15.0 18.1 4.0 1.55 GR4300150 - xxxx * *

16.0 19.1 4.0 1.55 GR4300160 - xxxx *

16.0 21.0 5.6 2.50 GR6500160 - XXXX * *

18.0 21.1 4.0 1.55 GR4300180 - xxxx *

18.0 23.0 5.6 2.50 GR6500180 - XXXX * *

20.0 23.1 4.0 1.55 GR4300200 - xxxx * *

20.0 25.0 5.6 2.50 GR6500200 - XXXX * * *

20.0 25.0 9.7 2.50 GR6900200 - XXXX * * *

22.0 25.1 4.0 1.55 GR4300220 - xxxx *

22.0 27.0 5.6 2.50 GR6500220 - XXXX * * *

22.0 27.0 9.7 2.50 GR6900220 - XXXX * *

25.0 28.1 4.0 1.55 GR4300250 - xxxx * *

25.0 30.0 5.6 2.50 GR6500250 - xxxx * * *

25.0 30.0 9.7 2.50 GR6900250 - XXXX * * *

27.0 32.0 5.6 2.50 GR6500270 - XXXX * *

27.0 32.0 9.7 2.50 GR6900270 - XXXX * * *

28.0 31.1 4.0 1.55 GR4300280 - xxxx * *

28.0 33.0 5.6 2.50 GR6500280 - xxxx * * *

28.0 33.0 9.7 2.50 GR6900280 - xxxx * *

30.0 35.0 5.6 2.50 GR6500300 - XXXX * * *

30.0 35.0 9.7 2.50 GR6900300 - XXXX * * *

32.0 37.0 5.6 2.50 GR6500320 - xxxx * * *

32.0 37.0 9.7 2.50 GR6900320 - xxxx * * *

35.0 40.0 5.6 2.50 GR6500350 - XXXX * *

35.0 40.0 9.7 2.50 GR6900350 - XXXX * * *

36.0 41.0 5.6 2.50 GR6500360 - xxxx * * *

36.0 41.0 9.7 2.50 GR6900360 - xxxx * * *

36.0 41.0 15.0 2.50 GR7300360 - XXXX *

40.0 45.0 5.6 2.50 GR6500400 - xxxx * * *

40.0 45.0 9.7 2.50 GR6900400 - xxxx * * *

40.0 45.0 15.0 2.50 GR7300400 - XXXX * *

40.0 45.0 25.0 2.50 GR7500400 - xxxx *

42.0 47.0 5.6 2.50 GR6500420 - XXXX * *

43.0 48.0 5.6 2.50 GR6500430 - XXXX * *

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 285 17.10.2016 13:38:05

BEARINGS · Slydring® - Wear Ring

286 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Dimensions

TSS Article no. HiMod® Orkot®Turcite® / Turcon® /

Zurcon®

Rod Diameter

Groove Diameter

Groove Width

Thickness

dn f8/h9 D2 H8 L2 +0.2 W

45.0 50.0 5.6 2.50 GR6500450 - xxxx * * *

45.0 50.0 9.7 2.50 GR6900450 - xxxx * * *

45.0 50.0 15.0 2.50 GR7300450 - XXXX * *

47.0 52.0 5.6 2.50 GR6500470 - XXXX * *

48.0 53.0 5.6 2.50 GR6500480 - xxxx * *

48.0 53.0 9.7 2.50 GR6900480 - XXXX * *

50.0 55.0 5.6 2.50 GR6500500 - xxxx * * *

50.0 55.0 9.7 2.50 GR6900500 - xxxx * * *

50.0 55.0 15.0 2.50 GR7300500 - XXXX * *

52.0 57.0 5.6 2.50 GR6500520 - XXXX * * *

52.0 57.0 9.7 2.50 GR6900520 - XXXX * * *

53.0 58.0 9.7 2.50 GR6900530 - XXXX * *

55.0 60.0 5.6 2.50 GR6500550 - XXXX * *

55.0 60.0 9.7 2.50 GR6900550 - XXXX * * *

55.0 60.0 15.0 2.50 GR7300550 - XXXX *

55.0 60.0 25.0 2.50 GR7500550 - XXXX *

56.0 61.0 5.6 2.50 GR6500560 - xxxx * * *

56.0 61.0 9.7 2.50 GR6900560 - xxxx * * *

56.0 61.0 15.0 2.50 GR7300560 - xxxx *

58.0 63.0 5.6 2.50 GR6500580 - XXXX * * *

58.0 63.0 9.7 2.50 GR6900580 - XXXX * * *

60.0 65.0 5.6 2.50 GR6500600 - XXXX * * *

60.0 65.0 9.7 2.50 GR6900600 - XXXX * * *

60.0 65.0 15.0 2.50 GR7300600 - XXXX *

60.0 65.0 25.0 2.50 GR7500600 - XXXX *

63.0 68.0 5.6 2.50 GR6500630 - xxxx * *

63.0 68.0 9.7 2.50 GR6900630 - xxxx * * *

63.0 68.0 15.0 2.50 GR7300630 - XXXX * * *

65.0 70.0 5.6 2.50 GR6500650 - XXXX * * *

65.0 70.0 9.7 2.50 GR6900650 - XXXX * * *

65.0 70.0 15.0 2.50 GR7300650 - XXXX * *

67.0 72.0 5.6 2.50 GR6500670 - XXXX * *

70.0 75.0 5.6 2.50 GR6500700 - xxxx * * *

70.0 75.0 9.7 2.50 GR6900700 - xxxx * * *

70.0 75.0 15.0 2.50 GR7300700 - XXXX * * *

70.0 75.0 25.0 2.50 GR7500700 - xxxx *

75.0 80.0 5.6 2.50 GR6500750 - XXXX * * *

75.0 80.0 9.7 2.50 GR6900750 - XXXX * * *

75.0 80.0 15.0 2.50 GR7300750 - XXXX * * *

80.0 85.0 5.6 2.50 GR6500800 - XXXX * * *

80.0 85.0 9.7 2.50 GR6900800 - xxxx * * *

80.0 85.0 15.0 2.50 GR7300800 - xxxx * * *

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 286 17.10.2016 13:38:05

Slydring® - Wear Ring

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 287Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Dimensions

TSS Article no. HiMod® Orkot®Turcite® / Turcon® /

Zurcon®

Rod Diameter

Groove Diameter

Groove Width

Thickness

dn f8/h9 D2 H8 L2 +0.2 W

80.0 85.0 25.0 2.50 GR7500800 - xxxx *

85.0 90.0 5.6 2.50 GR6500850 - XXXX * *

85.0 90.0 9.7 2.50 GR6900850 - XXXX * * *

85.0 90.0 15.0 2.50 GR7300850 - XXXX * * *

90.0 95.0 5.6 2.50 GR6500900 - XXXX * * *

90.0 95.0 9.7 2.50 GR6900900 - xxxx * * *

90.0 95.0 15.0 2.50 GR7300900 - xxxx * *

90.0 95.0 25.0 2.50 GR7500900 - XXXX *

92.0 97.0 25.0 2.50 GR7500920 - XXXX *

95.0 100.0 5.6 2.50 GR6500950 - XXXX * * *

95.0 100.0 9.7 2.50 GR6900950 - XXXX * * *

95.0 100.0 15.0 2.50 GR7300950 - XXXX * * *

100.0 105.0 5.6 2.50 GR6501000 - XXXX * * *

100.0 105.0 9.7 2.50 GR6901000 - xxxx * * *

100.0 105.0 15.0 2.50 GR7301000 - xxxx * * *

100.0 105.0 25.0 2.50 GR7501000 - XXXX *

105.0 110.0 9.7 2.50 GR6901050 - XXXX * *

105.0 110.0 15.0 2.50 GR7301050 - XXXX * * *

105.0 110.0 25.0 2.50 GR7501050 - XXXX *

110.0 115.0 9.7 2.50 GR6901100 - xxxx * * *

110.0 115.0 15.0 2.50 GR7301100 - xxxx * * *

110.0 115.0 25.0 2.50 GR7501100 - XXXX *

115.0 120.0 9.7 2.50 GR6901150 - XXXX * * *

115.0 120.0 15.0 2.50 GR7301150 - XXXX * *

120.0 125.0 5.6 2.50 GR6501200 - XXXX * *

120.0 125.0 9.7 2.50 GR6901200 - XXXX * *

120.0 125.0 15.0 2.50 GR7301200 - XXXX * * *

125.0 130.0 9.7 2.50 GR6901250 - xxxx *

125.0 130.0 15.0 2.50 GR7301250 - xxxx * * *

125.0 130.0 25.0 2.50 GR7501250 - XXXX *

130.0 135.0 15.0 2.50 GR7301300 - XXXX * *

135.0 140.0 9.7 2.50 GR6901350 - XXXX * *

135.0 140.0 15.0 2.50 GR7301350 - XXXX * *

140.0 145.0 9.7 2.50 GR6901400 - xxxx * *

140.0 145.0 15.0 2.50 GR7301400 - xxxx * *

140.0 145.0 25.0 2.50 GR7501400 - XXXX *

150.0 155.0 15.0 2.50 GR7301500 - XXXX * *

150.0 155.0 25.0 2.50 GR7501500 - XXXX *

155.0 160.0 15.0 2.50 GR7301550 - XXXX * * *

155.0 160.0 25.0 2.50 GR7501550 - XXXX *

160.0 165.0 9.7 2.50 GR6901600 - xxxx * *

160.0 165.0 15.0 2.50 GR7301600 - xxxx * *

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 287 17.10.2016 13:38:06

BEARINGS · Slydring® - Wear Ring

288 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Dimensions

TSS Article no. HiMod® Orkot®Turcite® / Turcon® /

Zurcon®

Rod Diameter

Groove Diameter

Groove Width

Thickness

dn f8/h9 D2 H8 L2 +0.2 W

160.0 165.0 25.0 2.50 GR7501600 - xxxx *

170.0 175.0 15.0 2.50 GR7301700 - XXXX * *

170.0 175.0 25.0 2.50 GR7501700 - XXXX *

180.0 185.0 9.7 2.50 GR6901800 - xxxx *

180.0 185.0 15.0 2.50 GR7301800 - xxxx * *

190.0 195.0 15.0 2.50 GR7301900 - XXXX * *

190.0 195.0 25.0 2.50 GR7501900 - XXXX *

195.0 200.0 15.0 2.50 GR7301950 - XXXX * *

200.0 205.0 15.0 2.50 GR7302000 - xxxx * *

200.0 205.0 25.0 2.50 GR7502000 - xxxx * *

200.0 208.0 25.0 4.00 GR9802000 - xxxx *

210.0 215.0 15.0 2.50 GR7302100 - XXXX * *

220.0 225.0 15.0 2.50 GR7302200 - xxxx * *

220.0 225.0 25.0 2.50 GR7502200 - xxxx * *

230.0 235.0 25.0 2.50 GR7502300 - XXXX * *

240.0 245.0 25.0 2.50 GR7502400 - XXXX * *

240.0 248.0 25.0 4.00 GR9802400 - XXXX *

250.0 255.0 15.0 2.50 GR7302500 - xxxx *

250.0 255.0 25.0 2.50 GR7502500 - xxxx * *

270.0 275.0 15.0 2.50 GR7302700 - XXXX * *

280.0 285.0 15.0 2.50 GR7302800 - xxxx * *

280.0 285.0 25.0 2.50 GR7502800 - xxxx * *

280.0 288.0 25.0 4.00 GR9802800 - xxxx * *

300.0 305.0 25.0 2.50 GR7503000 - XXXX * *

320.0 325.0 15.0 2.50 GR7303200 - xxxx *

320.0 325.0 25.0 2.50 GR7503200 - xxxx * *

320.0 328.0 25.0 4.00 GR9803200 - xxxx * *

350.0 355.0 25.0 2.50 GR7503500 - XXXX * *

360.0 365.0 15.0 2.50 GR7303600 - xxxx *

360.0 365.0 25.0 2.50 GR7503600 - xxxx * *

360.0 368.0 25.0 2.50 GR9803600 - xxxx * *

400.0 405.0 25.0 2.50 GR7504000 - XXXX * *

400.0 408.0 25.0 4.00 GR9804000 - XXXX * *

800.0 805.0 25.0 2.50 GR7508000 - XXXX * *

800.0 805.0 25.0 4.00 GR9808000 - XXXX * *

1,000.0 1,005.0 25.0 2.50 GR75X1000 - XXXX * *

1,000.0 1,008.0 25.0 2.50 GR98X1000 - XXXX * *

1,200.0 1,205.0 25.0 2.50 GR75X1200 - XXXX * *

1,500.0 1,505.0 25.0 2.50 GR75X1500 - XXXX * *

2,600.0 2,605.0 25.0 2.50 GR75X2600 - XXXX *

All sizes in bold in the Hydraulic Seals - Linear Slydring® indicate conformance to ISO 10766 and should be preferred for use.

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 288 17.10.2016 13:38:06

Slydring® - Wear Ring

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 289Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 289 17.10.2016 13:38:06

BEARINGS · Slydring® - Wear Ring

290 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

� Installation and Part numbers – Piston – Inch

r max. 0.008 inches/ 0.2 mm

r max. 0.008 inches/ 0.2 mm

L2Z

S1

DN

d 2

W

Figure 122: Installation Drawing

Table 147: Installation Dimensions – Inch

Serial no.Bore Diameter Groove Diameter Groove Width Ring Thickness

Dn H9 d2 f8/h9 L2 +.010 W (max)

GP0B 1.000 - 4.000 DN - 0.126 0.385 0.063

GP0C 1.000 - 4.000 DN - 0.126 0.510 0.125

GP2B 1.000 - 4.000 DN - 0.250 0.385 0.125

GP2C 1.250 - 10.000 Dn - 0.250 0.510 0.125

GP2D 1.500 - 10.000 DN - 0.250 0.635 0.125

GP2E 2.000 - 12.000 Dn - 0.250 0.760 0.125

GP2F 2.500 - 16.000 Dn - 0.250 1.010 0.125

GP2G 3.000 - 20.000 DN - 0.250 1.260 0.125

GP2H 4.000 - 20.000 Dn - 0.250 1.510 0.125

GP2J 6.000 - 20.000 DN - 0.250 1.760 0.125

GP2K 8.000 - 20.000 Dn - 0.250 2.010 0.125

GP2L 10.000 - 20.000 DN - 0.250 2.510 0.125

notes:1) Tolerances used are per ISO-286 system of limits and fits.2) Bold Print indicates preferred series.

ORDERInG ExAMPLE

Slydring® for bore diameter DN = 3.250 inches Series GP2C from Table 147

Groove width: 0.510 inches, ring thickness: 0.125 inches

Material: Orkot® C333 Standard with angle cut

Design structure:

With angle cut and teardrop Design code: 0

TSS Part no.: GP6901000 (from Table 148)

TSS Series No.

TSS Article No.

Quality Index (Standard)Material Code

Bore diameter x 1000

C333GP2C -03250

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 290 17.10.2016 13:38:07

Slydring® - Wear Ring

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 291Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Table 148: Slydring® for Pistons – Inch

Dimensions

TSS Part no. Bore

Diameter Groove

Diameter Groove Width

Thickness

Dn H9 D2 f8/h9 L2 +0.01 W

1.250 1.000 0.510 0.125 GP2C01250 - xxxx

1.313 1.063 0.510 0.125 GP2C01313 - XXXX

1.375 1.125 0.510 0.125 GP2C01375 - xxxx

1.438 1.188 0.510 0.125 GP2C01438 - XXXX

1.500 1.250 0.510 0.125 GP2C01500 - xxxx

1.563 1.313 0.510 0.125 GP2C01563 - XXXX

1.625 1.375 0.510 0.125 GP2C01625 - xxxx

1.688 1.438 0.510 0.125 GP2C01688 - XXXX

1.750 1.500 0.510 0.125 GP2C01750 - xxxx

1.813 1.563 0.510 0.125 GP2C01813 - XXXX

1.875 1.625 0.510 0.125 GP2C01875 - xxxx

1.938 1.688 0.510 0.125 GP2C01938 - XXXX

2.000 1.750 0.510 0.125 GP2C02000 - xxxx

2.125 1.875 0.510 0.125 GP2C02125 - XXXX

2.250 2.000 0.510 0.125 GP2C02250 - xxxx

2.375 2.125 0.510 0.125 GP2C02375 - XXXX

2.500 2.250 0.510 0.125 GP2C02500 - xxxx

2.625 2.375 0.510 0.125 GP2C02625 - XXXX

2.750 2.500 0.510 0.125 GP2C02750 - xxxx

2.875 2.625 0.510 0.125 GP2C02875 - XXXX

3.000 2.750 0.510 0.125 GP2C03000 - xxxx

3.125 2.875 0.510 0.125 GP2C03125 - XXXX

3.250 3.000 0.510 0.125 GP2C03250 - xxxx

3.375 3.125 0.510 0.125 GP2C03375 - XXXX

3.500 3.250 0.510 0.125 GP2C03500 - xxxx

3.625 3.375 0.510 0.125 GP2C03625 - XXXX

3.750 3.500 0.510 0.125 GP2C03750 - xxxx

3.875 3.625 0.510 0125 GP2C03875 - XXXX

4.000 3.750 0.510 0.125 GP2C04000 - xxxx

4.125 3.875 0.510 0.125 GP2C04125 - XXXX

4.250 4.000 0.510 0.125 GP2C04250 - xxxx

4.375 4.125 0.510 0.125 GP2C04375 - XXXX

4.500 4.250 0.510 0.125 GP2C04500 - xxxx

4.625 4.375 0.510 0.125 GP2C04625 - XXXX

4.750 4.500 0.510 0.125 GP2C04750 - XXXX

4.875 4.625 0.510 0.125 GP2C04875 - XXXX

5.000 4.750 0.510 0.125 GP2C05000 - xxxx

5.125 4.875 0.510 0.125 GP2C05125 - XXXX

5.250 5.000 0.510 0.125 GP2C05250 - XXXX

5.375 5.125 0.510 0.125 GP2C05375 - XXXX

The sizes listed in bold font are preferred sizes (more likely to be available for immediate shipment).

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 291 17.10.2016 13:38:07

BEARINGS · Slydring® - Wear Ring

292 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Dimensions

TSS Part no. Bore

Diameter Groove

Diameter Groove Width

Thickness

Dn H9 D2 f8/h9 L2 +0.01 W

5.500 5.250 0.510 0.125 GP2C05500 - xxxx

5.625 5.375 0.510 0.125 GP2C05625 - XXXX

5.750 5.500 0.510 0.125 GP2C05750 - XXXX

5.875 5.625 0.510 0.125 GP2C05875 - XXXX

6.000 5.750 0.510 0.125 GP2C06000 - xxxx

6.250 6.000 0.510 0.125 GP2C06250 - XXXX

6.500 6.250 0.510 0.125 GP2C06500 - XXXX

6.750 6.500 0.510 0.125 GP2C06750 - XXXX

7.000 6.750 0.510 0.125 GP2C07000 - xxxx

7.250 7.000 0.510 0.125 GP2C07250 - XXXX

7.500 7.250 0.510 0.125 GP2C07500 - XXXX

7.750 7.500 0.510 0.125 GP2C07750 - XXXX

8.000 7.750 0.510 0.125 GP2C08000 - xxxx

8.250 8.000 0.510 0.125 GP2C08250 - XXXX

8.500 8.250 0.510 0.125 GP2C08500 - XXXX

8.750 8.500 0.510 0.125 GP2C08750 - XXXX

9.000 8.750 0.510 0.125 GP2C09000 - xxxx

9.250 9.000 0.510 0.125 GP2C09250 - XXXX

9.500 9.250 0.510 0.125 GP2C09500 - XXXX

9.750 9.500 0.510 0.125 GP2C09750 - XXXX

10.000 9.750 0.510 0.125 GP2C10000 - xxxx

10.500 10.250 0.510 0.125 GP2C10500 - XXXX

11.000 10.750 0.510 0.125 GP2C11000 - XXXX

11.500 11.250 0.510 0.125 GP2C11500 - XXXX

12.000 11.750 0.510 0.125 GP2C12000 - xxxx

4.000 3.750 0.760 0.125 GP2E0400 - xxxx

4.125 3.875 0.760 0.125 GP2E04125 - XXXX

4.250 4.000 0.760 0.125 GP2E04250 - XXXX

4.375 4.125 0.760 0.125 GP2E04375 - XXXX

4.500 4.250 0.760 0.125 GP2E04500 - xxxx

4.625 4.375 0.760 0.125 GP2E04625 - XXXX

4.750 4.500 0.760 0.125 GP2E04750 - XXXX

4.875 4.625 0.760 0.125 GP2E04875 - XXXX

5.000 4.750 0.760 0.125 GP2E05000 - xxxx

5.125 4.875 0.760 0.125 GP2E05125 - XXXX

5.250 5.000 0.760 0.125 GP2E05250 - XXXX

5.375 5.125 0.760 0.125 GP2E05375 - XXXX

5.500 5.250 0.760 0.125 GP2E05500 - xxxx

5.625 5.375 0.760 0.125 GP2E05625 - XXXX

5.750 5.500 0.760 0.125 GP2E05750 - XXXX

5.875 5.625 0.760 0.125 GP2E05875 - XXXX

6.000 5.750 0.760 0.125 GP2E06000 - xxxx

The sizes listed in bold font are preferred sizes (more likely to be available for immediate shipment).

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 292 17.10.2016 13:38:08

Slydring® - Wear Ring

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 293Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Dimensions

TSS Part no. Bore

Diameter Groove

Diameter Groove Width

Thickness

Dn H9 D2 f8/h9 L2 +0.01 W

6.250 6.000 0.760 0.125 GP2E06250 - XXXX

6.500 6.250 0.760 0.125 GP2E06500 - XXXX

6.750 6.500 0.760 0.125 GP2E06750 - XXXX

7.000 6.750 0.760 0.125 GP2E07000 - xxxx

7.250 7.000 0.760 0.125 GP2E07250 - XXXX

7.500 7.250 0.760 0.125 GP2E07500 - XXXX

7.750 7.500 0.760 0.125 GP2E07750 - XXXX

8.000 7.750 0.760 0.125 GP2E08000 - xxxx

8.250 8.000 0.760 0.125 GP2E08250 - XXXX

8.500 8.250 0.760 0.125 GP2E08500 - XXXX

8.750 8.500 0.760 0.125 GP2E08750 - XXXX

9.000 8.750 0.760 0.125 GP2E09000 - xxxx

9.250 9.000 0.760 0.125 GP2E09250 - XXXX

9.500 9.250 0.760 0.125 GP2E09500 - XXXX

9.750 9.500 0.760 0.125 GP2E09750 - XXXX

10.000 9.750 0.760 0.125 GP2E10000 - xxxx

10.500 10.250 0.760 0.125 GP2E10500 - XXXX

11.000 10.750 0.760 0.125 GP2E11000 - XXXX

11.500 11.250 0.760 0.125 GP2E11500 - XXXX

12.000 11.750 0.760 0.125 GP2E12000 - xxxx

12.500 12.250 0.760 0.125 GP2E12500 - XXXX

13.000 12.750 0.760 0.125 GP2E13000 - XXXX

13.500 13.250 0.760 0.125 GP2E13500 - XXXX

14.000 13.750 0.760 0.125 GP2E14000 - XXXX

14.500 14.250 0.760 0.125 GP2E14500 - XXXX

15.000 14.750 0.760 0.125 GP2E15000 - XXXX

15.500 15.250 0.760 0.125 GP2E15500 - XXXX

16.000 15.750 0.760 0.125 GP2E16000 - xxxx

16.500 16.250 0.760 0.125 GP2E16500 - XXXX

17.000 16.750 0.760 0.125 GP2E17000 - XXXX

17.500 17.250 0.760 0.125 GP2E17500 - XXXX

18.000 17.750 0.760 0.125 GP2E18000 - xxxx

18.500 18.250 0.760 0.125 GP2E18500 - XXXX

19.000 18.750 0.760 0.125 GP2E19000 - XXXX

19.500 19.250 0.760 0.125 GP2E19500 - XXXX

20.000 19.750 0.760 0.125 GP2E20000 - xxxx

6.000 5.750 1.010 0.125 GP2F06000 - xxxx

6.250 6.000 1.010 0.125 GP2F06250 - XXXX

6.500 6.250 1.010 0.125 GP2F06500 - XXXX

6.750 6.500 1.010 0.125 GP2F06750 - XXXX

7.000 6.750 1.010 0.125 GP2F07000 - xxxx

7.250 7.000 1.010 0.125 GP2F07250 - XXXX

The sizes listed in bold font are preferred sizes (more likely to be available for immediate shipment).

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 293 17.10.2016 13:38:08

BEARINGS · Slydring® - Wear Ring

294 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Dimensions

TSS Part no. Bore

Diameter Groove

Diameter Groove Width

Thickness

Dn H9 D2 f8/h9 L2 +0.01 W

7.500 7.250 1.010 0.125 GP2F07500 - XXXX

7.750 7.500 1.010 0.125 GP2F07750 - XXXX

8.000 7.750 1.010 0.125 GP2F08000 - xxxx

8.250 8.000 1.010 0.125 GP2F08250 - XXXX

8.500 8.250 1.010 0.125 GP2F08500 - XXXX

8.750 8.500 1.010 0.125 GP2F08750 - XXXX

9.000 8.750 1.010 0.125 GP2F09000 - xxxx

9.250 9.000 1.010 0.125 GP2F09250 - XXXX

9.500 9.250 1.010 0.125 GP2F09500 - XXXX

9.750 9.500 1.010 0.125 GP2E09750 - XXXX

10.000 9.750 1.010 0.125 GP2E10500 - xxxx

10.500 10.250 1.010 0.125 GP2E10500 - XXXX

11.000 10.750 1.010 0.125 GP2E11000 - XXXX

11.500 11.250 1.010 0.125 GP2E11500 - XXXX

12.000 11.750 1.010 0.125 GP2E12000 - xxxx

12.500 12.250 1.010 0.125 GP2E12500 - XXXX

13.000 12.750 1.010 0.125 GP2E13000 - XXXX

13.500 13.250 1.010 0.125 GP2E13500 - XXXX

14.000 13.750 1.010 0.125 GP2E14000 - xxxx

14.500 14.250 1.010 0.125 GP2E14500 - XXXX

15.000 14.750 1.010 0.125 GP2E15000 - XXXX

15.500 15.250 1.010 0.125 GP2E15500 - XXXX

16.000 15.750 1.010 0.125 GP2E16000 - xxxx

16.500 16.250 1.010 0.125 GP2E16500 - XXXX

17.000 16.750 1.010 0.125 GP2E17000 - XXXX

17.500 17.250 1.010 0.125 GP2E17500 - XXXX

18.000 17.750 1.010 0.125 GP2E18000 - xxxx

18.500 18.250 1.010 0.125 GP2E18500 - XXXX

19.000 18.750 1.010 0.125 GP2E19000 - XXXX

19.500 19.250 1.010 0.125 GP2E19500 - XXXX

20.000 19.750 1.010 0.125 GP2E20000 - xxxx

The sizes listed in bold font are preferred sizes (more likely to be available for immediate shipment).

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 294 17.10.2016 13:38:08

Slydring® - Wear Ring

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 295Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 295 17.10.2016 13:38:08

BEARINGS · Slydring® - Wear Ring

296 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

� Installation and Part numbers – Rod – Inch

r max. 0.008 inches/ 0.2 mm

r max. 0.008 inches/ 0.2 mm

L2

S1

D2

d N

W

Z

Figure 123: Installation Drawing

Table 149: Installation Recommendations – Inch

Serial no.Rod Diameter Groove Diameter Groove Width Thickness

dn f8/h9 D2 H9 L2 +.010 W (max)

GR0B 0.750 - 2.500 dN + 0.126 0.385 0.063

GR0C 1.250 - 4.000 dN + 0.126 0.510 0.125

GR2B 1.250 - 4.000 dN + 0.250 0.385 0.125

GR2C 1.250 - 8.000 dn + 0.250 0.510 0.125

GR2D 1.500 - 10.000 dN + 0.250 0.635 0.125

GR2E 2.500 - 12.000 dn + 0.250 0.760 0.125

GR2F 3.000 - 16.000 dn + 0.250 1.010 0.125

GR2G 3.500 - 20.000 dN + 0.250 1.260 0.125

GR2H 4.000 - 20.000 dn + 0.250 1.510 0.125

GR2J 6.000 - 20.000 dN + 0.250 1.760 0.125

GR2K 8.000 - 20.000 dn + 0.250 2.010 0.125

GR2L 10.000 - 20.000 dN + 0.250 2.510 0.125

notes:1) Tolerances used are per ISO-286 system of limits and fits.2) Bold Print indicates preferred series.

ORDERInG ExAMPLE

Slydring® for rod diameter dN = 3.250 inches Series GR2C from Table 149

Groove width: 0.510 inches, ring thickness: 0.125 inches

Material: Turcite® MF4 Standard with angle cut

Design structure:

With angle cut and teardrop Design code: 0

TSS Part no.: GR2C03250 (from Table 150)

TSS Series No.

TSS Article No.

Quality Index (Standard)Material Code

Rod diameter x 1000

MF4GR2C -03250

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 296 17.10.2016 13:38:09

Slydring® - Wear Ring

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 297Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Table 150: Slydring® for Rods – Inch

Dimensions

TSS Part no. Rod

Diameter Groove

Diameter Groove Width

Thickness

dn f8/h9 D2 H9 L2 + .010 W (max)

0.750 0.875 0.510 0.063 GR0C00750 - xxxx

0.875 1.000 0.510 0.063 GR0C00875 - XXXX

1.000 1.125 0.510 0.063 GR0C01000 - xxxx

1.125 1.250 0.510 0.063 GR0C01125 - XXXX

1.250 1.375 0.510 0.063 GR0C01250 - xxxx

1.375 1.500 0.510 0.063 GR0C01375 - XXXX

1.500 1.625 0.510 0.063 GR0C01500 - xxxx

1.625 1.750 0.510 0.063 GR0C01625 - XXXX

1.750 1.875 0.510 0.063 GR0C01750 - xxxx

1.875 2.000 0.510 0.063 GR0C01875 - XXXX

2.000 2.125 0.510 0.063 GR0C02000 - xxxx

1.250 1.500 0.510 0.125 GR2C01250 - xxxx

1.313 1.563 0.510 0.125 GR2C01313 - XXXX

1.375 1.625 0.510 0.125 GR2C01375 - xxxx

1.438 1.688 0.510 0.125 GR2C01438 - XXXX

1.500 1.750 0.510 0.125 GR2C01500 - xxxx

1.563 1.813 0.510 0.125 GR2C01563 - XXXX

1.625 1.875 0.510 0.125 GR2C01625 - xxxx

1.688 1.938 0.510 0.125 GR2C01688 - XXXX

1.750 2.000 0.510 0.125 GR2C01750 - xxxx

1.813 2.063 0.510 0.125 GR2C01833 - XXXX

1.875 2.125 0.510 0.125 GR2C01875 - xxxx

1.938 2.188 0.510 0.125 GR2C01938 - XXXX

2.000 2.250 0.510 0.125 GR2C02000 - xxxx

2.125 2.375 0.510 0.125 GR2C02125 - XXXX

2.250 2.500 0.510 0.125 GR2C02250 - xxxx

2.375 2.625 0.510 0.125 GR2C02375 - XXXX

2.500 2.750 0.510 0.125 GR2C02500 - xxxx

2.626 2.876 0.510 0.125 GR2C02626 - XXXX

2.750 3.000 0.510 0.125 GR2C02750 - xxxx

2.876 3.125 0.510 0.125 GR2C02875 - XXXX

3.000 3.250 0.510 0.125 GR2C03000 - xxxx

3.125 3.375 0.510 0.125 GR2C03125 - XXXX

3.250 3.500 0.510 0.125 GR2C03250 - xxxx

3.375 3.625 0.510 0.125 GR2C03375 - XXXX

3.500 3.750 0.510 0.125 GR2C03500 - xxxx

3.625 3.875 0.510 0.125 GR2C03625 - XXXX

3.750 4.000 0.510 0.125 GR2C03750 - xxxx

3.875 4.125 0.510 0.125 GR2C03875 - XXXX

4.000 4.250 0.510 0.125 GR2C04000 - xxxx

The sizes listed in bold font are preferred sizes (more likely to be available for immediate shipment).

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 297 17.10.2016 13:38:09

BEARINGS · Slydring® - Wear Ring

298 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Dimensions

TSS Part no. Rod

Diameter Groove

Diameter Groove Width

Thickness

dn f8/h9 D2 H9 L2 + .010 W (max)

4.125 4.375 0.510 0.125 GR2C04125 - XXXX

4.250 4.500 0.510 0.125 GR2C04250 - xxxx

4.375 4.625 0.510 0.125 GR2C04375 - XXXX

4.500 4.000 0.510 0.125 GR2C04500 - xxxx

4.625 4.875 0.510 0.125 GR2C04625 - XXXX

4.750 5.000 0.510 0.125 GR2C04750 - XXXX

4.875 5.125 0.510 0.125 GR2C04875 - XXXX

5.000 5.250 0.510 0.125 GR2C05000 - xxxx

5.125 5.375 0.510 0.125 GR2C05125 - XXXX

5.250 5.500 0.510 0.125 GR2C05250 - XXXX

5.375 5.625 0.510 0.125 GR2C05375 - XXXX

5.500 5.750 0.510 0.125 GR2C05500 - xxxx

5.625 5.875 0.510 0.125 GR2C05625 - XXXX

5.750 6.000 0.510 0.125 GR2C05750 - XXXX

5.875 6.125 0.510 0.125 GR2C05875 - XXXX

6.000 6.250 0.510 0.125 GR2C06000 - xxxx

6.250 6.500 0.510 0.125 GR2C06250 - XXXX

6.500 6.750 0.510 0.125 GR2C06500 - XXXX

6.750 7.000 0.510 0.125 GR2C06750 - XXXX

7.000 7.250 0.510 0.125 GR2C07000 - xxxx

7.250 7.500 0.510 0.125 GR2C07250 - XXXX

7.500 7.750 0.510 0.125 GR2C07500 - XXXX

7.750 8.000 0.510 0.125 GR2C07750 - XXXX

8.000 8.250 0.510 0.125 GR2C08000 - XXXX

8.250 8.500 0.510 0.125 GR2C08250 - XXXX

8.500 8.750 0.510 0.125 GR2C08500 - XXXX

8.750 9.000 0.510 0.125 GR2C08750 - XXXX

9.000 9.250 0.510 0.125 GR2C09000 - xxxx

9.250 9.500 0.510 0.125 GR2C09250 - XXXX

9.500 9.750 0.510 0.125 GR2C09500 - XXXX

9.750 10.000 0.510 0.125 GR2C09750 - XXXX

10.000 10.250 0.510 0.125 GR2C10000 - xxxx

10.500 10.750 0.510 0.125 GR2C10500 - XXXX

11.000 11.250 0.510 0.125 GR2C11000 - XXXX

11.500 11.750 0.510 0.125 GR2C11500 - XXXX

12.000 12.250 0.510 0.125 GR2C12000 - xxxx

4.000 4.250 0.760 0.125 GR2E04000 - xxxx

4.125 4.375 0.760 0.125 GR2E04125 - XXXX

4.250 4.500 0.760 0.125 GR2E04250 - XXXX

4.375 4.625 0.760 0.125 GR2E04375 - XXXX

4.500 4.750 0.760 0.125 GR2E04500 - xxxx

4.625 4.875 0.760 0.125 GR2E04625 - XXXX

The sizes listed in bold font are preferred sizes (more likely to be available for immediate shipment).

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 298 17.10.2016 13:38:10

Slydring® - Wear Ring

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 299Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Dimensions

TSS Part no. Rod

Diameter Groove

Diameter Groove Width

Thickness

dn f8/h9 D2 H9 L2 + .010 W (max)

4.750 5.000 0.760 0.125 GR2E04750 - XXXX

4.875 5.125 0.760 0.125 GR2E04875 - XXXX

5.000 5.250 0.760 0.125 GR2E05000 - xxxx

5.125 5.375 0.760 0.125 GR2E05125 - XXXX

5.250 5.500 0.760 0.125 GR2E05250 - XXXX

5.375 5.625 0.760 0.125 GR2E05375 - XXXX

5.500 5.750 0.760 0.125 GR2E05500 - xxxx

5.625 5.875 0.760 0.125 GR2E05625 - XXXX

5.750 6.000 0.760 0.125 GR2E05705 - XXXX

5.875 6.125 0.760 0.125 GR2E05875 - XXXX

6.000 6.250 0.760 0.125 GR2E06000 - xxxx

6.250 6.500 0.760 0.125 GR2E06250 - XXXX

6.500 6.750 0.760 0.125 GR2E06500 - XXXX

6.750 7.000 0.760 0.125 GR2E06750 - XXXX

7.000 7.250 0.760 0.125 GR2E07000 - xxxx

7.250 7.500 0.760 0.125 GR2E07250 - XXXX

7.500 7.750 0.760 0.125 GR2E07500 - XXXX

7.750 8.000 0.760 0.125 GR2E07750 - XXXX

8.000 8.250 0.760 0.125 GR2E08000 - xxxx

8.250 8.500 0.760 0.125 GR2E08250 - XXXX

8.500 8.750 0.760 0.125 GR2E08500 - XXXX

8.750 9.000 0.760 0.125 GR2E08750 - XXXX

9.000 9.250 0.760 0.125 GR2E09000 - xxxx

9.250 9.500 0.760 0.125 GR2E09250 - XXXX

9.500 9.750 0.760 0.125 GR2E09500 - XXXX

9.750 10.000 0.760 0.125 GR2E09750 - XXXX

10.000 10.250 0.760 0.125 GR2E10000 - xxxx

10.500 10.750 0.760 0.125 GR2E10500 - XXXX

11.000 11.250 0.760 0.125 GR2E11000 - XXXX

11.500 11.750 0.760 0.125 GR2E11500 - XXXX

12.000 12.250 0.760 0.125 GR2E12000 - xxxx

12.500 12.750 0.760 0.125 GR2E12500 - XXXX

13.000 13.250 .760 0.125 GR2E13000 - XXXX

13.500 13.750 0.760 0.125 GR2E13500 - XXXX

14.000 14.250 0.760 0.125 GR2E14000 - xxxx

14.500 14.750 0.760 0.125 GR2E14500 - XXXX

15.000 15.250 0.760 0.125 GR2E15000 - XXXX

15.500 15.750 0.760 0.125 GR2E15500 - XXXX

16.000 16.250 0.760 0.125 GR2E16000 - xxxx

16.500 16.750 0.760 0.125 GR2E16500 - XXXX

17.000 17.250 0.760 0.125 GR2E17000 - XXXX

17.500 17.750 0.760 0.125 GR2E17500 - XXXX

The sizes listed in bold font are preferred sizes (more likely to be available for immediate shipment).

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 299 17.10.2016 13:38:10

BEARINGS · Slydring® - Wear Ring

300 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Dimensions

TSS Part no. Rod

Diameter Groove

Diameter Groove Width

Thickness

dn f8/h9 D2 H9 L2 + .010 W (max)

18.000 18.250 0.760 0.125 GR2E18000 - xxxx

18.500 18.750 0.760 0.125 GR2E18500 - XXXX

19.000 19.250 0.760 0.125 GR2E19000 - XXXX

19.500 19.750 0.760 0.125 GR2E19500 - XXXX

20.000 20.250 0.760 0.125 GR2E20000 - xxxx

6.000 6.250 1.010 0.125 GR2F06000 - xxxx

6.250 6.500 1.010 0.125 GR2F06250 - XXXX

6.500 6.750 1.010 0.125 GR2F06500 - XXXX

6.750 7.000 1.010 0.125 GR2F06750 - XXXX

7.000 7.250 1.010 0.125 GR2F07000 - xxxx

7.250 7.500 1.010 0.125 GR2F07250 - XXXX

7.500 7.750 1.010 0.125 GR2F07500 - XXXX

7.750 8.000 1.010 0.125 GR2F07750 - XXXX

8.000 8.250 1.010 0.125 GR2F08000 - xxxx

8.250 8.500 1.010 0.125 GR2F08250 - XXXX

8.500 8.750 1.010 0.125 GR2F08500 - XXXX

8.750 9.000 1.010 0.125 GR2F08750 - XXXX

9.000 9.250 1.010 0.125 GR2F09000 - xxxx

9.250 9.500 1.010 0.125 GR2F09250 - XXXX

9.500 9.750 1.010 0.125 GR2F09500 - XXXX

9.750 10.000 1.010 0.125 GR2F09750 - XXXX

10.000 10.250 1.010 0.125 GR2F10000 - XXXX

10.500 10.750 1.010 0.125 GR2F10500 - XXXX

11.000 11.250 1.010 0.125 GR2F11000 - XXXX

11.500 11.750 1.010 0.125 GR2F11500 - XXXX

12.000 12.250 1.010 0.125 GR2F12000 - xxxx

12.500 12.750 1.010 0.125 GR2F12500 - XXXX

13.000 13.250 1.010 0.125 GR2F13000 - XXXX

13.500 13.750 1.010 0.125 GR2F13500 - XXXX

14.000 14.250 1.010 0.125 GR2F14000 - xxxx

14.500 14.750 1.010 0.125 GR2F14500 - XXXX

15.000 15.250 1.010 0.125 GR2F15000 - XXXX

15.500 15.750 1.010 0.125 GR2F15500 - XXXX

16.000 16.250 1.010 0.125 GR2F16000 - xxxx

16.500 16.750 1.010 0.125 GR2F16500 - XXXX

17.000 17.250 1.010 0.125 GR2F17000 - XXXX

17.500 17.750 1.010 0.125 GR2F17500 - XXXX

18.000 18.250 1.010 0.125 GR2F18000 - xxxx

18.500 18.750 1.010 0.125 GR2F18500 - XXXX

19.000 19.250 1.010 0.125 GR2F19000 - XXXX

19.500 19.750 1.010 0.125 GR2F19500 - XXXX

20.000 20.250 1.010 0.125 GR2F20000 - xxxx

The sizes listed in bold font are preferred sizes (more likely to be available for immediate shipment).

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 300 17.10.2016 13:38:10

BEARINGS

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 301Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Durobal®Achieves bearing function that is impossible with standard products

Self-lubricating, environmentally friendly

Molded to consolidate component parts

Low friction

Light-weight with good strength and thickness

Suitable for magnetic applications

Materials compatible with virtually all media, both system and cleaning

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 301 17.10.2016 13:38:12

BEARINGS · Durobal®

302 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 302 17.10.2016 13:38:12

Durobal®

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 303Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

� Durobal®

DESCRIPTIOn

The unique Durobal® rolling element bearing is ideal for high speed, low-load applications, and being constructed of plastic, offers significant advantages over traditional metal components.

Most importantly, Durobal® has the added benefit that it can be designed as a single bearing and sealing element that often consolidates a number of components. This can lower total cost, improve integrity and enhance overall product performance, providing you with real competitive advantage.

A bearing consists of an outer ring, inner ring, shield, seals and rolling elements held in a cage. The configuration of Durobal can be varied to meet customer requirements and optimize the performance of an application.

Working with our engineering teams, Trelleborg Sealing Solutions will support you in the development of a customized Durobal® bearing solution designed to suit your individual needs. The housing could be in a variety of different plastic formulations, often proprietary, that are specially engineered to meet the demanding requirements of specific industries. This can be combined with a choice of ball bearing materials, perfectly suited to the operational criteria of your application.

When developing a customized bearing solution, Trelleborg Sealing Solutions is not just interested in the function it performs. In addition, we want our component to perform that function more effectively, at a lower total-cost while enhancing your manufacturing process and providing your customer with optimized performance.

Durobal® rolling element bearings are ideally suited for use in a wide variety of industries and applications. Trelleborg Sealing Solutions has already helped thousands of customers to achieve their goals through innovative thinking and in-depth knowledge.

BEnEFITS

- Self-lubricating, environmentally-friendly

- Low-friction

- Molded to consolidate component parts

- Materials compatible with virtually all media, both system and cleaning

- Light-weight with good strength and stiffnes

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Figure 124: Durobal® Bearing

- Suitable for magnetic applications

- Achieves bearing function that is impossible with standard products

- Fits into difficult design windows

- Improved component integrity

- Avoids incorrect assembly

- Maximize application reliability

- Lowers total cost of production

- Reduction of assembly and sub-assembly

- Allows automated assembly

- Improved product integrity

- Unique machined races with more land area

- Extended life

- Smoother operation

- Lower noise

- Optimum performance at high speeds with low load

- Resistance to extreme temperatures

- Compounds to meet the most stringent approvals and standards

- Support from beginning to end of project

- Open communication

- Flexible delivery times

- Meet special delivery requirements

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 303 17.10.2016 13:38:13

BEARINGS · Durobal®

304 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Table 151: Types of Durobal® bearing

Conrad Bearing

The most common ball bearing design. A version of the radial ball bearing, it contains a snap-in cage and deep groove races. A quieter bearing capable on handling higher speeds and lower loads.

Full Complement Bearing

An extra deep bearing containing no cage but a full complement of balls. Can be used as a pure radial bearing or combined radial thrust bearing. Can carry higher loads at lower speeds.

Double/Multiple Roll Ball

For use when radial loading is relatively high. It effectively doubles the dynamic load capacity of the bearing compared to a single row bearing. Ideal when space is at a premium.

Radial Durobal®

The most common type gives a good combination of load to speed capability. Can also be produced with angular contact to allow mild thrust loading.

Angular Contact Durobal®

This configuration allows a greater thrust load capacity but the axial load can only apply in one direction.

Thrust Durobal®

Intended for axial load with no radial load.

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 304 17.10.2016 13:38:18

Durobal®

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 305Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

One of the advantages that plastic bearings offer is the possibility of part consolidation. When two or more parts are

replaced with a single plastic part, the new plastic part must do the job of each of the component parts that it replaces.

InnER RInG COnFIGURATIOnS

Round Keyway Hex

Spline Square

Figure 125: Inner ring configurations

Inner Ring:The inner ring is designed to fit or press onto the shaft of a dynamic application. The I.D. of the inner ring can have any geometry imaginable; it could be splined, square, keyway etc. Typically the inner and outer rings are the same width, but many different geometrical patterns can be made.

COMPOnEnT REDUCTIOn − VALUE ADDED EnGInEERInG

Figure 127: Component Reduction − Value Added Engineering

OUTER RInG DESIGnS

Square Flanged Pulley

Figure 126: Outer ring designs

Outer Ring: Typically, the outer ring is the static component of a bearing. It can also be pressed into a housing. Among the unique features and benefits of the Durobal® are machined inner and outer races to provide more land area for longer life, smoother operation and significantly less noise when running.

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 305 17.10.2016 13:38:25

BEARINGS · Durobal®

306 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 306 17.10.2016 13:38:25

BEARINGS

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 307Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Special Bearings,Bushings, WashersSpecial Bearings,Bushings, WashersSpecial Bearings,

Dimensionally stable

Excellent wear resistance

Outstanding low friction characteristics

Optimized to application

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 307 17.10.2016 13:38:31

BEARINGS · Special Bearings, Bushings and Washers

308 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 308 17.10.2016 13:38:31

Special Bearings, Bushings and Washers

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 309Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

� Bearing Designs

Trelleborg Sealing Solutions manufactures polymer bearings made of materials such as HiMod®, Turcon® MF, and Orkot®

generally known as journal, sleeve, flange, thrust bearings or bushings. The engineer must choose the type of material that best fits the application. In many cases, the use of plastics as

the primary bearing material can produce distinct advantages. Plastics offer the user design flexibility and superior performance capabilities. Detailed plastic material information can be found in Table 153.

Figure 128: HiMod®, Turcon® MF, and Orkot® Polymer Bearings

Polymer bearings are single element bearings consisting of several general design parameters, mainly defined by their outer diameter and wall thickness. These bearings may also be known as journal bearings. A traditional polymer bearing is designed and used for applications where loads can be high but the speed is relatively low.

The polymer bearing can be categorized into three design formats, a sleeve bushing, a flange bushing or a thrust bearing. In addition, a multitude of design variations can be achieved by the use of different plastics as the material type. Plastic bearings can be made out of many types of base materials.

Fillers and additives can be combined to improve performance criteria such as heat resistance and friction. The main advantages of plastic sleeve bearings are they can be self-lubricating and are lightweight. See the comparison table of polymer vs. bronze on Table 152.

A traditional polymer bearing is used to support rotating and reciprocating motion. When a flange is combined into the bearing design, it can be used as a guide for mounting or as a thrust washer to accommodate loading that is parallel to the shaft of a machine.

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 309 17.10.2016 13:38:32

BEARINGS · Special Bearings, Bushings and Washers

310 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

� Bearing MaterialsIn designing the optimum bearing for an application, several interrelated factors must be considered. The physical characteristics such as size and shape of the bearing, component design and available space, as well as performance requirements are primary elements. In all cases, these elements must be integrated in order to obtain the maximum-performance bearing. Foremost in achieving this goal is a thorough understanding of the available materials and their respective performance capabilities.

There are some distinct advantages to the use of plastics in any applications. Plastics can be formulated with self-lubricating, low-friction properties, and with surprising strength and stiffness. Plastics have good chemical resistance and are light in weight. Perhaps one of the greatest advantages to the use of plastics in any application is the manufacturability of the material. In many cases, a plastic bearing can be molded to combine parts and reduce assembly time. The following paragraphs provide a more indepth overview of plastics and their inherent characteristics.

Table 152: A Comparison of Bearing Materials

Bearing Properties

Bronze Turcon® MF HiMod®

Corrosion resistance

Fair Good Excellent

Temperature resistance

Good +204 °C / +400 °F

Good +260 °C / +500 °F

Good +260 °C / +500 °F

Internally lubricated

No Yes Yes

Design flexibility Limited High High

Component integration

LimitedHigh

(bearings, hou-

sing & seats)

High

Reaction to magnetic field

Yes (eddy currents)

No No

Noise control Poor Good Fair

Weight Heavy Light Light

Load capability High Medium High

Relative cost Moderate Low Moderate

Wear resistance Good Good Excellent

Speed Moderate Low Moderate

Engineering thermoplastic polymers can be characterized by a combination of mechanical, thermal, electrical, chemical and tribological properties. Additives and reinforcements can be blended in to improve or change these properties. Within the

family of plastics there are two categories: thermosets and thermoplastics.

As each application contains an array of performance demands, materials are engineered to meet them. Bearing material selection is influenced by factors such as temperature, chemical compatibility, structural tolerance, water absorption and strength. Therefore, it is important to note that there is a variety of materials, each containing a unique set of performance properties. One material type may offer low friction and a long wear life while another provides temperature resistance and chemical stability. These properties tend to “trade-off”, one against the other. The chart on the previous page compares the bearing properties of typical bronze to Turcon® MF and HiMod®.

Bearings subject to friction and wear must withstand the frictional heat generated in an application. Therefore, application temperature, frictional heat generated and cooling effects are critical factors to consider when applying plastic bearings. Electrical properties, environmental and chemical resistance, as well as mechanical and tribological performance must also be considered in the application of thermoplastic bearings. The properties of Trelleborg Sealing Solutions materials vary due to the specific performance criteria for which they have been developed.

Trelleborg Sealing Solutions has engineered a family of materials specifically formulated to cohesively work with a wide variety of application components. The material portfolio includes high performance polymers designed to operate in demanding environmental conditions at temperatures ranging from -65 °C to +260 °C / -85 °F to +500 °F. Proprietary materials include Turcon® MF, Orkot®, and HiMod®. The following table provides an overview of Trelleborg Sealing Solutions material compounds as they relate to temperature and tensile strength.

In addition to the tables on this and the previous page, many of these performance criteria factors are rated on the Materials Selection Guide charts (see Table 153 and Table 154). This chart compares typical bearing materials used by Trelleborg Sealing Solutions to other bearings and bearing materials.

All of these materials have been developed to handle a wide range of applications and requirements. As such, a careful look at the specific application in conjunction with its performance requirements (tolerances, machinability, etc.) is necessary before choosing the proper bearing material.

Ongoing research produces new compounds, as well as valuable data on experimental polymers as they appear on the market and are tested in specific applications. A summary of the key properties, material performance capabilities, advantages and selection criteria for Trelleborg Sealing Solutions bearing materials can be found on the following pages.

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 310 17.10.2016 13:38:32

Special Bearings, Bushings and Washers

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 311Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

� Bearing Material Selection GuideTable 153: Orkot® and HiMod® Compounds

Material

Maximum continuous

service temperature

Description

Dynamic coefficient of friction

(non-lubricated)

% Water absorption

(ASTM D570) 24 hrs @ +73 °C / +163 °F

Compressive strength (ASTM D695)

Orkot® C321+130 °C / +266 °F /

Orkot® C321 is manufactured from medium-weave fabrics with excellent mechanical strength and possesses dimensional stability when immersed in water, acids and chemical solutions.

0.18 <0.1300 MPa / 43,500 psi

Orkot® C333+130 °C / +266 °F

Orkot® C333 is manufactured from medium-weave fabrics with excellent mechanical strength and possesses dimensional stability when immersed in water, acids and chemical solutions.

0.15 <0.1300 MPa / 43,500 psi

Orkot® C410+130 °C / +266 °F

Orkot® C410 comprises a thermosetting resin coated onto medium-weave fabrics incorporating a mixture of lubricants. The material possesses excellent dimensional stability in water and oil and has very good friction and wear properties. Especially suited to dry run applications.

0.08 <0.1300 MPa / 43,500 psi

HiMod® 871+110 °C / +230 °F

HiMod® 871 is a high-performance, engineered polymer filled with reinforcing fibers. Known for its high strength, modulus and resistance to impact and fatigue.

N/A 0.2124 MPa / 18,000 psi

HiMod® 872+135 °C / +275 °F

HiMod® 872 is a self-lubricated bearing material that provides excellent wear and corrosion resistance - marginal dry applications.

0.25 1138 MPa / 20,000 psi

HiMod® 873+135 °C / +275 °F

HiMod® 873 is a reinforced bearing material that provides maintenance free system design - not for dry running applications.

0.45 1179 MPa / 26,000 psi

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 311 17.10.2016 13:38:32

BEARINGS · Special Bearings, Bushings and Washers

312 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Table 154: Turcon® and Zurcon® Compounds

Material

Maximum continuous

service temperature

Description

Dynamic coefficient of friction (non-lubri-

cated)

% Water ab-sorption

(ASTM D570) 24 hrs @ +73 °C / +163 °F

Deformation under load

ASTM D621 (%)

Turcon® MF4* +150 °C / +302 °F

Turcon® MF4 is a PTFE filled with carbon fiber for high wear resistance, very low friction and mechanical strength. Ideal for linear, rotary and high-frequency motion. For use with lubricating and non-lubricating fluids, including water applications. General bearing material for hydraulics and pneumatics in process industries.

0.1 < 0.01 5.9

Turcon® MF6* +150 °C / +302 °F

Turcon® MF6 is a PTFE filled with an aromatic polymer for high wear resistance, very low friction and form stability with high temperatures. For linear and rotary motion with very low friction. Excellent for both heavy and light viscosity fluids and gases. See separate description.

0.1 < 0.01 6.5

Zurcon® Z80 / Z81*

+80 °C / +176 °F

Zurcon® Z80/Z81 is virgin UHMW-PE. For linear and slowly turning motion applications with abrasive condition and media with particles, and for use with lubricating and non-lubricating fluids, air and gases. Low friction, good form stability and good chemi-cal resistance. Limited temperature range. (-60 °C to +80 °C / -76 °F to +176 °F).

0.15 < 0.01 6 - 8

Zurcon® Z431* +250 °C / +482 °F

Zurcon® Z431 is a hard, high-temperature thermoplastic, excellent for very high load and temperature. High wear, high abrasi-on resistance and excellent mechanical strength. See separate description.

0.17 0.07

* Material specifications and engineering data are available on request.

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 312 17.10.2016 13:38:32

Special Bearings, Bushings and Washers

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 313Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

� Selection Process

Selection ProcessWhile many parameters exist that will ultimately determine the proper bearing design, some general directives can be helpful to get you started. When choosing a bearing for a specific application, the first step is identifying the type of load and speed your application will require. Polymer bearing applications typically operate within high-load, low-speed constraints.

Specific application parameters as well as a wide variety of design alternatives expand the envelope for each bearing style and as such, must be evaluated to ensure the right bearing is chosen for your application. For these reasons, our design engineers are always available for consultation.

Figure 129: HiMod®, Turcon® MF, and Orkot® Polymer Bearings

- Thrust bearings

- Valve seats

- Bearing Back-up Ring combinations

- Back-up Rings

- Control linkages

- Valves

- Gears

- Pumps

Figure 130: Durobal® Bearing

- Liquid flow meter

- Food conveyors

- Industrial conveyors

- Pulleys

- Throttle controls

- Blood separation

- Diagnostic equipment

- Laboratory sample processing equipment

- Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI)

Figure 131: FEA image of bearing

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 313 17.10.2016 13:38:34

BEARINGS · Special Bearings, Bushings and Washers

314 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

HiMod®, Turcon® MF, and Orkot® Polymer BearingsPolymer bearings can be configured in three typical ways: as a thrust bearing, sleeve bearing or flanged bearing. Each configuration is based on typical application parameters but all three can be modified to fit within the specific application. The self-lubricating properties of HiMod®, Turcon® MF, and Orkot® allow for maintenance free bearing systems, which offer savings in operational costs. In addition, by expanding the specific bearing into a combined bearing system, many users experience further decreased cost by reducing the assembly process as well. Descriptions of each bearing type with cross sectional drawings follow.

Sleeve Bearing The sleeve bearing, a cylindrical bearing, can either be used to support rotating shafts or as guides in linear motion. The load characteristic on a sleeve bearing is radial, which means the load on the sleeve bearing is perpendicular to the shaft.

Figure 132: Sleeve bearing

Flanged Bearing Similar to sleeve bearings in their design, flanged bearings are often used in the exact same way. As the name implies, a flange bearing is a sleeve bearing with a flange at one end. This flange is often used only as a locating device for the bearing, to keep it from sliding too far into the housing. However, in some cases the flange of the bearing is also used as a thrust washer. In this case, both the thrust load and the radial load must be considered.

Figure 133: Flanged bearing

Figure 134: Thrust bearing

Thrust BearingBearings that are designed to accommodate loading parallel to the shaft of a machine are called thrust bearings. The maximum surface speed on a thrust bearing occurs at the outermost radius of the bearing. PV calculations for thrust bearings should be performed using the surface speed at the outermost radius of the bearing to obtain the highest actual PV in the system. In general, thermal expansion and water absorption are less critical with thrust washers than they are with other types of thermoplastic bearings.

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 314 17.10.2016 13:38:35

Special Bearings, Bushings and Washers

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 315Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

HiMod®, Turcon® MF and Orkot® Polymer BearingsTrelleborg Sealing Solutions has the capabilities, engineering expertise and equipment to pioneer new bearing designs. The unique properties of plastics enable design flexibility with materials, shapes and sizes. In many cases, an alteration of the bearing design can provide a simplification of components resulting in cost savings, easier installation and enhanced performance. The illustrations listed on this page are provided to give some indication of the enhanced abilities of Trelleborg Sealing Solutions.

Some of the illustrations show simple variations, while others employ a series of component modifications, design alterations and part consolidation. It is important to note that some of these design illustrations have been successfully used in actual applications, while others are design prototypes drawn to support the engineer’s quest for improved application operation. As always, Trelleborg Sealing Solutions design engineers are available for consultation on any product design.

Gear Integral roller and bearing

Valve ball Ball seat Impeller

Chemical mechanical planerization

Lead nut Ribbed bearing Tensioning pad Poppet

Figure 135: Design Capabilities

Figure 136: Design Consolidation

Gear Box When environmental influences such as chemical exposure are present, design consolidation can be a key component in obtaining a more cost efficient, higher performance bearing application. Above is an example of a gear box

redesigned to incorporate the seal within a polymer housing. This results in fewer pieces and a more effective sealing/bearing unit.

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 315 17.10.2016 13:38:36

BEARINGS · Special Bearings, Bushings and Washers

316 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 316 17.10.2016 13:38:37

Special SolutionS

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 317Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

SpecialSolutionsSpecialSolutionsSpecial

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 317 17.10.2016 13:38:41

318 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

SPECIAL SOLUTIONS

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 318 17.10.2016 13:38:41

SPECIAL SOLUTIONS

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 319Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

AirsealImproved alternative to standard contact- pressure seals

Custom designed to application conditions

Compatible with a wide range of food, beverage and pharmaceutical applications

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 319 17.10.2016 13:38:43

SPECIAL SOLUTIONS · Airseal

320 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 320 17.10.2016 13:38:43

Airseal

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 321Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

DESCRIPTIOn

Airseals are inflatable, tubular, elastomer seals activated by internal pressurization. They represent a technically improved alternative to the standard contact-pressure seals. Airseals are used in food, beverage and pharmaceutical applications to prevent scattering of food or medicine powder, to make isolation chambers and to prevent exposure to bacteria and smoke.

Airseals are custom-designed and can easily be adapted to match application conditions and hardware. The wide range of high-pressure and low pressure seals and the numerous FDA-compliant elastomer materials help provide a customized seal suited to the application.

ADVAnTAGES

Airseals offer a large number of advantages compared with conventional contact pressure seals:

- Faster and tighter closing of large sealing surfaces, able to seal gaps with wide tolerances

- No deterioration in the sealing function over the service life

- Tight sealing at pressure and under vacuum conditions

- Automatic pressure monitoring possible

- No high demands on the flatness and surface finish of the mating surface

- High mechanical load-bearing strength owing to fabric reinforcement

- Long service life even with frequent load changes

To design an Airseal, choose four elements suited to your hardware and operating conditions:

- Cross section

- Material

- Direction of inflation

- Corner figure

AVAILABLE MATERIALS

VMQ, EPDM, NBR, CR, FKM, NR, IIR, and FVMQ

- EPDM is typically recommended for food, beverage and pharmaceutical.

- EPDM and VMQ materials are available with FDA compliance.

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 321 17.10.2016 13:38:43

SPECIAL SOLUTIONS · Airseal

322 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Typical Applications for Food, Beverage and Pharmaceutical Industries

The range of potential applications for an Airseal is unlimited. Its use is recommended wherever frequent activation and deactivation of a static seal is required. A selection of typical Airseal applications in the food, beverage and pharmaceutical industry are summarized below.

Ham smoke doorAn Airseal is mounted on the door to expand radially out and make a smoke-tight seal against the doorframe. When the Airseal is deflated, the door can be opened easily. Airseals can also be used for virology laboratory doors to prevent contamination of quarantined areas.

Mixer lidScattering of materials in food/pharmaceutical applications causes serious hygienic issues. Airseals provide leak-tight seals for hinged or sliding covers on access ways and other openings in mixers, powder/bulk or fluid handling processing equipment.

Flour hopperAirseals can be installed on the mouth of a flour hopper valve or metering device. When the flour is deposited in the cart, the Airseal expands axially downward and forms a leak-tight seal. After deflating, the cart can be moved without hopper contact.

Wine tank lidFor wineries using variable capacity fermentation tanks, the Airseals are especially important to ensure airtight lids during the delicate fermentation process. As lids sometimes do not fit exactly, Airseals provide for a snug fit regardless of the height of the lid in the tank. Winemakers can be assured that their wine will reach its full potential.

Sterilizer doorSterilizer doors require both air tight sealing and easy handling. The unique features of Airseals can solve this demanding requirement.On inflation, Airseals create an air-tight seal for a sterilizing chamber. Deflated Airseals make the door easy to open and close.

Butterfly ValveAirseals are ideal for butterfly valves in tight sealing applications. The clearance between the deflated seal allows for low torque rotation of the disk and eliminates the damaging effect of abrasion on the seal. When the disk is fully closed, the seal inflates radially inward against its edge to make a leak-tight seal.

Trelleborg Sealing Solutions specializes in custom Airseal designs. We will carefully analyze your application, apply our extensive technical knowledge, and follow your project through to an effective solution. Trelleborg Sealing Solutions uses its advanced engineering expertise and experience in designing seals for the food, beverage and pharmaceutical industry to achieve the optimum solution for demanding applications requiring the highest levels of durability and reliability.

For more information on Airseal applications and benefits, see the Airseal catalog, or contact your local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions marketing company.

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 322 17.10.2016 13:38:45

SPECIAL SOLUTIONS

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 323Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

LSRCapabilitiesLSRCapabilitiesLSRHigh product purity and cleanliness

Custom-designed to application conditions

Complex shapes, thin sections and parts with undercuts

Flashless molding and fully automated production possible

Cleanroom manufacturing

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 323 17.10.2016 13:38:50

324 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

SPECIAL SOLUTIONS · LSR Capabilities

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 324 17.10.2016 13:38:50

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 325Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

LSR Capabilities

Leading the world in silicone solutionsTrelleborg Sealing Solutions is at the forefront of Liquid Silicone Rubber (LSR) manufacturing and design for the medical device, biotech, pharmaceutical, food and beverage industries.

Boasting global engineering and production facilities, with state-of-the-art cleanrooms and advanced automated processes, Trelleborg Sealing Solutions can offer its customers specialized custom-molded solutions that enhance their product offerings.

Features and benefitsFacilities: - LSR Center of Excellence in Switzerland

- Global LSR manufacturing footprint in Europe, the Americas and China

- ISO 13485, ISO 9001 and ISO 14001 certified

- Product design centers globally

- State-of-the-art cleanrooms

- ISO 8 (Class 100,000) manufacturing

- ISO 7 (Class 10,000) finishing, washing and packing

Products and processes: - High precision and micro silicone parts

- State-of-the-art 2K / 2-shot LSR parts

- Complex shapes, thin sections, parts with undercuts

- Low to high volume production, 100 to 100-million pieces

- High product purity and cleanliness from fully closed loop automated production

- Elimination of secondary parts handling operations through sophisticated robot technology

- High precision tool design and manufacture

- Wasteless and flashless designs

Markets Served - Life sciences

- Baby care

- Food, beverage and pharmaceutical

- Sanitary industry

- Appliances

- Biotech

- Medical devices

LSR Injection Molding is ideal for - High precision requirements

- Complicated geometrical features

- Thin wall thicknesses (as low as 0.10 mm / 0.004 inch)

- Extremely high volumes

- Fully automated production to ensure maximum process control and consistency of product

- Parts tolerating little to no flash

- Micro parts

Silicone (VMQ) - General Characteristics - Food-safe, clean and transparent

- Hardness of Shore A 10 to 80

- Good thermal stability

- Excellent resistance to weather, ozone and UV rays

- Excellent electric insulation properties

- Biocompatibility: USP Class VI, ISO 10993

- Withstand sterilization by: -radiation, steam, ethylene oxide (EtO)

- Neutral in taste and smell

About SiliconeMatched to the needs of life sciences, silicone is a premier elastomer material with unique and advanced attributes.For medical applications, its matchless inertness and biocompatibility makes it the most suitable elastomer when considering potential bacteria growth and alleviating contamination. It is also the most widely tested and proven material related to human compatibility. In addition, silicone‘s mechanical properties prove to be excellent in dynamic applications where accuracy, consistency and longevity are important performance determining factors.

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 325 17.10.2016 13:38:50

326 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

SPECIAL SOLUTIONS · LSR Capabilities

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 326 17.10.2016 13:38:50

SPECIAL SOLUTIONS

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 327Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Hoses &TubingHoses &TubingHoses &High purity

Full assemblies available

Produced in cleanrooms in FDA registered facilities

Available in biologically inert silicone

Low extractables

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 327 17.10.2016 13:38:56

SPECIAL SOLUTIONS · Hoses & Tubing

328 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 328 17.10.2016 13:38:56

Hoses & Tubing

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 329Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

� SF100HPPlatinum-Cured Single Ply Polyester Braid Reinforced USP Class VI Silicone Hose

FEATURES

- High pressure ratings

- Excellent flexibility

- Sterilizable

- Suitable for autoclave use

- Imparts no taste or odor

- Available in bulk or assemblies

- Pigmented outer covers available

- Available in 7 m, 15 m, 30 m / 25 ft, 50 ft, and 100 ft lengths

- Temperature range: -62 °C to +260 °C / -80 °F to +500 °F

APPLICATIOnS

- Pumps

- Pharmaceutical processing

- Vessel or tank transfer

- Cell cultures

- Load cells

Figure 137: SF100HP Silicone Hose

APPROVALS

- Meets USP Class VI and FDA

MATERIAL OPTIOnS

- Platinum Cured

- Peroxide Cured

Table 155: Product Information and Dimensions – Inch

Part number

Internal Part

number

Hose ID

(inch)

Wall Thickness

(WL)

Recommended Working Pressure

psi at +68 °F

Min. Burst Pressure

psi at +68 °F

Min. Bend Radius(inch)

Weight per Foot(lb)

HFBGR0000 SH1001 0.063 0.115 175 700 1.00 C/F

HFBKS0000 SH1002 0.125 0.120 175 700 1.00 C/F

HFBNT0000 SH1003 0.187 0.130 165 650 1.25 C/F

HFBPU0000 SH1004 0.250 0.135 160 575 1.25 0.080

HFBQV0000 SH1005 0.312 0.140 140 550 1.75 0.100

HFBRV0000 SH1006 0.375 0.140 125 500 2.00 0.116

HFBSW0000 SH1008 0.500 0.150 115 425 2.50 0.150

HFBTX0000 SH1010 0.625 0.170 100 350 3.00 0.220

HFBUY0000 SH1012 0.750 0.175 85 275 3.50 0.260

HFBVZ0000 SH1014 0.875 0.180 70 250 4.00 0.305

HFBWZ0000 SH1016 1.000 0.180 65 225 5.00 0.342

HFBXZ0000 SH1020 1.250 0.180 55 180 6.00 0.374

note: For every +100 °F increase in working temperature, stated burst pressure and vacuum rating will decrease by 10%. C/F = Contact your local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions marketing company

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 329 17.10.2016 13:38:57

SPECIAL SOLUTIONS · Hoses & Tubing

330 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

� SF200HPPlatinum-Cured Double Ply Polyester Braid Reinforced USP Class VI Silicone Hose

FEATURES

- High pressure ratings

- Excellent flexibility

- Sterilizable

- Suitable for autoclave use

- Imparts no taste or odor

- Available in bulk or assemblies

- Pigmented outer covers available

- Available in 7 m / 25 ft lengths

- Temperature range: -62 °C to +260 °C / -80 °F to +500 °F

APPLICATIOnS

- Pump applications

- Pharmaceutical processing

- Vessel or tank transfer

- Cell cultures

- Load cells

Figure 138: SF200HP Silicone Hose

APPROVALS

- Meets USP Class VI and FDA

MATERIAL OPTIOnS

- Platinum Cured

- Peroxide Cured

Table 156: Product Information and Dimensions – Inch

Part number

Inter-nal Part number

Hose ID

(inch)

Wall Thickness

(WL)

Recommended Working Pressure

psi at +68 °F

Min. Burst Pressure

psi at +68 °F

Min. Bend Radius(inch)

Weight per Foot(lb)

HFCPU0000 SH2004 0.250 0.135 200 800 1.75 0.085

HFCQV0000 SH2005 0.312 0.140 195 775 2.00 0.105

HFCRV0000 SH2006 0.375 0.140 190 750 2.25 0.118

HFCSW0000 SH2008 0.500 0.150 170 675 2.75 0.160

HFCTX0000 SH2010 0.625 0.170 150 600 3.25 0.221

HFCUY0000 SH2012 0.750 0.175 135 525 3.75 0.265

HFCVZ0000 SH2014 0.875 0.180 125 500 4.00 0.315

HFCWZ0000 SH2016 1.000 0.180 120 475 5.00 0.350

HFCXZ0000 SH2018 1.125 0.180 115 460 6.00 0.365

HFCYZ0000 SH2020 1.250 0.180 112 450 6.50 0.378

note: For every +100 °F increase in working temperature, stated burst pressure and vacuum rating will decrease by 10%.

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 330 17.10.2016 13:38:57

Hoses & Tubing

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 331Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

� SF400HPPlatinum-Cured 4-Ply Fabric Reinforced USP Class VI Silicone Hose

FEATURES

- Excellent flexibility

- Sterilizable

- Suitable for autoclave use

- Imparts no taste or odor

- Available in bulk or assemblies

- Pigmented outer covers available

- Available in 3 m / 10 ft lengths

- Temperature range: -62 °C to +260 °C / -80 °F to +500 °F

APPLICATIOnS

- Some vacuum pump applications

- Pharmaceutical processing

- Biotechnology

- Bulk transfer

- Load cells

Figure 139: SF400HP Silicone Hose

APPROVALS

- Meets USP Class VI and FDA

MATERIAL OPTIOnS

- Platinum Cured

- Peroxide Cured

Table 157: Product Information and Dimensions – Inch

Part numberInternal Part

number

Hose ID

(inch)

Wall Thickness

(WL)

Min. Burst Pressure

psi at +68 °F

Min. Bend Radius(inch)

Weight per Foot(lb)

HFDSZ0000 SH4008 0.500

0.180

575 29 3.00

HFDUZ0000 SH4012 0.750 500 25 4.00

HFDWZ0000 SH4016 1.000 450 22 7.00

HFDYZ0000 SH4020 1.250 425 19 10.00

HFDZZ0000 SH4022 1.380 415 18 11.00

HFD1Z0000 SH4024 1.500 400 17 12.00

HFD2Z0000 SH4026 1.630 350 16 20.00

HFD3Z0000 SH4032 2.000 300 14 30.00

HFD4Z0000 SH4036 2.250 275 11 C/F

HFD5Z0000 SH4040 2.500 250 9 C/F

HFD6Z0000 SH4044 2.750 250 7 C/F

HFD7Z0000 SH4048 3.000 250 6 C/F

HFD8Z0000 SH4058 3.500 225 5 C/F

HFD9Z0000 SH4064 4.000 175 4 C/F

note: For every +100 °F increase in working temperature, stated burst pressure and vacuum rating will decrease by 10%. C/F = Contact your local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions marketing company

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 331 17.10.2016 13:38:57

SPECIAL SOLUTIONS · Hoses & Tubing

332 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

� SF800HPPlatinum-Cured Ply Polyester Monofilament Reinforced USP Class VI Silicone Hose

FEATURES

- Excellent flexibility

- Sterilizable

- Suitable for autoclave use

- Imparts no taste or odor

- Available in bulk or assemblies

- Pigmented outer covers available

- Available in 3 m / 10 ft lengths

- Temperature range: -62 °C to +260 °C / -80 °F to +500 °F

APPLICATIOnS

- Some vacuum pump applications

- Pharmaceutical processing

- Biotechnology

- Bulk transfer

- Load cells

Figure 140: SF800HP Silicone Hose

APPROVALS

- Meets USP Class VI and FDA

MATERIAL OPTIOnS

- Platinum Cured

- Peroxide Cured

Table 158: Product Information and Dimensions – Inch

Part numberInternal Part

number

Hose ID

(inch)

Wall Thickness

(WL)

Min. Burst Pressure

psi at +68 °F

Min. Bend Radius(inch)

Weight per Foot(lb)

HFESZ0000 SH8008 0.500

0.180

C/F C/F C/F

HFEUZ0000 SH8012 0.750 600 29 1.75

HFEWZ0000 SH8016 1.000 600 26 2.50

HFEYZ0000 SH8020 1.250 600 26 3.25

HFEZZ0000 SH8022 1.380 600 26 3.50

HFE1Z0000 SH8024 1.500 600 26 4.00

HFE2Z0000 SH8026 1.630 575 22 4.50

HFE0Z0000 SH8028 1.750 550 20 5.00

HFE3Z0000 SH8032 2.000 525 18 5.50

HFE4Z0000 SH8036 2.250 525 18 5.75

HFE5Z0000 SH8040 2.500 500 18 6.00

HFE6Z0000 SH8044 2.750 C/F C/F C/F

HFE7Z0000 SH8048 3.000 C/F C/F C/F

HFE8Z0000 SH8056 3.500 C/F C/F C/F

HFE9Z0000 SH8064 4.000 C/F C/F C/F

note: For every +100 °F increase in working temperature, stated burst pressure and vacuum rating will decrease by 10%. C/F = Contact your local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions marketing company

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 332 17.10.2016 13:38:58

Hoses & Tubing

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 333Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

� SF900HPPlatinum-Cured 4-Ply Fabric & SS Wire Reinforced USP Class VI Silicone Hose

FEATURES

- Excellent flexibility

- Sterilizable

- Suitable for autoclave use

- Imparts no taste or odor

- Available in bulk or assemblies

- Pigmented outer covers available

- Available in 3 m / 10 ft lengths

- Temperature range: -62 °C to +260 °C / -80 °F to +500 °F

APPLICATIOnS

- Some vacuum pump applications

- Pharmaceutical processing

- Biotechnology

- Bulk transfer

- Load cells

Figure 141: SF900HP Silicone Hose

APPROVALS

- Meets USP Class VI and FDA

MATERIAL OPTIOnS

- Platinum Cured

- Peroxide Cured

Table 159: Product Information and Dimensions – Inch

Part numberInternal Part

number

Hose ID

(inch)

Wall Thickness

(WL)

Min. Burst Pressure

psi at +68 °F

Vacuum Rating

(inHg)

Min. Bend Radius(inch)

HFGSZ0000 SH9008 0.500

0.180

800

29.920

2.500

HFGUZ0000 SH9012 0.750 800 3.500

HFGWZ0000 SH9016 1.000 800 5.000

HFGYZ0000 SH9020 1.350 800 6.500

HFGZZ0000 SH9022 1.380 800 7.250

HFG1Z0000 SH9024 1.500 800 8.000

HFG2Z0000 SH9026 1.630 800 9.000

HFG0Z0000 SH9028 1.750 775 10.000

HFG3Z0000 SH9032 2.000 750 11.000

HFG4Z0000 SH9036 2.250 725 11.000

HFG5Z0000 SH9040 2.500 700 11.000

HFG6Z0000 SH9044 2.750 650 13.000

HFG7Z0000 SH9048 3.000 600 16.500

HFG8Z0000 SH9058 3.500 550 19.000

HFG9Z0000 SH9064 4.000 500 22.500

note: For every +100 °F increase in working temperature, stated burst pressure and vacuum rating will decrease by 10%.

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 333 17.10.2016 13:38:58

SPECIAL SOLUTIONS · Hoses & Tubing

334 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

� Premium Grade Silicone TubingPlatinum-Cured Single Lumen USP Class VI and FDA

FEATURES

- Special packaging arranged upon request

- Supplied in custom lengths, bulk, or cut to length

- Multi lumen, radiopaque, striped, color coded available

- Custom sizes and standard sizes available

MATERIAL OPTIOnS

- Peroxide Cured - 60 duro

- Platinum Cured - 60 duro

- Platinum Cured - 50 duro

Figure 142: Premium Grade Silicone Tubing

Table 160: Product Information and Dimensions – Inch

Part numberInternal Part

number

Hose ID

(inch)

Wall Thickness

(WL - inch)

OD Ref

(inch)

Std. Length

(Feet)Lbs/1000 ft.

Burst

psi

HFAAA0000 SFM1-1050 0.012 ± 0.003 0.007 ± 0.002 0.025 50 0.23 25

HFABB0000 SFM1-1350 0.020 ± 0.003 0.009 ± 0.002 0.037 50 0.45 25

HFACC0000 SFM1-1550 0.025 ± 0.003 0.011 ± 0.002 0.047 50 0.74 35

HFADZ0000 SFM1-1750 0.030 ± 0.004 0.018 ± 0.002 0.065 50 1.55 45

HFALK0000 SFM1-1850 0.031 ± 0.004 0.063 ± 0.003 0.156 50 10.9 70

HFAEE0000 SFM1-2050 0.040 ± 0.004 0.023 ± 0.003 0.085 50 2.62 45

HFAFB0000 SFM1-2350 0.058 ± 0.005 0.009 ± 0.003 0.077 50 1.20 30

HFAGD0000 SFM1-2650 0.062 ± 0.005 0.017 ± 0.003 0.095 50 2.41 40

HFAGG0000 SFM1-2850 0.062 ± 0.005 0.032 ± 0.003 0.125 50 5.49 44

HFAGK0000 SFM1-2950 0.062 ± 0.005 0.063 ± 0.003 0.188 50 14.68 65

HFAHP0000 SFM1-3050 0.078 ± 0.005 0.024 ± 0.003 0.125 50 4.45 40

HFAJJ0000 SFM1-3250 0.104 ± 0.005 0.044 ± 0.003 0.192 50 12.14 43

HFAMF0000 SFM1-3350 0.132 ± 0.005 0.025 ± 0.003 0.183 50 7.49 30

HFAKK0000 SFM1-3650 0.125 ± 0.005 0.063 ± 0.003 0.250 50 21.85 43

HFANK0000 SFM1-4050 0.187 ± 0.005 0.063 ± 0.003 0.312 50 29.07 29

HFANM0000 SFM1-4250 0.187 ± 0.005 0.094 ± 0.004 0.375 50 49.25 43

HFAPK0000 SFM1-4450 0.250 ± 0.006 0.063 ± 0.004 0.375 50 36.42 21

HFAPM0000 SFM1-4650 0.250 ± 0.006 0.094 ± 0.004 0.437 50 59.98 31

HFAPN0000 SFM1-4850 0.250 ± 0.010 0.125 ± 0.008 0.500 50 87.40 43

HFAQK0000 SFM1-4950 0.312 ± 0.007 0.063 ± 0.005 0.437 50 43.64 17

HFAQM0000 SFM1-5050 0.312 ± 0.007 0.094 ± 0.005 0.500 50 71.16 25

HFARK0000 SFM1-5250 0.375 ± 0.010 0.063 ± 0.007 0.500 50 50.98 14

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 334 17.10.2016 13:38:58

Hoses & Tubing

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 335Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Part numberInternal Part

number

Hose ID

(inch)

Wall Thickness

(WL - inch)

OD Ref

(inch)

Std. Length

(Feet)Lbs/1000 ft.

Burst

psi

HFARM0000 SFM1-5450 0.375 ±0.010 0.094 ± 0.007 0.562 50 81.67 20

HFARN0000 SFM1-5650 0.375 ± 0.010 0.125 ± 0.010 0.625 50 116.53 29

HFASK0000 SFM1-6050 0.500 ± 0.010 0.063 ± 0.007 0.625 25 65.55 11

HFASM0000 SFM1-6250 0.500 ± 0.015 0.094 ± 0.007 0.687 25 103.46 16

HFASN0000 SFM1-6450 0.500 ±0.015 0.125 ± 0.010 0.750 25 145.66 22

HFATN0000 SFM1-6850 0.625 ± 0.025 0.125 ± 0.015 0.875 25 174.79 18

HFAUN0000 SFM1-7050 0.750 ± 0.025 0.125 ± 0.015 1.000 25 203.93 15

note: For every +100 °F increase in working temperature, stated burst pressure and vacuum rating will decrease by 10%. C/F = Contact your local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions marketing company

ORDERInG ExAMPLE 1

Tube Wall (1.60 mm / .063 in)

Platinium Cured Single LumenUSP Class VI - FDA

TSS Article No.

Quality Index (Standard)Material Code

Pharmaceutical TubingTube ID (4.75 mm / .187 in)

0000N K -HF SDM01A

ORDERInG ExAMPLE 2

Tube Wall (3.43 mm / 0.135 in)

Platinium Cured Single LumenUSP Class VI - FDA

TSS Article No.

Quality Index (Standard)Material Code

SF100HP Braided HoseHose ID (6.35 mm / 0.250 in)

0000P U -HF SDM01B

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 335 17.10.2016 13:38:59

SPECIAL SOLUTIONS · Hoses & Tubing

336 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 336 17.10.2016 13:38:59

Storage advice

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 337Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

General Quality CriteriaGeneral Quality Criteriaand Storage Guidelinesand Storage GuidelinesGeneral Quality Criteriaand Storage GuidelinesGeneral Quality Criteria

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 337 17.10.2016 13:39:03

338 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

STORAGE ADVICE

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 338 17.10.2016 13:39:03

Storage Advice

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 339Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Many polymer products and components are stored for long periods of time before being put into service, so it is important they are stored in conditions that minimize unwanted changes in properties. Changes from degradation may include excessive hardening, softening, cracking, crazing or other surface effects. Other changes may be caused by deformation, contamination or mechanical damage.

PackagingUnless otherwise specified in the appropriate product specification, rubber products should be enclosed in individual sealed envelopes. The packaging should be carried out in an atmosphere in which the relative humidity is less than 70%, or if polyurethanes are being packed, less than 65%. Where there is serious risk of ingress of moisture, for example, for rubber-metal-bonded parts, an aluminium, foil/paper/polyethylene laminate or other similar means of protection should be used to ensure the quality of the seal is preserved.

TemperatureThe storage temperature should be below +25 °C / +77 °F and the products should be stored away from direct sources of heat such as boilers, radiators and direct sunlight. If the storage temperature is below +15 °C / +59 °F, care should be exercised during handling of stored products, as they may have stiffened and have become susceptible to distortion.

HumidityThe relative humidity of a storage environment should be such that condensation does not occur with variations in temperature. In all cases, the relative humidity of the atmosphere in storage should be less than 70%, or if polyurethanes are being stored, less than 65%.

LightRubber should be protected from light sources, in particular direct sunlight or intense light with high ultra-violet content. It is advisable that any storage room windows be covered with a red or orange coating or screen.

RadiationPrecautions should be taken to protect stored products from all sources of ionizing radiation likely to cause damage to the products.

OzoneOzone has a particularly harmful effect on rubber. Storage rooms should not contain any equipment that is capable of generating ozone, such as mercury vapor lamps or high-voltage electrical equipment giving rise to electric sparks or electrical discharges. Combustion gases and organic vapors should also be excluded, as they may give rise to ozone via photo-chemical processes.

When equipment such as a fork-lift truck is used to handle large rubber products, care needs to be taken to ensure this equipment is not a source of pollution that may affect the rubber. Combustion gases should be considered separately. While they are responsible for generating ground-level ozone, they may also contain unburned fuel which, by condensing on rubber products, can cause additional deterioration.

DeformationRubber should be stored free from tension, compressive stresses or other causes of deformation. Where products are packaged in a strain-free condition, they should be stored in their original packaging. In case of doubt, the manufacturer's advice should be sought. It is advisable that rings of large internal diameter are formed into three equal loops so as to avoid creasing or twisting. It is not possible to achieve this condition by forming just two loops.

Contact with liquids and semi-liquid materialsRubber should not be allowed to come into contact with liquid or semi-liquid materials (for example, petrol, greases, acids, disinfectants, cleaning fluids) or their vapors at any time during storage, unless these materials are by design an integral part of the product or the manufacturer's packaging. When rubber products are received coated with their operational media, they should be stored in this condition.

Contact with metalsCertain metals and their alloys, in particular, copper and manganese, are known to have harmful effects on some rubbers. Rubber should not be stored in contact with such metals except when bonded to them. They should be protected by wrapping in, or by separation with, a suitable material, such as paper or polyethylene.

Contact with dusting powderDusting powders should only be used for the packaging of rubber items in order to prevent adhesion. In such cases, the minimum quantity of powder to prevent adhesion should be used. Any powder used should be free from any constituent that would have a harmful effect on the rubber or the subsequent application of the rubber.

Contact between different productsContact between products made from rubbers of different compositions should be avoided. This includes products of the same type but differing in color.

� Guidelines for the Storage of Polymer Products Based on ISO 2230

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 339 17.10.2016 13:39:03

STORAGE ADVICE · Guidelines

340 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Table 161: Initial and extension storage periods for unassembled components

Material group Initial storage period Extended storage period

AU, EU, NR, SBR 5 years 2 years

ACM, AEM, CR, ECO, HNBR, IIR, NBR 7 years 3 years

CSM, EPDM, FKM, FMQ, FVMQ 10 years 5 years

FFKM Isolast® 20 years 5 years

Zurcon® 10 years 5 years

PTFE unlimited

note 1: If the storage temperature is over or under +25 °C / +77 °F this will influence the storage time. Storage at 10 °C higher will reduce the storage time by about 50%. Storage at 10 °C / 18 °F lower will increase the storage time by around 100%.

note 2: In application areas such as aerospace, the storage periods can differ from this specification. These specific storage conditions have to be agreed between the supplier and the buyer.

Rubber-to-metal bonded productsThe metal part of rubber-to-metal bonded products should not come into contact with the rubber of other products. Preservative used on the metal should be of a type that will not adversely affect the rubber or the bond to such an extent that it does not comply with the product specification.

Storage lifeThis is the maximum period of time that a rubber product, appropriately packaged, may be stored. After this time the product is regarded as unserviceable for the purposes for which it was originally manufactured. The storage life of a rubber product is influenced by its shape and size as well as its composition. Thick products usually undergo slower changes through degradation than thinner ones.

Initial storage periodThis is the maximum period, starting from the time of manufacture, for which a rubber product, appropriately packaged, may be stored under specified conditions before a sample needs to be inspected or re-tested.

Extended storage periodThis is the period for which a rubber product, appropriately packaged, may be stored after the initial storage period, before further inspection and re-testing is necessary.Assembly

These are products or components containing more than one element in addition to rubber. Generally it is not recommended to store elastomeric products in an assembled condition. If it is necessary to do so, the units should be checked more often. The inspection interval depends on the design and geometry of the components.

Inspection before extended storageBefore any items are stored for an extended storage period, representative samples of each product should be selected for inspection at the end of the appropriate initial storage period. Inspection should be in accordance with the relevant product specification.

Visual inspectionInspect each of the items for the following:

- 1.Permanent distortions, such as creases or flats.

- 2. Mechanical damage, such as cuts, tears, abraded areas or delaminated plies.

- 3. Surface cracking when viewed under a microscope at x10 magnification.

- 4. Changes in surface condition, such as hardening, softening or tackiness.

Assessment at the end of the initial periodIf, following the visual inspection procedure, the items are not satisfactory, they should not be stored for an extension period. If the items are satisfactory and are stored for an extended period, a record should be kept of the date that initial storage began, as well as the date the extension period begins. Items stored for an extended period should be inspected and tested at or before the expiry of the extension storage period before they are put into service or stored for a further extended period.

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 340 17.10.2016 13:39:03

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 341Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Engineering Action Requests Advice

� Engineering Action Requests AdviceAn Engineering Action Request (EAR) is completed by Trelleborg Sealing Solutions application engineers. To increase the speed of the process, a knowledge of the information required and an initial document of the sealing task is helpful. By providing

comprehensive information on the application and operating conditions, a more effective and reliable solution will be provided.

Relating to the industry in which the seals will be used:

- Equipment type in which the seals will be used

- Industry

- Functional unit

- Required approvals

Relating to the sealing element:

- Single or multi-component? (e.g. seals, scrapers and bearings)

- Type of movement: Static, linear, rotary or a combination

- Type of seal, scraper or bearing:

- Product (s)

Operating Conditions:

- Pressure

- Uni- or bi- directional

- Usual operating temperature range

- Minimum / maximum operating temperature

- Contact and process media

Cleaning or Sterilization in place regimes:

- Cleaning/sanitizing temperature

- Cleaning and disinfection sanitizing procedures and media

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 341 17.10.2016 13:39:03

STORAGE ADVICE · Guidelines

342 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 342 17.10.2016 13:39:03

Company overview

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 343Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

CompanyOverviewCompanyOverviewCompany

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 343 17.10.2016 13:39:16

OUR MISSIOn We will be the supply partner of first choice within our chosen markets, working globally through our local teams. We will build long-term partnerships with customers and suppliers by providing leading technology and excellent service. We are determined to be different.

SEALInG TECHnOLOGyTrelleborg Sealing Solutions offers an outstandingly comprehensive sealing portfolio – a one-stop-shop providingthe best in elastomer, silicone, thermoplastic, PTFE and composite technologies; our solutions are featured in virtually every application conceivable within the aerospace, industrial and automotive industries.

A WORLDWIDE PRESEnCEWe are uniquely placed to offer a dedicated design and development service for sealing solutions, globally servicing, supporting and supplying our customers through an unrivaledinternational network.

• Over 80 facilities worldwide• More than 20 manufacturing sites• Seven strategically positioned material

and development laboratories• Internationally linked design and

application centers

COMMITMEnT – TO CUSTOMERS’nEEDS LOnG-TERMThe aim of Trelleborg Sealing Solutions is to facilitate customers in achieving cost-effective, durable solutions that match their specific business requirements and needs. We are one of the world's foremost experts in polymer sealing technology. We develop, manufacture and supply safety-critical polymer- based precision seals, bearings and molded components.

Your Partner forSealing TechnologySealing TechnologyYour Partner forSealing TechnologyYour Partner for“We build long term partnerships with customers and suppliers by providing leading technology and excellent service.”

COMPANY OVERVIEW

344 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 344 17.10.2016 13:39:16

THE TRELLEBORG GROUP

Trelleborg Sealing Solutions Key Industries

Automotive Food & Beverage, Chemical Processing

Marine

Machine Tools & Fluid Power

Off-Highway, Agriculture, Construction

Oil & Gas

Aerospace

Life Sciences and Pharmaceutical

Mining Alternative Energy

Trelleborg Coated SystemsLeading global supplier of unique customer solutions for polymer-coated fabrics deployed in a variety of industrial applications.

Trelleborg Offshore & ConstructionLeading global supplier of polymer-based critical solutions for deployment in highly demanding environments.

Trelleborg Wheel SystemsLeading global supplier of tires and complete wheels for agricultural and forestry machines, forklift trucks and other materials handling vehicles.

Trelleborg Industrial SolutionsMarket leader in such industrial application areas as hose systems, industrial antivibration solutions and selected industrial sealing systems.

Trelleborg Sealing SolutionsOne of the world’s leading developers, manufacturers and suppliers of precision seals. It supports its aerospace, industrial and automotive customers through over 20 production facilities and more than 50 marketing companies globally.

COMPANY OVERVIEW

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 345Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 345 17.10.2016 13:39:28

2 R & D Centers 18 Marketing Companies 1 Logistics Centers SCM 6 Manufacturing Sites Damping Solutions 2 Automotive Hubs 4 Aerospace Hubs

8 Research & Development Centers

54 Marketing Companies

4 Logistics Centers

24 Manufacturing Sites

Damping Solutions

5 Automotive Hubs

8 Aerospace Hubs

OurOurOurGlobal ResourcesGlobal ResourcesGlobal ResourcesGlobal ResourcesGlobal ResourcesGlobal ResourcesOurGlobal ResourcesOurOurOurGlobal ResourcesOurGlobal ResourcesOurGlobal ResourcesOurOurOurGlobal ResourcesOur

Americas

COMPANY OVERVIEW

346 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 346 17.10.2016 13:39:30

How local is your global seal supplier?

www.global-but-local.com

1 R & D Centers 15 Marketing Companies 2 Logistics Centers SCM 4 Manufacturing Sites Damping Solutions 2 Automotive Hubs 2 Aerospace Hubs

Europe

5 R & D Centers 21 Marketing Companies 1 Logistics Centers SCM 14 Manufacturing Sites Damping Solutions 1 Automotive Hubs 2 Aerospace Hubs

Asia

82worldwidelocations

5,300employees

More than

2,000proprietary material

formulations

COMPANY OVERVIEW

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 347Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 347 17.10.2016 13:39:35

•AmericanVariseal•Busak+Shamban•DowtySeals•ChaseWalton•Forsheda•GNL•Impervia•Nordex•Orkot

•PalmerChenard•Polypac•SFMedical•Shamban•Silcofab•Silcotech•Skega•Stefa•Wills

WORLD REnOWnED nAMES UnITEDWe own many of the longest established and leading names within the seal industry. These include:

•Turcon® AQ Seal®

•D-A-SCompactSeal® •Turcon® Double Delta® •Turcon® Excluder® •Turcon® Glyd Ring® T •Turcon® Hatseal•Zurcon® L-Cup® •Turcite® Slydring® •Turcite® B-Slydway®

•Turcon® Stepseal® 2K •V-Ring® •Turcon® Varilip® PDR •Turcon® Variseal® •Turcon® VL-Seal™ •Turcon® Wedgpak® •WillsRings® •Zurcon® Wynseal®

OUR PIOnEERInG PRODUCTSTrelleborg Sealing Solutions is pioneering and is continuously developing innovative products.

•HiMod® •Isolast® •Orkot® •Turcite®

•Turcon®

•Turel® •Zurcon®

PROPRIETARy MATERIALSOngoing development has yielded some of the most successful sealing and bearing materials available.

Products, Brandsand Materialsand MaterialsProducts, Brandsand MaterialsProducts, Brands

To design a solution for your specific needs, contact your local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions marketing company.

Decades of experience designing and manufacturing polymer solutions has led Trelleborg Sealing Solutions to develop, manufacture and supply a range of unique materials and proprietary product designs, many of which have become industry standards. Development is ongoing, ensuring that our solutions meet the changing needs of our customers, as well as the latest industry trends and regulations.

COMPANY OVERVIEW

348 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 348 17.10.2016 13:39:37

COMPANY OVERVIEW

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 349Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 349 17.10.2016 13:39:39

Filmsand Animationsand AnimationsFilmsand AnimationsFilms

View atyouTube.com/trelleborgseals

View attss.trelleborg.com/

films

Online 24-7A range of films specific to different industries and products are available to view on the Trelleborg Sealing Solutions website or via YouTube.

SEEInG IS BELIEVInG Complex sealing configurations can feature a large number of sealing elements. Trying to illustrate these on a 2-D page is difficult and can never properly show their function or characteristics. Trelleborg Sealing Solutions turned to the latest graphic technologies to produce 3-D animations of applications and typical sealing solutions for them.

COMPANY OVERVIEW

350 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 350 17.10.2016 13:39:48

COMPANY OVERVIEW

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 351Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 351 17.10.2016 13:39:57

+

+?

OnLInE TOOLS MAKE LIFE EASIERTrelleborg Sealing Solutions has developed a number of online tools that make the working life of an engineer specifying seals easier. All these industry-leading tools are available free-of-charge from the Trelleborg Sealing Solutions website at www.tss.trelleborg.com. To use these advanced services all you have to do is register on the Members Area.

There is also a continually increasing range of innovative engineering apps available for smartphones, both for iOS and Android devices. Just search for "Trelleborg" in the App Store or GooglePlay to find the tools to optimize your daily productivity.

O-Ring CalculatorAn industry-leading tool, the easy to use O-Ring calculator includes sizing capabilities, compression forces, design parameter recommendations and complete measurements.Results and comments may be printed, shared or filed as PDF.

Materials Search and Chemical Compatibility Check These two programs allow you to find out the compatibility of sealing materials to hundreds of different media and help identify the most suitable material for your application.

DigitalDigitalServicesServicesServicesDigitalServicesDigitalDigitalServicesDigital

Very good suitability

Good suitability

Limited suitability

Unsuitable

Insufficient information

COMPANY OVERVIEW

352 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 352 17.10.2016 13:40:09

Sealing Solutions ConfiguratorThe Sealing Solutions Configurator is the first tool of its kind offered by any seal supplier. It allows engineers to identify a proven sealing solution for their specific application in just four easy steps.

Versatile CAD Service The CAD download facility provides thousands of drawings of a wide range of seals. It gives the option of 2- or 3-dimensional files in a range of formats to suit most commonly used CAD systems.

Powerful Electronic Catalog Search through over 100,000 seals by item number or their properties and access comprehensive and detailed information plus an interactive quote facility.

E-Learning on sealing technologyTrelleborg Sealing Solutions has a number of e-Learning modules available on several aspects of sealing technology.

For more information www.tss.trelleborg.com

COMPANY OVERVIEW

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 353Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 353 17.10.2016 13:40:19

Mobile Appsand Servicesand ServicesMobile Appsand ServicesMobile AppsWe understand the needs of engineers on the go. Check out our latest mobile tools and apps, ranging from an O-Ring calculator to unit and hardness converters. Just search for "Trelleborg" in the App Store or Google Play to find the tools to optimize your daily productivity.

ISO Fits & Tolerances AppSimply enter the nominal

diameter and select the

tolerance classes for bore

and shaft to find the complete

ISO fits definition with all

relevant values including type

of fit, with handy graphs to

illustrate the classes by bore

and shaft.

Technical Glossary AppThis app provides definitions of more than 2,000 terms from the world of sealing technology and engineering.

Aerospace GrooveSelector AppThis app covers two of the most important SAE aerospace groove standards for hydraulic systems, AS4716 Rev B and AS5857 Rev A, making it really easy to find the size of grooves and hardware needed.

Installation Instructions AppVideos demonstrate thebest practice methods for installing seals, providing all relevant documentation within the interface, guiding you to a successful installation of Radial Oil Seals and Turcon® and Zurcon® rod and piston seals.

Unit & HardnessConverter AppIntuitive and very easy to use,simply select the dimension and enter the value for conversion. The app offers a wide range of engineering and scientific units for each dimension.

COMPANY OVERVIEW

354 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 354 17.10.2016 13:40:22

HydraulicCylinder CalculatorQuickly calculate areas and volumes in cylinders, extraction and retraction forces, time velocity and outflow by entering the requisite dimensions and parameters of the cylinder. In compliance with ISO 3320, ISO 3321 and ISO 4393.

Tubing and Hose AppDeveloped specially for life sciences engineers, this app helps you to easily choose the correct tubing and hose based on material, pressure and dimensions, removing the need to search through catalogs.

Material Compability AppCross reference a wide variety of different materials with chemical environments to find the most effective compounds for your application. Select up to 20 materials at once to produce an easy to read compatibility chart with recommendations for use.

in the groove appOur in the groove magazine provides news, technical and product information on seals, as well as insights into the markets they are used in. The magazine is also available in print and as an interactive PDF.

For more information www.tss.trelleborg.com

O-Ring Calculator AppWhen a user enters installation specifications into the O-Ring Calculator app, such as the bore or rod/shaft diameter, the app quickly calculates O-Ring and housing dimensions in both metric and inch.

Available on theAPP STORE

MAny MORE APPS

available

Android App onGoogle Play

COMPANY OVERVIEW

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 355Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 355 17.10.2016 13:40:32

356 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

Notes

FBP_neues_Layout_2015.indb 356 17.10.2016 13:40:32

ISO 9001:2008 ISO/TS 16949:2009

Your Partner for Sealing Technology

Trelleborg Sealing Solutions is a major international developer, manufacturer and supplier of seals, bearings and molded components in polymers. We are uniquely placed to offer dedicated design and development from our market-leading product and material portfolio: a one-stop-shop providing the best in elastomer, silicone, thermoplastic, PTFE and composite technologies for applications in aerospace, industrial and automotive industries.

With 50 years of experience, Trelleborg Sealing Solutions engineers support customers with design, prototyping, production, test and installation using state-of-the-art design tools. An international network of over 70 facilities worldwide includes over 20 manu- facturing sites, strategically-positioned research and development centers, including materials and development laboratories and locations specializing in design and applications.

Developing and formulating materials in-house, we utilize the resource of our material database, including over 2,000

proprietary compounds and a range of unique products.Trelleborg Sealing Solutions ful�lls challenging service requirements, supplying standard parts in volume or a single custom-manufactured component, through our integrated logistical support, which effectively delivers over 40,000 sealing products to customers worldwide.

Facilities are certi�ed to ISO 9001:2008 and ISO/TS 16949:2009. Trelleborg Sealing Solutions is backed by the experience and resources of Trelleborg Group, one of the world’s foremost experts in polymer technology.

The information in this brochure is intended to be for general reference purposes only and is not intended to be a speci�c recommendation for any individual application.

The application limits for pressure, temperature, speed and media given are maximum values determined in laboratory conditions. In application, due to the interaction of operating

parameters, maximum values may not be achieved. It is vital therefore, that customers satisfy themselves as to the suitability of product and material for each of their individual

applications. Any reliance on information is therefore at the user‘s own risk. In no event will Trelleborg Sealing Solutions be liable for any loss, damage, claim or expense directly

or indirectly arising or resulting from the use of any information provided in this brochure. While every effort is made to ensure the accuracy of information contained herewith,

Trelleborg Sealing Solutions cannot warrant the accuracy or completeness of information.

To obtain the best recommendation for a specific application, contact your local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions marketing company.

This edition supersedes all previous brochures. This brochure or any part of it may not be reproduced without permission.

® All trademarks are the property of Trelleborg Group. The turquoise color is a registered trademark of Trelleborg Group. © 2015, Trelleborg Group. All rights reserved.

Lastest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com ˙ Edition June 20152 ˙ TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS

3023_TTS_FBPCatalog_CMYK_A4_v1.2.indd 2 14.04.2014 15:30:49

www.Tss.Trelleborg.com

LocaL contacts

EuropE

austria – Vienna (Slovenia) +43 (0) 1 406 47 33 Belgium - Dion-Valmont (Luxembourg)+32 (0) 10 22 57 50 Bulgaria – sofia (Azerbaijan, Belarus, Greece, Romania, Ukraine)+359 (0) 2 969 95 99 croatia – Zagreb (Albania, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Macedonia, Serbia, Montenegro)+385 (0) 1 24 56 387 czech republic - rakovnik (Slovakia)+420 313 529 111Denmark – copenhagen +45 48 22 80 80 Finland – Vantaa (Estonia, Latvia)+358 (0) 207 12 13 50 France - Maisons-Laffitte +33 (0) 1 30 86 56 00

Germany - stuttgart+49 (0) 711 7864 0 Hungary – Budaörs +36 (06) 23 50 21 21 Italy – Livorno +39 0586 22 6111 the netherlands - rotterdam +31 (0) 10 29 22 111 norway – oslo+47 22 64 60 80 poland – Warsaw (Lithuania)+48 (0) 22 863 30 11russia – Moscow +7 495 627 57 22 spain – Madrid (Portugal)+34 (0) 91 71057 30sweden – Jönköping +46 (0) 36 34 15 00

switzerland – crissier +41 (0) 21 631 41 11turkey – Istanbul+90 216 569 73 00 united Kingdom - solihull (Eire, South Africa)+44 (0) 121 744 1221

aerospace Hub Europe, north (UK and Nordic Countries) +44 (0) 121 744 1221aerospace Hub Europe, south & West (Continental Europe and Middle East) +33 (0) 1 30 86 56 00automotive Hub Europe +49 (0) 711 7864 0

aMErIcas

americas regional +1 260 749 9631Brazil – são José dos campos+55 12 3932 7600canada central – Etobicoke, on+1 416 213 9444canada East – Montreal, Qc+1 514 284 1114canada West – Langley, Bc+1 604 539 0098Mexico - Mexico city+52 55 57 19 50 05

asIa pacIFIc

asia pacific regional+65 6 577 1778china – Hong Kong+852 2366 9165china – shanghai+86 (0) 21 6145 1830India – Bangalore+91 (0) 80 3372 9000Japan – tokyo+81 (0) 3 5633 8008Korea – seoul+82 (0) 2 761 3471

usa, Great Lakes - Fort Wayne, In+1 260 482 4050usa, East - Mt. Juliet, tn+1 615 800 8340usa, Midwest - schaumburg, IL+1 630 539 5500usa, northern california - Fresno, ca+1 559 449 6070usa, northwest - portland, or+1 503 595 6565usa, southwest - Houston, tX+1 713 461 3495

aerospace Hub airframe+1 303 469 1357aerospace Hub Distribution & Engineering+1 260 749 9631aerospace Hub East +1 610 828 3209aerospace Hub West +1 310 371 1025automotive Hub north america+1 734 354 1250automotive Hub south america +55 12 3932 7600

Malaysia - Kuala Lumpur+60 (0) 3 90549266taiwan – taichung+886 4 2382 8886Vietnam – Ho chi Minh city+84 8 6288 6407singapore and all other countries in south and East asia, australasia+65 6 577 1778

aerospace Hub china +86 (0) 21 6145 1830aerospace Hub singapore +65 6 577 1778automotive Hub china +86 (0) 21 6145 1830automotive Hub India +91 (0) 80 3372 9200

aFrIca, cEntraL asIa anD MIDDLE East

africa & Iran (excluding South Africa (see UK))+41 (0) 21 631 41 11

central asia (Armenia, Georgia, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Tajikistan, Uzbekistan)+7 495 627 57 22

Middle East and Gulf region +359 (0) 2 969 95 99

2 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition December 2015

TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS

YOUR PARTNER FOR SEALING TECHNOLOGY

PRODUCT CATALOG & ENGINEERING GUIDE

Food, Beverage & Pharmaceutical

Sealing Systems

3023_TTS_FBPCatalog_CMYK_A4_v1.2.indd 1 14.04.2014 15:30:43

Food, Beverage &

Pharm

aceutical Sealing S

ystems

© 2

01

5 T

relle

borg

Gro

up.

At t

ime

of p

ublic

atio

n th

e in

form

atio

n co

ntai

ned

in t

his

liter

atur

e is

bel

ieve

d to

be

corr

ect

and

accu

rate

.99G

BK

2B

RO

EE1215

www.Tss.Trelleborg.com

facebook.com/TrelleborgSealingSolutions

twitter.com/TrelleborgSeals

youtube.com/TrelleborgSeals

flickr.com/TrelleborgSealingSolutions

Trelleborg is a world leader in engineered polymer solutions that seal, damp and protect critical applications in demanding environments. Its innovative engineered solutions accelerate performance for customers in a sustainable way. The Trelleborg Group has local presence in over 40 countries around the world.